Vous êtes sur la page 1sur 1182

COPY No.

________________ _

SA.4-3100/MOM/258

BAE SYSTEMS

.!:
u

Q)

-~

a:

Jetstream Series 3200

Manufacturers Operating Manual


Part 1
STATEMENT OF INITIAL CERTIFICATION
This manual complies with British Civil Airworthiness Requirements, Section A, Chapter A7-3.
Signe<!....

..;,~-:0~ :

.. .. . . . . . .

CAA Approval No. DAI/1011/55


JAR21 Approval No. CAA.JA.02034

Dare

J$ (11 6"= . . . .

NOTE:
The above certification does not apply to revisions made after the date of initial certification by other
Approved Organisations. Revisions made by other Approved Organisations must each be separately
certified, and recorded on separate record sheets.
The copyright in this document, which contains information of a proprietary nature, is vested in British
Aerospace ple. The contents of this document may not be used for purposes other than for which it has
been supplied, and may not be reproduced, either wholly or in part, in any way whatsoever, nor may it be
used by, or its contents divulged to, any person whatsoever without the prior written consent of British
Aerospace ple.
British Aerospace ple. and its subsidiary, af liate and associated companies disclaim all liability whether in
contract or in tort {including but not limited to negligence) or breach of statutory obligation and shall not
in any circumstances be liable for any losses, actions, claims, proceedings, judgements, damages,
compensation, obligations, injuries, expenses or other liabilities, whether direct or consequential, arising
wholly or in part from the unauthorized reproduction or use of this document.

2000 BRITISH AEROSPACE PUBLIC LIMITED COMPANY


All rights reserved
BAE SYSTEMS (Operations) Limited,
Prestwick International Airport, Ayrshire, KA9 2RW Scotland

BRl7'SH AEROSPACE

JETSTREA/111

SERies l200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

CERTIFICATION
This Manual complies with British Civil Airworthiness Requirements,
Chapter A6-7. The technical accuracy of this Manual has been
verified and is certified as correct.
The inclusion of an uncertified amendment will invalidate this
certif ication.
Design Authority.

Signed ~Date lfr.~~.>O

f or BRITISH AEROSPACE PLC


CIVIL AIRCRAFT DIVISION
PRESTWICK AIRPORT, AYRSHIRE
SCOTLAND KA9 2RW
C.A.A. Design Approval No

DAI/1011/55

DISCLAIMER
The extent of liabilities of the Constructor for any defect in
or failure of an aircraft or any part thereof is no wider than that
set out in the Warranty Clause contained in the contract subject to
the provision of which such aircraft was sold.
Nothing in the Manual is to be taken as a representation
condition or Warranty so as to affect such liabilities or to impose
any such or other liability on British Aerospace PLC, Civil
Aircraft Division.

The manual is issued specif ically for Jetstream Series 3200


Customer model defined on the title page. The manual has no
technical validity in relation to any other aircraft.
EMBODIMENT OF MODIFICATIONS
AFTER DEI.IVERY OF THE LAST PRODUCTION AIRGRAFT OF THE TYPE
To ensure that the information contained in this Manual is
compatible with the modification state of the aircraft, no
information relating to modifications issued after delivery of the
last production aircraft of the type will be incorporated in this
Manual without the written assrance of the operator that he
intends to install a particular modification.
The only exception to the above will be e.A.A. Mandatory Modifications.

req~ired

Certif ication
Page 1/2

~A~E

JETSTREANI

SeRies J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

RECORD OF REVISIONS
The incorporation of each Revision must be recorded below
IMPORTA.NT:

The inclusion of an uncertified Revision will


invalidate the initial certification of this
manual.

Rev Issue Inserted


by
No Date
~.e

1>

7.s.~'7

21

2 ~fi r>/~

c_c;

:t)

~-~-~

22

3
4

.)V(

1-)~

a .c, ..b t. 7. r;;p., ~

s_,?rl~

5 NOVlr~
6
7

_oo:-i5m
R::B
1Sfl\o

8 HA'f l5Aqc

-oo
-

Rev Issue Inserted


by
No Date

fe'~->!
~

o
o
co

Date
Inserted

~-~ ,]>

18 ,e?~

24

t; t; },

/2..

,z .5"'

25

i'2,. \ ~

26

02-\~\qo.

27

'i .c.. l.l

~r J JJ

-c..r.il..

\\r,.,~.(l~

~~ Sl' t:\Q~
10 ~~
r~ M
9

~,

11
12

13
14
15

..._.~IS'

0C'

6(a.3
-:ni~
,

OC'\

~/o'G

/!!Jo

~,:.sj~

,Q .r ld.2...

-:::r~

30

- ~ 2.1 /qlt

32

t\ffi.., .-~

,. Jq7

:r(,)tJ
:S<\N
Zt

bfo<.

/~ /o7

29

31

28

-:H 91). .

~hJ ~~"'~~

'2.3

i,

rs/11 \tJt
- V,

23

Date
Inserted

33
3.4
35

16

36

17

37

18

38

19

39

20

40

Record of Revisions
Page 1

B_T_,, AEROSPACE

JETSTREAAll

SeRies }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1


''

Rev Issue
No Date Inserted by

Date
Inserted

Rev Issue
No Date

41

6S

42

66

43

67

44

68

4S

69

46

'

70

47

71

48

72

49

73

so

74

Sl

7S

S2

76

53

77

S4

78

SS

79

56

80

S7

81

58

82

S9

83

60

84

61

85

62

86

63

87

64

88

Record of Revisions
Page 2

Inserted by

Date
Inserted

'

o
o
o

a
a

"

~ AEROt#WCE

JETSTREANI

SERiES J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUA L PART 1

RECORD OF TEMPORARY REVI SIONS


The incorporation and subsequent cancellation of each Temporary
Revision must be r ecor ded below .
IMPORTANT: The inc l usion of an uncerti f ied Te mpo rary Revision wi ll
invalidate the i ni t i al c e rtification of thi s manual .

Inserted by

No

zq.11 . ~

18 - I

G . G-"J

2 '6- 11 -~

1Y)-21

J.. 11 'i11

5 - ?i.

' e,

'b - \

~e .\l.

' "-l

( . \l

! q, - 2,

'-i.,

t <D -~
\% - u.,

1+ -2

\ -=J

v...'

-t .(_

~ - ":<.

.~ . V;

".:\ ()

lr q o

Ir. Q.f;

r .11

S . h

Qn

~ . e. iL

f) h

qo

/\ ~e \l .

,C) h

qo

dd-.

t '

_sJ

....,.
i-.> av

\ s-\I o

Signatur e

5 <c q

~'

<

b . q(

i.f_. ('. J. .

~ ' ir, .(\(]

'"l e \l

>

'

V.

ISp; \

.( 'tl'

(,tl_~

1\

~I S~ \

Q
. d(~('

':Tu---- ~ .

-.3

o
o

\ ~- 4

,,.,

1~ -s

----~

4- . Gr-.J)

F; -

Cance lled by
Date
(Rev No)
Cancell ed

17 - /

5- (

"'
o
o

Da te
Inserted

....

' ..gsU

De* 'Se) t\ J

--;-e 1-:+ 56

.2 .sJd

'-:+-\o

1&- s
1~- lo.

"

\-;-'"\- m

,\.-"
'2 - \

"'

1
G

~~
) el

~-dJ~

M:>-....

1<\9~

~ ~ \~

:::)"""

'.Tw ....... ~3

Rec o r d of Temporary Revis ions


Page 1

~Al~

JETSTREANI

SERiES J200

MANUFACTURERS OPE RAT ING MANUAL PART 1

Inserted by

No
\ "".\

Date
Inserted

Cancelled by
Date
(Rev No)
Cancelled

Signature

"'

-~

\'"\~

~
,

,i_ ~

"
J<
~

3""0-~

\~-i

,i .:5>

lb-2-

~ /~ u,f~l~:s

,~/

~Tl , ~~--

2L..f~(q ~
2.G .E;J<6

J~ . I (

f) . ~et-.

2G -b Cf6

~ -1

PUi~

')_:'; ' ( . q_, ~

lb-~
(J_(

-o
N

o
o

<X>

Record of Temporary Revisions


Page 2

BRl77SH A6ROSFfllCI!!

JETSTREANI

SERiES 1200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1


1

;'i,

PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES
TITLE PAGE
CERTIFICATION
RECORD OF REVISIONS
RECORD OF TEMP. REVISIONS
RECORD OF SERVICE BULLETINS
AND MODIFICATIONS
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES
CONTENTS
INTRODUCTION

1
2
1
2
1/2
1
1/2
1
2
3
4

5
6

GLOSSARY CONTENTS
GLOSS-1 (ABBREVIATIONS)

1
1
2
3
4

5
6

GLOSS-2 (DEFINITIONS)
GLOSS-3 (CONVERSIONS)

7/8
1/2
1
2
3
4

5
6

7
8
9
10

Jun

1/93

Sep 15/02
Jan
Sep
Nov
Nov
Sep
Sep
Sep
Sep
Nov
Nov
Nov
Nov
Nov
Nov
Nov
Jan
Feb
Feb
Feb
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Nov
Nov

1/92
15/02
15/98
15/98
15/02
15/02
15/02
15/02
15/98
15/98
15/98
15/98
15/98
15/98
15/98
15/00
15/89
15/89
15/89
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
15/98'
15/98

PRELIMINARY: LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES


Page 1
21006891

Sep 15/02

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

RECORD OF INCORPORATED SERVICE BULLETINS/MODIFICATIONS


Service Bulletins and Modif ications incorporated at original
build of aircraft to which this manual relates are similarly
incorporated into the manual and are not separately listed at
initial issue of this manual. Reference should be made to the
Manufacturer's records for the build standard at delivery.
Service Bulletins and Modif ications listed below have been
incorporated by revisions as indicated. It should be noted
that only Mandatory Service Bulletins and Modif ications
effective at the time of the revision have been automatically
incorpo~ated.
Non-Mandatory Bulletins will only be
incorporated following written advice from the Operator
concerned to the Technical Publications Department, Prestwick.
Service
Bulletin/
Modif ication No.

Issue
No/Date

73JA891146
73JA900141
34JK2562A

1
1
1

Nov 30/89
Feb 6/90
Feb 6/90

8028.
8100

Jan 11/89
Jan 13/89

3399

Aug 28/89

Incorporated by:Revision
Date
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)

Dec 15/89

o
f"'")

o
o
N

SERVICE BULLETINS
Page 1/2
Feb 15/90

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1
l~-

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL

- '

PART 1
CONTENTS

FLYING
LIST

INTRODUCTION
GLOSSARY & TABLES

l.

GENERAL

2.

AIRFRAME & FLIGHT CONTROLS

3.

AIR COND & PRESS

4.

EMER EQUIP & OXYGEN

5.

ELECTRICS

6.

ENGINES & PROPS

7.

FUEL

8.

FIRE PROTECTION

9.

HYDRAULICS

10.

ICE & RAIN PROTECTION

11.

INSTRUMENTS, FCS

12.

COMMS & RECORDING

13.

LOADING

14.

FLIGHT PLANNING

15.

PERFORMANCE

16.

FLIGHT GUIDE

17.

NORMAL PROCEDURES

18.

DRILLS

19.

M. E. L.

20.

GROUND HANDLING
MOM PART 1 CONTENTS
Page 1/2
Aug 1/88

l!IRJ/77SHAEROSPACI/!

JETSTREAIW
SEIES

J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

MANUFACTURER'S OPERATING MANUAL (M.O.M.)


INTRODUCTION
1.

AUTHORITY
This manual is prepared in accordance with British Civil
Airworthiness Requirements, CHAPTER A6-7 and it conforms with
the relevant parts of CAA publication CAP 450.
It may be used by the operator, together with the operator's
own material, to create an Operations Manual as required by
the appropriate regulating authority.
Every ef fort has been made to ensure that the contents of
this manual do not conflict with the information in the
approved Flight Manual.
If such a conflict of data is
discovered, the Flight Manual must be accepted as the
overriding authority.

2.

CONTENTS
The M.O.M. provides information on the technical, handling
and performance characteristics of the Jetstream 3200 for use
by the Flight Crew.
The manual is divided into three volumes.
Part 1 - Flying, contains:
Limitations, Flight Planning, Loading, Performance, M.E.L.,
Ground Handling, Flight Technical, Flight Guide and Notice
to Aircrew.
This is intended for use on the Flight Deck.
Part 2 - Technical, contains:
Description of the function and operation of the
Airframe,Power Plant and Aircraft Systems. It is intended
for use as a Technical Study Guide on the ground.
Part 3 - Emergency and Abnormal Drills, contains:
All relevant Emergency and Abnormal Drills. It is intended
for use on the flight deck.

INTRODUCTION
Page 1

1 21006883

Sep 15/02

SRl77SH Al!RDSPACI

JETSTREANI

SERiES J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

3.

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES


Inserted at the front of each chapter, following the contents
page, is a "List of Effective Pages" listing all pages
contained within the chapter.
This enables the operator to establish that the manual is
complete and that all pages are to the correct revision
standard. The LEP's are revised and re-issued whenever the
pages of the relevant chapter are affected by a revision.
All pages of the manual are recorded on the LEP's, each page
identified by Chapter, Section and Page number, followed by
the date of issue.
The page date on the LEP must be the same as the date on the
corresponding page in the manual:May 1/88

~5-~-6 ~
Chapter
4.

Section

Page No.

Date of Issue

NORMAL REVISIONS
Revisions to the contents of this manual will be issued when
necessary to keep the manual up-to-date.
Each revision will comprise a number of revised pages
accompanied by a Transmittal Letter. The transmittal letter
carries the authority for the revision and instructions for
its incorporation.
Each revision transmittal after the original issue will be
numbered in sequence, show the issue date of the revision and
the page date of the revised pages.
The incorporation of each revision must be recorded on the
Record of Revision page at the front of the manual.
It is recommended that the Transmittal letters are retained
within the manual to provide a revision history.
Only revisions of technical content are identified.
Changed text is identif ied by a vertical line on the lef t hand
margin.

INTRODUCTION
Page 2
21006104
Nov 15/98

l!1Rll77SH AEHOS'PJAC6

JETSTREANI
SEIES

J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

Note: When this manual is issued solely for training purposes.


each page will be annotated "FOR TRAINING PURPOSES
ONLY" and revisions will not be issued.
5.

TEMPORARY REVISIONS
Information requiring urgent incorporation, or temporary
instructions are published on yellow paper as Temporary
Revisions (TR) .
Transmittal information is contained within the TR.
When a TR is incorporated or withdrawn, the details should be
recorded on the Record of Temporary Revisions page at the
front of the manual.

6.

AIRCRAFT IDENTIFICATION
The information contained in this manual applies only to the
Aircraft Model No. specified on the title page.

7.

AIRCRAFT EFFECTIVITY

CAUTION: BEFORE USING THE INFORMATION CONTAINED ON A WHITE PAGE

IN THIS MANUAL, ENSURE THAT THE PAGE IS NOT AFFECTED BY


GREEN OR BLUE PAGES WITH EFFECTIVITY TO IDENTIFY THE
AIRCRAFT FOR WHICH THE INFORMATION IS REQUIRED.
7.1

In all chapters except CHAP 18 the following applies:


White Pages are not identified by effectivity. Those not
af fected by corresponding green or blue pages are
applicable to all aircraft in the fleet.
Green pages are used where a technical dif f erence occurs
between aircraft. The page carries the constructor's
number of the aircraft to which it applies and is usually
inserted to follow the corresponding white page.
If a
signif icant number of pages are affected, then the green
pages will be inserted at the end of the relevant Chapter
or Section.
Blue pages are used to give Pre-Service Bulletin (SB)
information, in the manual pending fleet incorporation
of the SB. The page is usually inserted following the
page affected by the SB, and identified by constructor's
number (if required). If a significant number of pages
are af fected, then the blue pages will be inserted at
the end of the relevant Chapter or Section. Blue pages
should be removed and destroyed af ter complete
embodiment of the SB.

INTRODUCTION
Page 3
21006141

Nov 15/98

BIN77SH AITRDSRll&E

JETSTREAllll

SERiES }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

8.

7.2

A Notice to Aircrew (NTA) is issued on orange paper and


will be retained in ascending order.

7.3

In CHAP 18 pages containing technical differences will


be issued as white pages, inserted following the
original white page. Both the original and the change
page will carry the constructor's number of the aircraft
to which they apply.

MANUAL LAYOUT (MOM PART 1)

8.1

This manual is divided into four sections.


The f irst section contains details of the aircraft
systems and the chapters are identif ied by yellow tabbed
divider cards. Each chapter contains limitations and
essential data followed by the Conditional, Abnormal and
Emergency procedures applicable to that chapter.
The second section identified by white tabbed divider
cards generally covers items for pre-flight preparation.
The third section, identified by a red tabbed divider
card lists all Normal Drills. Emergency and Abnormal
Drills are detailed in MOM Part 3.
The fourth section identified by white tabbed divider
cards contains the MEL, Ground Handling and NTAs.

8.2

Procedures and Drills


In those chapters dealing with Procedures it is assumed
that the captain will deal with the more serious problem
first by reference to the drill.
For example, if a C.A.P.' (Red) caption comes on at the
same time as a C.A.P. (Amber) caption, it is assumed
that the captain will deal first with the Red caption,
by reference to the Emergency Drill, and when that drill
is completed any remaining Arnber captions should lead
him into the appropriate Abnormal Drill.

INTRODUCTION
Page 4
Sep 15/02

21006884

l!!IRl7TSH AIRDSF'ACl!I

JETSTREAAll

SetiES J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

8.3

Warning and Indicator Lights


Warning and indicator lights take various forros on the
Jetstream aircraft. For clarity the lights are
described in the text as follows:
8.3.1

A C.A.P. caption is a caption on the Central


Annunciator Panel and will be identified in this
manual by boxed letters or within square
brackets, preceded by the abbreviation C.A.P.
For example C.A.P.

[HYD]

{amber) caption

or
C.A.P.

9.

{amber) caption.

8.3.2

A caption signifies a series of letters


illuminated from behind.

8.3.3

A light is a lamp without lettering on it.

MANUAL LAYOUT (MOM Part 2)


The MOM Part 2 is divided into Chapters describing the
aircraft systems and equipment.
Each Chapter is sub-divided into text, system schematics and
illustrations showing the controls and indications.

10.

MANUAL LAYOUT (MOM Part 3)


The MOM Part 3 is in f lip-card f ormat and details the
Emergency and Abnormal Drills.

INTRODUCTION
Page 5
21006885

Sep 15/02

SRl77SH AERDSPJlll::6

JETSTREAIW

SEIES J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

11.

ASSOCIATED PUBLICATIONS
The associated publication to this manual is the:
HP4.16 FLIGHT MANUAL
A set of manuals to ATA 100 specif ication complete the
support publications for Jetstream aircraft and consist of:
Weight and Balance Manual
Maintenance Manual
Wiring Manual
Component Maintenance Manual
Structural Repair Manual
Illustrated Parts Catalogue
Maintenance Schedule
Illustrated Tool and Equipment Manual

INTRODUCTION
Page 6
Sep 15/02

21006893

BIW77SH AERO.BPAC/6

JETSTREAIW

SEIES J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

ABBREVIATIONS, GLOSSARY AND CONVERSION TABLES


LIST OF CONTENTS

1-1 ABBREVIATIONS

1-2

DEFINITIONS

1-3

CONVERSION GRAPHS AND TABLES


QNH-QFE-Pressure Altitude

Pounds to Kilogramrnes

Kilogranunes to Pounds

Feet to Metres

Metres to Feet

Temp. ISA/Amb.

Temp./Press. Altitude

Wind Component

C - F

Determination of Temp. In Relation to ISA

Indicated Outside Air Temperature Corrections

GLOSSARY.

10

LIST OF CONTENTS
Page 1

21006912

Sep 15/02

ll!IRl77SHAIRDSPACE

JETSTREAllll

SEIUES J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

ABBREVIATIONS
Abbreviations used in the text, have the following meanings:-

AAL
ac
Acc
ACP
ADF
ADI
ADS
AFCS
AGL
Ah
ALT
AMSL
AOA
A/P
APPR
APR
APR
ASDA
ASDR
ASI
ATC
AUW

ampere
above aerodrome level
alternating current
accumulator
audio control panel
automatic direction f inder
attitude director indicator
air data system
automatic f light control system
above ground level
ampere-hour
altitude
above mean sea level
angle of attack
autopilot
approach
(flight director) approach
(engine) automatic performance reserve
accelerate-stop distance available
accelerate-stop distance required
airspeed indicator
air traf f ic control
all up weight

BC
BCAR
BCF
BITE
BTC

back course
British Civil Airworthiness Requirements
bromo chloro di-fluoromethane
built-in test equipment
bus-tie connector

1-1

Page 1
21006105

Nov 15/98

BRl77BH AIROSPAC6

JETSTREANI

SEIES 'J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

ABBREVIATIONS (cont)
CAA
C.A.P.
CAS
C/B

ces
ccw
CDL
CDU
CG
CLG
CTRL
CVR

cw
de
o

C
F
DG
DME
DV
EAS
ECAC
ECS
EDA/EMD
EDP
EGT
ELT
EPNdB
ESS

United Kingdom Civil Aviation Authority


central annunciator panel
calibrated airspeed
circuit breaker
communication control system
counter-clockwise
conf iguration deviation list
control display unit
centre of gravity
ceiling
control
cockpit voice recorder
clockwise
direct current
degrees (angular)
degrees Celsius {Centigrade)
degrees Fahrenheit
directional gyro
distance measuring equipment
direct vision
equivalent airspeed
european civil aviation conference
e1:.vironmental control system
emergency distance available
{accelerate/stop at take-off)
engine-driven pump
exhaust gas temperature
emergency locator transmitter
effective perceived noise decibels
essential

1-1
Page 2

21006106
Nov 15/98

BRll77BHAEROSPACI

JETSTREANI

SEIES J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

ABBREVIATIONS (cont)

FAA
FAR
FD
FDR
FL
FM
FSII
FSOV
f t

ft/min
f wd

Federal Aviation Administration


Federal Aviation Regulations (US)
f light director
f light data recorder
f light level
f light manual
fuel system icing inhibitor
fuel shut-off valve (HP fuel cock)
f eet
f eet per minute
f orward

gal
GPS
GPU
GPWS
GS

accelerations due to gravity


gallons
global positioning system
ground-power unit
ground proximity warning system
glideslope

HAT
HDG
HF
HP
hr
HSI
H/W

height above (Runway) threshold


heading
high frequency.
Long waveband radio communication
high pressure
hour
horizontal situation indicator
head wind

IAS
ICAO
ICO
I/F
IFR
ILS
IMC
IMN
IMP

indicated airspeed
International Civil Aviation Organisation
instinctive cut-out switch
instrument f lying
instrument f light rules
instrument landing system
instrument meteorological conditions
indicated mach number
Imperial
in ches
indicated outside air temperature
International Standard Atmosphere

in

IOAT
ISA

1-1

Page 3
21006107
Nov 15/98

SRl77SH.AIROSRllCE

JETSTREAllll
SEIES

J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

ABBREVIATIONS (cont}
JAA
JAR
JPl
JP4
JP8
Kg
Kt

Joint Aviation Authorities


Joint Aviation Requirements
kerosene
wide cut gasoline
kerosene fuel with icing inhibitor FSII
kilograrnmes
knots

L
1
lb
LDA
LDR
LFLR
LG
LH
LOC
LP

lef t
litre
pounds
landing distance available
landing distance required
landing f ield length required
landing gear
lef t hand
localiser (ILS}
low pressure

M
MAC

me tres
mean aerodynamic chord
maximum
minimum decision altitude (altimeter set to QNH}
minimum decision height (altimeter set to QFE)
minimum equipment list
magnetic fuel level indicator
minimum
minutes
main landing gear
maximum landing weight
millimeters
maximum operating mach speed
minimum safe altitude
minimum sector fuel
micro switch
maximum take-of f weight
maximum zero-fuel weight

Max
MDA
MDH
MEL
MFLI
MIN
mi ns
MLG
MLW
mm
MMO

MSA
MSF
M/SW
MTOW
MZFW

1-1
Page 4
21006108
Nov 15/98

.SRl77SN Al1ROSPACE

JETSTREAIW

SERiES J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

ABBREVIATIONS (cont)

NWS

non-directional beacon
nose landing gear
nautical mile
number
non-return valve (check valve)
net take-of f f light path
negative torque sensing (system)
nose up
nosewheel steering

OAT
OCL
OM
Ops
ORS
OSG

outside air temperature


obstacle clearance limit
outer marker
operations
operational revision status
overspeed governor

PEC
PF
PG
PNF
ppm
psi
psid
psig
PTT
PWR AUG

position error correction


pilot f lying
propeller governor
pilot not f lying
parts per million
pounds per square inch
pounds per square inch dif ferential
pounds per square inch gage
press to test
power augmentation

QDM
QFE
QNH
QTY

magnetic bearing
airf ield elevation atmospheric pressure
sea-level atmospheric pressure
quantity

R
RAIM
RH
RMI

right
receiver autonomous integrity monitoring
right hand
radio magnetic indicator
radio management unit
radio navigation

NDB
NLG
n mile
no
NRV
NTOFP
NTS
NU

RMU

RNAV

1-1
Page 5
21006109
Nov 15/98

BIN77SH AIRDSFJllCE

JETSTREAllll
SERES

J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

ABBREVIATIONS (cont)

RVR

revolutions per minute


radio telephone
regulated take-off weight
runway
runway visual range

SAT
SB
SE
sec
SG
SHP
SMC
SOP
sq
SRL
Stn

static air temperature


service bulletin
single engine
seconds
symbol generator
shaf t horsepower
standard mean chord
standard operating procedure
square
single red line (computer)
fuselage or wing station

Tamb
TAS
TAT
TCAS
TCS
temp
TIT
TMA
TOD
TODA
TODR
TOR
TORR
TORA
TOW
TSI
TTL

ambient temperature from external source (C)


true air speed
total air temperature
traf fic alert and collision avoidance system
touch control steering
temperature
turbine inlet temperature
terminal manoeuvring area (controlled air space)
take-of f
take-of f distance
take-of f distance available
take-of f distance required
take-of f run
take-of f run required
take-of f run available
take-of f weight
turn and slip indicator
torque and temperature limiting

UHF
UK
ULB

ultra high frequency


United Kingdom
underwater locator beacon

RPM
R/T
RTOW
R/W

T/0

1-1
Page 6

21006110
Nov 15/98

BRl77SHAERDSPACE

JETSTREAllll
SEIES

J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1


~. ' '

ABBREVIATIONS (cont)

us
USG

uvs
V

V1
V2
V4
VA
VFR
VHF
VLE
VLO
VMCA
VMCG
VMCL
VMO
VMS

VOR
VR
VRA
VREF
VRL
Vs
Vsr
VsTOP

Vx

Vy
WAT
W/C

wow
WRS
W/S
Wt
W/V
YD
ZFW

United States of America


underspeed governor (fuel governor)
under voltage sensor
volts
decision speed
take-of f safety speed
design manoeuvring speed
design manoeuvring speed
visual f light rules
very high frequency radio communication
landing gear extended limit speed
landing gear operating limit speed
minimum control speed in the air
minimum control speed on the ground
minimum control speed in the approach and landing
conf iguration
maximum operating limit speed
minimum speed in the stall
very high f requency omni directional range
rotation speed
rough air speed
final approach and landing speed
variable red line
stall speed
vertical speed indicator
decision to stop speed on icy or slippery runway
one engine inoperative best angle of climb speed
(equal to V2)
one engine inoperative best rate of climb speed
weight, altitude, temperature
wind component
weight-on-wheels
weather radar system
windshield
weight
wind velocity
yaw damper
zero-fuel weight

1-1
Page 7/8

21006111
Nov 15/98

BRl77SH AllROSPACE

JETSTREAIW

SEIES J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

DEFINITIONS
- Take-of f decision speed, the speed to be used as a
reference, in the event of an engine or other failure at
take-of f in deciding whether to continue or abandon the
take-off.
- Rotation speed, the target speed at which the pilot
initiates a change in the attitude of the aircraft with
the intention of leaving the ground.
- Take-off safety speed, the initial climb out speed, one
engine inoperative.
- Steady initial climb speed, the initial climb out speed,
all engines operating.
VMcA- Minimum control speed in the air, in a take-off
configuration. The mimimum speed at which it is
possible to suf fer an engine failure and still maintain
directional control within the set limits.
VMcG- The minimum control speed on the ground. The minimum
speed at which it is possible to maintain adequate
directional control af ter an engine failure during the
take-off run.
VAT - Target threshold speed. The speed at which the pilot
aims to cross the runway threshold when landing. A
numerical suf f ix , 1 or O , indicates the number of
engines inoperative.

1-2
Page 1/2
21006616
Jan 15/00

-~

..

JETSTREAWI
SERiES

}200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1


t

;;:
I

..

'

' ,,

-!.:
';
t!
1

~ 1 ~
,..~ t

,~ :
1',,
!

1r1

'

'

..

...

' r r

., , .
t

.. 1

(J

e.o
o

QNH-QFE pressure altitude


Fig. 1

1-3
Page 1
Feb 15/89

-~A-.-..0.

JETSTREAAH

SERiES 1200

MANUFACTURERS OPEFJATING MANUAL PART 1

EXAMPLE CONVERT 12535 lb to kg


12500 lb = 5670 kg
35 lb
= 16 kg
12535 lb = 5686 kg

\',

lb X 0.4536

= kg

LB

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

900

10000

4536

4581

4627

4672

4717

4763

4808

4854

4899

4944

11000

4990

5035

5080

5126

5171

5216

5262

5307

5352

5398

12000

5443

5489

5534

5579

5625

5670

5715

5761

5806

5851

13000

5897

5942

5987

6033

6078

6124

6169

6214

6260

6305

14000

6350

6396

6441

6486

6532

6577

6623

6668

6713

6759

10

20

10

10

10

11

11

12

12

13

13

30

14

14

15

15

15

16

16

17

17

18

40

18

19

19

20

20

20

21

21

22

22

so

23

23

24

24

24

25

25

26

26

27

60

27

28

28

29

29

29

30

30

31

31

70

32

32

33

33

34

34

34

35

35

36

80

36

37

37

38

38

39

39

39

40

40

90

41

41

42

42

43

43

44

44

44

45

Conversion - Pounds (lbs) to Kilogrammes (kgs)


Figure 2

1-3
Page 2
Feb 15/89

co
o
o

N
N

~A~I

JETSTREANI

SERiES J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1


<

.., -

EXAMPLE CONVERT 5686 kg to lb


5650 kg = 12456 lb
36kg
= 79.37 lb
5686 kg = 12535 lb

f"'}

kg X 2.20462 : 16

so

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

450

8929

9039

9149

9259

9370

9480

9590

9700

9811

KG

4000

8818

4500

9921 10031 10141 10251 10362 10472 10582 10692 10803 10913

5000

11023 11133 11244 11354 11464 11574 11684 11795 11905 12015

5500

12125 12236 12346 12456 12566 12677 12787 12897 13007 13117

6000

13228 13338 13448 13558 13669 13779 13889 13999 14110 14220

6500

14330 14440 14550 14661 14771 14881 14991 15102 15212 15322

11

13

15

18

20

10

22

24

26

29

31

33

35

37

40

42

20

44

46

49

51

53

55

57

60

62

64

30

66

68

71

73

75

77

79

82

84

86

40

88

90

93

95

97

99

101

104

106

108

c:o

Conversion - Kilogrammes (kgs) to Pounds (lbs)


Figure 3

1-3
Page 3
Feb 15/89

-~

JETSTREAAll

SERiES }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

EXAMPLE CONVERT 5656 ft to m


5600 ft = 1707 m
56ft
= 17 m
5656 ft = 1724 m
FT

100

200

ft x 0.3048
400

300

500

600

700

800

=m
900

30

61

91

122

152

183

213

244

274

1000

305

335

366

396

427

457

488

518

549

579

2000

610

640

671

701

732

762

792

823

853

884

3000

914

945

975

1006

1036

1067

1097

1128

1158

1189

4000

1219

1250

1280

1311

1341

1372

1402

1433

1463

1494

5000

1524

1554

1585

1615

1646

1676

1707

1737

1768

1798

6000

1829

1859

1890

1920

1951

1981

2012

2042

2073

2103

7000

2134

2164

2195

2225

2256

2286

2316

2347

2377

2408

8000

2438

2469

2499

2530

2560

2591

2621

2652

2682

2713

9000'

2743

2774

2804

2835

2865

2896

2926

2957

2987

3018

10000

3048 . 3078

3109

'3139

3170

3200

3231

3261

3292

3322

o
o

10

20

30

10

10

10

11

11

11

12

12

40

12

12

13

13

13

14

14

14

15

15

so

15

16

16

16

16

17

17

17

18

18

60

18

19

19

19

20

20

20

20

21

21

70

21

22

22

22

23

23

23

23

24

24

80

24

25

25

25

26

26

26

27

27

27

90

27

28

28

28

29

29

29

30

30

- 30

1-3
Page 4
Aug 188

CONVERSION-feet (ft) to metres (M)


Fig. 4

--

BRITl$H

AERO~E

JETSTREANI

SERiEs }200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

EXAMPLE CONVERT 1724 m to ft


1700 m = 5577 ft
24 m
= 79 ft
1724 m = 5656 ft
M

-oo

so

100

m X 3.208 = ft

150

200

250

300

350

400

450

164

328

492

656

820

984

1148

1312

1476

500

1640

1804

1969

2133

2297

2461

2625

2789

2953

3117

1000

3281

3445

3609

3773

3937

4101

4265

4429

4593

4757

1500

4921

5085

5249

5413

5577

5741

5906

6070

6234

6398

2000

6562

6726

6890

7054

7218

7382

7546

7710

7874

8038

2500

8202

8366

8530

8694

8858

9022

9186

9350

9514

9678

3000

9843 10007 10171 10335 10499 10663 10827 10991 11155 11319

10

13

16

20

23

26

30

10

33

36

39

43

46

49

52

56

59

62

20

66

69

72

75

79

82

85

89

92

95

30

98

102

105

108

112

115

118

121

125

128

40

131

135

138

141

144

148

151

154

157

161

CONVERSION-feet (ft) to metres (M)


Fig. 5

1-3
Page 5
Aug 1/88

~A~

JETSTREANI

SeRiEs }200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

(FT)

,-~('~~~\

AMBIENTTEMPERATURE (DEG.C)

ALTITUOE

-35

o -so.o

-30

-25

-20

-15

-10

\:

-5

1000
2000
3000
4000
5000

-48.0
-46.0
-44.1
-42.1
-40.1

-45.0
-43.0
-41.0
-39.1
-37.1
-35.1

-40.0
-38.0
-36.0
-34.1
-32.1
-30.1

-35.0
-33.0
-31.0
-29.1
-27.1
-25.1

-30.0
-28.0
-26.0
24.1
-22.1
-20.1

-25.0
-23.0
-21.0
-19.1
-17.1
-15.1

-20.0
-18.0
-16.0
-14.1
-12.1
-10.1

-15.0
-13.0
-11.0
-9.1
-7.1
-5.1

-10.0
-8.0
-6.0
-4.1
-2.1
-0.1

6000
7000
8000
9000
10000

-38.1
-36.1
-34.2
-32.2
-30.2

-33.1
-31.1
-29.2
-27.2
-25.2

-28.1
-26.1
-24.2
-22.2
-20.2

-23.1
-21.1
-19.2
-17.2
-15.2

-18.1
-16.1
-14.2
-12.2
-10.2

-13.1
-11.1
-9.2
-7.2
-5.2

-8.1
-6.1
-4.2
-2.2
-0.2

-3.1
-1.1
0.8
2.8
4.8

1.9
3.9
5.8
7.8
9.8

11000
12000
13000
14000
15000

-28.2
-26.2
-24.2
-22.3
-20.3

-23.2
-21.2
-19.2
-17.3
-15.3

-18.2
-16.2
-14.2
-12.3
-10.3

-13.2
-11.2
-9.2
-7.3
-5.3

-8.2
-6.2
-4.2
-2.3
-0.3

-3.2
-1.2
0.8
2.7
4.7

1.8
3.8
5.8
7.7
9.7

6.8
8.8
10.8
12.7
14.7

11.8
13.8
15.8
17.7
19.7

16000
17000
18000
19000
20000

-18.3
-16.3
-14.3
-12.4
-10.4

-13.3
-11.3
-9.3
-7.4
-5.4

-8.3
-6.3
-4.3
-2.4
-0.4

3.3
-1.3
0.7
2.6
4.6

1.7
3.7
5.7
7.6
9.6

6.7
8.7
10.7
12.6
14.6

11.7
13.7
15.7
17.6
19.6

16.7
18.7
20.7
22.6
24.6

21.7
23.7
25.7
27.6
29.6

21000
22000
23000
24000
25000

-8.4
-6.4
-4.4
-2.5
-0.5

-3.4
-1.4
0.6
2.5
4.5

1.6
3.6
5.6
7.5
9.5

6.6
8.6
10.6
12.5
14.5

11.6
13.6
15.6
17.5
19.5

16.6
18.6
20.6
22.5
24.5

21.6
23.6
25.6
27.5
29'.5

26.6
28.6
30.6
32.S
34.S

31.6
33.6
35.6
37.5
39.5
1

AMBIENTTEMPERATURE (DEG.C)

ALTITUOE
(FT)

10

Page 6
Aug 1/88

o.o

20

25

30

35

40

45

so

-3.0
-1.0
0.9
2.9
4.9

2.0
4.0
5.9
7.9
9.9

7.0
9.0
10.9
12.9
14.9

s.o

10.0
12.0
14.0
15.9
17.9
19.9

15.0
17.0
19.0
20.9
22.9
24.9

20.0
22.0
24.0
25.9
27.9
29.9

25.0
27.0
29.0
30.9
32.9
34.9

30.0
32.0
34.0
35.9
37.9
39.9

35.0
37.0
39.0
40.9
42.9
44.9

6000
7000
8000
9000
10000

6.9
8.9
10.8
12.8
14.8

11.9
13.9
15.8
17.8
19.8

16.9
18.9
20.8
22.8
24.8

21.9
23.9
25.8
27.8
29.8

26.9
28.9
30.8
32.8
34.8

31.9
33.9
35.8
37.8
39.8

36.9
38.9
40.8
42.8
44.8

41.9
43.9
45.8
47.8
49.8

46.9
48.9
50.8
52.8
54.8

11000
12000
13000
14000
15000

16.8
18.8
20.8
22.7
24.7

21.8
23.8
25.8
27.7
29.7

26.8
28.8
30.8
32.7
34.7

31.8
33.8
35.8
37.7
39.7

36.8
38.8
40.8
42.7
44.7

41.8
43.8
45.8
47.7
49.7

46.8
48.8
50.8
52.7
54.7

51.8
53.8
55.8
57.7
59.7

56.8
58.8
60.8
62.7
64.7

16000
17000
18000
19000
20000

26.7
28.7
30.7
32.6
34.6

31.7
33.7
35.7
37.6
39.6

36.7
38.7
40.7
42.6
44.6

41.7
43.7
45.7
47.6
49.6

46.7
48.7
50.7
52.6
54.6

51.7
53.7
55.7
57.6
59.6

56.7
58.7
60.7
62.6
64.6

61.7
63.7
65.7
67.6
69.6

6f>.7
68.7
70.7
72.6
74.6

21000
22000
23000
24000
25000

36.6
38.6
40.6
42.5
44.5

41.6
43.6
45.6
47.5
49.5

46.6
48.6
50.6
52.S
54.5

51.6
53.6
55.6
57.5
59.S

56.6
58.6
60.6
62.5
64.5

61.6
63.6
65.6
67.5
69.5

66.6
68.6
70.6
72.5
74.5

71.6
73.6
75.6
77.5
79.5

76.6
78.6
80.6
82.5
84.5

1000
2000
3000
4000
5000

1-3

-s.o

15

TEMP.Rel. to ISA (ISA)/Amb.Temp./Press.Alt.


Fig. 6

-o
o

--

N
U1

;-.

INWTISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREAWI

SERiES J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

EFFECTIVE

HEAO'MNJ

COMPONENT
- KNOTS

~--+-~--A_,,

!-~-t-~--~--.___ _. ____ j...____,..L.---

~~------~--

-o
o

EFFECTIVE
TAIL'MNl

COMPONENT
- KNOTS

1so
H/0/110

Wind Component

Fig. 7

1-3

Page 7
Aug 1/88

BIWTISH

AE~E

JETSTREANI

SeRiES }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

....

i
:r

a::
:r

o
o

--

1-3

"CENTIGRAOE

CONVERSION

Fig. 8
Page 8

Aug 1/88

C - F

HI0/113

SRn'TSH~SF"ACIT

JETSTREAAll

SERiES J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

40
38
36
34
32
30
28
26

-,..

o 24
o
o
>< 22

= 20
w

::::>

1-

:::

18

..J

et: 16

14
12
10
8
6

-80

60

-40

-20

20

TRUE OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE -e

40

60
3201 001 2

Determination of Temperature in Relationship to ISA


Fig. 9

1-3
Page 9

21006162
Nov 15/98

BRl77SH AIROSFJll&Jll

JETSTREAIW
SEIES J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

3103_031 2

co

11:1'
N

N
N

o
o

"'~,,,

CIO
....

w
w
a..

UJ

co
....

11:1'

....
o

N
....

....o
....
1

C")
1

o::!'

U)
1

co
1

....
1

CIO
1

Q)
1

....
....o ....
1

....N ....

C")

CORRECTION TO INDICATED OAT - C

Indicated Outside Air Temperature Corrections


Fig. 10
1-3

Page 10
21006043
Nov 15/98

~AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI
SERES

J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

CHAPTER l.
LIST

OF

GENERAL
CONTENTS

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES


LIMIT~TIONS

General

1-1-1

Weights

1-1-3

Speeds

1-1-4

Kinds of Operation Equipment List

1-1-7

Operating Limitations Placard

1-1-9

Standby Compass Placard

1-1-10

-oo

CHAP.1

CONTENTS

Page 1/2
Oct 15/88

BRIT7SH AEROSFMCE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs 'J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

CHAPTER 1
GENERAL
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

:.:
::::>

CI>

-E
e:

"'O

CI>

-~

tt'

LIST OF CONTENTS
LIST OF
EFFECTIVE PAGES
1-1

1/2

Oct 15/88

1/2
1
2

May
May
May
Aug
Sep
May
Sep
May
Aug
Apr
Aug

3
4

5
6
7

8
9
10

15/91
15/90
15/91
1/88
15/89
15/91
15/88
15/90
1/88
15/89
1/88

CHAPTER 1 LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES


Page 1/2
May 15/91

.,'

BRITrSH AEROSFMCE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1


,

.....

CHAPTER l. GENERAL
LIMITATIONS
l.

GENERAL
1.1 Category and use of aeroplane
This aircraft is certificated in the Commuter Category.
1.2 Manoeuvres

Operation is limited to normal flying manoeuvres.


Aerobatic manoeuvres are not permitted. The maximum
positive normal accelerations (i.e. load factors) which
the structure has been designed to withstand without
permanent deformation are +3.02g with flaps up and +2.0g
with flaps down.
Intentional manoeuvres shall be confined
to those with load factors below these values.
1.3 Minimum flight crew
The minimum crew is two pilots.
1.4 Maximum number of occupants
The total number of occupants carried, including crew,
shall not exceed 21, nor the number fer which seating
accommodation, which is approved fer take-off and landing,
is provided.
Children under the age of two years who are carried in
the arms of passengers are excluded from this count.
r-ri

o
o

1.5 Maximum air temperature


Operation of this aeroplane is not permitted when the air
temperature at take-off exceeds ISA +37C.

1.6 Maximum altitude


The maximum permissible altitude is 25,000 ft.

1-1-1
May 15/90

BR'TISH AEROSPMCE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs '}200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

1.7 Smoking
smoking in the toilet,if fitted, is prohibited.
Placards
summarising the above limitation shall be provided inside
and outside the toilet and shall not be obscured.
1.8 Baggage Compartment Door
The baggage compartment door shoot-bolts must be in the
locked position for take-off, in flight and landing.
If a
security lock is fitted, the baggage compartment door may be
locked but take-off is prohibited if the spare key for the
security lock is not in the correct flight deck stowage.
1.9 Toilet Door/Vestibule Curtain
The toilet door and/or vestibule curtain ,if fitted, must
not obstruct the aisle during take-off and landing.
2.

WEIGHTS
2.1 Maximum Taxying Weight
The maximum permissible taxying ramp weight is 16314 lb.
2.2 Maximum Take Off Weight
The maximum permissible take off weight is 16204 lb or as
limited by the following:
2.2.1 The maximum take off weight appropriate to the
altitude and ambient air temperature of the airfield
as given by the take off WAT curve.
2.2.2 The weight at which the take off distance required
is eqtial to the take off distance available.
2.2.3 The weight at which the accelerate-stop distance
required is equal to the accelerate-stop distance
available.
2.3 Maximum Landing Weight
The maximum permissible landing weight is 15609 lb or as
limited by the following:
2.3.l The maximum landing weight appropriate to the
altitude and ambient air temperature of the airfield
as given by the landing WAT curve.

1-1-2
May 15/91

BRITISHA~E

JETSTREANI

SERiEs }200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

2.3.2 ,The weight at which the calculated landing distance


required is equal to the landing distance available.
2.4 Maximum zero fuel weight
The total loaded weight of the aeroplane less the weight
of usable f uel in the wing tanks shall not exceed
14330 lb.
::.::

::i

.:

3.

SPEEDS

3 .1 VRA (Rough Air Speed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 kt

a..

If severe turbulence is encountered, the aeroplane shall


be flown with the flaps retracted so that the mean sp~ed
is 185 kt.
3.2 VMO (Maximum Operating Speed)
This speed may not be deliberately exceeded in any regime
of flight (climb, cruise, or descent), except far flight
test or pilot training purposes, when the speed may not
exceed VMO + 15 kt.
Al.TITUOl(ftl
JOOOO-r-~...-----,~...--~--.-...--~~.....-~~~...--...--~---.

!'\')
<'v

..........

25000

o
o-.

<";'~
zoooo

15000 T-----t----+-----+----~--~

100001-T"iM"'T"T'T"l"-r-ri.,...,..,..,....'T""l""T-r-t-T"'M'"....,...,....,....,.....+-i-....,...,....,..,....,,........,...~~:.;...,........................1
210

llO

210

1.A.5. Cktl

240

250

l&O

1-1-3
-Aug 1/88

B#NTISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREAWI

SERiEs }200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

3.3 V2 Take Off Safety Speed

FIELD
PRESS
ALT.

TEMPERATURE DEGREES C

o< o

1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
6000
7000
8000
9000
10000

<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<.
<

8
-2

16
5
-5

23 30
12 19
9
2
-7 - -1
-9

37
26
16
6
-3
-12

44
33
23
13
4
-5
-14

51 52
40 47 50
30 37 44 48 48
20 27 33 40 46
10 17 23 30 37
1
7 14 20 27
-8 -1
5 11 18
-16 -10 -4
2
8
-18 -12 -6
o
-21 -16 -10
-24 -19

116
116
115
114
113
112
111
110
109
108
108
108
108
108
108
108

116
116
115
114
11'3
112
111
110
109
108
107
107
107
107
107
107

WT

LB

16204
16120
15840
15570
15300
15020
14760
14500
14230
13970
13720
13470
13220
12970
12720
11000

V2 - KNOTS
116
116
115
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114

116
116
115
114
113
113
113
113
113
113
113
113
113
113
113
113

116
116
115
114
113
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112

116
116
115
114
113
112
111
111
111
111
111
111
111
111
111
111

116
116
115
114
113
112
111
110
110
110
110
110
110
110
110
110

116
116
115
114
113
112
111
110
110
109
109
109
109
109
109
109

USA & CAN


VR

1-1-4
Sep 15/89

= V2

MINUS 3 KNOTS

116
116
115
114
113
112
111
110
109
10~

107
106
106
106
106
106

116
116
115
114
113
112
111
110
109
108
107
106
105
105
105
105

1.16
116
115
114
113
112
111
110
109
108
107
106
105
104
104
104

116
116
115
114
113
112
111
110
109
108
107
106
105
104
103
103

BRITISH AEROSF'lllCE

JETSTREANI
SERES

J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

4.

KINDS OF OPERATION EQUIPMENT LIST


This aeroplane may be operated in day or night VFR, day or
night IFR and known or forecast icing conditions when the
appropriate equipment is installed and operable.
The following equipment list identifies the systems and
equipment upen which type certif ication f or each kind of
operation was given. Unless the aeroplane is operated in
accordance with a current Minimum Equipment List (MEL) issued
by the FAA, the following systems and items of equipment must
be installed and operable for the particular kind of operation
indicated.

Note:- The zero's (O) used in the following list mean the
equipment and/or system was not required for type
certification for that kind of operation.
4.1

Electrical power (ATA 24)


DAY
2
2
2
2
1
2
1

Batteries
DC Generators
Gen fail warn lights
Gen output ammeters
Busbar voltmeter
Inverter
AC f ail warning light
Inv fail warning light
o
DC Main bus f ail
warning lights
1
Batt contact open wrn lts 2
4.2
O'"J
0
.l
~~

,--i

4.3

1
2

ICING
IFR
DAY NIGHT CONDITION
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2

1
2

1
2

Equipment/furnishings (ATA 25)


Illuminated EXIT signs
Seat belts
Shoulder harness
Fasten Seat Belts/No
Smoking Signs

;)

VFR
NIGHT
2
2
2
2
1
2
1
1

3
3
3
3
Required f or ea ch seat
Required f or ea ch crew seat

2
1
1

2
1
1

2
1
1

2
1
1

Fire Protection (ATA 26)


Powerplant f ire detection
Powerplant f ire
extinguishing
Portable f ire
extinguisher
Smoke detection(aircraft)
(Baggage Pod)

1
1

1-1-5
May 15/91

BRITTSH AEROS#WCE

JETSTREAIW
SERiES

}200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1


,,.,,

4.4

Flight Controls (ATA 27)


Stall warn & protection
Wing flaps & position ind.
Elev trirn & trirn ind.
Aileron trirn & trirn ind.
Rudder trirn & trirn ind.

4.5

boost purnps
low pressure warn lights
pressure ind.
quantity ind.
crossf eed control & ind.
fuel control & ind.

1
1

1
1

1
1

1
1

1
1

1
1

1
~
:::

2
2
2
2

2
2
2
2

2
2
2
2

2
2
2
2

2
2
2
2

2
2

2
2

2
2

2
2

2
2

o
o

o
o

o
o

o
o

2
2

1
1

1
1

1
1

1
1

-f

'c.
:::

;.
('.)

;:<:

,,i
\

Ice and rain protection (ATA 30)


Wing & tail de-icing systern
Propeller anti-icing systern
Windshield heating systern
Windshield de-rnisting systern
Windshield wipers
Pitot head & stall vane heat

4.8

1
1

Hydraulic power (ATA 29)


Engine driven hydraulic purnps
Purnp delivery pressure ind.
Overpressure warning light
L.P.hydraulic valve control
and ind.
Emergency extension systern
f or landing gear & wing flaps

4.7

1
1

Fuel systern (ATA 28)


Fuel
Fuel
Fuel
Fuel
Fuel
L.P.

4.6

ICING
VFR
IFR
DAY NIGHT DAY NIGHT CONDITION
2
2
2
2
2

1
2

1-1-6

Sep 15/88

Landing ge ar (ATA 32)


Landing ge ar position ind.
Landing gear audio warning
Wheel brake anti-skid systern

1'..

.......

1
2

1
1
2

1
1

1
1

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREAIW

SrniEs }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1


r-' ,
: \ J~J -

4.9

Lights (ATA 33)


VFR
IFR
ICING
DAY NIGHT DAY NIGHT CONDITION
Flight deck and instrument
(required illumination)
Anti-collision lights
Landing lights
Position lights
Ice observation light
Emergency lighting system

o
o
o
o
o
o

1
2
1
3

2
2
1
1
1
1
2

2
2
1
1
1
1
2

o
o
o
o
o
o

o
o
o
o
o
o

1
2
1
3

1
1

::>

.,

...e

.::

"O

a..

4.10 Navigation (ATA 34)


Altimeters
Airspeed ind.
Magnetic direction ind.
Outside air temp ind.
Vertical speed ind.
Turn and slip ind.
Gyro horizon ind.
Clock
Alternate static source
Directional Gyro (HSI)

2
2
1
1
2
2
2
1
1
2

2
2
1
1
2
2
2
1
1
2

2
2
1
1
2
2
2
1
1
2

2
2
2

2
2
2

2
2
2

2
2
2

2
2
2

o
o

o
o

4.11 Doors (ATA 52)


Door unlocked warn system
4.12 Propellers (ATA 61)
Propeller reversing system
Reverse pitch warn lights
Beta range warn lights

""
""
o
i"")

4.13 Engine fuel system (ATA 73)


Fu el flowmeter ind.

4 .14 Engine anti-icing system (ATA 74)


Continuous ignition system

4.15 Engine anti-icing systern (ATA 75)


Engine anti-icing system

1-1-7
May 15/90

BRITISH AEROSPl4CE

JETSTREAJW

SrniES }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1


t.

4.16 Engine controls (ATA 76)


Single red line computer
Neg. torque sensing system

;--

..

~'.\

VFR
IFR
ICING
DAY NIGHT DAY NIGHT CONDITION
1
1
1
1
1
2

2
2
2

2
2
2

2
2
2

4.17 Engine indicating systems (ATA 77)


Torque ind.
RPM ind.
EGT ind.

2
2
2

2
2
2

..:;...
.....e
o.

4.18 Engine oil system (ATA 79)

::>

;r

Oil temperature ind.


Oil pressure ind.
Low oil pressure warn
lights
Oil cooler flap control &
ind.
Metallic contamination
detection system

2
2

2
2

2
2

2
2

2
2

Notes: l. The above system and equipment list is for a crew of


two pilots.
2. Equipment and/or systems in addition to those listed
above may be required by operating regulations. (FAR
Part 135).
3. The above system and equipment list does not include
all specif ic f light instruments and communications/
navigation equipment required by the FAR Parts 91 and
135 operating requirements.

1-1-8
Aug 1/88

;;<:

B~

AEROSPACE

JETSTREAA#

SERiEs }200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

JETSTREAM SERIES 3200


OPERATING LIMITATIONS
THIS AIRPLANE MUST BE OPERATED AS A COMMUTER
CATEGORY AIRPLANE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE
OPERATING LIMITATIONS STATED IN THE FORM OF
PLACARDS MARKING ANO MANUALS.
NO ACROBATIC MANEUVERS, INCLUDING SPINS
APPROVED
CABIN MUST NOT BE PRESSURIZED DURING TAKE OFF
ORLANDING

APPROVED TYPES
OF OPERATION
DAY/NIGHT, VFR/IFR ANO ICING CONDITIONS :SEE AFM FOR REQUIRED EQUIPMENT LIST

AIRSPEED LIMITATIONS
DESIGN MANEUVERING SPEED . . . . . . . . . . .
180KT IAS
185KT IAS
ROUGH AIR SPEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MAXIMUM FLAP EXTENSION SPEEEDS --100 . . . .. ... . . . . . . . . . .
170KTIAS
-20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
160KT IAS
-35 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
150KT IAS
-70 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
120KT IAS
MAXIMUM LANDING GEAR OPERATING ANO EXTENDED
SPEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
160KT IAS

POWER PLANT LIMITATIONS

MAXIMUM ROTATIONALSPEED
CONTINUOUS . . . . . . . . . . UP TO 100.0%
UPT05MINUTES ....
100.0-101.5%
UPT030SECONDS ..
101.5-105.5%
UP TO 5 SECONDS . . . .
105.5 -106.0%
NEVER EXCEED . . . . . . . . . .
106.0%
MAXIMUM TORQUE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
100.0%
MAXIMUM EGT; TAKE OFF ANO CONTINUOUS . . 650C
'
DURING STARTING
..........
770C
OIL TEMPERA TU RE; MINIMUM FOR STARTING
-30C
MAXIMUM UP TO 88% TORQUE
127C
(10 MINUTE LIMITOVER 110C)
MAXIMM OVER 88% TORQUE
110C
40PSI
OIL PRESSURE; MINIMUM-GROUND IDLE
-BELOW 23000FT . . . .
70PSI
-ABOVE 23000FT . . .
SOPSI
MAXIMUM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
120PSI
FUEL PRESSURE; MINIMUM - GROUND IDLE . . . . .
15PSI
NORMAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
20-80PSI
MAXIMUM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
90PSI
PT N 03710962L 17 ISS.2 KIT 3384A/2

H,1 573X

OPERATIONS LIMITATIONS PLACARD


Fig.l.
1-1-9
Apr 15/89

J~~

AE.ROSPACE

-JETSTREA/111

SERiEs J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

CALIBRATION IS ONLY
VALID WHEN BOTH
GENERATORS ANO
WINDSCREEN HEATERS
ARE SWITCH ED OFF
H/11223X

o
o

--

STANDBY COMPASS PLACARD


Fig.2.
1-1-10
Aug 1/88

BRITISH

AERO~E

JETSTREANI

SeRiEs }200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

CHAPTER 2. AIRFRAME. FLYING CONTROLS & STALL WARNING


LIST
LIST

OF

EFFECTIVE

OF

CONTENTS

PAGES

LIMITATIONS & ESSENTIAL DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-1


CONDITIONAL PROCEDURES
Flight with Missing Vortex Generators . . . . . . . . . 2-2-1
ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
C.A.P.

lsTALLI caption on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3-1

EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
Window Failure . . . .
C.A.P.

loooRI

2-4-1

caption on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4-3

CHAP. 2 CONTENTS
Page 1/2
May 15/91

BRrTISH

AERO~E

JETSTREANI
SERES

}200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

CHAPTER 2
AIRFRAME, FLYING CONTROLS & STALL WARNING
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES
LIST OF CONTENTS
LIST OF
EFFECTIVE PAGES
2-1
2-2
2-3
2-4

1/2

May 15/91

1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1
2
3

May
Aug
May
May
May
May
May
May

15/91
15/90
15/91
15/91
15/91
15/91
15/91
15/91

CHAPTER 2 LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES


Page 1/2
May 15/91

BRfTISH AEROSPMCE

JETSTREANI

SERiES J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

CHAPTER

AIRFRAME, FLYING CONTROLS & STALL WARNING


l.

LIMITATIONS
1.1 Manoeuvring speed
Manoeuvres likely to involve full application of the
primary flight controls shall not be attempted at a speed
greater than 180 kt IAS.
1.2 Stall protection
The serviceability of both stall protection systems must
be conf irmed prior to the f irst flight of the day by
carrying out the relevant checks.
1.3 Control locks
If the tailwind component exceeds 20 kt, the control locks
shall be engaged whenever the aircraft is taxiing or
parked.
1. 4 Lift Dump
The maximum permissible speed f or allowing the flaps to
extend to the lift DUMP position is 120 kt IAS.
l . 5 DV Window

The maximum permissible speed with the DV window open is


140 kt IAS.
2.

ESSENTIAL DATA
2.1 Stall Protection

If one wing reaches the stall warning angle, the audio


warning and stick shaker will activate.
If one wing reaches the stall identification angle, the
stall ident lights will come on.
If both wings reach this
condition the stick pusher will activate until clear of
stall identification angle. Stick pusher may be
over-ridden by an 80 lb. pull force.
2.2 Crosswind
The maximum demonstrated crosswind component f or take-of f
and landing is 25 kts.
2-1-1/2
Aug 15/90

BRITISH AEROSFWCE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

CONDITIONAL PROCEDURE
FLIGHT WITH MISSING VORTEX GENERATORS

Flight with one or more vortex generators missing is permitted far


up to eight flights or one day's flying, whichever is the least,
under the following conditions:e:

l.

One vortex generator may be missing. from either one wing or


both wings, or
Two vortex generators may be missing from either one wing or
both wings provided that they are not adjacent.
If a third
vortex generator is missing from either wing it must be
replaced befare flight.

2.

Flight is not permitted if any vortex generator is missing


from the wing root fillets.

3.

Far flight with vortex generators missing, the wing surface


and wing root fillet must be in good condition and free from
damage.

4.

The airplane must not be used far stall or single-engined


training if any vortex generators are missing.

END//

2-2-1/2
May 15/91

EIRIT7SH AEROSPMCE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs }200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

ABNORMAL
C.A.P.

PROCEDURE

STALL

CAPTION ON

Indicates STALL WARNING inoperative due to any of the following:l.


~

:::i

.,

-=e:

2.
3.

4.

-o

STALL PROTECTION switch at OFF or TEST


Power relay failure
ssu failure
Signal to pusher solenoid has been cancelled by the
isolate relay.

.t

CHECK STALL PROTECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON


CIRCUIT BREAKERS . . . . .

. . . . .

. .

. . TRIP/RESET

Far RightJ STALL Jc.A.P. trip/reset C/B STALL PROT RIGHT (5)
on the DC Main C/B
Far Left

Panel

STALL lc.A.P. trip/reset C/B STALL PROT LEFT (5)

on the DC Essential C/B Panel


If caption remains on avoid flight conditions approaching the
stall.
Note:
If either of the STALL ident lights has been pressed, the
stick pusher will remain inoperative until reset on the ground.

END//

2-3-1/2
May 15/91

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERies J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

EMERGENCY
WINDOW

PROCEDURE
FAILURE

FLIGHT DECK OR CABIN


INNER OR OUTER PANEL CRACKED CRAZED OR FAILED
WARNING : IF PART OF A WINDOW BECOMES DETACHED IT MAY STRIKE A
PROPELLER AND BE DEFLECTED THROUGH THE SIDE OF THE
FUSELAGE. AS A PRECAUTION AGAINST INJURY MOVE
PASSENGERS FROM SEATS IN LINE WITH THE PROPELLER
IF PRACTICAL.

CABIN DIFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REDUCE TO 2.5 psi THEN ZERO


Immediately reduce cabin differential pressure to 2.5 psi
and as soon as practicable to zero.
SEAT HARNESS .

FITTED

. . . .

Verify both pilots seat harnesses are fitted.


CABIN SIGNS .

. . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. .

. . .

. . . ON

AS REQUIRED

OXYGEN

As differential pressure is going to be reduced to zero


consideration should be given to the use of oxygen by
crew.
DESCEND .

TO SAFETY ALTITUDE

Descend to safety altitude for sector being flown.

( cont) / ...

2-4-1
May 15/91

lll#TWIA~W

JETSTREAIW

SERES J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

EMERGENCY
WINDOW

PROCEDURE
FAILURE (cent)

FLIGHT DECK
INNER OR OUTER PANEL DELAMINATED
SLIGHT DELAMINATION OF INNER OR OUTER PANEL IS ACCEPTABLE WITHOUT
RESTRICTION FOR THAT FLIGHT PROVIDING VISION IS NOT IMPAIRED.
CAUTION:

END//

2-4-2
May 15/91

SUBSTANTIAL DELAMINATION SHOULD BE TREATED AS A


POTENTIAL FAILURE. FRACTURE OF A DELAMINATED INNER LAYER
COULD CAUSE GLASS SPLINTERS TO BE RELEASED INTO THE
FLIGHT DECK.

-77SHA~ICE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs l200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1


'.....

Tbis rev1s1on complies with Britisb Civil Airwortbiness Requirements, Section A


Cbapter A7-3.

/~~

Signed
Date
'J
CAA Approval No: DAI/9386/92

JETSTREAM AIRCRAP'T LIMITED


PRESTWICK AIRPORT,
AYRSBIRE, ll9 2RW,
SCOTLAHD

~~

Publication Ref No.SA.4-3100/MOM/53,57,58,61,63,64,266,267,


269,270.

TEMPORARY REVISION 2 - 1

Location: Insert in Chapter 2 with the page overleaf facing Page


2-4-3.
Reason:

To revise C.A.P.
procedure.

Action:

Replace ON GROUND procedure with the procedure


overleaf.

loooRI CAPTION ON emergency

The introduction of data by revLSLons or amendments or temporary revisions or


amendments not certified in accordance with British Civil Airworthiness
Requiremente, Chapter A7-3, will invalidate the initial certification en the title
page of the manual relative to the part revised. Revisions or amendments or
temporary revisione or amendments embodied in this manual and certif ied by an
appropriate approved organisation, other than that applicable to the initial
certification, must be recorded en separate record sheets.

Page 1 of 2
Jun

7/93

~A~tCE

JETSTREAIW

' SERiES J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATIN~ MANUAL PART 1

EMERGENCY PROCEDURE
c.A.P.

''\'

lnooRI CAPTioN oN

ON GROUND
DOOR . . .

OPEN FROM INSIDE

open the door and leave it open.


ENT DOOR WRN C/B .

TRIP/RESET

Trip and reset the ENT DOOR WRN C/B on the DC ESS busbar.

WARNING: THE DOOR MUST REMAIN OPEN FOR A MINIMUM OF 15 SECS TO ALLOW
TIME FOR THE TIME DELAY RELAX TO FUNCTION IF ANY OF THE
MICROSWITCHES HAVE FAILED IN THE DOOR CLOSED POSITION.
Wait for 15 secs then:
DOOR

CLOSE ANO LOCK FROM INSIDE

DOOR HANDLE

FULLY OUTBOARD

DOOR DRAWBOLT-LOCKED INDICATORS (5)


DOOR HANDLE-LOCKED INDICATOR . .

. . CONFIRM ALIGNED
. .

. CONFIRM ALIGNED

IF DOOR CAPTION REMAINS ON OR IF CAPTION NOT ON WHEN DOOR OPENED


DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE

MINIMUM FOR FLIGHT

Select the mnimum cabin dif f erential pressure acceptable f or


the flight.
SEAT BELT SIGN .

Notes:

. . . ON FOR DURATION OF FLIGHT

l. A single flight or series of flights is permitted with


C.A.P.

lnooRj on if all drawbolt-locked and handle-locked

indicators show door locked and secure.


2. The airplane must not depart an airfield where repairs or
replacements can be made.

END//
(cent)/ ....
Page 2 of 2

Jun

7/93

BRITISH AEROS#WCE

JETSTREANI

SeRiEs }200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

EMERGENCY
C.A.P.

PROCEDURE

DOOR

CAPTION ON

ON GROUND
DOOR . .

OPEN

Open the door and leave it open.


e

. . . . . TRIP/RESET

ENT DOOR WRN C/B .

Trip and reset the ENT DOOR WRN C/B on the DC ESS busbar.
WARNING: THE DOOR MUST REMAIN OPEN FOR 15 SECONDS TO ALLOW TIME
FOR THE TIME DELAY RELAY TO FUNCTION IF ANY OF THE
MICROSWITCHES HAVE FAILED IN THE DOOR CLOSED POSITION.
DOOR . .

CLOSE

VISUAL DOOR INDICATORS .

CHECK

IF DOOR LIGHT REMAINS ON OR IF CAPTION NOT ON WHEN DOOR OPENED


DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE
L.()

-:r

MINIMUM FOR FLIGHT

Select the minimum cabin differential pressure acceptable


for the flight.
SEAT BELT SIGN .
Note: l.

. ON

A single flight or a series of flights is permitted with


C.A.P.

DOOR

caption on provided door visual

indicators show door is locked.


2.

The airplane must not depart an airfield where repairs


or replacements can be made.

END//

( cont) / .
2-4-3
May 15/91

BRrTISH AEROSFMCE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1
,'

EMERGENCY
C.A.P.

DOOR

PROCEDURE
CAPTION ON (cont)

IN FLIGHT
WARNING: DO NOT TOUCH THE DOOR OR HANDLE
SEAT BELT SIGN

DIFF PRESS .

REDUCE

. ON

Reduce cabin differential pressure to rninirnurn consistent


with flight altitude.
LAND AS SOON AS PRACTICABLE

END//

e::

2-4-4

May 15/91

BRPTISHA~

JETSTREANI

SERiEs J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

CHAP.3

AIR

CONDITIONING
LIST

OF

& PRESSURISATION

CONTENTS

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES


LIMITATIONS & ESSENTIAL DATA

3-1-1

ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
C.A.P.,AIR OFFI caption on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-1
C.A.P.
C.A.P.

caption on

3-2-2

lnucTI caption on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-3

EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
Cabin Differential Pressure greater than 6 psi .

e. A. P.

1CABIN1 caption on

Emergency Descent

. . . . .

. . . .

3-3-1
. . 3-3-3
3-3-4

co
N
'-O

o
o
N

CHAP . 3 CONTENTS
Page 1/2
Dec 1/88

BRITISH AEROSl'WCE

JETSTREANI

SeRiEs }200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

CHAPTER 3
AIR CONDITIONING & PRESSURISATION
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

:.
:;)

-5"'
e:

LIST OF CONTENTS
LIST OF
EFFECTIVE PAGES
3-1
3-2

-o

."'
a..

3-3

1/2

Dec

1/2
1/2
1
2
3/4
1
2
3
4

May 15/91
Aug 1/88
Aug 1/88
Aug 1/88
Dec 1/88
Aug 1/88
Aug 1/88
Feb 15/90
May 15/91

1/88

CHAPTER 3 LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES


Page 1/2
May 15/91

_,,..

~AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs .,200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

CHAPTER

AIR CONDITIONING & PRESSURISATION

l.

LIMITATIONS
Maximum Dif ferential Pressure

. 6.0 psi

Highest Normal Working Pressure

. 5.5 psi

During take-off and landing the cabin shall not be


pressurised and the air FLOW supply selectors shall be
OFF.
2.

ESSENTIAL DATA
Inward Relief Valve
Safety Relief Valve

0.3 psi

.. . .

5.8 psi

Absolute Air Pressure Regulator limits Cabin Alt to 13,000


feet.

00
f'....

o
o

3-1-1/2

Aug 1/88

~,:_EROSPACE

3~STREANI

SERiEs J200

MANUFACTUREBS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

ABNORMAL PROCEDURE
C.A.P. IAIR OFF CAPTION ON
CAUTION: ONE ATTEMPT ONLY MAY BE MADE TO REGAIN THE AFFECTED
SYSTEM AS FOLLOWS:OFF

FLOW SELECTOR . . . .
Rotate the associated FLOW selector to OFF.

TRIP/RESET

EMER AIR OFF CONT C/B

Trip the associated EMER AIR OFF CONT circuit breaker on


the DC Essential Bus C/B Panel. This releases the latch
on the emergency air off valve and allows the valve to
open when the circuit breaker is reset.
FLOW SELECTOR

INCREASE SLOWLY

Rotate associated FLOW SELECTOR slowly open to an initial


position less than that at which the shut off occurred.
Do not open too quickly as a rapid increase to airf low may
cause the valve to close.
Ui
CX)

r-

o
o
o

IF THE C.A.P.
FLOW

AIR OFF lcAPTION COMES ON AGAIN:

. . . .. ... .... ... .. . . . . .. . . .

OFF

.................

IN CREASE

OPPOSITE FLOW SELECTOR

If possible increase the opposite airf low in an attempt to


maintain the environmental conditions.

END//

3-2-1

Aug 1/88

lllWTISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI
SERiES

J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1


('.e

ABNORMAL
C.A.P.

PROCEDURE

1 O/TEMP l

CAPTION ON

PAUSE FOR 5 SECONDS TO ALLOW SHUT OFF VALVE TO CLOSE THEN : OFF

ASSOCIATED TEMP AUTO/MAN SELECTOR


Set the associated TEMPERATURE AUTO/MANUAL selector to
OFF in an attempt to let the temperature control system
stabilise.
HAS C.A.P., O/TEMP

CAPTION GONE OFF?

AUTO

YES i--~ ASSOCIATED TEMP AUTO /MAN SELECTOR


Set the associated TEMPERATURE AUTO/MANUAL
seletor to AUTO and monitor the,O/TEMPlcaption.

IF

NO

O/TEMP

CAPTION REMAINS ON OR COMES ON AGAIN AFTER

PREVIOUS ACTION
TEMPERATURE . . . . . . . . . REDUCE MANUALLY
Adjust the temperature by INC or DEC selections of
the associated AUTO/MAN selector.
IF

O/TEMP 1 CAPTION REMAINS ON AND MANUAL CONTROL UNSUCCESSFUL:

FLOW SELECTOR

. . . . ... .. .

.....

Rotate the associated FLOW selector to OFF.


the air bleed to the failed system.

. . . . . OFF
This shuts off

OTHER FLOW SELECTOR


Rotating the usable FLOW rotary selector to a higher
setting to replace the flow from the f ailed system.

END//
3-2-2

Aug 1/88

ADJUST

o
o

BRITl:!IN AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI
SERiES

}200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

ABNORMAL
c.A.P.

PROCEDURE

jnucTI CAPTION oN

ON THE GROUND
. . PRESS

ASSOCIATED STOP BUTTON


Stop the engine and investigate cause of failure.
IN FLIGHT

. OFF

ASSOCIATED FLOW SELECTOR . . . . . . . . . .


Rapidly rotate the associated FLOW selector to OFF.
Check for reduction in f low by observing movement of
Cabin Rate of Climb and by feel from the vents.
Start stop-watch.
Observe the reduction in flow; this confirms that
the valve has closed.

IN CREASE

PPOSITE FLOW SELECTOR . . . . .

Increase opposite airflow to maintain cabin pressurisation


AFTER 3 MINUTES ON STOPWATCH, IS C.A.P.

DUCT

STILL ON

TAKE NO FURTHER ACTION. REPORT DEFECT ON LANDING


DID FLOW REDUCE

o
o

YES

TAKE NO FURTHER ACTION. REPORT DEFECT ON LANDING

Note: If C.A.P. remains on 5 minutes after engine shut down


it can be assumed to be a false warning and the engine
may be relit for a normal two engined landing

END//
3-2-3/4
Dec 1/88

B/INTISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs 1200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

EMERGENCY

PROCEDURE

CABIN DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE GREATER THAN 6 PSI


CONFIRM

CABIN DIFFERENTIAL
Confirm by reference to cabin/altitude table that
differential pressure exceeds 6 psi.
IS DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE CONFIRMED?

t--~

LOG FAULTY GAUGE.

YES 1--_.. AIRFLOWS

. . REDUCE

Slowly reduce FLIGHT DECK and CABIN air f lows


until a cabin rate of climb achieved and cabin
differential reduces.
WHEN RATE OF CLIMB ACHIEVED
FLOW SELECTORS
<X>
'
""o
o

ADJUST TO CONTROL CABIN

Slowly operate FLIGHT DECK and CABIN f low selectors to


maintain cabin altitude required with differential of 5.2
psi or less.
IF FLOW CONTROLS WILL NOT REDUCE CABIN PRESSURE
Rotate MANUAL pressure CONTROL valve towards DUMP so as to
reduce pressure differential below 6 psi.
IF OVERPRESSURISATION PERSISTS
Set electrical PRESSURE DUMP switch to DUMP.
Don oxygen masks and descend below 10,000 ft.

(cent)/ ....

3-3-1

Aug 1/88

-TISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

EMERGENCY

PROCEDURE

..

CABIN DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE GREATER THAN 6 PSI


ALTITUD E (ft)

1000

Cabin Alt

2000
3000
4000
5000
6000
7000
8000
9000
10000
11000
12000
13000
14000
15000
16000
17000
18000
19000
20000
21000
22000
23000
24000
25000

Aircraft
Alt.

PRESSURE (psi)
15.23
14.69
13.66
13.17
12.69
12.22
11.77
11.33
10.91
10.50
10.10
9.72
9.34
8.98
8.63
8.29
7.96
7.64
7.33
7.04
6.75
6.47
6.20
5.94
5.69
5.45

DIFF PRESS
4.68 psi

Exa.mple
cabin 2000 = 13.66 psi
aircraft 13000 = 8.98 J2Si
dif f erential= 4.68 psi

-oo
o

........,

o
'
END//

3-3-2
Aug 1/88

BRITISH AEROSFYCE

JETSTREANI
SERES

}200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

EMERGENCY
C.A.P.

PROCEDURE

lcABINI CAPTION ON
CONFIRM

INDICATIONS AND CONTROLS . . . .


Confirm that Cabin Altitude is greater than 10,000 ft
Conf irm CABIN ALT control is correctly set
Conf irm both FLOW selectors are turned fully clockwise

ON

OXYGEN MASKS . . .
e

Remove headset and don oxygen masks, confirm oxygen flow


CREW COMMUNICATIONS

ESTABLISH

Set MIC C/O switch to MASK and replace headset with


boom mike stowed.
Establish communication between crew with masks on.
ON

CABIN SIGNS

CONFIRM

PASSENGER OXYGEN

Conf irm passenger oxygen masks deployed and luminescent


star indicates pressure in system.
If the masks have not
deployed rotate the passenger oxygen control to OVERRIDE.
Observe luminescent star indicates pressure in system.
NORMAL

PRESSURE SWITCH
Verify PRESSURE switch selected to NORMAL.

PRE SS

MANUAL CONTROL
N

Verify pressurisation MANUAL CONTROL rotated fully


clockwise in the direction of PRESS
IF CABIN ALTITUDE CANNOT BE CONTROLLED
APPLY PROCEDURE:

EMERGENCY DESCENT

END//

3-3-3

Feb 15/90

-TJSH A.nl\IMI llCl9'

JETSTREANI

SERiES J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

EMERGENCY
EMERGENCY

PROCEDURE
DESCENT
FLIGHT IDLE

POWER LEVERS

Retard POWER levers to FLIGHT IDLE and warn cabin crew/


passengers an emergency descent is being initiated.
~

RPM LEVERS . .

. .

FULLY ADVANCED

ATC TRANSPONDER

A7700

5'

K
5'

e:
~

Set emergency code A7700 on transponder to advise ATC of


action.
SAFETY ALTITUDE
DESCENT SPEED

.
.

. .

. CHECK

. .

. VMO

OXYGEN (IF REQUIRED)

. .

. DON

CREW COMMUNICATIONS

. ESTABLISH

Descend at VMO to obtain best rate of descent.

Establish safety altitude for sector being flown.


CABIN SIGNS .

. .

. ON

IF OXYGEN HAS BEEN USED


WHEN CABIN AT SAFE ALTITUDE
CREW OXYGEN

e:
. . AS REQUIRED

Set crew oxygen control to position required.


PAX OXYGEN

AS REQUIRED

Passengers oxygen should return to low delivery pressure


automatically but if OVERRIDE has been selected rotate
passenger oxygen control to FIRST AID POSITION.

END//
3-3-4

May 15/91

BRIT/SH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SeRiEs }200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

CHAPTER 4.

EMERGENCY
LIST

OF

EQUIPMENT

AND

OXYGEN

CONTENTS

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES


LIMITATIONS AND ESSENTIAL DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-1
CONDITIONAL PROCEDURE

Crew Oxygen . . .

4-2-1

Ventilated Smoke goggles .

4-2-2

Dispatch with partial oxygen contents .

4-2-3/4

ABNORMAL PROCEDURE
C.A.P.1 EMER

LTS

caption on . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-1

EMERGENCY PROCEDURE

Aircraft Evacuation

4-4-1

Ditching

4-4-4

CHAP.4

CONTENTS

Page 1/2
Jul 15/89

BR'l77SH AEROSFMCE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

CHAPTER 4
EMERGENCY EOUIPMENT ANO OXYGEN
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

LIST OF CONTENTS
EFFECTIVE PAGES
4-1

:,

::i

-5"'

4-2

e:

-o
!'.l

.!:

it

4-3
4-4

1/2
1/2
1
2
1
2
3
4
5/6
1/2
1
2
3
4
5
6

Jul
Jan
Jan
Jan
Sep
Sep
Jan
Jan
May
Aug
Aug
May
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug

15/89
15/97
15/97
15/97
15/88
15/88
15/97
15/97
15/91
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88

co
00
00
L.()

o
o
N

CHAPTER 4 LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES


Page 1/2
Jan 15/97

BRITISH AEROS#WCE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1


"\
' '-,

r~

CHAPTER
EMERGENCY
l.

EQUIPMENT

AND

OXYGEN

LIMITATIONS
None applicable.

2.

ESSENTIAL DATA
2.1 STANDARD EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT CARRIED

Fixed oxygen installation

Crew portable oxygen bottles .

. . . . . Crew plus
passengers as required

. . Mounted in
crew seat plinths

Crew oxygen masks

Ahead and outboard of crew


members

Crew smoke goggles

Ahead and outboard of crew


members

Emergency lights .

. Automatic or manual operation

Flight deck hand f ire extinguisher

Outboard of crew

roo

Cabin hand f ire extinguisher

L.[)

o
o

First aid kit

. Stowage RH rear
of cabin

Stowage RH rear of cabin

Cabin emergency exits

Overwings and main Door

Flight deck emergency exit . . . . Flight deck O.V. window


2.2 OPTIONAL EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT CARRIED

As specified by operator.

4-1-1

Jan_15/97

- T I S H AEROSl'WCE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

,,
'(

2.3 FIXED OXYGEN SYSTEM


Supply indicator BLACK indicates no pressure in system.
Supply indicator showing PARTIAL STAR, indicates
therapeutic pressure of 27.6 psi in system.
supply indicator showing FULL STAR, indicates mask
deployment pressure of 72.5 psi.
Note:

Passenger masks will be automatically deployed at a


cabin altitude of 11,500 feet if the mode selector is
at NORMAL or FIRST AID. Oxygen will not flow to the
individual passenger until the mask is pulled down
withdrawing the operating pin.

2.4 OXYGEN DURATION

The oxygen system when fully charged will provide not less
than :2.4.1

A two hour supply for each pilot


ANO

2.4.2

Note:

A thirty minute supply f or

eac~

passenger

The two pilots must both be connected to their


individual portable oxygen bottles.
These durations assume cabin decompression above
14,000 ft followed by an emergency descent and flight
continuing at or below 14,000 ft.

2.5 VENTILATED SMOKE GOGGLES


The portable oxygen bottles, when fully charged, will
provide not less 15 minutes supply to each pilot using his
oxygen mask with ventilated smoke goggles.
Before the portable oxygen bottles are completely
discharged each pilot in turn should transfer his supply
connection from his portable bottle to the aircraft main
supply. This will ensure a continued supply.

4-1-2

Jan 15/97

o
o
lJl
(X)

'-....1
lJl

llRIT1SN

AERO~E

JETSTREANI
SERiES

J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

CONDITIONAL
CREW

PROCEDURE
OXYGEN

crew oxygen is required, one pilot should control the


aircraf t whilst the other dons his oxygen mask and establishes
communication. The process is then reversed.

Wh~n

HEADSET . . .

REMOVE

TO USE OXYGEN MASKS:l.

Press the red toggles together to release the mask


from its housing.

2.

Keep the toggles pressed to inflate the straps.

3.

Place the straps over the head with mask covering


nose and mouth.

4..

Release red toggles.

5.

Check oxygen puffing.

HEADSET

Straps will grip head.

REPLACE ON HEAD WITH BOOM MIKE STOWED

MIC C/O SWITCH

MASK

Set the BOOM-MASK control switch on the side console to


MASK.

e:>
C:>

Notes: l. The N-100% SWITCH on the mask will provide diluted or


100% oxygen as indicated.

2. The EMERGENCY rotary control on the mask by-passes the

regulator and supplies 100% oxygen at a small positive


pressure. Pressing this control acts as a test function
and allows a flow of oxygen to the mask.

END//
4-2-1

Sep 15/88

-TISN AEROS-CE

JETSTREA.1111

SERiEs J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

CONDITIONAL PROCEDURE
VENTILATED SMOKE GOGGLES
When it is necessary to fit the ventilated smoke goggles, one
pilot should control the aircraft whilst the other one dons his
oxygen mask and goggles. Once communication has been
established the role of the two pilots should be reversed so
that the second pilot can fit his mask and goggles.
HEADSET . . .
TO USE VENTILATED SMOKE GOGGLES WITH OXYGEN MASK :l. Press the red toggles to release the oxygen mask from
its housing
2. Keep the toggles pressed to inflate the straps
3. Place the straps over the head with the mask covering
nose and mouth
4. Release red toggles. Straps will grip head
5. Set N - 100% switch to 100%
6. Turn the EMERGENCY rotary control to EMERGENCY.
Check that oxygen is flowing
7. Fit smoke goggles over the eyes and overlapping the nose
of the oxygen mask. Adjust strap around back of head
8. Push the slide valve down on the nose of the mask. This
opens an orif ice allowing a steady stream of oxygen into
the goggles
HEADSET
MIC C/O SWITCH

REPLACE ON HEAD WITH BOOM MIKE STOWED

. . .. .

.....

Set the BOOM - MASK control switch on the side console


to MASK

...END//
4-2-2
Sep 15/88

. .MASK

-o
-

BRITISH AEROSFMCE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

CONDITIONAL PROCEDURE
DISPATCH WITH PARTIAL OXYGEN CONTENTS
THESE PROCEDURES ENABLE THE AIRCRAFT TO BE DISPATCHED WITH PARTIAL
OXYGEN CONTENTS PROVIDED THAT THE NUMBER OF PASSENGERS IS
RESTRICTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING TABLES.
Note: The two pilots must be connected to their individual
portable oxygen bottles which must indicate FULL.
Table 1
PORTABLE OXYGEN BOTTLE FULL INDICATION
INDICATED PRESSURE
PSI

1710

1730

1750

BOTTLE TEMPERATURE
C

-30

-20

-10

1780

1810

1850

+10

>+20

FOR FLIGHT BETWEEN 14,000 ANO 25,000 FEET, THE MINIMUM PERMITTED
INDICATED PRESSURES ARE INDICATED BELOW.
Table 2
PAX
19
17
15
13
11
9
7
5

'-..[)

roo
l..)

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
o
10
20

-20

-10

1560
1420
1270
1120
990
840
710
570

1600
1560
1310
1150
1020
870
730
580

1650
1500
1340
1180
1050
890
750
600

1690
1540
1380
1220
1080
920
770
620

1740
1590
1420
1250
1110
940
800
630

C
30

40

1800
1640
1460
1290
1150
970
820
650

1850
1690
1510
1330
1190
1000
850
670

Note: For OXYGEN TEMPERATURE use ground level ambient temperature


except when the aircraft has been subject to cold soak (eg
after a long, high-altitude flight followed by a short
turnround) the minimum permitted indicated oxygen pressure
is obtained by taking the reading for the temperature lOC
below ambient.
( cont) / ....

4-2-3
Jan-15/97

BRITISH AEROS#WCE

JETSTREAllll

SERiEs J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

'~ :~~-~;~ f
.:

CONDITIONAL PROCEDURE
DISPATCH WITH PARTIAL OXYGEN CONTENTS (cont)
FOR FLIGHT BETWEEN 10,000 AND 14,000 FEET THE MINIMUM PRESSURES ARE
INDICATED BELOW:

Table 3
49 CUBIC FOOT OXYGEN BOTTLE
DURATION IN MINUTES
OXYGEN GAUGE
PRESSURE
(At 21C or above)
223 or less
400
460
600
700
800
1000
1200
1400
1600
1850

UP TO 10
PASSENGERS
30
95
-120135
145
155
175
195
220
240
265

11 OR MORE
PASSENGERS

...

30
60
75
100
-120130
145
160
180
195
215
N

Note:

The above durations include the consumption of two flight


crew when flight time between 10,000 and 14,000 ft AMSL
exceeds two hours.
If the f light time in the above altitude range is less
than two hours, the flight crew are supplied solely from
their portable oxygen cylinders.

cont) / ....

4-2-4
Jan 15/97

o
o
U1

00
-.......i
-.......i

B#NTISH AER05'WCE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs l200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

CONDITIONAL PROCEDURE
DISPATCH WITH PARTIAL OXYGEN CONTENTS (cent)

3. For temperatures below +2lC the following conversion


table should be used. For higher temperatures, use the
figure for +2lC.
Table 4
BOTTLE TEMPERATURE C

EQUIVALENT
PRESSURE
AT + 2lC
(PSI)

+21

-30

-20

-10

223
400
460
600
700
800
1000
1200
1400
1600
1850

195
340
390
515
600
692
870
1040
1220
1385
1710

197
348
402
530
620
710
890
1070
1250
1430
1730

201
360
412
545
640
730
910
1100
1285
1460
1750

o
206
373
426
560
660
750
945
1133
1320
1510
1780

+10
215
385
440
580
680
775
970
1166
1360
1555
1810

INDICATED BOTTLE PRESSURE (PSI)

...

1}

END//

"")

o
o
,-'-.j

4-2-5/6
May 15/91

llRITISH AEROIYWCE

JETSTREANI
SERES

}200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

ABNORMAL
C.A.P.

EMERGENCY LIGHTING SWITCH


REAR DOOR LIGHT SWITCH

PROCEDURE

EMER LTS

CAPTION

ON

CHECK ARMED
CHECK OFF

IF C.A.P. REMAINS ON:


ON GROUND
TAKE-OFF IS PROHIBITED.
IN FLIGHT
NO FURTHER ACTION.
LO.G DEFECT.

END//

4-3-1/2
Aug 1/88

Al!IRDSPACE

JETSTREAAI

SeRies J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

WARNING:

EMERGENCY

PROCEDURE

AIRCRAFT

EVACUATION

IF THERE IS A FIRE OR SIGNS THAT FIRE MAY ERUPT, ONLY


THE DOORS AND ESCAPE HATCHES AWAY FROM THE FIRE SHOULD
BE USED.

BASIC PROCEDURE
The crew should supervise the rapid evacuation of all on
board. Evacuate away from fire and ensure that everyone is
kept suff iciently far from the wings to minimise injury
should the fuel tanks explode. 'No smoking' should be
stressed.
Crew and able-bodied persons should assist in the evacuation
of children, disabled, aged and infirm passengers.
The f irst essential is for passengers followed by crew to
evacuate the aircraft in the shortest possible time. This
process should not be impeded by people collecting coats,
briefcases, fire extinguishers or first aid kits. These
items can be collected by the crew later when it is safe to
do so.

'

Ensure that all passengers and

crew are out of the aircraft.

f'..,

o
o
O

EMERGENCY EXITS
All escape hatches and the door should be used to evacuate
the passengers. The location and operation of the over-wing
escape hatches is shown in the accompanying diagram. The
main door cannot be jettisoned.
The D.V. windows provide additional escape routes for the
pilot and co-pilot. Operation is shown in the accompanying
diagram.

4-4-1

Aug 1/88

- T I S H AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI
SERiES

}200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1


,/i,\\.~i,
l

PASS OOOR THROUGH EXIT


TO CLEAR PASSAGEWAY

PULL OOWN ANO INWAROS

,.
t.

N
ESCAPE ROUTES

ESCAPE

HATCH

Fig. 1

May 1/88

LOWE R THE OOOR OUTWAR OS~


__
EVACUATE THE AIRCRAFT
'
<

4-4-2

V/

lj\

8'NTISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREA~
SERiES 'J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

TO OPEN DV. WINDOW


1.PULL STRIPED HANDLE DOWN ANO REARWARDS
2.PULL WINDOW INWARD USING BOTH HANDLES
3.MOVE WINDOW REARWARDS IN TRACK UNTIL
CATCH ENGAGES

CAUTION;DO NOT PULL ON


DESICCATOR

l~~~~l\

o
o

ro
o
o

FOR LEFT PILOT

D V WINDOW ESCAPE
Fig. 2

ROUTE
4-4-3
Aug 1/88

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI
SERES

J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

EMERGENCY

PROCEDURE

DITCHING
ATC TRANSPONDER .

A7700

Set emergency code A7700 on transponder to advise ATC of


action.
TRANSMIT

DISTRESS MESSAGE .

Transmit MAYDAY and advise position, disposition of crew


and passengers, intentions on landing, description of any
dangerous cargo and quantity of fuel.
. . . ON

ELT .
CABIN CREW/PASSENGERS

BRIEF

Instruct cabin.crew and passengers to prepare for


ditching and evacuation. Crew and passengers to don life
jackets, uninflated at earliest ppportunity.
EXCESS FUEL . . . .

. . BURN-OFF

Burn off excess fuel that is not required to make a saf e


touchdown.
AIRFLOWS .

OFF
N

LANDING GEAR . . . . . . . . .

LEAVE UP

Do not extend landing gear for ditching.


GEAR WARN C/B (WHITE COLLAR) .
Trip GEAR WARN C/B on DC Essential Busbar Panel to
prevent warning by gear horn with gear up on landing,
circuit breaker.

(cont)/ ....

4-4-4
Aug 1/88

o
o
o

co

TRIP
trip

l!IRl77SH AEROSPACE

JETSTREAA#
SERiES

l200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

EMERGENCY

PROCEDURE

DITCHING (cent)
RIGHT STALL PROTECTION SWITCH .

. .

OFF

Set RIGHT STALL PROTECTION SWITCH to OFF to prevent stickpusher action during approach and touch down.
FLAPS .

35 o

Set Flaps to 35.


APPROACH CHECKLIST
DITCHING BRIEFING .

UPDATE

The captain will brief on his intentions and requirements


for approach, ditching and after ditching.
PASTEN SEAT BELTS SIGNS .

ON

Set PASTEN SEAT BELTS sign to ON.

ARM

EMERGENCY LIGHTS . .
(\J

a
co
a
a

('\J

Verify EMERGENCY LIGHTS selector to ARM.


ALTIMETERS

SET/CHECK

Set altimeter for landing and compare.


LANDING CHECK
GEAR . . . .

. .

. UP

Confirm gear still UP for ditching.


FLAPS . . .

. 35 o

Confirm flaps set at 35.


(cont)/ ....
4-4-5
Aug 1/88

B#WTISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SeRies }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

EMERGENCY

PROCEDURE

DITCHING (cont)
AT 1000 FEET CALL ON PA

"TAKE UP DITCHING POSITIONS"


. . . "BRACE BRACE"

AT 200 FEET CALL ON PA . .


AT 100 FEET REDUCE RATE OF DESCENT TO MINIMUM.
MAINTAIN AIRSPEED Vref (VAT).

TOUCHDOWN IN A FLAT ATTITUDE.

ON TOUCHDOWN
FEATHER LEVERS

. . . .. . . . .

PULL

WHEN AIRCRAFT AT REST


PASSENGERS EVACUATION
CAUTION:

. . . . . . . . . . . . . INITIATE

'

THE MAIN DOOR SHOULD NOT BE USED AS THE SILL WILL


BE BELOW THE SURFACE OF THE WATER.

The captain will direct cabin crew and passengers to start


evacuation, using the over wing emergency exists.
A passenger seat cushion should be carried out by each passenger
to use as a flotation aid. The cushion should be held to the chest
with the straps over the arms before entering the water.

o
o

END//

co
o
(...

4-4-6

Aug 1/88

BIWT7SHA~E

JETSTREAA#
SERiES

J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

CHAPTER
LIST

5.
OF

ELECTRICS
CONTENTS

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES


LIMITATIONS AND ESSENTIAL DATA . .

5-1-1

CIRCUIT BREAKER AND FUSE LOCATIONS

5-2-1

:::>
Q)

...

.=

.5

e:

;:::

ABNORMAL PROCEDURES

C.A.P.

GEN

caption on . .

C.A.P.

BUS TIE OPEN

C.A.P.

AC ESS

C.A.P.

AC MAIN

caption on

. 5-3-4

caption on . . .

5-3-5

caption on . . . . . 5-3-6

C.A.P.

"1"'

o
00
o
o
o

. 5-3-1

caption on

C.A.P.

BAT

C.A.P.

SERIES

5-3-7

caption on

5-3-8

caption on

5-3-9

EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
C.A.P.

BUS FAIL

C.A.P.

INV

caption on . . . . . . . .

red caption on . . . . . . . . . . .

5~4-1

5-4-5

Battery 150 light on (NiCad batteries only) . . . . 5-4-6

CHAPTER 5.

CONTENTS
Page 1/2
Aug 1/88

BRIT/SH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI
SERES
e.

~!-.

;-.;

,,

7200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1


"

CHAPTER 5
ELECTRICS
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES
LIST OF CONTENTS
LIST OF
EFFECTIVE PAGES
5-1

::..::
::::i

-5'

5-2

.:

"s

.:
e':

5-2
5-2
5-3

r'.".l

...n

V')

o
o
N

5-4

GRE

1/2

Aug

Feb
Nov
Nov
Apr
May
Nov
May
May
May
May
May
May
May
May
May
May
May
May
May
May
Aug
Apr
Sep
Apr
Aug
Apr
2
Apr
3
4
Aug
Aug
5
Aug
6
7
Feb
8
Aug
9/10 Aug
Aug
1
Aug
2
Sep
3
Apr
4
Feb
5
Feb
6
7/8 Feb

1/2
1
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
19
20
1

1/88
15/91
15/89
15/89
15/89
1/88
1/88
15/90
15/90
15/90
15/90
15/90
15/90
15/90
15/90
15/90
15/90
15/90
15/90
15/90
15/90
1/88
15/89
15/88
15/89
1/88
15/89
15/89
1/88
1/88
1/88
15/89
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
15/89
15/89
15/91
15/91
15/91

CHAPTER 5 LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES


Page 1/2
Feb 15/91

~'

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI
SERES

J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

CHAPTER

ELECTRICS
l.

LIMITATIONS
1.1

ELECTRICAL LOADING
Maximurn continuous loading for each generator is 300
amps (on ground or in flight).

Note: When using an operating engine to assist in battery


starting the second engine, the loading may be higher than
300 amps.
1.2

BATTERY LIMITATIONS
1.2.1 Minimurn permitted BATTERY BUSBAR voltage for
starting is (Lead Acid) 23.5V, (NiCad) 24.0V.
1.2.2 After any NiCad battery overtemperature warning,
the associated battery must be removed from the
aircraft and ground tested before further use.

2.

ESSENTIAL DATA
2.1

Maximurn permitted temperature 150F.


If the battery voltage drops below 23.0V the battery
is drained.

c:o
N

NICAD BATTERIES

2.2

LEAD ACID BATTERIES


If the battery voltage drops below 21.6V the battery
is drained.

5-1-1
Nov 15/89

B~T7SH

AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

2.2

TAIL LOGO LIGHTS


The Tail Logo lights are powered from the DC Essential
busbar through the NAV LTS circuit breaker.
They are controlled by a three position switch marked
NAV ON, OFF, ON NAV TAIL FLOOD.
If the NAV lights fail with the switch in the
ON NAV TAIL FLOOD position, switch to OFF, reset
the C/B, and switch to NAV ON. If the NAV lights fail
again, the fault is in the NAV light circuit.

5-1-2
Nov 15/89

INW77SH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs }200
'MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

CIRCUIT

& FUSE

BREAKER

LOCATION

INDEX

MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL LOCATIONS

. 5-2-2

AVIONICS CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL

. 5-2-3

GENERAL . .

. 5-2-4

. .

AIR CONDITIONING
AIRFRAME

. 5-2-5

5-2-6

ELECTRICAL POWER SUPPLIES

5-2-7

ENGINES . .

5-2-9

FIRE PROTECTION .

. 5-2-11

FUEL

. 5-2-12

HYDRAULICS
ICE PROTECTION

. 5-2-13

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .

5-2-14

INSTRUMENTS .

. 5-2-15

LIGHTS

. 5-2-16

FLIGHT DECK FUSE PANELS

. 5-2-18

NOSE EQUIPMENT BAY CBs AND FUSES

. 5-2-19

SPARE FUSES AND FILAMENTS .

. . .

. .

. 5-2-20

5-2-1
Apr 15/89

BRITISH AEROSFMCE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs l200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

RIGHTSIOE
PANELS

--- ............
00 o o

~.

ESSUfTIAl
lllVEllJER.

LEFT SIOE
PANELS
FUSE PANEL

o.e. MAIN BUS PANEL

00

00

00

O.O

00

00

o o

00

00

o o

00

o o

00

o o
o o

00

o o
o o

00

00
00
00

ANCILIARY
BUS

May 1/88

...

-=-

"'e

"'

00

00
00

o o
o o

00

-00
00

llA1mll' BUS

00

00

00

00

00

ANCILLARY BUS
& FUSE PANEL

o.e. ESSENTIAL
BUS PANEL

C/4103&

MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL LOCATIONS

;
;
a.
;

00

A.C. BUS PANEL

5-2-2

,_.

o o

qNGo
o

00

00

~
. -----#1.

-oo
N

o
o

00

.e:::.

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREAAH

SrniEs l200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

e:

STBY

~H .

.l - -- -l

PA 1

D11E 1

CCS-l.

Vf" 1

llHF 1

\I

(~

(~)

C0

no_ I~

ISO ,_

7BV E55 511. <03736133K9)


CO"" 1

VAN-X

AL l L

IFJ ,

ATC 1

.J..

r
ln
o

IFF 2

IFC 1

ll'F 1

ISX 1

ISH 1

~!..L'.'!'l..' L2~_3_L1AR

28V E5S 511, <03736133KS>


TSl-t.
t 1

IWE t

1fU1

CLK-l.
1 ,, ,

- __

"~-

CD

-~"-!...

11SV ESSENTIAL <03736133K11)

2BV E55 511. <03736133K3)


J<AY 1 AOr 1 j PITOTH 1 WP11 2
1
'1 .
1
12
\ 5 1
l')

. 2 \

ALT-11

ft)

(t)

(~)

!....

2BV E55 511, < 03736133K7)

PA 1

'""_I_

UIF 1

(1)

<2'

NA'W 1

COl'IP 1

FOR FA lL: CHIC LIS T VXR IHO

IRC~ - IRF 11 _!_111'"_17


1111 11'
28V E5SENTIAL UNSll. (Q3736133K19)
28V HAIN <03736133K29)

YO

28V E5S Sii. <03736133K1)

DIE 2

llHF 2

FO

11)

,2,
IFC 2

IRC

CCS-.

CVll

CO"" 2

FOR

2~~,

VG 2

J_____

,;J~

AOC

Q+-L

- - - .. '!'.~)~

HSI 1

/&

26V ESSENTIAL <03736133K15>


NAV 2

(2)
lllE 12

Q+-R

HSI 2

2f"G_ _! _
_!!'
~C

CCS-R

@
-~
28V MA!N <037361331(21>
STEllEO

STEREO lALT ~TI

ATC 2

.~--'~_-D_2--.-1~~!____J_ ___ ]_~!J_,~

1 ISV HAIN < 03736133K13 >

NAY 1

VXll

COfP 2

YO

28V HAIN < 03736133K23)

lllU 2

-~~ -

11'11 1

1 RAO

!~).!....

ALT

ASl-l.

J_!~~-

J AOF

NAV 2

L!.~!'

----28V HAIN <03736133K25>

. 11'11 1

(i)
IRR J

26V MA!N <03736133K17>

AVIONICS CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL LOCATION


5-2-3

Nov 1/88

BRYT'5H AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SrniES }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

SERVICE
GENERAL
Overspeed warning

_ IDENTIFICATION
OV SPEEO

(f>

C/B PANEL
DC ESSENTIAL

!")

o
o

5-2-4
May 15/90

SIN~

AEROSPACE

JETSTREAJW

SrniEs }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

SERVICE

IOENTIFICATION

RECIRC

AIR CONOITIONING
Air conditioning recirculation fan power supply.

~s

OC MAIN
WHITE
COLLAR

Air conditioning recirculation fan control.


..

Flight deck temperature


control valve.

C/B PANEL

OC MAIN

ESS 115V
AIRTEMP

AC BUS BAR

FL OK
OV TEMP
AIR OFF

DC MAIN

C~Ol

Flight deck air supply


O/Temp warning.
Flight deck air supply
shut off warning.

FLT OK
HAIN115V
AIRTEHP

Cabin temperature control


val ve.

~
1

AC BUS BAR

CABIN

t.n
o

OV TEMP
AIR OFF

Cabin air supply O/Temp


warning.
Cabin air supply shut off
warning.

CABIN

I"")

o
o
N

Flight deck air supply


duct failure warning.
Flight deck air supply
emergency shut off valve
Cabin air supply duct
failure warning.
Cabin air supply emergency
shut off valve.
Pressurisation dump valve
control.
Propeller synchronisation.

DC MAIN

DUCT FAIL 'WRN

E~AIROFF~T
-

Fl

CA IN

DI<

PROP

PR

DC ESSENTIAL

DC ESSENTIAL

DC MAIN
UM
-

5-2-5

May 15/90

BRIT/SH AEROSFWCE

JETSTREAWI

SrniEs J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

SERVICE

IDENTIFICATION

C/B PANEL

AIRFRAME
Right Stall Protection
Control

STALL

DC MAIN

Right stall Protection

STALL

AC BUS BAR

RI

(5
1

RIGHT

Left stall Protection

STALL
PROT

AC BUS BAR

~
Left Stall Protection
Control

Windshield Wiper Right

STALL
PROT

(fj
10
V~

RI

Windshield Wiper Left

DC ESSENTIAL

WHITE DC MAIN
COLLAR

V~
10

WHITE DC ESSENTIAL
COLLAR

L T

5-2-6
May 15/90

BRrT7SH AEROSFWCE

JETSTREAJ'W
SERES

}200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

SERVICE

IDENTIFICATION
ESS

ELECTRICAL POWER SUPPLIES


Essential 26V Power

26V

AC BUS BAR

P(1)R
MAIN

Main 26V Power

Essential 115V Power

C/B PANEL

AC BUS BAR

pes
26V

ESS 1lSV

PO'w'ER

AC BUS BAR

@
MAIN

Main 115V Power

p
2

Essential 115V Power


Failure Warning

Main 115V Power Failure


Warning

AC BUS BAR

115V

ESS 11SV

POWER

AC BUS BAR

FA(J)RN
HAIN
115V
PO'w'ER

AC BUS BAR

FA(J)RN

1
r-r)

o
o

Main DC Busbar Undervolt


Sensor

U/VOLT

Essential DC Busbar Undervolt Sensor

U/VOLT

s@

DC MAIN

Main Inverter Power

0
HAIN
INV

PO\/ER

WHITE DC ESSENTIAL
COLLAR

WHITE DC MAIN
COLLAR

5-2-7
May 15/90

BRrTISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERiES }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

_ IDENTIFICATION

SERVICE
ELECTRICS (cent)
Main Inverter Failure
AC Main Transfer

ESSENTIAL
INVERTER
~

p~
25

F~llRN
-.e AIN

C/B PANEL
DC ESSENTIAL

TR.ANS

Essential Inverter Power

WHITE DC ESSENTIAL
COLLAR

Jl

BAT
FAIL

Battery failure warning

DC ESSENTIAL

(f)
Generator Control/Reset
Left/Right

GEN CONT/
L

Generator Field Control


Left/Right

Left/Right
Central Warning Panel
Supply

Battery isolate control

R/HT

DC ESSENTIAL

GEN FIELD

Central Annunciator Supply


Flap. Indicator Supply

Engine Ancillaries Bus bar

DC ESSENTIAL

~RESET~

RI

CAP
FLAP INO

DC MAIN

ENG ANCILLARIES

o
o

DC ESSENTIAL

~BUS~
20
L

(j-.1

RI HT

(tj
BAT

o
CD

DC ESSENTIAL

BATTERY BUS

0
'

5-2-8

May 15/90

EUnTISH AEROSFWCE

JETSTREAJlll

SERiEs }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

SERVICE

ENGINES
Oil Cooler Flaps
Left/Right
Propeller synchronisation
Pressurisation dump
valve control

IDENTIFICATION
OIL
COOL

OIL
COOL

~@,s
F~l
RI HT
L T

DC MAIN

PROP

DC MAIN

(fi

Left/Right
Engine Oil Temp indicators
Left/Right
Propeller Beta m,ode warning
Propeller reverse pitch
warning
Oil contamination warning
Engine Fire Detection
Left/Right

PR

EGT Compensation
Outside air temp indicator

Fuel/Oil Pressure indicator

C/B PANEL

U11

DC MAIN

EGT

@
FUEL/
OIL

FUEL/
OIL

DC MAIN

~~ ~@,
RI HT
L T
OIL TEHP
INO

DC ESSENTIAL

~ ~T
BETA/

~ir

DC ESSENTIAL

OIL ONT

~E OET~
L T

DC ESSENTIAL

RI HT

Torque Indication and


Control
Left/Right

TORQUE
'ONT/l:Q
1
L
RI HT

DC ESSENTIAL

5-2-9
May 15/90

BRr7'SH AEROSPACE

JETSTREAIW

SrniEs }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1


/'

SERVICE
ENGINES (cent)
Propeller unfeather pump
Left/Right
BETA pressure switch
Left/Right
Fuel & hydraulics LP
cocks shut control
Left/Right
Single Red Line computer
Left/Right

IDENTIFICATION
UNFEATHER
PUHPS

~T

DC ESSENTIAL

~oP co~

DC ESSENTIAL

RI HT

L.P .COCKS
~ SHUT@,
5
L
RI T
SRL COMP

0 0

LEFT

Engine EGT indication


Left/Right
Engine Starting & Ignition
control (Also controls TTLs)
Left/Right

C/B PANEL

BATTERY BUS

LOWER ENGINE
ANCILLARIES
BUS BAR

RIGHT

L) 0

EGT< R >

OAT

START/IGN

LOWER ENGINE
ANCILLARIES
BUS BAR

LOWER ENGINE
ANCILLARIES
BUS BAR

PO\JER RES

DC ESSENTIAL

LEFT

RIGHT

o
o
<....N

Automatic Power Reserve

R@T

5-2-10
May 15/90

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREAIW

SERies J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

SERVICE
FIRE PROTECTION
Fire Extinguisher Control
Left/Right
Fuselage smoke detection

IDENTIFICATION

C/B PANEL
BATTERY BUS

ef).RE EX@,
L

RI

SHOKE

..

BATTERY BUS

(!)

e'\

o
o

5-2-11
May 15/90

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SrniEs }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

_ IDENTIFICATION

SERVICE
FUEL
Fu el boost pumps

C/B PANEL

PU~

DC ESSENTIAL

CONTrTs
LEFT
RIGHT

DC ESSENTIAL

OST

10

Left/Right
Left fuel contents
indication
Right low fuel warning
Right fuel contents
indication
Left low fuel warning
Fuel/Oil Pressure indicator
Left/Right

!'121 LEi~~
L T
EL

t
FUEL/
OIL

FUEL/
OIL

P~D

P~D

Fuel & Hydraulic LP Cocks


open control
Left/Right
Fuel Flow Indication

Rl

DC ESSENTIAL

~OPEN~
5
L

DC MAIN

L.P .COCKS

RI HT

q;EL FL~
IND

Left/Right

DC ESSENTIAL

j '

DC ESSENTIAL

RI HT

Fuel Cross Feed Control

XD

DC ESSENTIAL

Fuel & Hydraulics LP Cocks


shut control
Left/Right

L.P.COCKS

BATTERY BUS

5-2-12
May 15/90

FUEL

~ SHUT~
5
L

RI

BR/TISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREAJW

SeRies 'J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1


f:,, ~ 1 L'-,

.,'

SERVICE

IDENTIFICATION

HYDRAULICS
Control Annunciator
Panel Supply
Landing Flaps Indicator

CAP

C/B PANEL
DC MAIN

FLAP INO

Hydraulic warning system

DC MAIN

HYO

(t)
Hydraulic Pressure Indicator

DC ESSENTIAL

HYO PR

Fuel & Hydraulic LP Cocks


open control
Left/Right
Landing Flap Control .

L.P .COCKS

~OPEN~
5
L

DC ESSENTIAL

RI HT
FLAP

DC ESSENTIAL

Landing gear control


(Also isolates nosewheel
steering)

GEAR

Landing gear warning horn

GEAR

r-r)

o
o

~
~

Landing gear position


indicator

Wheel brake pressure


indication

DC ESSENTIAL

GEAR

WHITE DC ESSENTIAL
COLLAR

DC ESSENTIAL

PO

BRK PR

DC ESSENTIAL

5-2-13
May 15/90

EllWTTSH

AERO~E

JETSTREANI

SERiEs 'J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

SERVICE
ICE PROTECTION
Propeller Ice Protection
Left/Right

IDENTIFICATION
PROP
ICE

PROP
ICE

~ ~
R

Engine Ice Protection


Left/Right
Airframe Ice Protection

DC MAIN

ENG ICE

~PROT ~
2
L

C/B PANEL

DC ESSENTIAL

RI HT

AlRFRAHE ICE
AUTO PROT HAN

DC ESSENTIAL

r 0
Left pitot heat and right
pitot heat failure
indication"'""

DC ESSENTIAL

~OT HE~
L

Right pitot heat and left


pitot heat failure
indication
Left windshield Heat
Control

RI HT

\l/SHIELO

DC ESSENTIAL

DC ESSENTIAL

LEFT

WINO
SHJELO

Right Windshield Heat


Control

Left Stall Vane Heater

DC MAIN

R HT
STALL
VANE

DC ESSENTIAL

r!o

Right stall Vane Heater

STALL
VANE

DC MAIN

10

R HT

5-2-14
May 15/90

BRITISN AEROSPACE

JETSTREAAH

SrniEs }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

SERVICE
INSTRUMENTS
Oxygen Indicator

AC Essential Transf er

Standby Artificial Horizon

IDENTIFICATION
OXY INO

0
ACESS

T(j)S
ATT

(f)

C/B PANEL
DC MAIN

DC MAIN

DC ESSENTIAL

5-2-15
May 15/90

B-TISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

Srnies J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

SERVICE
LIGHTS
Left Landing Light

Right Landing/Taxi Lights

Flight deck coaming lights


Cabin lights

Entrance door warning

IDENTIFICATION
LANO/
TAXI

LANO

~ ~T
j

'

'

'

COAM

C/B PANEL
DC MAIN

DC MAIN

DC ESSENTIAL

0
ENT
OOOR

DC ESSENTIAL

~
cabin Utility lights, Exit
Signs

EHER

No smoking signs
Fasten seat belts
Mind step warning
Right main panel lights
Centre panel light
Roof panel lights
Lower centre panel lights
Passenger reading lights

DC ESSENTIAL

DC ESSEN'f'IAL
N

RIGHT/
CTR/

DC MAIN

R@F
15
L S
READ

DC MAIN

~
Right cabin lights

5-2-16
May 15/90

CAB LTS

DC MAIN

o
o
<...N

BRIT'5H AEROSPMCE

JETSTREAJ'W

SERiEs }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

SERVICE

IDENTIFICATION

LIGHTS (cont)
Left cabin lights

CABIN
LTS

DC ESSENTIAL

CABIN
IJINOOW

Window wash lights

C/B PANEL

DC MAIN

0
ICE 085/

Wing ice observation light


Strobe lights
Service lights

SE

75
SER LTS
NAV

Navigation lights

DC ESSENTIAL

~
LEFT/ENG/
F~LTS

Left main panel lights


Engine and fuel
instrument lights
standby Artificial Horizon

DC ESSENTIAL

10

Upper beacon light

DC ESSENTIAL

ANT 1 COLL LTS

~R ~R
h

Lf)

DC MAIN

Lower beacon light

DC ESSENTIAL

N
f'I")

o
o
N

FLT OK/
V~LTS

Flight deck flood,


vestibule & utility lights
baggage bay light
Lago Lights

TAIL

~
10

UP

BATTERY BUS

TAIL

DC MAIN

F~O
10
L

5-2-17
May 15/90

BRIT7SH AEROSFWCE

JETSTREAIW

SERies }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

FLIGHT

DECK

FUSE

PANELS

Fuse panel left bulkhead CStn 130 inboard)


SERVICE

RATING

CODE

Main busbar voltmeter

1 A

1PD14

Battery busbar voltmeter

1 A

1PD17

Right ammeter negative leg

1 A

2PB9

Right ammeter positive leg

1 A

2PB12

Left ammeter negative leg

1 A

1PB9

Left ammeter positive leg

1 A

1PB12

Differential voltage sensing


right generator busbar

2 A

2PB10

Differential voltage sensing


right generator control

2 A

2PB11

Differential voltage sensing


left generator busbar

2 A

lPBlO

Differential voltage sensing


left generator control

2 A

lPBll

Left windshield power

50 A

1HL12

Right windshield power

50 A

2HL12

Fuse panel in right bulkhead (Stn 130)


SERVICE

RATING

CODE

Elevator Horn De-Ice

25 A

lHJl

Propeller Anti-Ice

50 A

1HN16

50 A

2HN16

5-2-18
Aug 1/88

T/$H A EROSPACE

JETSTREAJW

SERiEs l200
MA NUFA CTURER S OPE RATI NG MA NU A L PA RT 1

NOSE
CIRCUIT

EQUIPMENT

BAY

& FUSES

BREAKERS

THE FOLLOWING CIRCUIT BREAKERS & FUSES ARE NOT


ACCESSIBLE I N FLIGHT.
Starter bus 24/48V circuit breakers (forward eguipment bay)
SERVICE

CODE

Engine ancillaries power

RATI NG

C/B IDENT

1PD36 ENGINE ANCI L PWR

35 A

Lef t & Right engine ancillaries


busbar overvolt sens or control 1PD41 ENGINE ANCIL CONT
Ground Power Control

IPC6

3 A
7. 5A

GND PWR CONT

Star ter bus 24V


SERVICE

CODE

CAP Battery series wa rning l t.

C/B IDENT

1PD42

RATI NG

BAT SER WRN

1 A

Nose eguipment bay C/B panels


LEFT SIDE
SERVICE

CODE

RIGHT SIDE
RATING

SERVICE

CODE

RATING

LH windshield heat lHLll

15 A

RH

windshield heat 2HL11

15 A

LH 26 V

7.5 A

RH

26 V

7.5 A

AC

1XB12

AC

2XB12

Fuse panel de control box nose equipment bay

SERVICE
Lef t 3tartar warni~g light
Right starter warning light

EFFECTIVITY
841 - 1000

ICODE 1

' RATING

17..Nl:

1 amp
1 amp

2KN11

5-2 - 19
Apr 15/89

..-'.$'

EIRl77SN AEROS-CE

JETSTREAA4
SERiES

}200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

NOSE
CIRCUIT

EQUIPMENT
BREAKERS

BAY

& FUSES

THE FOLLOWING CIRCUIT BREAKERS & FUSES ARE NOT


ACCESSIBLE IN FLIGHT.
Starter bus 24/48V circuit breakers (forward eguipment bay)
SERVICE

CODE

RATING

C/B IDENT

1PD36 ENGINE ANCIL PWR

Engine ancillaries power

35 A

Lef t & Right engine ancillaries


busbar overvolt sensor control 1PD41 ENGINE ANCIL CONT

3 A

Starter bus 24V


CODE

SERVICE
CAP Battery series warning lt.

1PD42

C/B IDENT

RATING
1 A

BAT SER WRN

Nose equipment bay C/B panels


LEFT SIDE
SERVICE

CODE

RIGHT SIDE
RATING

SERVICE

CODE

RATING

LH windshield heat lHLll

15 A

RH windshield heat 2HL11

15 A

LH 26 V

7.5 A

RH 26 V

7.5 A

AC

1XB12

AC

2XB12

C"\J

Fuse panel de control box nose equipment bay


SERVICE
Lef t starter warning light
Right starter warning light

CODE

RATING

lKNll
2KN11

1 amp
1 amp

5-2-19
Sep 15/88

BRITTSH AEROSPACE

JETSTREA~
SERiEs J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1
:';.

CONTENTS
ITEM

ro ... o

:@: o
1AMP

2 AMP

DESCRIPTION

PARTNo.

MANUFACTURER

QTY

1 AMPFUSE

L693 (059-0109)

BELLING LEE

2AMPFUSE

L693 (059-011 O)

BELLING LEE

50AMPFUSE

L1330A

BELLING LEE

25AMPFUSE

13730897K

BAe PRESTWICK

28 VOLT FILAMENT

GE327

G.E.USA

10

28 VOLT FILAMENT

GE 313

G.E. USA

5 VOLT FILAMENT

L 1358

THORN

12

28 VOLT FILAMENT

L 1336

THORN

20

28 VOLT FILAMENT

8GS 005 453-28

HELLA

10

28 VOLT FILAMENT

8GH 005 448-28

HELLA

11

5 VOLT FILAMENT

8GS 005 376-05

HELLA

12

28 VOLT FILAMENT

8GH 005 549-28

HELLA

13

6 VOLT FILAMENT

8GA 004 033-06

HELLA

14

28 VOLT FILAMENT

L 1338

THORN

15

6 VOLT FILAMENT

8GH 002 473-08

HELLA

1"

16

28 VOLT FILAMENT

8GA 002 838-28

HELLA

17

28 VOLT FILAMENT

8GA 002 987-28

HELLA

a
CD

c.

;.
CD
e
7'

<Ys. ...o...a.

5 o
:o 1 o: 10 o 8 o o:
o o o o :o o o: :o o o o o:
.......... lo.. O.. io. .. o.. .oi :o. ..o ...o ...o .. o.i
jQ 0100 Oj :o o 9 o o:.
................................... .
00000000000

11

:O O O O:

..

~a ~ ~@y ~ ,y~

: o

:o

SOAMP

25AMP

....................... .

00QQ

11

o : :......: :......: :. ~ : : v :.
o @: :@: ........................

.........................

o
o

LAYOUT OF SPARE FUSE ANO FILAMENT HOLDER

SPARE FUSE ANO FILAMENT HOLDER IS LOCATED


ON THE RIGHT SIDE OF THE LEFT PILOTS SEAT BASE
C/S/575X

SPARE FUSES & FILAMENTS


5-2-20

Apr 15/89

B#WTISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI
SERiES

J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART l

ABNORMAL

e. A. P.

1GENI

OBSERVE ASSOCIATED DC AMMETER . .

PROCEDURE
CAPTION oN
. .

. .

. .

IS OUTPUT NORMAL?

Log defective C.A.P.


END//
~~ENERATOR

1--1~~,onitor

. . . RESET/ON . . . . . . . . . IS OUTPUT NORMAL?

output.

Press BUS TIE RESET if necessary.

END//
NO 1--1~ENERATOR .
ARE C.A.P.

SELECT OFF

IBUS TIE OPENI AND IBUS FAILI CAPTIONS ON?

action needed.
END//
YES

Press BUS TIE RESET.


Arel BUS TIE OPEN

o
o

NO

and !BUS FAILI captions still on?

Monitor loads.
DC Main and Essential busbars are fed by the serviceable
generator. A single generator feeds all aircraft loads
under normal conditions.
Load shedding rnay be necessary
to reduce load to 300A continuous.

END//

YES

The DC Main and Essential busbars are not tied.


Avoid flight in icing conditions.

(cent)/ ....
5-3-1
Aug 1/88

BRIT1SH AEROSPACE

JETSTREAAll

Seaies J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1


""fl:,.

-~-\ '

ABNORMAL

_,

'

PROCEDURE

C.A.P. IGENI CAPTION ON (cont)


IF RIGHT GENERA!I'OR FAILED
IMMEDIATELY SELECT LEFT WINDSHIELD HEAT TO OFF.
THE DC ESSENTIAL BUSBAR IS POWERED BY BATTERIES
It is recomrnended that loading on the DC Essential busbar is
reduced as low as possible to save battery power; do not
TRANSFER the Main ac loads to the Essential inverter.
FUEL CROSSFEED . . . . .

. OPEN

Set the FUEL CROSSFEED switch to OPEN before switchng off


boost purnps.
FUEL BOOST PUMPS

OFF

Set LEFT and RIGHT FUEL BOOST switches to OFF.


Switching off the boost purnps to save battery power must
be considered against the need f or saf e engine operation
at high altitude.
VOLTS SWITCH

BATT BUS

Set the VOLTS switch to BATT BUS for battery monitoring.


BATTERY VOLTAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
Monitor the battery voltage, initial reading should be
about 24.SV. Voltage will slowly fall to 21.6 volts (lead
acid battery) or 23.0 volts (NiCad). It will then fall
rapidly showing that the batteries are almost drained.
LAND AS SOON AS POSSIBLE
AVOID FLIGHT IN ICING CONDITIONS
Note:If landing in icing conditions LEFT WINDSHIELD heat may be
selected to WARM UP for 5 to 7 minutes prior to touchdown.
(cont)/ ....
5-3-2

Apr 15/89

o
o

BRfTISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI
SERiES

}200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

ABNORMAL

PROCEDURE

C. A. P . IGENI CAPTION ON (cont)

IF BATTERIES FAIL
THE SERVICES LOST WILL INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING:
FUEL BOOST PUMPS
OIL TEMPS
LEFT PITOT HEAT
NO.l NAV/COMM
NO. 1 COMPASS
LH MARKERS
FLIGHT DIRECTOR
ENG & AIRFRAME ICE PROT
ENG TORQUE (Fails to max)
NAV & ANTI COLL LIGHTS

LEFT TURN ANO SLIP


OVERSPEED WARNING
SRL & TTL COMPUTERS
NO.l TRANSPONDER
NO. 2 RMI
FUEL CONTENTS ANO FLOW
STANDBY ART HORIZON
N0 . 1 HSI
CABIN SIGNS
N0.1 ATTITUDE IND
FIRE WARNINGS
STICK PUSHER (Stall Warning available fom right wing)
LANDING GEAR & FLAPS
SMOKE DETECTOR
LH WINDSHIELD HEAT
PARTIAL INSTRUMENT LIGHTING

IF LEFT GENERATOR FAILED


ALL SERVICES SUPPLIED BY THE MAIN BUSBAR . . . . . . . . . . OFF
THE SERVICES LOST WILL INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING:
N0.2 NAV & COMM
NO. 2 COMPASS
RH MARKERS
RH TURN & SLIP
CABIN LIGHTS
LANDING/TAXI LIGHTS
PROPELLER DE-ICING
RH WINDSHIELD WIPER
PART INSTRUMENT LIGHTS
FUEL & OIL PRESS INDICATIONS
STICK PUSHER (Stall warning available from left wing)
RH WINDSHIELD HEAT

END//

EFFECTIVITY:
PRE MOD 7740 ANO
S/B 24-JA-900941

5-3-3

Feb 15/91

BR/77SH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

ABNORMAL

PROCEDURE

C.A.P. 'GEN' CAPTION ON (cont)

IF BATTERIES FAIL
THE SERVICES LOST WILL INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING:
FUEL BOOST PUMPS
OIL TEMPS
LEFT PITOT HEAT
N0.1 NAV/COMM
N0.1 COMPASS
LH MARKERS
FLIGHT DIRECTOR
ENG & AIRFRAME ICE PROT
ENG TORQUE (Fails to max)
NAV & ANTI. COLL LIGHTS

LEFT TURN AND SLIP


OVERSPEED WARNING
SRL & TTL COMPUTERS
N0.1 TRANSPONDER
N0.2 RMI
FUEL CONTENTS AND FLOW
STANDBY ART HORIZON
N0.1 HSI
CABIN SIGNS
N0.1 ATTITUDE IND
FIRE WARNINGS
STICK PUSHER (Stall Warning available fom right wing)
.LANDING GEAR & FLAPS
SMOKE DETECTOR
LH WINDSHIELD HEAT
PARTIAL INSTRUMENT LIGHTING
IF LEFT GENERATOR FAILED
AC CONTROL

.TRANSFER

Set the AC CONTROL switch to TRANSFER to feed all the ac


busbars from one inverter.
ALL SERVICES SUPPLIED BY THE MAIN BUSBAR .

. OFF

THE SERVICES LOST WILL INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING:


N0.2 NAV & COMM
NO. 2 COMPASS
RH MARKERS
RH TURN & SLIP
CABIN LIGHTS
LANDING/TAXI LIGHTS
PROPELLER DE-ICING
RH WINDSHIELD WIPER
PART INSTRUMENT LIGHTS
FUEL & OIL PRESS INDICATIONS
STICK PUSHER (Stall warning available from left wing)
RH WINDSHIELD HEAT

END//

5-3-3

Apr 15/89

BIWTISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERiES '}200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

ABNORMAL
C.A.P.

!sus

TIE OPEN'

BUS TIE RESET PUSH BUTTON . . .

HAS C.A.P. 1 BUS TIE OPEN

YES

PROCEDURE

. .

CAPTION ON

. .

. .

PRESS MOMENTARILY

caption gone out?

No further action required.


END//

NO

DC Main and Essential Busbars are not tied.


Monitor loads on Amrneters & Voltmeter (Periodically check
both MAIN and BATT positions).
Log Defect.

-----------------~------------------------------------------------

END//

-o
N

o
'

5-3-4
Aug 1/88

BRITISH AEROSR:E

JETSTREANI

SERiEs J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

ABNORMAL

PROCEDURE

c.A.'P. !Ac Ess! CAPTION oN


OBSERVE LEFT HORIZON & COMPASS . . . . . . ARE INDICATIONS NORMAL?

:::>

..
..
.:

TRIP/RESET
(ONCE ONLY)

YES 1--l~SS 115V POWER FAIL WRN(l} C/B . .

CI>
.&:

="i

If fault persists log defective C.A.P. and monitor


instruments closely .

et

END//
NO

o NOT operate the AC CONTROL TRANSFER SWITCH as this


could transfer the fault and cause failure of the main
inverter.

AC ESS 115V POWER (2) C/B

. ...

. TRIP/RESET
(ONCE ONLY}

DOES C.A.P.,AC Essl caption ge out?

YES

If left flight instruments are normal, monitor and


log defect.
END//

......
e:>
o

NO

If inverter is not feeding AC Essential busbar


continue to land in this condition .

SERVICES LOST WILL INCLUDE:


NO. 1 COMPASS
LEFT FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
LEFT STALL PROTECTION
FLIGHT DECK T~MPERATURE CONTROL

NO. l NAV
FLT DIRECTOR

END//
5-3-5
Aug 1/88

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

Senies J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

ABNORMAL
C.A.P. IAC MAINI

PROCEDURE
CAPTION ON

OBSERVE RIGHT FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS . . . . ARE INDICATIONS NORMAL?

ESS llSV POWER FAIL WRN(l) C/B .

TRIP/RESET
(ONCE ONLY)
If fault persists log defective C.A.P. and monitor
instruments closely.
END//

NO

DO NOT operate the AC CONTROL TRANSFER switch as this


could transfer the fault and cause f ailure of the
essential inverter.

AC MAIN llSV POWER(2) C/B .

YES

. .. . . .

TRIP/RESET
(ONCE ONLY) .

If Right flight instruments are normal, monitor.


Log defect.
END//
If the inverter is not feeding AC Main busbar continue
flight to land in this condition.

NO

-o

SERVICES LOST WILL INCLUDE:


NAV 2
N0.2 COMPASS
RIGHT FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
RIGHT STALL PROTECTION
CABIN TEMPERATURE CONTROL

END//

5-3-6

Aug 1/88

N
'

~A~

JETSTREAAH

SERiEs J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

ABNORMAL

PROCEDURE

C.A.P.,STARTERI ON

AFTER

START-UP

1 FEATHER LEVERS . . .

. TURN AND PULL BOTH

ELECTRICS MASTER SWITCH

EMERGENCY OFF

BATTERY MASTER SWITCH

OFF

CAUTIOH: l. DO NOT ATTEMPT RESTART


2. DO NOT RE-APPLY ELECTRICAL POWER.
Bote:

..

l. This procedure is valid far Internal and External

starts on first and second engine.


2. Selecting EMERGENCY OFF on the ELECTRICS MASTER
switch is the only way of isolating all electrical
power.

END//

.........

o
o

5-3-7
Feb 15/89

~AE~

JETSTREA./111

SERiES 1200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

ABNORMAL

C.A.P~~CAPTION

PROCEDURE
ON AFTER START-UP

ARE NiCAD BATTERY ISOLATION SWITCHES FITTED?

ISOLATION SWITCHES, Verify ON.

If fault persists

ENGINE STOP BUTTON . . . .

NO
The

C.A.P.~

. . PRESS

caption indicates that the associated

battery is not being f ed from the generator

-----------------------------------------------------------------END//

o
o
o

co
<..,,..

v.r

5-3-8
Aug 1/88

~AEROSR4CE

ilETSTREANI
SERiES

}200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1


'

'

ABNORMAL
C.A.P. lsERIEsl CAPTION

PROCEDURE
ON

AFTER

START-UP
PRE SS

ENGINE STOP BUTTON . .


The C.A.P. 1 SERIES

caption indicates that the SERIES/

PARALLEL contactar has stuck in the SERIES position and only


No .1 battery i's being fed from the generator.

END//

5-3-9/10

Aug 1/88

/' ~~ ".:
"

BRITTSH AERO.-CE

JETSTREANI
SERES

J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1


-,\

EMERGENCY

PROCEDURE

C.A.P. IBUS FAILI CAPTION


plus C.A.P.

ON

BUS TIE OPEN 1{amber) caption on

plus BUS TIE RESET switch light on.


IS THERE A

C.A.P.~(amber)

caption on?

Refer to ABNORMAL PROCEDURE C.A.P.1 BUS TIE OPEN


(amber) caption on.
Is i t a SINGLE C.A.P.

.......,,.._.~~ef er

~(amber)

to ABNORMAL PROCEDURE

caption?

e. A. p. ~ caption on.

Take action fer DOUBLE GENERATOR FAILURE as follows:

NO

DOUBLE GENERATOR FAILURE


IMMEDIATELY SELECT LEFT WINDSHIELD HEAT SWITCH .

OFF

GENERATORS . . .

OFF

Set the LEFT and RIGHT GEN switches to OFF.


LEFT GENERATOR .

. o

RESET/ON

Press the LEFT GEN switch momentarily to RESET then set to

C.A.P.~

ON.

the ammeter indicates load, the generator is on line.

If the associated

RIGHT GENERATOR

caption goes off and

RESET/ON

Press the RIGHT GEN switch momentarily to RESET then set to


ON.
Indications as above.
(cent)/ ....
5-4-1
Aug 1/88

~AEROSRM:E

JETSTREANI

SERiEs J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

EMERGENCY
C.A.P.

PROCEDURE

jBus FAILj CAPTION ON (cont)

IF ONE GENERATOR REGAINED Apply ABNORMAL PROCEDURE

C.A.P.~

IF BOTH GENERATORS REMAIN OFFLINE Continue attempts to bring generators on line, reducing loads
where possible. Switch off high loads on the main busbar e.g.
propeller anti-icing, windshield heating, right hand windscreen
wiper, recirculation fan and comm/nav equipment where possible.
IF NEITHER GENERATOR IS RECOVERED
THE DC MAIN BUSBAR IS NOT POWERED

THE .DC ESSENTIAL BUSBAR IS POWERED FROM THE BATTERIES


Electrical power is supplied by the batteries to the battery
busbar and the DC Essential busbar. The DC Essential busbar
supplies the Essential inverter which feeds the AC Essential
services, in particular the left flight instruments.
To save battery life do not TRANSFER the main AC loads to the
Essential inverter.

FUEL CROSSFEED . . . . . . . .

OPEN

Set the FUEL CROSSFEED switch to OPEN before switching off


boost pumps.
Observe X-FEED caption on.
FUEL BOOST PUMPS . . . . . . .

. . . OFF

Set the LEFT and RIGHT FUEL BOOST switches to OFF.


Switching off the boost pumps to save battery power must
be considered against the need f or saf e engine operation
at high atitude.
(cont)/ ....

5-4-2
Aug 1/88

EIRIT7SH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

EMERGENCY
C.A.P.

PROCEDURE

IBUS FAILI CAPTION ON (cont)

VOLTS SWITCH

. BATT BUS

Set the VOLTS switch to BATT BUS for battery monitoring.


BATTERY VOLTAGE

MONITOR

Monitor battery voltage, the initial reading should be


around 24.5 volts. If lead acid batteries are fitted this
will slowly fall to 21.6 volts after which the battery is
almost drained. If NiCad batteries are fitted they will
slowly fall to 23.0 volts and then rapidly fail.
LAND AS SOON AS POSSIBLE
Land the aircraft as soon as possible. Using the above
procedure will ensure a battery life of at least 30 minutes
AVOID FLIGHT IN ICING CONDITIONS.
WITH DC MAIN BUSBAR NOT POWERED SERVICES LOST WILL INCLUDE:
PROPELLER DE-ICING
RIGHT WINDSCREEN WIPER
LANDING/TAXI LIGHTS
RIGHT WING STALL WARNING
STICK PUSHER
PROPELLER SYNCHRONISATION
NO. 2 COMM
N0.2 NAV
N0.2 TRANSPONDER
NO. 2 COMPASS
N0.1 RMI
RIGHT TURN and SLIP INDICATOR
FUEL and OIL PRESSURE INDICATOR
RH MARKERS
PARTIAL INSTRUMENT LIGHTING
PARTIAL CABIN LIGHTING
RH WINDSHIELD HEAT

5-4-3
Sep 15/89

BR,T/SH AEROSPACE

JETSTREAJW

SERiEs }200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

.~(...%.: .:.',-. "::.


'

: ;..~

EMERGENCY PROCEDURE
C.A.P. IBUS FAILI CAPTION ON (cont)

WITH AC MAIN BUSBARS NOT POWERED SERVICES LOST ARE:


RIGHT FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS (except N0.2 RMI)
RIGHT STALL PROTECTION
CABIN TEMPERATURE CONTROL

END//
BATTERY LIFE
IN THIS CONDITION BATTERY LIFE SHOULD BE NOT LESS THAN
TWENTY FIVE MINUTES.
Note: If landing in icing conditions LEFT WINDSHIELD heat
may be selected to WARM UP fer 5 to 7 minutes prior
to touchdown.

5-4-4
Apr 15/89

BINTISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

EMERGENCY
c.A.P.

CAUTION:

PROCEDURE

lrNV\ (RED) CAPTION

oN

THE AC CONTROL SWITCH MUST NOT BE SET TO TRANSFER


UNLESS EITHER THE ESSENTIAL OR MAIN INVERTER HAS FAILED.

IF THE C.A.P.

IS ACCOMPANIED BY C.A.P.

AC ESS

DC ESSENTIAL BUS INVERTER POWER CIRCUIT BREAKER . .

PULL
TRANSFER

AC CONTROL .
IF THE

C.A.P.~

IS ACCOMPANIED BY C.A.P.

DC MAIN BUS INV POWER CIRCUIT BREAKER .


AC CONTROL . . .

. . .

SATISFACTORY TRANSFER IS INDICATED BY


GOING OUT AND
AND

AC MAIN

C.A.P.~
1

AC MAIN

. . . . . .
. . . . . .

C.A.P.~

PULL
. TRANSFER

(RED) CAPTION

(AMBER) COMING ON. C.A.P.

AC ESS

SHOULD BOTH BE OUT.

IF TRANSFER IS NOT SATISFACTORY:


AC CONTROL
WITH C.A.P.
N

AC MAIN

. NORMAL

ON SERVICES LOST INCLUDE:

AC ESS

LEFT HORIZON AND COMPASS


LEFT STALL PROTECTION
FLIGHT DECK TEMPERATURE CONTROL
WITH C.A.P.

. . . .

NO.l NAV
FLIGHT DIRECTOR

ON SERVICES LOST INCLUDE:

RIGHT HORIZON ANO COMPASS


RIGHT STALL PROTECTION
CABIN TEMPERATURE CONTROL

NO. 2 NAV

5-4-5
Aug 1/88

BRl77SH

AE~E

JETSTREANI

SERiEs J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

EMERGENCY
C.A.P.

IF THE C.A.P.

AC ESS

PROCEDURE

IINVI (RED) CAPTION

AND C.A.P.

ON (cont)

AC MAIN

CAPTIONS ARE FLASHING

DC ESSENTIAL INVERTER POWER CIRCUIT BREAKER

. . PULL

AC CONTROL

TRANSFER

SATISFACTORY TRANSFER IS INDICATED BY C.A. P.


GOING OUT ANO C.A.P.
AC MAIN

AND

EJ

EJ

(RED) CAPTION

(AMBER) COMING ON. C.A.P.

AC ESS

SHOULD BOTH BE OUT.

IF TRANSFER IS NOT SATISFACTORY:


DC ESSENTIAL INVERTER POWER CIRCUIT BREAKER
DC MAIN INVERTER POWER CIRCUIT BREAKER

i,.'

RES ET
. . PULL
N

END//

5-4-6

Feb 15/91

BRl77SHA~E

JETSTREANI
SERiES

}200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

EMERGENCY
C.A.P.

IF THE C. A. P. B

PROCEDURE
CREDl CAPTION

ON

IS ACCOMPANIED BY C.A.P. , AC ESS

AC CONTROL SWITCH . . . .

. DESYNC

DC ESSENTIAL BUS INVERTER POWER CIRCUIT BREAKER

. TRIP

SERVICES LOST INCLUDE:


LEFT AC POWERED FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
FLIGHT DIRECTOR
LEFT STALL WARNING SYSTEM
FLIGHT DECK AIR TEMPERATURE CONTROL

NO.l NAV
N0 . 2 RMI
STICK PUSH

IF THE C. A. P . B IS ACCOMPANIED BY C.A . P .1 AC MAIN


AC CONTROL SWITCH . .

. DESXNC

OC MAIN BUS INV POWER CIRCUIT BREAKER .

. . . . . . TRIP

SERVICES LOST INCLUDE:


RIGHT AC POWERED FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
CABIN AIR TEMPERATURE CONTROL
RIGHT STALL WARNING SYSTEM

NO . 2 NAV
NO. l RMI
STICK PUSH

END//

EFFECTIVITY:
PRE MOD 7740 ANO
S/B 24-JA-900941

5-4-5

Feb 15/ 91

-T'ISN AEROSIWCE

JETSTREANI
SERiES

'J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

EMERGENCY PROCEDURE
ABNORMAL AC INDICATIONS
INDICATIONS: Any abnormal indications of the AC powered flight
instruments, or fluctuating OFF flags, or flashing inverter or AC
captions, or AC circuit breakers tripping, or any combination of
these symptoms which may be accompanied by spurious operation of
the stick shaker.
AC CONTROL SWITCH
Is

C.A . P.

DESYNC

j Ac Essj or jAc MAINI caption still lit or flashin ?

1--~ ASSOCIATED

BUS INVERTER POWER C/ B . . .

. . . .

TRIP

ENO //

.____.t--~Was

IAc Essl flashing befare AC cont rol switch was set

to Desync?
YES

OC

BUS INVERTER POWER C/B . . . .

. .

. .

. .

. TRIP

Trip the OPPOSITE C/ B to the indication


SERVICES LOST INCLUDE:
RIGHT AC POWERED FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
CABIN AIR TEMPERATURE CONTROL
RIGHT STALL WARNING SYSTEM

NO . 2 NAV
NO . l RMI
STICK PUSH

END //
NO

OC ESSENTIAL BUS INVERTER POWER C/B .

. . .

. .

TRIP

SERVICES LOST INCLUOE:


LEFT AC POWEREO FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
FLIGHT DIRECTOR
LEFT STALL WARNING SYSTEM
FLIGHT OECK AIR TEMPERATURE CONTROL

NO . l NAV
NO . 2 RMI
STICK PUSH

CAUTI ON: MONITOR COMPASS INOICATIONS


END //
5- 4-6
Feb 15/91

EFFECTIVITY:
PRE MOD 7740 ANO
S/B 24 - JA-900941

BINTISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI
SERES

}200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

BATTERY

150

EMERGENCY

PROCEDURE

LIGHT

(NiCAD

ON

batteries

only)
. . OFF

BATTERY O/TEMP ISOLATE SWITCH . . . . .


Set the associated BATT O/TEMP ISOL switch to OFF, this
will isolate the battery.

CAUTION:

CONTINUE OPERATION WITH THE BATTERY ISOLATED.


DO NOT SWITCH THE BATTERY BACK ON LINE, EVEN
IF THE TEMPERATURE DROPS AND WARNING LIGHT IS
OFF, UNLESS IT IS ESSENTIAL TO FLIGHT.

END//

('\J

5-4-7/8

Feb 15/91

INWT7SN AEROSRllCE

JETSTREAIW

SERiEs J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

CHAP.6

ENGINES & PROPELLERS

LIST

OF

CONTENTS

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES


LIMITATIONS & ESSENTIAL DATA
LIMITATIONS
Approved Powerplants .

6-1-1

Operating Limitations

6-1-2

Oil Systems

6-1-3

Miscellaneous

6-1-4

Automatic Performance Reserve

6-1-5

ESSENTIAL DATA
Oil capacity

. ... . .. .. .. . . . .. ..

6-1-6

CONDITIONAL PROCEDURES

o
'
co
N

o
o

Engine Health Monitoring Check .

6-2-1

Manual Engine Start

6-2-6

Engine Ventilation Run

6-2-10

Engine Overspeed Governor Check

6-2-12

NTS f or Flight Test & Training .

6-2-14

';

CHAP. 6 CONTENTS
Page 1
Nov 15/89

BIWTISH AEROSA:ICE

JETSTREANI

SERiES }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1


!;_:

ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
C.A.P.1 SRLI Caption On
Engine Relight

~Auto)

6-3-1
e

Engine Relight (Manual)

CI

6-3-4

. .

. 6-3-8

C.A.P.1 BETAI Caption on .

6-3-12

Abnormal Oil Temp/Press Indications


Uncommanded APR Operation

6-3-13
. .

. .

. .

. .

. 6-3-14

EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
Double Engine Failure

. . . . .

6-4-1

C.A.P.( FIRE ( Caption ON, or Severe Engine Damage

6-4-4

Engine Failure or In-Flight Shut Down

6-4-8

C.A.P. 8 c a p t i o n on

. 6-4-10

Erratic Engine Indications

. 6-4-11

CHAP. 6 CONTENTS
Page 2
Dec 1/88

BRITTSH AEROSl'WCE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

CHAPTER 6
ENGINES AND PROPELLERS
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES
LIST OF CONTENTS
LIST OF CONTENTS
LIST OF
EFFECTIVE PAGES
6-1

::i
Q)

::;
e:

"O

2l

li.

6-2

l.[)

6-3

"

'

V)

o
o
N

6-4

1
2

Nov 15/89 6-4


Dec 1/88

May
May
Aug
May
Aug
Dec
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
7
Aug
8
Aug
9
May
10
Aug
Aug
11
May
12
Nov
13
14
Nov
1
May
Aug
2
3
Aug
May
4
Oct
5
6
Feb
Aug
7
May
8
Aug
9
Aug
10
Aug
11
Aug
12
13/14 Aug
Jul
1
Aug
2
Aug
3
Aug
4
Aug
5
1/2
1
2
3
4
5/6
1
2
3
4
5
6

15/91
15/91
1/88
15/91
15/90
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
15/91
1/88
1/88
15/91
15/89
15/89
15/91
1/88
1/88
15/91
15/88
15/89
1/88
15/91
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
15/89
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88

Aug
Aug
Aug
8
Aug
9
Aug
10
11/12 Aug
6

1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88

CHAPTER 6 LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES


Page 1/2
May 15/91

BRITTSH AEROSFMCE

JETSTREANI

SrniEs l200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

~ .

CHAPTER
ENGINES
l.

& PROPELLERS

LIMITATIONS
1.1 Approved Engines and Propellers
GARRETT TPE
fitted with
OR
GARRETT TPE
fitted with

331-12UAR-701H or -703H or -705H or -707H


Dowty Rotol propeller (c)R.333/4-82-F/12
331-12UAR-702H or -704H or -706H or -708H
McCauley propeller 4HFR-34C653/Ll06FA-O.

These engines and propellers are not directly


interchangeable.
Both engines and both propellers must have the same model
number.
l . 2 Rotational speed

Maximum permitted RPM:Engine RPM


Up to
100.0
101.5
105.5

100.0%
to 101. 5%
to 105.5%
to 106.0%
106%

Windmilling RPM
'-.[)

o
'-.[)

28 to 100%
18 to 28%

1V")

o
o
N

10 to 18%
5 to 10%
o to 5%

Operating Limits
Continuous
5 minutes
30 seconds
5 seconds
Never exceed
Operating Limits
1 minute
Transient only
Windmilling in this
range is prohibited.
5 minutes
30 minutes
No time limit

Operation within the range 18.0 to 28.0% RPM must be avoided


except for transient operations during engine start and shut down.

Notes: l. The engine speed limitations are based on a tachometer


calibrated to indicate 100% for a propeller shaft speed
of 1,591 rpm.
2. The torquemeter is calibrated on the basis of 100%
torque = 1020 SHP at 100% rpm.
6-1-1
May 15/91

BRI~

AEROS-CE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

1.3 Mnimum permitted RPM


In flight
at Ground Idle

96.0%
72.0%

1.4 Torque limits


Condition

Maximum Permitted Torgue


100.0%

Maximum Continuous Power


1.5 Take-off and maximum continuous power

The maximum permitted EGT during take-off and maximum


continuous power at 100% RPM is 650C with the SRL computer
ON.
With the SRL computer inoperative, the maximum permitted
EGT varies with airspeed, altitude and indicated OAT.
Refer to Abnormal Drills C.A.P.

caption on.

1.6 Ground starting


The maximum permitted EGT during a start is 770C.
A start must not be attempted if the residual EGT exceeds
2ooc. except that a ventilation run may be continued
directly into a manual start when the EGT falls to 2ooc or
15% r.p.m. is achieved.
To allow clearance of fuel after an abandoned start either
wait for 3 minutes before making a further attempt, or
carry out a ventilation run.
No more than three consecutive uses of the starter
generator are permitted within any 30 minute period subject
to a period of 1 minute elapsing between the second and
third consecutive uses.
The starter generator must not be operated as a starter f or
more than 60 seconds continuously. Ignition must have
occurred within the first 30 seconds.
A ventilation run must not exceed 15 seconds or 15% rpm.

6-1-2
Aug 1/88

BRITISH AEROSFMCE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

1.7

Approved engine oils


Oil must conform to the latest issue of the following
specification:-

MIL-L23699

0-156

The following brands are approved:Mobil Jet Oil II


Exxon (Enco/Esso) 2380 Turbo Oil
Chevron Jet Oil No.5
Texaco Starjet No.5

Texaco SATO 7730


Stauffer Jet II
castrol 205
Caltex RPM Jet Oil
No.5

Mixing of brands is not permitted.


1.8 Oil pressures
Ground Idle
Below 23,000 feet
Above 23,000 feet

Minimum

Maximum

40 psi
70 psi
50 psi

120 psi
120 psi
120 psi

1.9 Oil temperatures


Minimum
Minimum
Maximum
Maximum

f or starting on external power


f or take-off
at 88% torque or less
above 88% torque (continuous)

-30C
55C
127"C*
llOC

Note: 1.For starting on internal power the following min


oil temperature limitations apply Lead Acid batteries, minus lOC
Nicad batteries,BTCA-5-20, minus 15C
Nicad batteries,BTSP-400, minus 20C
Nicad batteries,SAFT VHP 270-KH-3,minus 15C
2. *
1.10

10 minute limit above llOC.

Oil Cooler Flaps


Maximum permitted airspeed with oil cooler flaps open is
150 kt IAS.

6-1-3
May 15/91

BINT7SH AEROSIWCE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs l200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1


.

1.11

Relighting in flight
The maximum permitted EGT during a relight is 770C.

1.12

Propeller pitch
Movement of the POWER levers behind the FLIGHT IDLE stop is
prohibited in flight.

1.13

Engine anti-icing
Engine anti-icing shall be switched on whenever the
aircraft is f lying in an atmosphere containing
precipitation or visible moisture and the indicated outside
air temperature is +5C or less. Engine anti-icing shall
also be switched on whenever the engines are running on the
ground in the same meteorological conditions.

Note: If the power supply to the DC Essential Busbar is


interrupted, the Auto Relight system will be inoperative for
the rest of the flight.

6-1-4

Aug 15/90

'

BIWTISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI
SERiES

}200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

1.14

AUTOMATIC POWER RESERVE


1.14.1 Both SRL and TTL systems must be operative when the
APR system is armed.
1.14.2 APR take offs must be made at the Scheduled Torque
setting obtained from the tables at 15-2-7 for the
actual ambient conditions
1.14. 3 Reduced power take offs are not permitted.

:11!
::::>

....

1.14. 4 System operating periods must not exceed 5 minutes

.s::

.5

1.14. 5 Use of APR is restricted to take off s in ambient


conditions where the Scheduled Take off Torque is
less than 100%.

-o

e:

;::
CL

Note: If APR bas been activated following an engine failure, any


time spent with the EGT above 630C must be recorded together with
the EGT reading in the Technical Log after flight.

2.

ESSENTIAL DATA
2.1 Oil Contents (Total capacity)
UK Gal US Gal
LH engine

Litres

RH engine

l. 67
l. 67

2.0
2.0

7.57
7.57

Total

3.34

4.0

15.14

Weight lb (kg)
15.81
15.81

Arm

in

( m)

(7.17) 179.8 (4.567)


(7.17) 179. 8 (4.567)

31. 62 (14.34) 179.8 (4.567)

6-1-5/6
Dec 1/88

BRITTSH AEROSF'ACE

JETSTREANI

SeRies 1200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

CONDITIONAL
ENGINE

HEALTH

PROCEDURE
MONITORING

CHECK

This procedure enables flight crews to carry out an engine health


monitoring check when required by maintenance actions or, at any
time the performance of an engine is suspected.
Note: This check may be carried out at any convenient altitude,
sui table to operating re.quirements, where the engines are not
torque limited.
. ON

SRL COMPUTER
The SRL computer of the engine being tested must be on
and serviceable to carry out the health monitoring check.

. . MAINTAIN

ALTITUD E

Choose a convenient altitude where the engines are not


torque limited, and maintain this altitude throughout the
check.
TORQUE VALUE .

OBTAIN

Obtain the torque value to be used f or the indicated


outside air temperature and chosen altitude from the
tables below.

u;

AIR BLEEDS

. OFF

<X'I

o
o
o
N

Verify the air bleeds are off fer engine being checked.
Note: If required, increase the air f low from the engine not
being checked.
RPM

1o0%

Set RPM of engine being checked to 100%.


(cent)/ ....

6-2-1

Aug 1/88

~AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI
SERiES

J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

CONDITIONAL
ENGINE
SPEED

HEALTH

PROCEDURE

MONITORING

CHECK (cont)

. . HOLD

Acquire and hold a speed of 150, 175 or 200 knots IAS


respectively throughout the check.
TARGET.TORQUE VALUE . .

ATTAIN

Adjust power lever of the engine being checked to attain


the torque value obtained from graph.
EGT

RECORD
When the target torque value has been attained, record EGT
of engine being checked.

ENGINE POWER

...

. .

SET

Set the RPM lever and Power lever of engine just tested to
position required for flight.
AIR BLEED
Set air bleed for engine just tested to ON.
REPEAT CHECK FOR OTHER ENGINE IF REQUIRED.

ON

o
o
o

Q)

U1

END//

6-2-2
Aug 1/88

BRITTSH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI
SERiES

}200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1


''

IOAT
deg e

N
Lf)

<X>

o
o
o

FLIGHT LEVEL

100

110

120

130

140

150

160

170

180

190

200

-30
-29
-28
-27
-26

96.9
96.6
96.1
9S.6
9S.2

93.3
92.8
92.4
92.0
91.S

90.0
89.S
89.1
88.6
88.2

86.S
86.1
8S.7
8S.2
84.8

83.3
82.8
82.4
82.1
81.6

80.1
79.7
79.3
78.9
78.6

77.1
76.7
76.3
7S.9
7S.6

74.1
73.6
73.3
72.9
72.6

71.2
70.8
70.4
70.2
69.8

68.S
68.2
67.8
67.S
67.2

6S.8
6S.S
6S.2
64.6
64.S

-2S
-24
-23
-22
-21

94.7
94.2
93.7
93.2
92.7

91.0
90.6
90.2
89.7
89.2

87.6
87.3
86.9
86.4
86.0

84.4
84.0
83.6
83.1
82.7

81.3
80.8
80.4
80.0
79.6

78.2
77.8
77.4
77.0
7S.7

75.2
74.8
74.4
74.1
73.7

72.3
71.8
71.S
71.2
70.8

69.S
69.1
68.7
68.4
68.1

66.8
66.S
66.2
6S.8
6S.S

64.3
63.8
63.S
63.2
62.9

-20
-19
-18
-17
-16

92.3
91.8
91.3
90.8
90.4

88.8
88.3
87.8
87.4
87.0

85.S
8S.2
84.7
84.2
83.8

82.3
81.8
81.4
81.0
80.6

79.2
78.8
78.4
78.0
77.6

76.2
7S.8
7S.S
7S.1
74.7

73.2
72.9
72.S
72.2
71.8

70.S
70.1
69.7
69.4
69.0

67.8
67.4
67.0
66.7
66.3

6S.2
64.9
64.S
64.2
63.8

62.6
62.3
62.0
61.6
61.3

-1 s
-14
-13
-12
-11

90.0
89.4
88.9
88.S
88.0

86.6
86.1
8S.6
8S.1
84.7

83.3
83.0
82.S
82.1
81.6

80.2
79.8
79.3
78.9
78.S

77.2
76.7
76.3
76.0
7S.6

74.4
73.9
73.6
73.1
72.7

71.4
71.1
70.7
70.3
69.9

68.8
68.3
67.9
67.6
67.2

66.1
6S.2
6S.3
6S.O
64.7

63.S
63.2
62.8
62.S
62.2

61.0
60.7
60.3
60.0
S9.7

-10
-9
-8
-7
-6

87.6
87.0
86.6
86.1
8S.6

84.4
83.7
83.3
82.8
82.4

81.3
80.7
80.3.
79.8
79.4

78.1
77.6
77.2
76.8
76.4

72.4
72.0
71.6
71.2
70.8

69.7
69.2
68.8
68.4
68.0

66.9
66.S
66.1
6S.7
6S.4

.64.4
64.0
.63.6
63.2
62.9

61.9
61.S
61.2
60.8
60.6

S9.4
S9.1
S8.7
S8.4
S8.1

-S
-4
-3
-2
-1

8S.2
84.7
84.2
83.7
83.2

82.0
81.5
81.1
80.6
80.2

78.9
78.S
78.1
77.7
77.2

76.0
7S.S
7S.1
74.7
74.3

7S.2
74.7
74.3
73.9
73.S
73.1 .
72.7
72.3
71.9
71.S

70.4
70.0
69.6
69.2
68.8

67.8
67.3
66.9
66.S
66.1

6S.1

64.3
63.9
63.6

62.6
62.2
61.9
61.S
61.2

60.2
S9.8
S9.6
S9.2
58.8

S7.8
S7.S
S7.1
S6.8
S6.S

1
2
3
4

82.8
82.3
81.8
81.3
80.8
80.4

79.7
79.2
78.7
78.3
77.8
77.4

76.6
76.3
75.9
75.S
7S.O
74.4

73.8
73.4
73.0
72.6
72.2
71.7

71.1
70.7
70.2
69.8
69.4
69.0

68.4
68.0
67.6
67.2
66.8
66.4

6S.7
6S.4
6S.O
64.6
64.2
63.8

63.2
62.8
62.S
62.2
61.8
61.S

60.9
60.S
60.2
S9.8
S9.S
S9.0

S8.S
S8.2
S7.8
S7.S
S7.2
S6.8

S6.2
SS.8
S5.6
S5.2
S4.8
S4.S

6
7
8
9
10

79.9
79.4
78.9
78.S
77.9

76.9
76.S
76.1
7S.6
7S.O

74.1
73.7
73.3
72.6
72.2

71.3
70.9
70.S
70.1
69.6

68.6
68.2
67.8
67.4
67.0

66.1
6S.7
6S.3
64.9
64.4

63.S
63.2
62.7
62.4
62.0

61.1
60.7
60.3
60.0
S9.S

S8.7
58.4
S8.1
57.7
S7.3

S6.S
S6.2
SS.8
SS.S
SS.O

S4.2
S3.9
S3.6
S3.3
S2.9

11
12
13
14
1S

77.6
77.1
76.6
76.1
7S.S

74.7
73.2
72.7
73.3
72.7

72.0
71.5
71.1
70.6
70.0

69.2
68.8
68.4
68.0
67.6

66.6
66.2
6S.8
6S.4
64.9

64.1
63.7
63.3
62.9
62.4

61.6
61.2
60.8
60.S
60.1

S9.3
S8.9
58.S
S8.2
S7.8

S7.1
S6.7
S6.3
S6.0
SS.S

S4.8
S4.S
S4.2
S3.8
S3.4

S2.6
S2.3
S2.0
S1.7
S1 .3

16
17
18
19
20

75.2
74.7
74.2
73.7
73.3

72.4
71.9
71.4
71.0
70.6

69.8
69.4
68.9
68.S
68.0

67.1
66.7
66.3
6S.8
6S.S

64.6
64.2
63.7
63.3
63.0

62.1
61.7
61.3
60.9
60.7

S9.7
S9.3
S9.0
S8.7
58.4

S7.S
S7.1
S6.7
S6.4
S6.1

SS.3
SS.O
S4.6
54.3
S4.0

S3.2
S2.8
S2.6
S2.3
S1.9

S1 .o
S0.7
S0.4
S0.1
49.8

6~.7

Engine Health Monitoring Check


Torque Settings at 100% RPM
Airbleeds Off
150 kt IAS

6-2-3

Aug 1/88

BRIT'5H AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERiES J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

deg e

FLIGHT LEVEL

IOAT

100

110

120

130

140

150

160

170

180

.190

200

-30
-29
-28
-27
-26

99.6
99.2
98.7
98.2
97.8

96.0
9S.6
9S.O
94.7
94.2

92.S
92.0
91.7
91.2
90.7

89.3
88.8
88.3
88.0
87.4

8S.9
8S.S
8S.1
84.7
84.1

82.7
82.4
82.0
81.6
81.2

79.6
79.2
78.9
78.6
78.2

76.7
76.3
7S.9
7S.S
7S.2

73.8
73.S
73.1
72.7
72.4

71.0
70.7
70.3
70.0
69.7

68.8
68.0
67.7
67.3
67.0

-2S
-24
-23
-22
-21

97.3
96.8
96.4
9S.9
9S.4

93.8
93.3
92.8
92.4
92.0

90.4
89.9
89.S
89.0
88.6

87.0
86.6
86.2
8S.8
8S.3

83.7
83.4
83.0
82.7
82.2

80.8
80.4
79.9
79.6
79.2

77.8
77.4
77.0
76.6
76.2

74.9
74.S
74.1
73.8
73.3

72.0
71.7
71.4
71.0
70.7

69.3
69.0
68.7
68.3
68.0

66.7
66.4
66.1
6S.7
6S.4

-20
-19
-18
-17
-16

94.9
94.S
94.0
93.6
93.1

91.S
91.1
90.6
90.1
89.7

88.2
87.7
87.3
86.9
86.4

84.9
84.S
84.1
83.7
83.3

81.8
81.4
81.0
80.6
80.2

78.8
78.4
78.0
77.7
77.3

7S.9
7S.S
7S.2
74.8
74.4

73.0
72.7
72.4
72.0
71.6

70.3
69.9
69.6
69.3
69.0

67.6
67.3
66.9
66.7
66.3

6S.1
64.8
64.4
64.1
63.8

-1S
-14
-13
-12
-11

92.6
92.1
91.7
91.2
90.6

89.3
88.8
88.4
87.9
87.4

86.0
8S.6
8S.2
84.7
84.2

82.9
82.4
82.1
81.6
81.2

79.8
79.4
79.1
78.6
78.2

76.9
76.S
76.1
7S.7
7S.3

74.0
73.7
73.3
72.9
72.S

71.3
70.9
70.6
70.2
69.8

68.6
68.2
67.9
67.6
67.2

66.0
6S.7
6S.3
6S.O
64.6

63.6
63.3
62.9
62.6
62.2

-10
-9
-8
-7
-6

90.2
89.7
89.2
88.7
88.2

86.9
86.S
86.0
8S.S
85.0

83.8
83.3
82.9
82.4
82.0

80.7
80.3
79.9
79.4
79.0

77.8
77.3
76.9
76.5
76.1

74.9
74.S
74.1
73.7
73.3

72.1
71.7
71.3
70.9
70.6

69.4
69.1
68.7
68.3
67.9

66.8
66.S
66.1
65.8
65.4

64.3
64.0
63.6
63.3 .
62.9

61.9
61.S
61.2
60.9
60.5

-S
-4
-3
-2
-1

87.7
87.2
86.7
86.2
8S.7

84.S
84.1
83.6
83.1
82.7

81.S
81.0
80.6
80.1
79.7

78.S
78.1
77.7
77.2
76.8

7S.6
7S.2
74.8
74.4
74.0

72.9
72.4
72.1
71.7
71.2

70.1
69.8
69.4
69.0
68.6

67.6
67.2
66.8
66.4
66.1

6S.O
64.6
64.3
63.9
63.6

62.6
62.2
61.9
61.S
61.2

60.3
59.9
S9.6
59.3
S8.9

1
2
3
4

8S.2
84.7
84.3
83.8
83.3
82.8

82.2
81.7
81.2
80.8
80.3
79.8

79.2
78.8
78.3
77.8
77.4
76.9

76.3
7S.9
7S.4
7S.O
74.6
74.1

73.5
73.1
72.7
72.3
71.8
71.4

70.8
70.4
70.0
69.6
69.2
68.8

68.2
67.8
67.4
67.0
66.6
66.2

6S.7
6S.3
64.9
64.5
64.1
63.8

63.2
62.8
62.S
62.1
61.7
61.4

60.8
60.S
60.1
S9.8
S9.4
S9.1

58.6
58.3
57.9
S7.6
S7.2
S6.9

6
7
8
9
10

82.3
81.8
81.3
80.8
80.3

79.3
78.8
78.4
77.9
77.4

76.S
76.0
7S.5
7S.1
74.6

73.7
73.2
72.8
72.4
71.9

71.0
70.5
70.1
69.7
69.3

68.4
68.0
67.6
67.1
66.7

65.9
6S.4
6S.O
64.6
64.2

63.4
63.0
62.6
62.2
61.8

61.0
60.6
60.3
59.9
59.S

S8.7
S8.4
58.1
S7.7
57.3

S6.S
S6.1
SS.8
SS.4
SS.1

11
12
13
14
1S

79.8
79.3
78.8
78.3
77.9

77.0
76.S
76.0
75.S
7S.1

74.2
73.7 .
73.2
72.8
72.4

71.5
71.0
70.6
70.1
69.8

68.8
68.4
68.0
67.6
67.2

66.3
6S.8
6S.S
6S.1
64.7

63.8
63.4
63.0
62.7
62.3

61.4
61.1
60.7
60.3
60.0

59.2
58.8
S8.S
S8.1
S7.8

S7.0
S6.S
S6.2
SS.9
SS.6

S4.8
S4.4
S4.1
S3.8
S3.6

16
17
18
19
20

77.S
77.1
76.6
76.1
7S.6

74.7
74.3
73.9
73.4
72.9

72.0
71.6
71.2
70.7
70.3

69.4
69.0
68.6
68.2
67.8

66.8
66.S
66.1
6S.8
6S.3

64.4
64.0
63.7
63.3
62.9

62.0
61.7
61.3
61.0
60.6

S9.7
S9.4
S9.0
S8.7
S8.3

S7.S
S7.1
56.8
S6.S
56.2

SS.3
SS.O
S4.7
S4.3
S4.1

S3.2
S2.9
S2.6
S2.3
S2.0

6-2-4

Aug 1/88.

Engine Health Monitoring Check


Torque Settings at 100% RPM
Airbleeds Off
175 kt IAS

o
o
o

CD
U1
VJ

B#WTISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1
_.,.-.

IOAT
deg e

~
L{)

co
o

o
o
N

FLIGHT LEVEL

100

11 o

120

130

140

150

160

170

180

190

200

-30
-29
-28
-27
-26

100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0

98.6
98.5
98.1
97.6
97.2

95.4
95.0
94.5
94.1
93.7

92.0
91.6
91.2
90.8
90.3

88.9
88.3
87.9
87.5
87.1

85.7
85.3
84.7
84.4
84.0

82.6
82.1
81.8
81.4
81.0

79.5
79.2
78.9
78.4
78.0

77.0
76.6
76.7
76.6
75.9

74.5
74.1
73.8
73.5
73.1

71.6
71.3
71.1
70.8
70.5

-25
-24
-23
-22
-21

100.0
99.8
99.3
98.8
98.3

96.7
96.2
95.8
95.3
94.9

93.3
92.8
92.4
92.0
91.5

89.9
89.5
89.1
88.7
88.2

86.7
86.3
85.9
85.5
85.1

83.6
83.2
82.8
82.4
82.0

80.6
80.2
79.8
79.4
79.1

77.7
77.3
76.9
76.6
76.2

75.6
75.2
74.8
74.5
74.2

72.8
72.5
72.1
71.8
71.4

70.2
69.8
69.5
69.2
68.8

-20
-19
-18
-17
-16

97.9
97.4
96.9
96.5
96.0

94.4
93.9
93.5
93.1
92.6

91.1
90.6
90.2
89.8
89.3

87.8
87.4
87.0
86.6
86.2

84.7
84.3
83.9
83.5
83.1

81.7
81.3
80.9
80.5
80.1

78.7
78.3
78.0
77.6
77.2

75.9
75.5
75.1
74.8
74.4

73.8
73.4
73.1
72.8
72.4

71.1
70.8
70.4
70.1
69.8

68.5
68.2
67.9
67.5
67.2

-15
-14
-13"
-12
-11

95.5
95.0
94.5
94.1
93.5

92.1
91.7
91.2
90.7
90.3

88.9
88.5
88.0
87.5
87.1

85.7
85.3
84.9
84.4
84.0

82.7
82.3
81.9
81.4
81.0

79.7
79.3
78.9
78.5
78.1

76.9
76.5
76.1
75.7
75.3

74.1
73.7
73.3
72.9
72.6

72.1
71.8
71.4
71.0
70.7

69.5
69.1
68.8
68.5
68.1

66.9
66.6
66.3
66.0
65.6

-10
. -9
-8
-7
-6

93.0
92.5
92.0
91.5
91.0

89.7
89.3
88.8
88.3
87.8

86.6
86.1
85.7
85.2
84.7

83.5
83.1
82.6
82.2
82.2

80.5
80.1
79.7
79.3
78.8

77.7
77.3
76.9
76.4
76.0

74.9
74.5
74.1
73.7
. 73.3

72.2
71.8
71.4
71.0
70.7

70.3
69.9
69.6
69.2
68.8

67.8
67.4
67.1
66.7
66.4

65.3
65.0
64.6
64.3
63.9

-5
-4
-3
-2
-1

90.5
90.0
89.5
89.0
88.5

87.3
86.9
86.4
85.9
85.4

84.3
83.8
83.3
82.9
82.4

81.7
81.3
80.8
80.4
80.0

78.4
78.0
77.5
77.1
76.7

75.6
75.2
74.8
74.4
73.9

72.9
72.5
72.1
71.7
71.3

70.3
69.9
69.5
69.1
68.7

68.4
68.1
67.7
67.3
67.0

66.0
65.7
65.3
64.9
64.6

63.6
63.2
62.9
62.6
62.2

o
1
2
3
4
5

88.0
87.5
87.0
86.5
86.0
85.5

84.9
84.5
84.0
83.5
83.0
82.5

82.0
81.5
81.0
80.5
80.1
79.6

79.5
79.0
78.6
78.2
77.7
77.2

76.3
75.8
75.4
75.0
74.5
74.1

73.5
73.1
72.7
72.3
71.9
71.4

70.9
70.5
70.1
69.7
69.3
68.9

68.3
68.0
67.6
67.2
66.8
66.4

66.6
66.2
65.9
65.5
65.2
64.8

64.2
63.8
63.5
63.1
62.7
62.4

61.8
61.5
61.2
61.2
60.8
60.5

6
7
8
9
10

85.0
84.5
84.0
83.5
83.0

82.0
81.5
81.0
80.5
80.1

79.1
78.7
78.2
77.7
77.2

76.8
76.4
75.9
75.4
75.0

73.6
73.2
72.8
72.3
71.9

71.0
70.6
70.2
69.8
69.3

68.5
68.1
67.6
67.3
66.8

66.4
66.0
65.6
65.3
64.9

64.4
64.0
63.6
63.2
62.9

62.0
61.7
61.3
61.0
60.6

60.1
59.8
59.4
59.1
58.7

11
12
13
14
15

82.4
82.0
81.4
81.0
80.5

79.6
79.1
78.6
78.1
77.7

76.8
76.3
75.8
75.4
75.0

74.5
74.1
73.6
73.1
72.7

71.5
71.0
70.5
70.1
69.8

68.9
68.5
68.0
67.7
67.3

66.4
66.0
65.6
65.2
64.9

64.5
64.0
63.6
63.2
62.9

62.5
62.1
61.7
61.3
61.0

60.2
59.8
59.5
59.1
58.8

58.4
58.1
57.7
57.4
57.0

16
17
18
19
20

80.1
79.7
79.2
78.8
78.3

77.3
76.9
76.3
76.0
75.6

74.6
74.2
73.8
73.3
72.9

72.3
71.9
71.5
71.2
70.8

69.4
69.0
68.6
68.2
67.8

66.9
66.6
66.2
65.8
65.5

64.5
64.2
63.8
63.5
63.2

62.6
62.2
61.9
61.5
61.2

60.6
60.3
60.0
59.7
59.3

58.5
58.1
57.8
57.4
57.2

56.7
56.3
56.0
55.7
55.4

Engine Health Monitoring Check


Torque Settings at 100% RPM
Airbleeds Off
200 kt IAS

6-2-5
Aug 1/88

BRITISNA~E

JETSTREA./tll

SERiEs J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1
.

CONDITIONAL
MANUAL

PROCEDURE

ENGINE

START

THIS PROCEDURE STARTS AT THE START ENGINES LINE IN THE NORMAL


PROCEDURES ENGINE START. THE MANUAL START IS USED WHEN THE AUTO
START SYSTEM IS INOPERATIVE, SRL COMPUTER IS INOPERATIVE,
FOLLOWING AN ABORTED START, OR WHEN THE EGT BEFORE START IS
GREATER THAN 200C.
IT CAN ALSO BE USED IN TRAINING.
OFF

SRL COMPUTER .
Set the SRL COMPUTER switch to OFF.
CAUTION:

BEFORE STARTING LEFT ENGINE ENSURE C.A.P. DOOR

AND

POD DOOR CAPTIONS ARE NOT IiLUMINATED.


MANUAL START SELECTOR

. . ENERGISE

Rotate the MANUAL START selector to ENERGISE.


SELECT SWITCH

. . . PRESS

Press then release SELECT switch of engine being started.


The switch should light up arnber and latch in.
START SWITCH

. . . ... .. . . .. . . .

........

PRE SS

Observe C.A.P. lsTARTERI caption (arnber) on.

....................
(OR 15% FOLLOWING AN ABORTED START OR IF THE EGT WAS ABOVE
200C).

(cent)/ ....

6-2-6

Aug 1/88

co
U'1
U'1

Press then release START switch of engine being started.


The switch will light up red and latch in.

RPM

o
o
o

10%

INWTISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI
SERiES

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING

CONDITIONAL
MANUAL

1200
MANUA~

PART 1

PROCEDURE

ENGINE

..

START (cent)
IGNITE

MANUAL START SELECTOR


The EGT will normally start to rise in 1-2 seconds.
~
::>

..

FUEL ENRICH SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . .

PRESS AS REQUIRED

11>

.t:

=]

10% TO 30%

RPM

'O
U)

ro
o

o
o

Terminate the start cycle if:l.

No EGT within 30 seconds of initiating the start.

2.

The engine does not continue to accelerate through


18% - 28% RPM.

3.

The EGT approaches 770C.

RPM

60%

MANUAL START SELECTOR

60%

Rotate the MANUAL START selector to 60%.


Observe SELECT switch unlatches and light goes out.
Observe START switch unlatches and light goes out.
Observe associated c. A. P

I s~ARTER

caption off.

IF .... C.A.P. 1 STARTER 1 caption on


FEATHER LEVER

TURN/PULL

ELECTRICS MASTER SWITCH

EMERGENCY_OFF

BATT MASTER SWITCH

. . . . . OFF

CAUTION:

DO NOT ATTEMPT RESTART.


DO NOT RE-APPLY ELECTRICAL POWER.

(cent)/ ....
6-2-7
Aug 1/88

.BIWTISH AEROSFWCE

JETSTREANI

SERiES J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

CONDITIONAL
MANUAL

PROCEDURE

ENGINE

START (cont)
GROUND IDLE

POWER LEVER

Slowly move associated power lever rearwards to GROUND IDLE.


Observe engine RPM stabilised at 72%.
MANUAL START SELECTOR
OIL PRESSURE/TEMP;

NORMAL

CHECK

FUEL PRESSURE/FLOW

Check within limits.

C.A.P.~

If oil pressure greater than 60 psi,

caption should be out.

Note: Under cqld weather conditions the oil pressure may not
start to rise until RPM has stabilised at g~ound idle, and may
then transiently exceed 120 psi.
HYDRAULIC PUMPPRESSURE

. . . . . . . . . . . . 2000 psi

SECOND ENGINE

START

Note: If starting on internal power, select generator of


live engine ON and close BUS TIE. Load must be less than
300A within 2 minutes. Before starting engine allow load to
decrease to less than 200A. During the subsequent start the
generator load can be expected to exceed 300A.
GENERATORS . . . .

ON

o
o
o

00
(.JI

.......,

Load should be less than 300A within 2 mins of switching ON.


BATT MASTER

. .. . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . .

SRL COMPUTER . . . . . . . .

AS REQUIRED

Providing the SRL computer is operable set the SRL COMPUTER


switch to ON.
(cent)/ ....
6-2-8
Aug 1/88

INT

BRl77SH AEROSFWCE

JETSTREANI

SrniEs J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

CONDITIONAL
MANUAL

PROCEDURE

ENGINE

START (cent)

Note:
If a Manual start has been carried out because the
preceding Normal (SRL COMPUTER ON) start failed, or if there was
an SRL Computer malfunction on the preceding flight, the following
test must be carried out with the propeller locks engaged.

ON

SRL COMPUTER SWITCH

CONFIRM ON

BETA C.A.P.
RPM LEVER .
Verify
POWER

. .

captions go out above 80% RPM.

LEVERS . . . . . . .

ADVANCE TO 100% RPM

SRL COMPUTERS . . .
Verify

. FLIGHT

OFF/ON
captions come on, Note both EGTs, Reselect ON.

Compare the SRL OFF EGT of both engines. If the difference


exceeds lOC ene of the SRL systems is at fault and should
be switched off.
Flight may continue using the EGT limitation in the
Abnormal Procedure C.A.P.

caption ON.

END//

6-2-9

May 15/91

BIWTISH AEROS#WCE

JETSTREANI

SeRies }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

CONDITIONAL
ENGINE

PROCEDURE

VENTILATION

RUN
CONFIRM COMPLETE

APPROPRIATE PRE-START CHECKS

Conf irm the pre-start checks appropriate to operating


technique have been completed.
EMERGENCY/PARKING BRAKE

. . ON 700 psi MIN OR CHOCKS IN PLACE

Confirm emergency/parking brake is on. Observe EMERGENCY


pressure on left hydraulic gauge greater than 700 psi.
PROP START LOCKS

. . . ENGAGED

Confirm visially that propeller blades held by start locks.


UPPER & LOWER BEACONS . .

ON

SRL COMPUTER . . . . . . . . . . .

OFF

Verify associated SRL COMPUTER switch OFF.


FUEL BOOST PUMP . . .

. . . . . . . OFF

Verify associated FUEL BOOST PUMP switch OFF.


POWER LEVERS . .

. . . GROUND START

Verify POWER LEVERS at position for starting engines.


RPM LEVER . . . . . . .

TAXI

Verify RPM lever at TAXI position.


ENGINE BEING RUN

CLEAR OUTSIDE

Confirm with ground crew CLEAR TO START. Obtain from


ground crew confirmation of chocks in position, fire
equipment immediately available, propeller and engine
area clear, gear locks removed, beacons on and door shut.
( cont) / ...
6-2-10

Aug 1/88

BRITISH AEROSFMCE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

CONDITIONAL PROCEDURE
ENGINE

VENTILATION

RUN (cont)
.

MANUAL START SELECTOR

. ENERGISE

Rotate the MANUAL START selector to ENERGISE.


SELECT SWITCH

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. PRESS

Press then release SELECT switch of engine being run.


Observe switch lights up amber and latches in.
PRE SS

START SWITCH
Press then release START switch of engine being run.
Observe switch lights up red and stays latched in.
Observe C.A.P.

STARTER

amber caption on.

AFTER 15% RPM OR 15 SECS:


STOP SWITCH

PRE SS

Press the STOP switch.


Observe SELECT switch unlatches and light out.
Observe START switch unlatches and light out.

_Q
o()

o
o

Observe associated C.A.P.

STARTER

caption off.

MANUAL START SELECTOR

NORMAL

Rotate the MANUAL START selector clockwise to NORMAL.


UPPER & LOWER BEACONS .
VENTILATION RUN

. OFF

COMPLETE

END//

6-2-11
Aug 1/88

BR'17SH AEROS-CE

JETSTREANI

Srnies J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

CONDITIONAL
ENGINE

OVERSPEED

PROCEDURE
GOVERNOR

CHECK

This procedure enables a check to be made of the governor system


when there is evidence of system malfunction.
Note: The engine must be running and the propeller start locks
engaged.

EMERGENCY/PARKING BRAKE

ON /2000 150 psi

Confirm emergency/parking brake is on.


Observe that the pressure on hydraulic gauge EMERG SUPPLY
(BRAKES) is 2000 150 psi.
RPM LEVER . . . . . . . . . . .

FLIGHT

Set associated RPM lever to FLIGHT position to enable high


RPM to be achieved for the governor check.
POWER LEVER

. . . . . ADVANCE

Advance associated power lever until there is no further


increase in fuel flow and engine RPM.
. 103 - 105%

RPM

Observe associated engine max RPM within governing range


103-105%.

o
CAUTION:

l.
2.
3.

(cent)/ ....

6-2-12
May 15/91

DO NOT ALLOW RPM TO EXCEED 106%.


KEEP PERIOD AT MAXIMUM RPM TO A MINIMUM.
FAILURE OF START LOCKS DURING THIS CHECK COULD
CAUSE A SUDDEN FORWARD MOVEMENT OF THE AIRCRAFT.

<.._..-_1

Iv

SRI~

AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

CONDITIONAL
ENGINE
POWER LEVER

OVERSPEED

PROCEDURE
GOVERNOR

CHECK (cent)

...................

. . GROUND IDLE

Retard associated power lever to GROUND IDLE.


RPM LEVER
j

.s~

........

TAXI

REPEAT PROCEDURE FOR OTHER ENGINE.

END//

e
e:.

C:

6-2-13
-NOV

15/89

B-T1SH AEROSPACE

JETSTREAA#

SeRies }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

- CONDITIONAL PROCEDURE
NTS FOR FLIGHT TEST & TRAINING
CAUTION: THIS PROCEDURE MUST NOT BE USED TO SHUT DOWN AN ENGINE
IN FLIGHT EITHER IN EMERGENCY OR TRAINING.
This procedure is available f or flight test and f or a f light
training demonstration. It simulates engine f ailure by causing the
propeller to NTS.
CAUTIONS: l. THE MINIMUM SAFE ALTITUDE FOR STARTING THIS PROCEDURE
IS 5,000 FEET AGL
2. DO NOT ALLOW THE ENGINE TO WINDMILL BETWEEN 18% AND
28% RPM.

3. CHECK BOTH ENGINES FOR ~ORMAL OPERATION AND


INDICATIONS BEFORE STARTING THIS PROCEDURE
POWER LEVER . . . .

. . . . . . . FLIGHT IDLE

The Captain will move the Power Lever to Flight Idle.


The engine must be run at this power setting until the
EGT is below 450C.
STOP BUTTON

. . . . PRESS

The Captain will press the stop button.


The RPM will decrease to 30% in approximately 40 seconds.
During this period on a test f light the necessary record
of indications can be taken.
On a training f light this period can be used f or
instruction.
FEATHER LEVER .

TURN & PULL

On completion of this demonstration on a training flight,


and with the RPM above 28%, the Captain will instruct the
trainee to turn and pull the Feather Lever and complete
the Shutdown Drills by the checklist.
Note: On a test flight the engine may be relit direct from the NTS
END//
6-2-14
Nov.15/89

o
G
i'J
O(

BRITISH AEROSPMCE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs 'J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

ABNORMAL
C.A.P.

PROCEDURE
CAPTION

ON
. . . . .

AFFECTED SRL COMPUTER

. .

. . OFF

Set affected SRL computer switch to OFF.


::.::

EGT LIMIT

.,

::::i

. . ESTABLISH

.::

-~

Establish from correct table the EGT limits to be observed


fer flight conditions.

~
-~
~

Note: The EGT value is a limit which may not be obtained due to
low altitude and temperature.
.

AFFECTED ENGINE EGT

. . MONITOR

Adjust power lever of affected engine to observe limits


obtained from table.
END//
Examples of EGT limit tables are shown on following pages.
JETSTREAM 32 EGT LIMITS WITH
SRL COMPUTER INOPERATIVE FOR TAKE OFF
0-50 KNOTS
DRY POWER
100%RPM
OAT
C

', '.J

AIRFIELD PRESSURE ALTITUDE - THOUSANDS OF FEET


5
6
9 10
2
3
4
7
8
o 1

-40

477 486 496 507 518 530 542 555 563 563 563

-30

494 504 514 525 537 549 562 567 567 567 567

-20

512 522 533 545 557 570 571 571 571 571 571

-10

531 542 554 566 575 575 575 575 575 575 575

553 564 576 579 579 579 579 579 579 579 579

+10

576 583 583 583 583 583 583 583 583 583 583

+20

588 588 588 588 588 588 588 588 588 588 588

+30

594 594 594 594 594 594 594 594 594 594 594

+40

601 601 601 601 601 601 6011601 601 601 601

Temperature exceeds ISA+ 37 o e

6-3-1
May 15/91

BllH77SH AEROSFWCE

JETSTREANI
SERES

}200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1


JETSTREAM 32 EGT LIMITS WITH SRL COMPUTER INOPERATIVE
EGT LIMIT C @ l00% RPM
EGT LIMIT ALTITUDE
Fe et

IOAT

INDICATED AIRSPEED - Knots

100

150

200

300

489
507
526
546
568
583
588
592
600

481
499
517
537
558
582
586
591
598

469
486
504
523
544
567
584
588
595

459
476
493
511
532
554
577
586
592

526
546
566
574
578
583
588
592
600

517
536
556
572
577
581
586
590
602

501
519
539
559
574
578
583
587
594

489
507
525
545
568
576

563
566
569
574
578
583
587
592

562
565
568
572
576
581
585
590

559
562
565
568
572
577
581
585

543
560
563
565
569
573
578
582

563
566
569
573
578
582
587

561
564
567
571
575
580
584

558
561
563
566
570
574
579

555
558
561
564
566
571
575

560
563
565
568
573
578
582

557
560
563
566
569
574
578

***
556
559
562
564
567
572

***
553
556
559
561
564
567

-40
-30
-20
-10

560
562
565
568
572
577

559
562
564
567
572

***
554
557
560
562
565

***
550
553
556
559
561

-40
-30
-20
-10

562
565
568
572

559
561
564
567

554
556
559
562

550
553
555
558

-40
-30
-20
-10
1500

10
20
30
40

-40
-30
-20
-10
5000

10
20
30
40

10000

-40
-30
-20
-10

10
20
30

15000

-40
-30
-20
-10

10
20

20000

-50
-40
-30
-20
-10

10

-so
25000

26000

*** Engine operating limited

EGT Limits C at 100% RPM


With SRL Computer Inoperative
6-3-2

Aug 1/88

sao

585
591

BRl77SH AEROSl'WCE

JETSTREANI
SERES

}200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1


JETSTREAM 32 EGT LIMITS WIIB SRL COMPUTER INOPERATIVE
EGT LIMIT C @ 97% RPM
EGT LIMIT ALTITUDE
Feet

IOAT

INDICATED AIRSPEED - Knots

-40
-30
-20
-10
1500

10
20
30
40

e:

5000

-40
-30
-20
-10

10
20
30
40

10000

-40
-30
-20
-10

10
20
30

15000

-40
-30
-20
-10

lj)
..D

10
20

-50
-40
-30
-20
-10

o
o

20000

10

25000

-50
-40
-30
-20
-10

26000

-40
-30
-20
- "."10

100

150

200

300

444
463
484
508
534
557
564
572
580

436
455
476
498
524
550
562
570
578

424
442
462
485
509
534
559
567
575

414
431
451
473
496
520
556
564
572

481
502
526
547
552
556
564
572
579

472
493
516
542
550
555
562
570
581

456
475
498
522
547
551
558
566
574

444
463
483
508
534
549
555
563
570

534
538
542
547
551
556
564
571

533
536
541
545
550
554
561
569

513
533
536
541
545
550
556
564

497
520
534
538
542
547
552
560

534
538
542
547
551
556
563

532
535
539
544
548
553
560

529
532
534
539
543
548
554

526
529
532
535
539
544
549

531
534
537
542
546
551
555

529
531
534
538
542
547
551

***
527
530
533
536
541
545

***
524'
527
530
532
536
540

531
534
537
541
546
550

530
533
536
540
545

***
525
528
531
533
537

***
521
524
527
530
532

534
537
541
546

530
533
536
540

525
527
530
533

521
523
526
529

*** Engine operating limited

EGT Limits e at 97% RPM


With SRL Computer Inoperative
6-3-3

Aug 1/88

BRITISH AERO-CE

JETSTREANI
SERES

J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

ABNORMAL
ENGINE
CAUTION:

PROCEDURE

RELIGHT (AUTO)

IF RELIGHT HAS TO BE ABORTED, TURN AND PULL THE


FEATHERING LEVER. TO UNLATCH THE SELECT AND START
SWITCHES THE STOP BUTTON WILL SUBSEQUENTLY NEED TO BE
PRESSED.

If the oil temperature is low the propeller may be slow to


unfeather and governing RPM may be slightly high.
The demonstrated envelope for relight is speed 110-180 kt and
altitude 20,000 ft or lower. However, there is no bar on
attempting relights at greater speeds or altitudes.
EGT

LESS THAN 200C


Observe EGT of engine being started is less than 200C.

Note:
The 200C limitation may be disregarded if any emergency
demands starting the engine.
FEATHER LEVER

NORMAL

Verify f eather lever of engine being started is fully down


in the normal position.
LP COCKS

. . OPEN

Observe LP COCKS, FUEL and HYD indicators show open.


POWER LEVER

. . FORWARD OF FLIGHT IDLE STOP

Verify the middle of the power lever of the engine being


started is in line with the white FLIGHT IDLE marker on the
quadrant.
( cont) / ....

6-3-4

May 15/91

~AIROS..c.11'

JETSTREAAll

SERiES J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1


:.:.'"

ABNORMAL
ENGINE

PROCEDURE
RELIGHT (AUTO) (cont)

RPM LEVER . . . . . . . . . .

IN LINE

Verify RPM lever of engine being started is in line with


that of the other engine.
. . . . NORMAL

IGNITION SWITCHES . . . . .

Confirm that the IGNITION switches are at NORMAL setting.


LEFT AND RIGHT BOOST PUMPS . .

ON

Verify the LEFT and RIGHT FUEL BOOST PUMP switches are ON.
CROSSFEED

.......................

SHUT

Verify CROSSFEED switch at SHUT.


Observe crossfeed cock NORMAL caption on.
. ON

SRL COMPUTER

AIR

GND/AIR SWITCH
Verify GND/AIR SWITCH is at AIR.
SELECT SWITCH

PRESS

Press SELECT switch of engine being started.


Observe SELECT switch magnetically latched and lights up
amber .

~-

C>

START SWITCH

PRESS

Press START switch of engine being started.


Observe START switch magnetically latched.
With the START switch latched, the AIR/GND switch at AIR
and the SELECT switch magnetically latched the unfeather
pump will run and unfeather the propeller. The unfeathered
propeller turns the engine to initiate the starting cycle.
Throughout the starting cycle monitor the increase in engine
RPM EGT and oil pressure.
(cent)/ ....

6-3-5

Oct 15/88

AJEROS !ICE

JETSTREAJ'W

SERiES 1200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

ABNORM.AL
ENGINE

PROCEDURE

RELIGHT

(AUTO) (cent)

WHEN ENGINE RPM REACHES 60%

. . . . . . . . . . . . RELEASED

START SWITCH
Observe START switch released

RELEASED

SELECT SWITCH
Observe SELECT switch released, light off.
WHEN RPM STABILISED -

Observe oil pressure, oil temperature, fuel pressure, fuel


flow and hydraulic pump pressure normal.
Observe

C.A.P.

BETA

and

captions are off.

GENERATOR .

ON/LOAD SHARING

Set associated GEN selector to ON.


Observe C.A.P. 8 c a p t i o n off.
AIR FLOW SELECTOR . . . . .

. . .. . . .. . . .

..

AS REQUIRED

Set. associated air flow selector to required position.


PROPELLER ICE PROTECTION . . . .

. AS REQUIRED

Set PROPELLER ICE PROTECTION switch to position required.

(cont)/ ...

6-3-6

Feb 15/89

o
o

BRITISH AEROSPMCE

JETSTREANI

SeRiEs l200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

ABNORMAL
ENGINE

RELIGHT

PROCEDURE
(AUTO)

(cent)
AS REQUIRED

ENG/ELEV ICE PROTECTION . . . .

Set LEFT and RIGHT ENG/ELEV PROTECTION switches to


position required. Observe engine ice protection lights show
system status.
CONTINUOUS

IGNITION SWITCH . .

Set IGNITION switch to CONTINUOUS unless the engine had been


shut down deliberately for training purposes.
WHEN OIL TEMP GREATER THAN 55C
POWER/RPM LEVERS . . . . .

. . . . AS REQUIRED

Set POWER lever and RPM lever to positions required.


PROP SYNCHRO

. AS REQUIRED

Set PROP SYNCHRO switch to position required.

END//

o
o

6-3-7

Aug 1/88

EHWTl!R-I AEROS-CE

JETSTREAIW

SrniEs }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

ABNORMAL
ENGINE

PROCEDURE

RELIGHT

(MANUAL)

CAUTION:

IF RELIGHT HAS TO BE ABORTED FOR ANY REASON OTHER THAN


FIRE, TURN AND PULL THE FEATHERING LEVER AND PRESS THE
STOP BUTTON.

CAUTION:

IN CASE OF FIRE DO NOT PRESS THE STOP BUTTON.

If the oil temperature is low the propeller may be slow to


unfeather and governing RPM may be slightly high.
The demonstrated envelope for relight is speed 110-180 kt and
altitude 20,000 ft or lower. However, there is no bar on
attempting relights at higher speeds or greater altitudes.
EGT

LESS THAN 200C


Observe EGT of engine being started is less than 200C.
Note: The 200C limitation may be disregarded if an
emergency demands starting the engine.

FEATHER LEVER

. NORMAL

Verify feather lever of engine being started is fully


DOWN in the normal position.
OPEN

LP COCKS
Observe LP COCKS FUEL and HYD indicators showopen.
POWER LEVER

. . FORWARD OF FLIGHT IDLE STOP

Verify the middle of the power lever of the engine being


started is in line with the white FLIGHT IDLE marker en the
quadrant.

(cent)/ ....

6-3-8

May 15/91

['\._'

e:

Ul

BRITTSH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI
SERiES

'J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

ABNORMAL

..

ENGINE

PROCEDURE

RELIGHT

(MANUAL) (cont)
. . . IN LINE

RPM LEVER

Verify RPM lever of engine being started is in line with


that of the other engine.
NORMAL

IGNITION
Confirrn that IGNITION switch is set to NORMAL.

. ON

LEFT AND RIGHT BOOST PUMPS


Verify the LEFT and RIGHT FUEL BOOST PUMP switches are at
ON.

SHUT

CROSSFEED
Verify CROSSFEED switch at SHUT.
Observe crossfeed cock NORMAL caption on.

. OFF

SRL COMPUTER .
Verify SRL COMPUTER switch of engine being started is at
OFF.

-r---.

GND/AIR SWITCH

AIR

Verify GND/AIR switch is at AIR.

co
o
o
o

MANUAL START SELECTOR

. . . . . ENERGISE

Rotate the Manual Start switch to Energise.

SELECT SWITCH . . . .

PRESS

Press SELECT switch of engine being started.


Observe SELECT switch rnagnetically latched and lights up
amber.
(cont)/ ....

6-3-9

Aug 1/88

BRITISN AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERiES }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1


H _,,

ABNORMAL
ENGINE

PROCEDURE

RELIGHT

(MANUAL) (cont)

START SWITCH . . . . . . . PRESS


Press START switch of engine being started. With the
START switch latched, the AIR/GND switch at AIR, and the
SELECT switch latched, the unfeather pump will run and
unfeather the propeller.
The unfeathered propeller turns the engine to initiate
the starting cycle.
Throughout the starting cycle the increase in engine RPM,
EGT and oil pressure must be monitored.
WHEN ENGINE RPM 10%
IGNITE

MANUAL START SELECTQR


Rotate the MANUAL START selector to IGNITE.

AS REQUIRED

FUEL ENRICH
Press FUEL ENRICH switch if required.
WHEN ENGINE RPM 60%
MANUAL START SELECTOR

. . 60%

Rotate the MANUAL START selector to 60%.


Observe the SELECT and START switches release, SELECT light
off.
WHEN RPM STABILISED
Observe oil pressure, oil temperature, fuel pressure, fuel
flow and hydraulic pump pressure normal.
Observe

C.A.P.1BTA1 and

captions are off.

MANUAL START SELECTOR


Rotate the MANUAL START selector clockwise to NORMAL.
(cont)/ ....
6-3-10

Aug 1/88

o
o

NORMAL

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI
SERiES

}200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

ABNORMAL

..

ENGINE

PROCEDURE

RELIGHT

(MANUAL) (cont)
ON/LOAD SHARING

GENERATOR
Set associated GEN selector to ON.
Observe

C.A.P.~caption

off.
AS REQUIRED

AIR FLOW SELECTOR

Set associated air flow selector to required position.


AS REQUIRED

PROPELLER ICE PROTECTION

Set PROPELLER ICE PROTECTION switches to position required.


ENG/ELEV ICE PROTECTION

. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .

AS REQUIRED

Set LEFT and RIGHT ENG/ELEV ICE PROTECTION switches to


position required.
Observe engine ice protection lights show system status.
CONTINUOUS

IGNITION SWITCH . . . . . . . .

Set IGNITION switch to CONTINUOUS unless the engine had


been shut down deliberately for training purposes.
ON

SRL COMPUTER . . . .

o
o

If SRL system is serviceable, set SRL switch to ON.


WHEN OIL TEMP GREATER THAN 55C
POWER/RPM LEVERS

. . . . AS REQUIRED

Set POWER lever and RPM lever to position required .


PROP SYNCHRO

. . AS REQUIRED

Set PROP SYNCHRO switch to position required.

END//
6-3-11
Aug 1/88

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

ABNORMAL

..

C.A.P.
IS

PROCEDURE

BETA 1 CAPTION

ON

IN

FLIGHT

PROPELLER RESPONDING NORMALLY TO ADJUSTMENTS OF POWER LEVER ?

YES

1----11~

DISREGARD CAPTION.
REPORT DEFECT ON LANDING.
END//

NO

END//

6-3-12
Aug 1/88

FEATHER LEVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TURN/PULL


REFER TO DRILL: IN FLIGHT ENGINE SHUT DOWN.

INWT7SH AEROSFMCE

JETSTREANI

SeRies J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

ABNORMAL
ABNORMAL

OIL

PROCEDURE

TEMP/PRESS

INDICATIONS

IN THE EVENT OF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING, APPLY THE IN-FLIGHT ENGINE


SHUT DOWN PROCEDURE AND DO NOT RELIGHT THE ENGINE:l.

OIL PRESSURE LESS THAN 70 PSI AT ALTITUDES LESS THAN 23,000


FEET ACCOMPANIED BY HIGH OIL TEMPERATURE, ENGINE VIBRATION,
OR OTHER ABNORMAL ENGINE INDICATIONS.

2.

OIL PRESSURE GREATER THAN 120 PSI ACCOMPANIED BY RISING OIL


TEMP OR OTHER ABNORMAL ENGINE INDICATIONS.

3.

LOW OIL TEMPERATURE ACCOMPANIED BY HIGH OIL PRESSURE AND


ABNORMAL PROPELLER RESPONSE.

4.

HIGH OIL TEMPERATURE ACCOMPANIED BY LOW OIL PRESSURE (LESS


THAN 50- PSI ABOVE 23, 000 FEET, OR. 70 PSI BELOW 23, 00_0 FEET) .

IF OIL COOLER FLAP LIGHT ON IN FLIGHT:OIL COOLER FLAP SWITCH .

. SHUT

IF LIGHT REMAINS ON MAXIMUM PERMITTED AIRSPEED IS 150 KT IAS.

!"--.

'
N

END //

-oo

6-3-13/14
Aug 1/88

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

EMERGENCY
DOUBLE

PROCEDURE

ENGINE

FAILURE

IMMEDIATE ACTIONS

SWITCH OFF LEFT WINDSHIELD HEAT. ESTABLISH GLIDE AT 130 KT.


NOT FEATHER PROPS. TURN TOWARDS EMERGENCY LANDING AREA

DO

Try to establish the cause of the double engine f ailure and


rectify the situation before attempting a relight.
Verify position of L.P. cocks, feathering levers, Stop
buttons, TTL test switches. Check fuel contents remaining.
SET GENERATORS

OFF

The DC Main Busbar will have off-loaded automatically. The


DC Essential Busbar will be powered f rom the aircraft
batteries.
The Essential Inverter will power the lef t Flight
Instruments and the centre Artificial Horizon.
Avoid icing conqitions.
THE FOLLOWING ESSENTIAL SERVICES WILL BE AVAILABLE:

LEFT FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS & LIGHTING


N0.1 RADIO
N0.1 NAV
N0.1 ADF
N0.1 COMPASS
LANDING GEAR SELECTOR & INDICATOR LIGHTS
FLAP SELECTOR (BUT NO INDICATOR)
HYDRAULIC PRESSURE GAUGES
BRAKE PRESSURE GAUGES
LEFT WINDSCREEN WIPER
FLIGHT DECK FLOOD LIGHTING
HALF OF THE CABIN LIGHTING
RELIGHT (AUTO MODE SRL ON)
Everything possible should be done to ensure that the f irst
attempt at Relight is successful. Each attempt takes power from
the batteries and reduces subsequent chances of successful
relight.
(cent)/ ....

6-4-1

Jul 15/89

Bl'WTISH AE'ROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SeRiEs J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

EMERGENCY
DOUBLE

ENGINE

PROCEDURE
FAILURE (cent)

Relights may be attempted at any time but the best circumstances


are below 20,000 ft with airspeed 110 to 180 kt. The max EGT limit
of 200C may be disregarded in these drills.
SET RIGHT RPM LEVER TO FLIGHT.
CARRY OUT RELIGHT DRILL ON RIGHT ENGINE.
If

religh~

fails, carry out the next attempt on the LEFT engine.

IF ONE RELIGHT IS SUCCESSFUL THE DRILL SHOULD BE COMPLETED AND


POWER RESTORED TO MAINTAIN LEVEL FLIGHT WITH GENERATOR ON. AN
ATTEMPT SHOULD THEN BE MADE TO START THE SECOND ENGINE.
If one or both engines relight but the cause of the f ailure is not
known, the aircraft should be landed at the nearest suitable
airfield.
If not successful and if height is available, further attempts to
relight should continue to be made but each successive attempt is
less likely to succeed. The second attempt should use MANUAL
relight drill. If the first attempts to relight have failed every
effort should be conce~trated towards achieving a safe landing.
ALERT EMERGENCY SERVICES
TRANSPONDER . . .
DISTRESS CALL .

. . . . . . . . . .

ELT . . .

A 7700
'

TRANSMIT
.

ON

o
O()

EMERGENCY POWER OFF LANDING


The windmilling (NTS) propellers will produce sufficient
hydraulic power f or normal operation of the landing gear and
flaps. The increase in drag compared with feathered
propellers is very small and of no significance.
MAINTAIN GLIDE SPEED OF 130 KT.
PLAN TO LAND INTO WIND. SET ALTIMETERS AND CROSSCHECK.
LOWER THE LANDING GEAR EARLY IN THE PATTERN WHILST
MANOEUVRING TO LAND.
ENSURE THAT LOOSE ARTICLES ARE STOWED AND SECURE.
ONLY LOWER FLAPS WHEN ABSOLUTELY CERTAIN OF LANDING.
(cent)/ ...
6-4-2

Aug 1/88

'-

~AEROS-CE

JETSTREAWI

SERiEs J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

EMERGENCY
DOUBLE

ENGINE

PROCEDURE
FAILURE (cent)

LANDING OFF AIRFIELD


IF LANDING AWAY FROM AN AIRFIELD, LAND WITH GEAR DOWN.
Brief crew and passengers on Emergency Dril! well in advance
.of landing.
AT 3000 FT FASTEN SEAT BELTS SIGN

ON
TURN & PULL

AT 500 FT FEATHER LEVERS

By night, select EMERGENCY cabin lighting ON at 500 ft.


Landing lights will not be available.
AT 200 FT CALL

. "BRACE, BRACE".

Land at as low a forward speed as P.Ossible.


AFTER LANDING:BOTH FIREBOTTLE SELECTORS
ELECTRICS MASTER SWITCH

EMERGENCY OFF

Evacuate aircraft immediately using Door, Overwing exits,


and D/V windows if necessary.

r-t")
r-t")

'

Notes:

o
o

l.

FIRE SHOT 1

2.

Lighting available:
Flight Deck . . .
Cabin . . .

. . . FLOOD/UTILITY LTS
EMERGENCY/ROOF AND EXITS

Emergency Equipment available:


One first aid kit at right rear of cabin.
One hand-held f ire extinguisher at right rear of cabin.
One hand-held fire extinguisher by co-pilot's seat.

END//

6-4-3

Aug 1/88

ASINMP!fC4!'

JETSTREAWI

SERiES J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1


....

-~:~~
' \

EMERGENCY
C.A.P.

FIRE

CAPTION

ON

~'

PROCEDURE
OR

SEVERE

ENGINE

DAMAGE

Judgement and precision are as important as speed when


putting out an engine fire. Actuating a wrong control could cause
more trouble than a f ew seconds delay in taking the correct
actions.
Note:

FIREBELL

.......................

CANCEL

Press either of the C.A.P. attention getter lights to


cancel the fire warning audio (fire?ell).
POWER LEVER . .

FLIGHT IDLE

Retard associated power lever to FLIGHT IDLE. This action


is recommended as a check on the identif ication of the
subj ect engine .

..........

FEATHER LEVER

. TURN/PULL

Pulling the engine feather lever to the detent position.


Shuts the HP fuel cock
Feathers the propeller
Shuts the LP fuel cock
Shuts the LP hydraulic cock
Inhibits engine start circuit
As the engine is shut down it will cause the Alert lights
to flash and the following C.A.P. captions to come on.
Red

EJ

Amber

FUEL

Amber

E)

Amber

~'

if switched on

Additionally the IBUS FAILI & 1 BUS TIE OPEN 1 captions may
come on. If this happens, select GENerator off on failed
engine and press the BUS TIE RESET button.

(cont)/ ...

.6-4-4

Aug 1/88

o
o

BRl77SH AEROSIWCE

JETSTREAAI'

SERiEs 'J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

. ~~'- ~-.:.-.
\

EMERGENCY

..
C.A.P., FIRE

CAPTION

ON

PROCEDURE

OR

SEVERE ENGINE

DAMAGE (cent)
SHUT

LP COCKS IND .
Observe the LP COCKS HYD/FUEL indicators show SHUT .
....-- LP COCKS HYD/FUEL INDICATE SHUT?
NO

LP COCK (ROOF PANEL SWITCH)

SHUT

Set associated LP COCKS switch to SHUT to prevent


possibility of fuel and hydraulic fluids supporting
fire. Then ..... .
YES

WHEN ENGINE RPM LESS THAN 15%


An engine RPM of less than 15% indicates that the
propeller is feathered. The resultant reduction in
airf low through the nacelle increases the effect of
fire extinguisher operation.

FIRE BOTTLE . . . .

. . . . . SHOT 1

Set FIRE BOTTLE selector of affected engine to SHOT l.


The
af f ected engine will be identif ied by the FIRE light
(red) adjacent to the FIRE BOTTLE switch.

At the same time as SHOT 1 is selected the clock should be


started to time the action. The engine fire should be
extinguished within 30 seconds of discharging the fire

o
o
o

extinguisher, this will be indicated by the C.A.P.1 FIRE

caption and the light adjacent to the FIRE BOTTLE switch


going out.

co
co

AIR FLOW . . .

. . ... . . .. . . .. . . .

. . OFF

Set the air FLOW selector of affected side to OFF, to


prevent possibility of contaminated air entering the
aircraft.
(cent)/ ....

6-4-5

Aug 1/88

BRl77SH

AE~E

JETSTREANI

SERiEs J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

EMERGENCY
C.A.P.

FIRE

CAPTION

ON

OR

PROCEDURE
SEVERE

ENGINE

DAMAGE (cont)

IF FIRE PERSISTS AFTER 30 SECONDS


FIRE BOTTLE . .

SHOT 2

Set FIRE BOTTLE selector of affected engine to SHOT 2.


Note: After selection of SHOT 1 and SHOT 2 no more
extinguishant is available for that engine.
FUEL BOOST PUMP .

.OFF

Set the affected engine FUEL BOOST purnp switch to OFF .


GENERATOR . . .

. . OFF

Set GEN selector f or af f ected engine to OFF and observe


the remaining generator load is not greater than 300 amps.
If load greater than 300 amps shed non-essential loads.
LP COCK

.......

SHUT

Set LP COCKS switch for affected engine to SHUT.


REMAINING AIRFLOW . .

. .. . . .. ..

IN CREASE

o
o
o

Rotate air FLOW selector of remaining system to increase


flow into aircraft.

CX>
CX>

PROP SYNCHRO
Verify PROP SYNCHRO switch in OFF position.

(cont)/ ....

6-4-6

Aug 1/88

. OFF

.,.,...,. "" ar

JE7S7'REAllll

SailsJ200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

EMERGENCY
C.A.P.1 FIRE

CAPTION

ON

OR

PROCEDURE
SEVERE

ENGINE

DAMAGE (cant)
OFF

PROPELLER ICE PROTECTION


Verify PROPELLER ICE PROTECTION switch far affected engine
OFF.
ENG/ELEV ICE PROTECTION

OFF

Verify ENG/ELEV switch far affected engine OFF.


Observe ENG/IGN light far affected engine OFF.
FUEL CROSSFEED .

SHUT

IF FIRE PERSISTS AFTER SECOND SHOT OF FIRE BOTTLE


TRANSPONDER .

. . .A7700

DISTRESS CALL

. TRANSMIT

ELT . .

. . . ON

LAND AS SOON AS POSSIBLE.

END//

a:>
a:>

o
o
o

6-4-7

Aug 1/88

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SeRies J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

EMERGENCY
ENGINE

FAILURE

OR

"'.,,"'.:

PROCEDURE
IN

FLIGHT

..
SHUT

DOWN

The engines are equipped with a negative torque sensing


system. In the event of engine failure this system
automatically moves the propeller towards the high pitch
range. This reduces propeller drag to a value slightly higher
than that for a fully feathered propeller.
POWER LEVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FLIGHT IDLE
Retard the failed engine's POWER lever to FLIGHT IDLE.
This action is recommended as a check on the identification of the subject engine.
FEATHER LEVER .

. ..........
~

. . TURN/PULL

.Pulling the engine feather lever to the detent position.


Shuts the HP fuel cock
Feathers the propeller
Shuts the LP fuel cock
Shuts the LP hydraulic cock
Inhibits engine start circuit
As the engine is shut down it will cause the Alert lights
to flash and the following C.A.P. captions to come on.
Red

Amber 1 FUEL

Amber
Amber

-o
N

a,

o
o

if switched on

co

co
<...N

Note: The propeller may still be windmilling at low RPM


depending upon airspeed.
LP COCKS . . . . . . .
Observe the LP COCKS HYD/FUEL indicators show SHUT.
If not SHUT then select LP COCK to SHUT and conf irm that
indicators show SHUT.
( cont) / ....
6-4-8
Aug 1/88

SHUT

BIWTISH

AERO~E

JETSTREANI
SERiES

}200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

EMERGENCY

PROCEDURES
. OFF

FUEL BOOST PUMP . .


Set the failed engine's FUEL BOOST pump switch to OFF.

OFF

GENERATOR
Set associated GEN switch to OFF.
Verify load on remaining generator less than 300A.
Offload services if necessary.
Press BUS TIE RESET button if necessary.

. . OFF

FLOW . . . .
Set the AIR FLOW selector of affected side to OFF.
REMAINING AIRFLOW . . . . .. . .

. INCREASE

Rotate air FLOW selector of remaining system to increase


flow into aircraft.
PROP SYNCHRO . . . . . .

OFF

Verify PROP SYNCHRO switch in OFF position.


PROPELLER ICE PROTECTION
V

OFF

Verify PROPELLER ICE PROTECTION switch for affected engine


OFF.

00
00

o
o

ENG/ELEV ICE PROTECTION . . . . . . .

OFF

Verify ENG/ELEV switch for affected engine OFF.

FUEL CROSSFEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS REQUIRED

END//

6-4-9

Aug 1/88

BRITISHAE~E

JETSTREANI

SeRiEs J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1
;;;';~;
-~

EMERGENCY
C.A.P.

PROCEDURE
CAPTION

ON

ABOVE 23,000 FT
Is Oil Pressure less than 50 psi?
OR
BELOW 23,000 FT
Is Oil Pressure less than 70 psi?
OR
AT ANY ALTITUDE
ARE THERE ANY OTHER ABNORMAL INDICATIONS OR VIBRATION?

YES

Carry out In-Flight Engine Shut Down Procedure.


END//

NO

Continue with flight but monitor engine behaviour and


Oil Pressure.

-oo

END//

6-4-10

Aug 1/88

CD
CD

U1

\
"-.

-7"N# AEROSF'ACE

JETSTREANI
SERES

J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

EMERGENCY PROCEDURE

..

ERRATIC

ENGINE

INDICATIONS

ERRATIC TORQUE/EGT INDICATIONS


Fluctuations in torque of 2% are not unusual.
::.o(

.....:

::>
.::

BOTH RPM LEVERS

]
.:
et

AFFECTED POYIER LEVER

. . . . . . . FULLY FORYIARD
. RETARD

Retard the POYIER lever until there is a perceptible


decrease in torque and EGT. This will minimise the risk of
exceeding the EGT limits should operation of the fuel bypass be interrupted when the TTL Computer is switched off.
. OFF

PROP SYNCHRO . .
TTL CONTROLLER

OFF

Ylith the TTL Computer off, any false


bypass will now be removed.
CAUTION:

;''

to the fuel

sig~al

YIITH THE TTL SYIITCHED OFF EXTRA CARE MUST BE EXERCISED


YIHEN MOVING THE POYIER LEVER SO AS TO AVOID EXCEEDING THE
LIMITS.

CONTINUE MONITORING AND IF THE SITUATION DETERIORATES OR IF TORQUE


FLUCTUATIONS EXCEED 7.5% (TOTAL AMPLITUDE 15%) APPLY ENGINE SHUT
DOYIN PROCEDURE.

")

!"")

Real power fluctuations will be conf irmed by aircraft


response and other engine indications.

ERRATIC R.P.M. INDICATIONS

PROP SYNCHRO .

. OFF

IF RPM FLUCTUATIONS EXCEED 7.5% (TOTAL AMPLITUDE 15%) AND ARE


CONFIRMED BY ENGINE NOISE THEN APPLY IN-FLIGHT ENGINE SHUT DOYIN
PROCEDURE.

------------------------------------------------------------------

END//
6-4-11/12
Aug 1/88

- T I S N AER06#MCE

JETSTREANI

SERiES J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1


This revision compliea with British Civil Airworthiness Requirements, Section A
Chapter A7-3.
JETSTREAM AIRCRAFT LIMITED
PRESTWICK AIRPORT,
AYRSBIRE, KA9 2RW,
SCOTLAND

Signed ~,,,_-'
Date
ll.
q .
CAA Approval No:
I/9386/92

Publication Ref No.SA.4-3100/MOM/51,54,55,57,58,61,64,266,267,269.

TEMPORARY REVISION 6 - 1
Location: Insert in Chapter 6 following page 6-4-11/12.
Reason:

To introduce a procedure to correct a lack of engine


response to movements of the power lever af ter extended
flight at high altitudes and low IOAT.

Action:

In the event of a lack of engine response to movements


of the power lever, with no other failure indications
use this procedure.

The introduction of data by revisions or amendments or temporary revLsLons or


amendments not certified in accordance with British Civil Airworthiness
Requirements, Chapter A7-3, will invalidate the initial certification on the title
page of the manual relativa to tha part ravised. Revisions or amandments or
tamporary revisions or amandments ambodied in this manual and cartif ied by an
appropriata approvad organisation, othar than that applicable to the initial
cartification, must be recordad on separate record shaets.

Page 1 of 2
Mar 12/96

-TISHA~E

JETSTREAllll

SERiES J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

EMERGENCY PROCEDURE
LACK OF RESPONSE TO POWER LEVER MOVEMENT
Note

This procedure should be used when there are no other


obvious reasons for lack of engine response and the IOAT
is lOC or below.

Affected engine:
IGNITION switch . . . . . . . . .
. CONTINUOUS
ENG/ELEV ICE PROTECTION switch . . . . . . . . . ANTI-ICE
Af ter 5 minutes
Operate the POWER lever, check for normal engine response.
If response normal :
ENG/ELEV ICE PROTECTION switch
IGNITION switch . . . . . . . .

. . . OFF
. NORMAL

Note : If normal response is not restored and there are no


other failure indications continue to use the engine.
For approach and landing it may be necessary to shut
down the affected engine.
If normal response is restored the procedure above
should be repeated for the non-affected engine.
END\\
N

Page 2 of 2
Mar 12/96

l!IRIT1SH AEROSF'ACE

JETSTREANI
SERES

J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

CHAPTER

LIST

FUEL
OF

SYSTEM

CONTENTS

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES


LIMITATIONS AND ESSENTIAL DATA . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1-1
ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
C.A.P., FUEL

7-2-1

caption on

Low Fuel Quantity caption on

7-2-2

C.A.P., FUEL FILTER

7-2-3

caption on

Fuel System Crossf eed

7-2-4

-o

CHAP. 7

CONTENTS
Page 1/2
Aug 1/88

EIR,TISH AEROSFWCE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

CHAPTER 7
FUEL SYSTEM
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

:,

::i

'E"'

LIST OF CONTENTS
LIST OF
EFFECTIVE PAGES
7-1

e:

"O

a..

7-2

1/2

Aug

1/2
1
2
1
2

May 15/91
May 15/91
Aug 15/90
Aug 1/88
Aug 1/88
Aug 1/88
Aug 1/88

3
4

1/88

CHAPTER 7 LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES


Page 1/2
May 15/91

,_

BRITISH AER05'WCE

JETSTREANI

SERiES J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

CHAPTER
FUEL
l.

SYSTEM

LIMITATIONS
1.1 FUEL SPECIFICATIONS
The fuels used in this installation shall be to the latest
approved issue of the following specification.
1.1.1 Standard Fuels
U.K.
U.S.A.:
NATO

DERD 2494 (AVTUR)


ASTM D 1655 Type JET-A or JET A-1
F. 35

1.1.2 Fuels containing icing inhibitor FSII (No further


additions shall be made) .
U.K.
U.S.A
NATO

DERD 2453 (AVTUR/FSII)


MIL-T-83133 GRADE JP-8
F.34

1.2 ADDITIVES

---,

The only permitted additives are listed below, each shall


be to the latest approved issue of the relevant
specification.
1.2.1 Icing inhibitor

Icing inhibitor should only be added to other fuels


by the manufacturer or supplier and shall be of a
concentration between 0.1 and 0.15% by volume.
U.K.
U.S.A.:
NATO

DERD 2451 (AL-31)


MIL - I - 27686
S-748

1.2.2 Anti-static
Shell ASA-3 or equivalent in a concentration not
greater than 1 ppm to bring the fuel to a level of
300 conductivity units.

7-1-1
May 15/91

BRI~

AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERES J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

.,

1.2.3 Biocide
Biobor JF in a concentration not greater than 270 ppm.
(20 ppm of elemental boron).
1.3 FUEL PRESSURE
1.3.l Minimum at Ground Idle

15 psi

1.3.2 Maximum

90 psi

1.4 FUEL CROSSFEED COCK


Under normal operation, the fuel crossfeed cock must be
closed fer take-off and landing.
1.5 FUEL BOOST PUMPS
1.5.1 Both fuel boost pumps shall be switched en.
1.5.1.1

For take-off and landing.

1.5.1.2

When flying above 20,000 feet.

1.5.2 When a fuel tank contents fall below 200 lb (91 kg) the
associated fuel boost pump must be switched on.
1.6 FUEL IMBALANCE
The maximum permitted fuel imbalance is 200 lb (91 kg).
2.

ESSENTIAL DATA
2.1 FUEL QUANTITY

Usable Fuel
Unusable Fuel

7-1-2
Aug 15/90

UK Gal

US Gal

Litre

406.0

487.6

4.0

4.8

Lb

Kg

1845.7

3248.0

1474.0

18.2

32.0

14.5

~AERO~E

JETSTREANI
SERiES

}200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

ABNORMAL

PROCEDURE

C.A.P. FUEL 1 CAPTION ON


OBSERVE

FUEL PRESSURE . .
IS PRESSURE BELOW 20 psi?
NO 1----1~.Moni tor instrurnents
Report defect on arrival.
END//
YESl----l~VERIFY

ASSOCIATED BOOST PUMP . .

. . . ON

Monitor fuel, engine iristrurnents and engine


operation.
Report defect on arrival.
Note: Those emergency procedures which involve flight on aircraft
batteries only, include an action to switch off the Fuel Boost
Purnps. If the indication of low fuel pressure occurs as a result
of this action, a rapid descent to 20,000 feet should be made.
The associated boost purnp(s) should be switched on only for the
time necessary to make this descent.

END//

--o
o
N

7-2-1

Aug 1/88

BRIT7SH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

ABNORMAL
FUEL

QUANTITY

PROCEDURE
LOW

CAPTION

ON

VERIFY FUEL BALANCE IS SATISFACTORY


IF fuel is not evenly balanced then f eed both engines f rom
the tank containing the most fuel until the tanks balance
FUEL BOOST PUMPS . . . .

ON

Verify left and right fuel boost pumps are both operating
and set at ON.
CROSSFEED SWITCH . . .

OPEN

Set FUEL CROSSFEED switch to OPEN.


Observe X FEED.caption (green) on
. CONTINUE FLIGHT TO LAND IN THIS CONDITION.

END//

o
o

7-2-2

Aug 1/88

S/IW77SH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

ABNORMAL

PROCEDURE

C.A.P. 1 FUEL FILTER 1

CAPTION ON

Indicates a pressure differential across the fuel f ilter causing


it to be by-passed.

ON GROUND
Take-off is prohibited.

IN FLIGHT
Monitor fuel and engine instrurnents.
Report defect on arrival.

END//

C>
C>
N

7-2-3

Aug 1/88

AERO$l:IJllCE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs 'J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

ABNORMAL PROCEDURE
FUEL
CAUTION:-

SYSTEM

CROSSFEED

CROSSFEEDING IS NOT TO BE USED DURING TAKE-OFF AND NOT


NORMALLY ON LANDING.

WHEN CROSSFEED REQUIRED


Verify FUEL BOOST PUMP switch of tank to be used at ON and
functioning.
Set FUEL CROSSFEED switch to OPEN.
Observe X FEED caption (green) on.
Set FUEL BOOST PUMP switch of tank not to be used to OFF.
WHEN CROSSFEED NO LONGER REQUIRED
Set L & R FUEL BOOST PUMP switches to ON.
Set FUEL CROSSFEED switch to SHUT.
Observe X FEED caption (white) NORMAL.
Set FUEL BOOST PUMP switches as required.

END//

--

7-2-4

Aug 1/88

BRl77SH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

CHAPTER 8.
LIST

LIST

OF

ABNORMAL

EFFECTIVE

FIRE
OF

PROTECTION

CONTENTS

PAGES

PROCEDURES

C.A.P., DETECT 1 caption on . . . . . . . . . 8-1-1


EMERGENCY

PROCEDURES

Smoke or Fire, Flight Deck or Cabin

8-2-1

C.A.P.1 SMOKE 1 caption on

8-2-9

C.A.P., POD SMOKE,, caption on . . . . . . . .

. 8-2-10

-o
o

CHAP.8 CONTENTS
Page 1/2
Apr 15/89

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs }200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

LIST

OF

CHAP. 8

:::>

.,
.s
e:

"O

Cl.

EFFECTIVE

FIRE PROTECTION

LIST OF CONTENTS

Apr 15/89

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

Sep 15/89

8-1-1/2
8-2-1
8-2-2
8-2-3
8-2-4
8-2-5
8-2-6
8-2-7
8-2-8
8-2-9
8-2-10

Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Sep
Oct
Apr
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug

PAGES

1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
15/89
15/88
15/89
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88

CHAP.8 LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES


Page 1/2
Sep 15/89

JfrSTREANI
SeRiEs }200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

ABNORMAL
C.A.P.

DETECT

PROCEDURE
1

CAPTION

ON

INDICATES THAT THE APPROPRIATE ENGINE FIRE WARNING SYSTEM IS


INOPERATIVE.
ON GROUND

::
;::)
Cll

...

.t:

Take-of f is prohibited.

=1l
...e

;:

IN FLIGHT

Monitor engine instrurnents and maintain a visual check on the


engine.
Report def ect on arrival.

END//

-
N

8-1-1/2
Aug 1/88

~A~~

JETSTREAIW
SERiES

J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

EMERGENCY
SMOKE
FLIGHT
OXYGEN MASKS (IF REQD)

PROCEDURE
OR

PECK

FIRE
OR

CABIN
. .

. . . DON/EMERGENCY

If conditions demand, remove headsets and don oxygen


masks. Turn EMERGENCY CONTROL fully anti-clockwise to
EMERGENCY.
j
.:

CREW COMMUNICATIONS . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . .

ESTABLISH

Set MIC C/O switch to MASK and replace headset to


re-establish communication between crew.
SMOKE GOGGLES (IF REQD)

. . . .

. . ON

IF SMOKE SOURCE CAN BE IDENTIFIED ANO SAFELY ISOLATED OR IF SYSTEM


MALFQNCTION OBSERVED
RELEVANT POWER SUPPLY

. . ..

..............

REMOVE

Malfunction of a system may be an indication of smoke


source; if identifiable, switch off or trip associated
circuit breaker.
IF SMOKE SOURCE CAHNOT BE IDENTIFIED
WEATHER RADAR, WINDSHIELD WIPER ANO RECIRC FAN C/Bs . . . . TRIP
CABIN ALTITUDE
FLOW SELECTORS .

INCREASE
MAXIMUM

IF SMOKE NOT REDUCING


DESCEND TO A SAFE ALTITUDE

DEPRESSURISE

LAND AS SOON AS POSSIBLE

END //

EFFECTIVITY:
PRE MOD 7740 ANO
S/B 24-JA-900941

8-2-1/2

Feb 15/91

BRITR!IH AERO~E

JETSTREANI

J200

SERiES

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

EMERGENCY

..

SMOKE
FLIGHT

PROCEDURE
OR

DECK

FIRE
OR

CABIN

OXYGEN MASKS (IF REQD) . . .

. . . . DON/EMERGENCY

If conditions demand, remove headsets and don oxygen


masks. Turn EMERGENCY CONTROL fully anti-clockwise to
EMERGENCY.
ESTABLISH

CREW COMMUNICATIONS
Set MIC C/O switch to MASK and replace headset to
re-establish communication between crew.
SMOKE GOGGLES (IF REQD) . . . .

ON

IF SMOKE SOURCE CAN BE IDENTIFIED AND SAFELY ISOLATED OR IF SYSTEM


MALFUNCTXON OBSERVED
.REMOVE

RELEVANT POWER SUPPLY


Malfunction of a system may be an indication of smoke
source; if identifiable, switch off or trip associated
circuit breaker.

00

'oco

Past experience on small transport aircraf t shows that a


considerable proportion of "difficult to identify" smoke
sources turn out to be electrical motors, often when the
motors are apparently switched off. It is therefore
recommended that both the windscreen wipers (WIPER RIGHT
and WIPER LEFT) and recirculation fan (RECIRC FAN POWER)
circuit breakers be pulled. The FREON system, if fitted,
should be selected off, and the CB pulled.

IF SMOKE PERSISTS
The air supply must be suspect.
each supply in turn.
FLIGHT DECK FLOW .

The following actions isolate


.

. OFF

(cent)/ ....
8-2-1

Aug 1/88

~A.EROS-CE

JETSTREANI

SERiES J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

EMERGENCY
SMOKE
FLIGHT

DECK

PROCEDURE
OR
OR

FIRE
CABIN (cent)

HAS CONTAMINATION REDUCED?

CABIN FLOW

...............

. INCREASE

Increase CABIN FLOW if possible. END//


FLIGHT DECK FLOW

NO

MAXIMUM

Rotate FLIGHT DECK FLOW selector fully clockwise.


CABIN FLOW .

OFF

END//

IF SMOKE SOURCE NOT LOCATED


CABIN ALTITUDE . .

IN CREASE

If possible increase cabin altitude to assist in smoke


clearance by increasing the outflow.
BOTH FLOW SELECTORS.

MAXIMUM

This assists in smoke clearance by increasing the in-flow.


END//
IF SMOKE NOT REDUCING
DESCEND TO A SAFE ALTITUDE AND DEPRESSURISE.
LAND THE AIRCRAFT-AS SOON AS POSSIBLE.
IF THE SOURCE OF THE FIRE OR SMOKE IS BELIEVED TO BE ELECTRICAL AND
TIME PERMITS The f ollowing procedure continues the search f or the source of
the smoke or f ire by isolating each busbar in turn in an
attempt to cut off the power supply to the affected item of
equipment.
(cont)/ ....
8-2-2
Aug 1/88

o
o

BRIT7SH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

EMERGENCY

PROCEDURE

SMOKE

OR

FIRE

DECK

OR

CABIN (cont)

FLIGHT

It is irnportant that the HSI select should rernain at "NAV 1


LEFT, NAV 2 RIGHT" throughout.
IF PRACTICABLE, REDUCE ELECTRICAL LOADS IN AN ATTEMPT TO
LOCATE THE SOURCE OF THE SMOKE AND TO MINIMISE THE LOAD ON THE
BATTERIES BEFORE SWITCHING OFF THE GENERATORS.
REMOVE POWER FROM DC MAIN BUSBAR
. . . TRIP

ESS.U/VOLT SENSOR C/B .


This separates the DC Main and Essential busbars.

Observe C.A.P. IBUS TIE OPENI and IBUS FAILI captions on

. . . . . . . ... .

AC CONTROL . . .

TRANSFER

This will ensure that when the left hand generator is


switched off the AC Busbars will be powered by the
essential inverter.
LEFT GENERATOR .

o
Q

d'-

. . . . . . OFF

This rernoves power frorn the DC Main busbar.


Observe C. A. P. left
captions on.

arnber and

arnber

E)

VOLTS SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

BATT BUS

This will display the volts on the DC Essential busbar


which is being powered by the right generator.

( cont) / ...

8-2-3
Aug 1/88

BRrTrSH AEROSPACE

JETSTREAPA
SERES

}200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

,i;~:;::~\
'

EMERGENCY
SMOKE
FLIGHT

DECK

,,

'

PROCEDURE
OR
OR

FIRE
CABIN

(cent)

WITH MAIN BUSBAR NOT POWERED SERVICES LOST INCLUDE:


PROPELLER DE-ICING
RIGHT WINDSHIELD HEAT
RIGHT WINDSHIELD WIPER
LANDING/TAXI LIGHTS
STALL PROTECTION (i.e.-Stall Warning available from
left wing but stick push inoperative)
PROPELLER SYNCHRONISATION
N0.2 NAV & COMM.
N0.2 TRANSPONDER
N0.2 COMPASS & NO.l RMI
RIGHT TURN AND SLIP
FUEL AND OIL PRESSURE INDICATORS
R.H. MARKERS
PARTIAL INSTRUMENT LIGHTING
PARTIAL CABIN LIGHTING

5'
;
a.

....
::r

"e

"'

IF SMOKE CLEARS CONTINUE TO LANDING IN THIS CONDITION


IF SMOKE NOT REDUCING AFTER 5 MINS
ASSUME CAUSE IS ON THE DC or AC ESSENTIAL BUSBARS.
IN ANTICIPATION OF THE LOSS OF ALL ENGINE AND AIRFRAME ICEPROTECTION TRY TO AVOID ICING CONDITIONS.
LEFT GENERATOR .

RESET/ON

Set the LEFT GEN switch to the RESET position then to


ON to power the DC Main Busbar.

Observe C.A.P.left,GENjand

IINVlcaptions off and 'BUS FAILl&IBUS TIE OPENlcaptions on.


IF PRACTICABLE, REDUCE THE SERVICES SUPPLIED BY THE DC ESSENTIAL
BUSBAR IN AN ATTEMPT TO LOCATE THE SOURCE OF THE SMOKE BEFORE
REMOVING POWER FROM THE BUSBAR.
(cent)/ ....

8-2-4
Sep 15/89

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

Seaies J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1


,;\

EMERGENCY
SMOKE
FLIGHT

DECK

PROCEDURE
OR
OR

FIRE
CABIN

(cont)

REMOVE POWER TO DC ESSENTIAL BUSBAR


The f ollowing actions lead to the removal of power to the DC
Essential Busbar but keep the AC Busbar powered.
FUEL CROSSFEED . . .

OPEN

This prepares f or loss of fuel boost pumps when power is


removed fromoc Essential Busbar.
RIGHT GENERATOR

. . . OFF

This leaves the DC Essential Busbar powered by the batteries.


Observe C.A.P.right,GENl(amber) caption on.
POWER LEVERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

ADJUST

Retard the POWER levers to ensure that both torqile and


temperature are below limits.

BATT MASTER SWITCH .


~

..-

OFF

This removes power from the DC Essential Busbar. The No.1


battery is now supporting the Battery Busbar. Observe C.A.P .

U'~

..--

IBUS FAILl(red) caption on.


The C.A.P.s

IAIR CONTAMI

(amber) may also come on.

VOLTS SWITCH

MAIN BUS

KEEP THE ENGINES WELL AWAY FROM LIMITS AS THE SRL AND TTL
COMPUTERS ARE INOPERATIVE.
With the SRL computer inoperative the engines must be
carefully controlled to the limits given in Abnormal Drill
C.A. P.~.

(REF: 18-3-5/6)

( cont) / ....

8-2-5
Oct 15/88

BINTISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREAWI

SERiEs }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

EMERGENCY
SMOKE
FLIGHT

DECK

PROCEDURE
OR
OR

FIRE
CABIN

(cont)

WITH ESSENTIAL BUSBAR NOT POWERED, SERVICES LOST INCLUDE:


FUEL BOOSTER PUMPS
OIL TEMPERATURE
FLIGHT DIRECTOR AND SUB SYSTEMS
CENTRE ARTIFICIAL HORIZON
ENGINE AND AIRFRAME ICE PROTECTION
FLAP AND LANDING GEAR CONTROLS
STALL PROTECTION (i.e. Stall Warning available from
right wing but stick push inoperative)
LEFT TURN AND SLIP
SPEED WARNINGS
LEFT PITOT HEAT
LEFT WINDSHIELD HEAT
SRL COMPUTERS AND TTL COMPUTERS
FUEL CONTENTS AND FLOW
ENGINE TORQUE (Fails to maximurn torque)
NO.l NAV/COMM
N0.1-TRANSPONDER
NO.l COMPASS & N0.2 RMI
L.H. MARKERS
NAV AND ANTI COLLISION LIGHTS
IF A LANDING IS TO BE ATTEMPTED IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT THE DC
ESSENTIAL BUSBAR BE REINSTATED. IF THIS IS NOT POSSIBLE FLAPS AND
LANDING GEAR MUST BE LOWERED USING THE EMERGENCY SYSTEMS.
Reinstatement of the DC Essential Busbar will ensure proper
limitation of the engine and normal operation of the flaps and
landing gear in case of abandonment of the landing.
IF SMOKE NOT REDUCING AFTER 5 MINS
ASSUME CAUSE IS ON AN AC BUSBAR BATT MASTER SWITCH
Set the BATT MASTER to INT to power the DC Essential Busbar
Observe C.A.P., BUS TIE OPEN l(amber) &I BUS FAIL l(red)
captions on.
(cont)/ ....
8-2-6
Apr 15/89

INT

~A~E

JETSTREANI
SeRiES 1200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

EMERGENCY

PROCEDURE

SMOKE
FLIGHT

DECK

OR
OR

RIGHT GENERATOR

FIRE
CABIN

(cont)
. . . RESET/ON

Set the RIGHT GEN selector to the RESET position then to


ON to power the DC Essential Busbar. Observe right C.A.P.
IGEN,(amber) caption off.
RES ET

ESS. U/VOLT SENSOR C/B . . .


Push to reset the U/VOLT SENS circuit breaker and observe
C.A.P.,BUS FAILI and (Bus TIE OPEN! captions go out.
REMOVE POWER FROM AC MAIN BUSBAR
AC CONTROL

NORMAL

Set the AC CONTROL switch to NORMAL in readiness far


isolation of the AC busbars. Observe C.A.P.

1AC MAIN , l AC ESS 1( amber)


MAIN INV POWER C/B. . . . .

&

1INV1 (red) captions off.

...............

TRIP

Pull to trip the MAIN INV POWER (25) circuit breaker on the
DC Main C/B Panel above and behind the co-pilot's seat. This
will remove power from the 26V AC and llSV AC main busbars.
~

o
'
o

Observe C.A.P.,AC MAINlcaption (amber) on, and (rNVc.A.P.


caption (red) on.
WITH THE AC MAIN BUSBARS NOT POWERED, SERVICES LOST INCLUDE:
RIGHT HORIZON AND COMPASS
RIGHT STALL PROTECTION SYSTEM
CABIN TEMPERATURE CONTROL

(cont)/ ....

8-2-7

Aug 1/88

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREAWI

SERiES 1200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

EMERGENCY

PROCEDURE

SMOKE
FLIGHT

DECK

OR
OR

FIRE
CABIN

(cent)

IF THERE IS NO EFFECT ON THE SMOKE


MAIN INV POWER C/B .

RES ET

Push to reset the MAIN INV POWER circuit breaker.


Observe

e. A. P. j AC MAIN 1( amber) and 1INV 1( red) captions are off .

REMOVE POWER FROM AC ESSENTIAL BUSBAR


ESS INVERTER POWER C/B . .

TRIP

Pull to trip the ESSENTIAL INVRTER POWER (25) circuit


-breaker on the.DC Essential S-s panel. This will remove
power from the 26V and llSV AC Essential Busbars.
Observe C.A.P.jAc Essl(amber) and lrNVl(red) captions on.
WITH THE AC ESSENTIAL BUSBARS NOT POWERED, SERVICES LOST INCLUDE:
LEFT HORIZON AND COMPASS
LEFT STALL PROTECTION SYSTEM
FLIGHT DECK TEMPERATURE CONTROL
TO RECOVER AC ESSENTIAL BUSBARS
ESSENTIAL INVERTER POWER C/B .

RES ET

Push to reset the ESSENTIAL INVRTER PWR circuit breaker.

Observe C.A.P.Ac ESS,(amber) andlINV,(red) captions are off.


WHETHER OR NOT SMOKE HAS BEEN DISSIPATED, IF IT CANNOT BE VISIBLY
VERIFIED THAT THE FIRE HAS BEEN EXTINGUISHED FOLLOWING THE FIRE
SUPPRESSION AND/OR SMOKE EVACUATION PROCEDURES OF THIS SECTION, AN
IMMEDIATE LANDING AT THE NEAREST SUITABLE AIRFIELD MUST BE CARRIED
OUT.
-

------------------------------------------------------------------END//
8-2-8

Aug 1/88

o
o
o

'
U1

~AERO.-CE

JETSTREANI

SERiES J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

EMERGENCY
C.A.P.

SMOKE

PROCEDURE
CAPTION

ON

. OFF

RECIRCULATION FAN

TRIP

RECIRC FAN POWER C/B

Set the recirculation FAN switch to OFF to prevent smoke


being circulated into the cabin and to deprive the baggage
area of air and trip the C/B, RECIRC FAN POWER (25) on the
DC Main CB panel.
BAGGAGE AREA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

INSPECT

Take f ire extinguisher and inspect the baggage area in an


attempt to identify the smoke source and suppress it.
IF THE SMOKE SOURCE CANNOT BE SUPPRESSED.
CLOSE THE BAGGAGE BAY DOOR
LAND AS SOON AS POSSIBLE

END//

'o
o
'
o

8-2-9

Aug 1/88

BRIT1SH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERiES J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1


ff"?-.,).1''
,!I;

EMERGENCY
C.A.P.

WARNING:

PROCEDURE

POD SMOKE

CAPTION

ON

ON LANDING ENSURE THAT GROUND PERSONNEL ARE ADVISED OF


POSSIBLE DANGER TO THEMSELVES AND THAT THE POD DOOR MUST
NOT BE OPENED UNTIL ALL PASSENGERS AND CREW HAVE LEFT
THE AIRCRAFT.
LAND AS SOON AS POSSIBLE.

END//

-o

co

'

8-2-10
Aug 1/88

-TISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERiES J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

CHAP.9

HYDRAULICS,
LIST

LANDING

..

OF

GEAR

& FLAPS

CONTENTS

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES


~
::>

..
-s

.:

LIMITATIONS & ESSENTIAL DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1-1


ABNORMAL PROCEDURES

Caption ON . .

9-2-1

Landing Gear Lever locked DOWN

9-2-2

C.A.P.

EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
Ernergency Lowering of Landing Gear

9-3-1

Emergency Lowering of Flaps

9-3-2

Loss of Normal Braking

9-3-4

Nose gear not locked down .

9-3-5

Main gear not locked down .

9-3-8

ex:>
o

"
o
o

CHAP.9 CONTENTS
Page 1/2
Aug 1/88

BINTISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI
SERiES

l200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

LIST
CHAP.9

OF

EFFECTIVE

HYDRAULICS

LIST OF CONTENTS

Aug 1/88

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

Aug 1/89

9-1-1
9-1-2
9-2-1
9-2-2
9-3-1
9-3-2
9-3-3
9-3-4
9-3-5
9-3-6
9-3-7
9-.3-8
9-3-9/10

Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug

&

PAGES

LANDING

GEAR

1/88
1/88
1/89
1/88
1/89
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88

CHAP.9 LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES


Page 1/2
Aug 1/89

-77SH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

CHAPTER
HYDRAULICS, LANDING
l.

9
GEAR

& FLAPS

LIMITATIONS

Maximum permissible Hydraulic pressure . . .

2400 psi

Maximum permitted speed for retraction, extension


and flight with landing gear down . . . . . . .

160 kt

Maximum permissible speeds for retraction, extension


and flight with flaps down.
10

. . 170 kt
. 160 kt

20 .

. . . 150 kt
70 (Lift Dump)

Maximum permitted altitude with landing gear or


flaps down except fer Emergency Descents. . .

. 120 kt
15,000 ft

9-1-1

Aug 1/88

~AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI
SERES

l200

.....

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

CHAPTER
HYDRAULICS, LANDING
2.

9
GEAR

FLAPS

&

ESSENTIAL DATA
2.1 Hydraulic Fluids
Hydraulic fluid must conform to the la test issue of the
f ollowing specifications:
USA
MIL-H-5606

NATO

UK

H-515

DTD 585
OM 15
DEF. STAN. 91-48
Grade Superclean

2.2 Quantity
The total system capacity of hydraulic fluid is:UK GAL
5.2

US GAL

Litres

6.25

23.6

Weight lbs (Kgs)


44.0

(20)

The capacity of the reservoir is:2.6

UK

Gals.

2.3 Pressures
Reservoir pressure . .

.......

Accurnulator pressure .
Normal Hydraulic operating pressure

C.A.P.~(Amber)

Caption . . . .

22 psi

450 psi 25

....
...

2000 psi

abo ve 2300 psi

Min. Parking Brake Pressure before engine start if


no chocks available . . . . . . . . . . . . . 700 psi

9-1-2
Aug 1/88

o
o
o

'
-

BRIT'6H AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI
SERES

}200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

ABNORMAL
C.A.P.

HYDRAULIC PRESSURE . . .

PROCEDURE
CAPTION

ON

. CONFIRM

. . . . . . .

Check using the MAIN SUPPLY pressure gauge that the


pressure is above 2300 psi and rising.
Identify faulty pump.
IS PUMP PRESSURE ABOVE 2400 psi OR ABOVE 2300 AND RISING ?

NO

HYD PUMP PRESSURE

. .

. MONITOR

Monitor associated hydraulic pump output pressure.


Report defect on landing.
YES

HYD SWITCH .

. .

. .

. . .

SHUT

Set the associated HYD switch to SHUT, this will cut


off the hydraulic supply to the hydraulic pump.
Indicated pump pressure may remain at about 2000 psi.
EVERY THIRTY MINUTES
SET THE HYD SWITCH TO OPEN FOR APPROXIMATELY 10 SECONDS.
This action will ensure that the hydraulic pump does not
run dry for long enough to cause damage.

END//

.'

9-2-1
Aug 1/89

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREAJW

SrniEs }200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

ABNORMAL
LANDING

CAUTION:

GEAR

PROCEDURE

LEVER

LOCKED

DOWN

If the solenoid lock in the landing gear selector


prevents movement of the selector to the up position, the
override facility should not be used unless it is vital
for the safety of flight (e.g. obstacle clearance in
event of engine failure).

GEAR LEVER KNOB

. . . . ROTATE/UP

Rotate knob on end of gear lever to override solenoid


lock and move lever to UP.

END//

....

9-2-2
Aug 1/88

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERies }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

EMERGENCY
EMERGENCY

.t..

LOWERING

PROCEDURE
OF

LANDING GEAR

CAUTION: NOSEWHEEL STEERING WILL BE INOPERATIVE AFTER THE LANDING

-.

GEAR HAS BEEN LOWERED ON THE EMERGENCY SYSTEM.


LANDING GEAR NORMAL SELECTOR . . . . . .

. .

. . . . .

EMERGENCY SELECTOR

. .

DOWN

GEAR DOWN

Lift the EMERGENCY HYDRAULIC SELECTOR panel. Rotate the


emergency selector to GEAR DOWN position.
HANDPUMP

OPERATE

Remove the handpump handle from it$ stowage on the left


hand pilot's seat.
Lif t the EMERGENCY HYDRAULIC PUMP panel using the end of
the hand pump handle.
Insert the handle into the handpump and operate-.
Approximately 230 cycles of the pump are required to lower
the landing gear.

LANDING GEAR INDICATION

3 GREENS

IF LANDING GEAR DOES NOT LOWER


REVISE LANDING PROCEDURE TO INCLUDE GEAR UP LANDING.

Note: Emergency lowering of the landing gear takes


approximately 2 minutes. When gear lowered on emergency
system reversion to normal system is not possible in the air.

END//

9-3-1
Aug 1/89

BR,TISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREAIW

SERiEs }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

EMERGENCY
EMERGENCY

PROCEDURE

LOWERING

OF

FLAPS

CAUTION: l. EXERCISE CAUTION BEFORE LOWERING FLAPS IN ICING


CONDITIONS. ICE BUILD UP ON THE TAIL MAY CAUSE AN
ABNORMAL CHANGE IN PITCH TRIM.
2. ONCE EMERGENCY FLAPS DOWN IS SELECTED, FLAP RETRACTION
IS IMPOSSIBLE. USE 20 FLAP FOR LANDING.
Note: If emergency lowering of flap is due to loss of normal
hydraulic system, it is recommended that the landing gear be
lowered befare the flaps are deployed.
EMERGENCY SELECTOR

FLAPS DOWN

Lift the EMERGENCY HYDRAULIC SELECTOR panel.


Rotate the emergency selector to FLAPS DOWN position.
Care should be exercised to prevent inadvertent selection
of the GEAR,DOWN position.
NORMAL FLAPS SELECTOR

RETD

Verify normal FLAPS selector is at RETD.


This is to ensure that, should a failure of the flap
micro switches be present which is not apparent, or if
there is any residual hydraulic pressure, the flaps will
not run away to sorne unpredictable setting.
HANDPUMP
Remove the handpump handle from its stowage on the left
hand pilot's seat.
Lif t the EMERGENCY HYDRAULIC PUMP panel using the end
of the hand pump handle.
Insert the handle into the hand pump and operate.
Approximately 8 cycles of the pump are required to move
the flaps to 20.
(cont)/ ....

9-3-2
Aug 1/88

OPERATE

.....

....

BmTISHA~E

JETSTREANI

Seaies J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

EMERGENCY
EMERGENCY

PROCEDURE

LOWERING

OF

FLAPS . . .

FLAPS (cent)
20 o

Operate handpump.
Observe wing f laps gauge
When 20 flap is reached stop pumping.
Flaps will stay at 20.
]
.:
et

IF FLAPS DO NOT LOWER


REVISE LANDING PROCEDURE TO INCLUDE FLAPLESS LANDING.
Note: If landing with flaps up, approach and landing speeds
should be increased by 15 knots. Avoid prolonged flare. Use
reverse thrust if necessary; no lift dump available.

END//

OC

e
e

9-3-3

Aug 1/88

BRITISH AEROS-CE

JETSTREAAll

Seaies J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1


1

EMERGENCY
LOSS

CAUTION:

OF

'

PROCEDURE

NORMAL

BRAKING

WHEN USING THE EMERGENCY/PARKING BRAKE APPLY THE


PRESSURE CAREFULLY AS THERE IS NO INDICATION OF PRESSURE
APPLIED TO THE WHEELS AND NO PROTECTION BY ANTI-SKID
UNITS.

EMERGENCY/PARKING BRAKE LEVER

. . . AS REQUIRED

Apply wheel braking by use of emergency/parking brake


lever.

END//

o
o
o

'
-

9-3-4

Aug 1/88

BRIT1SH AEROSl"lllCE

JETSTREANI
SERiES

}200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

EMERGENCY
NOSE

GEAR

NOT

PROCEDURE
LOCKED

DOWN
BURN OFF

EXCESS FUEL
Burn off fuel in excess of that required to achieve
landing.

ACHIEVE

FUEL BALANCE
Operate fuel system in order to achieve a symmetrical
distribution. The crossfeed cock must be shut before
touchdown.
CG POSITION

. . . . . . . . . . AFT IF POSSIBLE

If it is practicable to move passengers or load to the


rear of the aircraft and CG shif t can be accurately
determined, attempt to achieve a CG position towards the
aft limit.
PASSENGERS

BRIEFED

Ensure that the passengers are briefed on emergency and


evacuation procedures, that there are no loose objects in
the cabin and that all seat belt/harnesses are tight and
locked.
. ON

CABIN SIGNS

-'
o
o

AIRFLOW SELECTORS .

.OFF

GEAR WRN (5) CIRCUIT BREAKER

. TRIP

To prevent nuisance warning f rom gear horn pull the


GEAR WRN C/B on the DC Essential Bus Panel.
BETA/REV/ WARN/OIL (1) CIRCUIT BREAKER . . . . . .

TRIP

To prevent nuisance warning f rom the BETA horn pull the


BETA/REV WRN (1) C/B on the DC Essential Bus Panel.

(cent)/ ....

9-3-5

Aug 1/88

A.EROSFWCE

JETSTREANI

SEniEs l200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1


:

EMERGENCY
NOSE

GEAR

NOT

PROCEDURE
LOCKED

DOWN (cent)

CHECK

BRAKES . . . .
Apply pressure to toe pedals.
indicated.

"

Observe L & R brake pressure

Note: To prevent inadvertent application of brakes keep toes


clear of brake pedals.
EMERGENCY PARKING BRAKE

OFF

Verify the emergency/parking brake lever is fully down .


STBY

RADAR
Set the weather radar control to STBY.
FLAPS

......................

AS REQUIRED

Set flaps to required position using normal selector.


NON-ESSENTIAL ELECTRICS .

OFF

Switch of all non-essential electrics on the final


approach.

TOUCHDOWN SLIGHTLY MORE NOSE UP THAN NORMAL.

o
o
........

AFTER TOUCHDOWN
FEATHER LEVERS .

TURN/PULL

Turn and pull L & R FEATHER levers to stop engines


and cut off fuel and oil; the propeller will also be
feathered.
HOLD NOSE OFF GROUND FOR AS LONG AS PRACTICAL BUT LOWER NOSE
BEFORE ELEVATOR CONTROL IS LOST AT APPROXIMATELY 80 KT.
(cent)/ ...

9-3-6

Aug 1/88

BRITISH

AERO~E

JETSTREANI
SERiES

}200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

EMERGENCY
NOSE

GEAR

NOT

PROCEDURE
LOCKED

DOWN (cent)

AFTER NOSE CONTACTS GROUND


BRAKES . .

. . . . . . . . AS REQUIRED

Apply brakes as required to reduce speed and rnaintain


directional control.
AFTER AIRCRAFT COMES TO REST
SHOT 1

BOTH FIREBOTTLES
Set lef t and right FIREBOTTLE selectors to SHOT 1 to
discharge fire extinguishers as a precautionary rneasure.
ELECTRICS MASTER

EMERGENCY OFF

Set the ELECTRICS MASTER switch to EMERGENCY OFF.


CARRY OUT EVACUATION OF AIRCRAFT THROUGH EMERGENCY EXITS TO PREVENT
POSSIBILITY OF UNCONTROLLED MOVEMENT OF THE AIRCRAFT ONTO THE
OPENED DOOR OR UNDERSIDE OF THE REAR FUSELAGE.

END//

o
N

'
o
o
o

9-3-7

Aug 1/88

BRtT1SH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs 1200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

EMERGENCY PROCEDURE

..

MAIN GEAR LEG NOT LOCKED DOWN


BURN OFF

EXCESS FUEL .
Burn off excess of that required for landing.

ACHIEVE

FUEL BALANCE
Operate Crossfeed to achieve fuel balance.
Crossfeed must be shut befare touchdown.

BRIEFED

PASSENGERS

Brief passengers on emergency and evacuation procedures.


Ensure no loase objects in cabin.
Ensure all seat belts/harnesses are tight and locked.
CABIN SIGNS

ON

AIRFLOW SELECTORS

OFF

IN CROSSWIND CONDITIONS IF CHOICE IS AVAILABLE, CHOOSE RUNWAY


GIVING CROSSWIND FROM SIDE OF FAILED LEG.
GEAR WRN (5) CIRCUIT BREAKER . .

.TRIP

To prevent nuisance warning f rom landing gear horn pull


the GEAR WRN (5) C/B on the Essential Bus Panel.
BETA/REV WARN/OIL CONTAM (1) CIRCUIT BREAKER

TRIP
N

To prevent nuisance warning from BETA horn pull the


BETA/REV WRN/OIL CONTAM (1) C/B on the Essential Bus
Panel.
BRAKES . . . . . . . .

o
o

. . CHECK

Apply pressure to toe pedals and release.


Observe L & R Brake pressures indicated and then
exhausted.
EMERGENCY/PARKING BRAKE . .

OFF

Verify Emergency/Parking Brake lever fully down.


RADAR . . .
(cent)/ ....
9-3-8
Aug 1/88

STANDBY

--

BRITISH AEROBl'WCE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

EMERGENCY PROCEDURE
MAIN GEAR NOT LOCKED DOWN (cont)
. . AS REQUIRED

FLAPS

Lower flaps to required position using normal selector


NON ESSENTIAL ELECTRICS . . . . . .
Switch off

OFF

non essential electrics on final approach

KEEP WING WITH FAILED LEG SLIGHTLY HIGH AIMING TO TOUCHDOWN


OFFSET FROM RUNWAY CENTRE LINE TO GIVE MAXIMUM CLEAR PAVED AREA
IN FRONT OF SIDE WITH FAILED LEG. ON TOUCHDOWN LOWER NOSE
WITHOUT DELAY.
AFTER TOUCHDOWN
FEATHER LEVERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . TURN/PULL
Turn/pull both FEATHER levers to stop engines and cut off
fuel and oil; the propellers will also be feathered.
MAINTAIN WINGS AS NEAR LEVEL AS PRACTICABLE BUT LOWER WING FOR
GENTLE GROUND CONTACT BEFORE CONTROL IS LOST AT ABOUT 80 KT.
WHEN WINGTIP CONTACTS GROUND
UNFAILD LEG
N
N

'

o
o
o

BRAKE
,

Apply brake to unfailed leg to reduce rate of turn and


minimise ground slide.
AFTER AIRCRAFT COMES TO REST
BOTH FIREBOTTLE SELECTORS

SHOT 1

Set L & R FIREBOTTLE selectors to SHOT 1 to operate


fire extinguishers as a precautionary measure.
ELECTRICS MASTER SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERGENCY OFF
EVACUATE THE AIRCRAFI'

END //
9-3-9/10
Aug 1/88

-TISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERiES }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

CHAPTER

10.

ICE

LIST

OF

& RAIN

PROTECTION

CONTENTS

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES


LIMITATIONS & ESSENTIAL DATA

. 10-1-1

CONDITIONAL PROCEDURES
Airframe Ice Protection

10-2-1

Powerplant Ice Protection

10-2-3

ABNORMAL PROCEDURES

Caption on

. . 10-3-1

Pitot Head Heat Failures

. 10-3-2

C.A.P.

CHAPTER 10.

CONTENTS
Page 1/2
Aug 1/88

BRITISH AEROSl'WCE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

.'"
~

-- .

CHAPTER 10

'

ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION


LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES
LIST OF CONTENTS
LIST OF
EFFECTIVE PAGES
10-1
10-2

10-3

1/2

Aug

1/88

1/2
1/2
1
2
3
4
1
2
3/4

May
Oct
May
Aug
May
Aug
May
Aug
May

15/91
15/88
1/88
1/88
15/91
1/88
1/88
1/88
15/91

CHAPTER 10 LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES


Page 1/2
May 15/91

.)

llRIT1SH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SeRies 1200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

CHAPTER
ICE
l.

& RAIN

10
PROTECTION

LIMITATIONS
1.1 Power plant ice protection must be armed before entering
icing conditions.
1.2 Icing conditions begin when:True OAT on the ground or for take-off is +5C or colder
(or when IOAT in flight is +5C or colder) and visible
moisture is present in any form in the atmosphere i.e.
cloud, fog (with visibility of one mile or less), rain,
sleet, or ice crystals or as surface snow, ice, standing
water, or slush on ramps, taxiways or runways.
1.3 Icing conditions end when the above conditions no longer
prevail and the IOAT is above +lOC.
1.4 Continuous ignition should not be selected on for a total
time of more than 60 minutes in any 2 hour period when the
IOAT is higher than +lOC .

2.
1")

'

-o
o
N

ESSENTIAL DATA
2.1 Whilst ground testing with engine not turning, the
propeller anti-icing systems should not be selected on for
more than 10 seconds. If icing conditions exist on the
ground, propeller anti-icing should be switched on
provided the engines are running.
2.2 Whilst ground testing, ENGine/ELEVator anti-icing must not
be selected on f or longer than 10 seconds when the OAT
exceeds +lOC.
2.3 There are no airspeed limitations on the use of windscreen
wipers.
2.4 Dispatch with AUTO RELIGHT inoperative is permitted
provided that IGNITION is set to CONTINUOUS befare
entering icing conditions and is returned to NORMAL
when clear of icing conditions.

10-1-1/2
Oct 15/88

SRn7SH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI
SERiES

1200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

CONDITIONAL
AIRFRAME

ICE

PROCEDURE
PROTECTION

It is recornmended that periodically, when flying in icing


conditions, gentle movements of all flying controls are made to
prevent ice bridging between the fixed and moveable surfaces.
In order to avoid bridging of ice over the operating boots the
airframe ice protection system should not be activated until a
significant build up of ice occurs on wing and tail boots. In
light to moderate ice build up use the manual system.
The use of the automatic system should be avoided unless the
aircraft encounters heavy continuous icing conditions, as the use
of the automatic system in light or moderate icing may cause
bridging of ice over the operating boots.
Note: When the tailplane ice protection is activated a slight nose
up pitch may be experienced.
MANUAL CONTROL
ICE PROTECTION MANUAL SWITCH

o
o

WINGS

Hold the ICE PROTECTION MANUAL switch to WINGS for 5


seconds then release.
Observe, when switch held at WINGS, that the WING ICE
PROTECTION light (green) is on and ice clears from wings.

o
N

ICE PROTECTION MANUAL SWITCH

TAIL

Hold the ICE PROTECTION MANUAL switch to TAIL for 5


seconds then release.
Observe, when switch held at TAIL, that the ICE PROTECTION
light (green) is on.

10-2-1

May 1/88

BRIT1SH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI
SERES

J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

CONDITIONAL
AIRFRAME

ICE

PROCEDURE
PROTECTION

(cont)

AUTO CONTROL
ICE PROTECTION AUTO . . . . .

FAST OR SLOW

Set the ICE PROTECTION AUTO SWITCH to FAST or SLOW.


Observe wing and tail ICE PROTECTION lights (green) cycle
to indicate associated system operates.
IF WING OR TAIL ICE PROTECTION LIGHT ON CONTINUOUSLY
ICE PROTECTION AUTO

. OFF

Set ICE PROTECTION AUTO switch to OFF.


APPLY PROCEDURE:

MANUAL CONTROL

WHEN CLEAR OF ICING CONDITIONS VERIFY ICE PROTECTION AUTO SWITCH


OFF.

END//

-oo

--

10-2-2

Aug 1/88

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

CONDITIONAL

PROCEDURE

POWER PLANT ICE PROTECTION


ENG/ELEV ICE PROTECTION

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON

Set LEFT and RIGHT ENG/ELEV ICE PROTECTION switches to


ANTI-ICE to give engine and elevator horn ice protection.
Observe left and right ENG and ELEV captions (green) on.
If ENG lights not on, leave icing conditions.
If ELEV lights not on take no action.
Report defect on landing.
CAUTION:

IF ICING CONDITIONS ARE ENTERED WITHOUT THE ENGINE


ANTI-ICING SYSTEM SELECTED OR IF ICE IS SEEN TO BE
FORMING ON THE SPINNERS TO AN EXTENT WHERE THERE IS A
DANGER OF IT BREAKING OFF:
SET BOTH IGNITION SWITCHES TO CONTINUOUS.
OBSERVE IGN CAPTION.
SET LEFT OR RIGHT ENG/ELEV ICE PROTECTION SWITCH TO
ANTI-ICE.
IF THE ENGINE RUNS SATISFACTORILY FOR TWO MINUTES, SET
THE OTHER ENG/ELEV ICE PROTECTION SWITCH TO ANTI-ICE.
IF BOTH ENGINES RUN SATISFACTORILY, RETURN IGNITION
SWITCHES TO NORMAL AND OBSERVE IGN CAPTIONS GO OFF.

PROPELLER ICE PROTECTION . . . . .

. .

. ON

IF ...... IOAT is minus 5C or warmer Set LEFT and RIGHT PROPELLER ICE PROTECTION
switches to SHORT CYCLE.
IF ..... IOAT is colder than minus 5C
Set LEFT and RIGHT PROPELLER ICE PROTECTION
switches to LONG CYCLE.
In each case observe LEFT and RIGHT ammeters show correct load
i.e. within green band.

Note: In conditions of heavy icing it may be necessary to select


propeller ice protection to the opposite cycle to the ene in use
even though this may be contrary to the general instructions
above.
(cent)/ ...
10-2-3
May 15/91

BRITISN AEROS#WCE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs }200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1
(>.

CONDITIONAL

PROCEDURE

POWER PLANT ICE PROTECTION (cent)


If uneven ice shedding and propeller vibration are experienced
the cause may be a timer failure or failure of ene or more blade
heater mats.
Absence of any flicker in the propeller anti-icing ammeter may
indicate the former and severe fluctuations the latter.
IF ... suspected timer failure
switch over to the other cycle

:;

"'e

7'

IF ... total timer failure confirmed


LEAVE ICING CONDITIONS.
IF ... one cycle serviceable, use it but be prepared to leave
icing conditions if necessary.
IF ... propeller vibration experienced
Reduce power to minimum practicable.
Change the timer cycle.
Change RPM (If at 97% go to 100%: if at 100% go to 97%)
LEAVE ICING CONDITIONS if vibration does not quickly clear.
Note: In extreme cases the affected engine may have to be shut down

WHEN POWER PLANT ICE PROTECTION NO LONGER REQUIRED :-

e
e

ENGINE ICE PROTECTION . .

. . .

. .

. .

. OFF

Set both ENGINE ICE PROTECTION switches to OFF


Observe both ENG captions go off.
PROPELLER ICE PROTECTION .

. .

. OFF

Note: ENGINE and PROPELLER ICE PROTECTION must be left on whenever


the aircraft is flying in an atmosphere containing
precipitation or visible moisture and the IOAT +lOC or
colder.
If during descent ice has been present on the engine intakes,
propellers, or spinners, the ENG switches should remain at
ENG/ELEV until the landing has been completed.
---------------------------------------------------------------~-

END //
10-2-4
Aug 1/88

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERES 1200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

ABNORMAL
C.A.P.
C.A.P.

W/S

PROCEDURE
CAPTION

ON

...

MONITOR

IS CAPTION ON STEADY?

Noi--......~If the caption is on and off fer short periods it is


an indication that the system is operating safely on
the overheat control.
Report defect on arrival.
YESi-----~ASSOCIATED

WINDSHIELD ICE PROTECTION . . OFF

There will be no ice protection for the af fected


windscreen.
R~port defect on arrival.

END//

-o

Note: If bubbling and/or discolouration of the windscreen


interlayer should occur, the WINDSHIELD heat should be
selected OFF. The defect should be reported on landing.
If there are any signs of delamination, the pressurisation
should be reduced as much as possible.

o
o

10-3-1

May 1/88

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREAAll

SeRiEs J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

ABNORMAL

PROCEDURE

;'

PITOT

HEAD

HEAT

FAILURES

Indicated by illumination of Pitot 1 or Pitot 2 captions on right


skirt panel.
MONITOR AND CROSS CHECK AIRSPEED INDICATORS.
If any discrepancies occur, disregard the ASI on the side of
the failed pitot head.
Note: If PITOT 3 is illuminated do not use Flight Director.

END//

o
o
o

'
a:>
N

10-3-2

Aug 1/88

BRITISN AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SrniEs }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1


-:-".:..'
/,

!, ~'

ABNORMAL
AIRFRAME

PROCEDURE

DE-ICING

FAILURE

WING DE-ICING FAILURE


Avoid flight in icing conditions.
If the wing leading edges have any ice accumulation, use 20
Flap for landing.
Increase the lanqing approach speed by 10
knots and increase the landing distnce required by 14%.
If airframe buffet still occurs, increase the IAS until the
buffet stops. The landing distance required must then be
increased by a further 7% for every additional 5 knot speed
increment.
Note: When landing with 20 Flap, Lift Dump will not be available.
TAILPLANE DE-ICING FAILURE
CAUTION:

IF A SUDDEN TRIM CHANGE OCCURS WHEN FLAPS ARE LOWERED,


IMMEDIATELY MOVE THE FLAP SELECTOR TO THE PREVIOUS
POSITION.

Avoid flight in icing conditions.


As tailplane icing may cause a strong trim change when flaps
are lowered, allow adequate height for all flap operations.
!'..._

.n
n

,'<'"'\
,..-, ~
,_

Use 20 Flap for landing. Increase the landing approach speed


by 10 knots and increase the landing dstance required by 14% .
Note: When landing with 20 Flap, Lift Dump will not be available.

o
C'-J

END//

10-3-3/4
May 15/91

BRITISH AEROSFMCE

JETSTREANI
SERES

}200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

'.

CHAP. 11 - INSTRUMENTS/FCS

LIST

OF

CONTENTS

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES


~

LIMITATIONS & ESSENTIAL DATA

ABNORMAL PROCEDURES

.
.s
::l

. . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1-1

Primary Instrurnent Discrepancy

11-2-1

'
N
'
o
o
o

--

CHAP. 11 CONTENTS

Page 1/2
Aug 1/88

BRl77SN

AERO~E

JETSTREANI

SeRiEs J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

CHAP. 11
LIST

OF

INSTRUMENTS/FCS
EFFECTIVE

LIST OF CONTENTS

Aug 1/88

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

Sep 15/88

...

11-1-1

Sep 15/88

"i...

11-1-2

Aug 1/88

11-1-3

Aug 1/88

11-1-4

Aug 1/88

11-2-1/2

Aug 1/88

PAGES

=>
G>

.5
e

::
Q.

-oo

CHAP. 11 - LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES


Page 1/2
Sep 15/88

BJIWT7SH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

CHAPTER

11

INSTRUMENTS/FCS
l.

LIMITATIONS
1.1 Instrument Markings
Instrument

Marking

Explanation

Oil pressure
indieators

Red radial line

Max 120 psi and


Min 40 psi permissible
pressures.

Yellow are

Cautionary range 40 to
70 psi.

Green are

Normal operating range


70 to 120 psi.

Red radial line

Max Plus 127C and


Min Minus 30C
permissible temps.

Yellow are

Cautionary ranges
Minus 30C to Plus 55C
Plus llOC to 127C.

Green are

Normal operating range


Plus 55C to llOC.

Red radial line

100 kt IAS

Blue radial line

One engine inoperative


best rate of elimb
VY (120 kt IAS) for a
weight of 15300 lb.

White are

35Flap extended
88 to 150 kt IAS

Red radial line


on eaeh
indieator

Max permissible
pres sur e
2400 psi.

Oil temp
indieators

Airspeed
indieators

-o
o

Hydraulie
Pressure
Indieators-

~:(

rang~
~/

1Main
Supplies
(Brakes) Pressures.
L and R Pump
Pres sures
11-1-1
Sep 15/88

-TISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERiES }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

Instrument

Marking

Explanation

Red radial line

Highest normal working


dif ferential pressure
5.5 psi.

Propeller
anti-ieing ammeter

Green are

Normal operating range


37 to 47 A

Torque indieator

Red radial line

Maximum permissible
torgue 100%.

Green are

Normal operating range


O to 100%.

White triangle

Lower limit of
overspeed governor
setting 103%.

Red radial line

Maximum permissible
eontinuous RPM 100%.

Yellow are

Cautionary operating
range 72.0 to 96%.

Green are

Normal operating range


in flight 96 to 100%.

Red radial line

Maximum permissible
EGT 650C with the
SRL.eomputer in
operation.

Cabin dif f erential


pressure indieator

RPM indieator

EGT indieator

Green are

11-1-2
Aug 1/88

Normal operating range


O to 650C with the
SRL eomputer in
operation.

o
o
o

'
N

<..N

BRITISH

AERO~

JETSTREANI
SERES

1200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

Instrument
Fuel pressure
indieator

Marking

Explanation

Red radial lines

Max 90 psi and


Min 15 psi
permissible press

Yellow ares

Cautionary ranges
15 to 20 psi and
80 to 90 psi

Green are

Normal operating
range
(20 to 80 psi).

2.ESSENTIAL DATA
2.1 Airspeed Indieators
The OFF f lags on the two Airspeed Indicators only show when
the eleetrieal supply to them has failed. This does not
affeet the aceuraey of the instruments.

-e

If the Left ASI shows an OFF flag it only indicates that the
instrument lighting fer the Left ASI will not function.
If the Right ASI shows an OFF flag the VMO Overspeed hern
will net function and the Landing Gear horn everride which
normally eperates at airspeeds abeve 135 kt will be
ineperative. The instrument lighting fer the Right ASI
will alse be inoperative.

11-1-3
Aug 1/88

~AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1
"

'

2.2 Indicated Outside Air Ternperature Corrections


JlT 31 f 3 ISS 2

...,o
..."a

;
=
Cl.

..

5
::r

al

N
N

"'

o
o
N

<

....

o)

~'

1
Q

LIJ

"'11.
~

C)

IO

o
o

...,

.,.,

'1

,._

O\

CORRECTlON TO tNDlCATEO O.A.T.

CORRECTION TO I.O.A.T.
11-1-4

Aug 1/88

- -o

--

C"l

BRtT1SH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs J200
IVIANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANU~L PART 1

ABNORMAL
PRIMARY

PROCEDURE

INSTRUMENT

DISCREPANCY

If the indications of the left Airspeed and Altitude instrurnents


become suspect, due to ice build-up en the Static vents then STATIC CHANGEOVER COCK

...................

ALT

Note: Using the alternate static source, corrections to be


applied will not exceed:kts and 50 feet

Flaps O, 10, 20 . .

Flaps 35

3 kts and 70 feet

END//

11-2-1/2

Aug 1/88

EIRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI
SERES

'J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

CHAP. 12.

COMMUNICATIONS
LIST

OF

AND

RECORDING

CONTENTS

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES


CONDITIONAL PROCEDURES

Collins Weather Radar Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1-1


ABNORMAL PROCEDURES

Interphone Failure

12-2-1

CHAPTER 12 CONTENTS

Page 1/2
Nov 1/88

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI
SERiES

}200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1


..

,,

CHAPTER
COMMUNICATIONS
LIST

OF'

12

AND

RECORDING

EFFECTIVE

LIST OF CONTENTS

Nov 1/88

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

Nov 1/88

12-1-1

Aug 1/88

12-1-2

Aug 1/88

12-1-3/4

Nov 1/88

12-2-1/2

Aug 1/88

PAGES

CHAP.12 LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES


Page 1/2
Nov 1/88

~ AEROSFllfCE

JETSTREANI

SERiES J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

CONDITIONAL
COLLINS

WEATHER

PROCEDURE
RADAR

TEST

CAUTION: DO NOT SELECT ANY MODE EXCEPT OFF, STBY OR TEST WHEN THE
WEATHER RADAR ANTENNA IS DIRECTED TOWARDS GROUND
PERSONNEL, NEARBY HANGARS, LARGE METAL BUILDINGS OR
OTHER AIRCRAFT. NEVER OPERATE THE RADAR DURING FUELLING
OR DEFUELLING OPERATIONS.
TST

MODE
Press the TST switch ready for testing the weather radar.

. . 25 MILES

RANGE . .
Press the 25 mile range switch.

Note: Pressing any of the range switches will initiate the


self-test pr0cedure if the TST switch has been pressed.
Selection of the 25 mile range gives a normal size test
pattern; selection of other ranges gives smaller or larger
pattern sizes resulting in incomplete test patterns.
GAIN . .

. . . .. .. .. ... . . .. ... .

MAX

Rotate the GAIN selector to the MAX position to give


maximum sensitivity for test patterns.
TILT

o
o

Rotate the TILT selector to +5 to prevent antenna


radiation hitting the ground ahead of the aircraft.
. ON

STAB
Push STAB switch to ON to obtain antenna pitch and roll
stabilisation circuits.

12-1-1
Aug 1/88

llRtT1SH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI
SERiES

.,200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

CONDITIONAL
COLLINS

WEATHER

PROCEDURE
RADAR

TEST (cont)

AZIMUTH LINES/RANGE MARKS . . . . . . OBSERVE


Approximately 20 seconds after start of test, observe that
three azimuth lines and five range marks of 5, 10, 15, 20,
25 and TEST are displayed.
AFTER 60 SECS
TEST PATTERN .

OBSERVE

Observe a test pattern appears and alternates between


contouring and non-contouring display.
INT. . .

......................

SET

Set INT for required intensity.


Note: The contouring test pattern display consists of colour
bands. These are from display apex, green, yellow, a band
alternating between black and red, yellow and green. The noncontouring bands from display apex are green, yellow, red,
yellow and green.
Verify no noise and no more than six random dots present on
the display.
WX SWITCH

PRESS MOMENTARILY

Press momentarily the WX switch to break test pattern


sequence.
HOLD FUNCTION

CHECK

Press the TST switch to return to a test pattern and


bef ore completion of the test pattern press the HOLD
switch. Observe test pattern freezes and mode display
alternates HOLD-TEST-HOLD. Press HOLD switch again and
observe display returns to normal updating.
MODE . . . .
Press WX switch and observe that WX is displayed at lower
left cerner of the display.
12-1-2
Aug 1/88

. wx

B-TISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREA.1111

SERiEs }200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

,'1:- ,
~

CONDITIONAL

'

COLLINS
RANGE

WEATHER

PROCEDURE
RADAR

TEST (cont)
10 MILES

Press the 10 mile range switch and observe range marking


of 2, 4, 6, 8 and 10 displayed.
TILT .

. +15 TO -5

Rotate TILT selector between +15 and -5. Observe on


the display that close-in ground clutter appears at the
lower setting and any detectable weather appears at the
higher setting.
STBY

MODE . . .
Press the STBY switch and observe that STBY is displayed
at lower left corner of the display.

END//

co
!'-.
L.{")

o
o
N

12-1-3/4
Nov 1/88

IHWT1SH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI
SERES

J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

ABNORMAL
INTERPHONE

PROCEDURE
FAILURE

EMER/NORM SWITCH . . . .

EMER

Set the EMER/NORM switch to EMER.


AUDIO SELECT SWITCH (ONE ONLY) . . . .

UP

Set the required AUDIO SELECT switch to the UP position.


Verify that all remaining switches are down.
Note: With the EMER/NORM switch at EMER only one channel can
be connected.
e.g.- If VHFl is selected only VHFl can be heard.
If VHF2 is required VHFl must be switched
off (down) and VHF2 selected.
Verify the MIC rotary selector is at the selected set.
IF INTERCOM REQUIRED
ALL AUDIO SELECT SWITCHES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DOWN

END//

o
o

12-2-1/2
Aug 1/88

BRITTSH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SeRiEs }200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1
~>.~

f '

1._

i,

CHAPTER
LIST

13
OF

LOADING
CONTENTS

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES


LIMITATIONS
Centre of Gravity Limits .

13-1-1

Centre of Gravity Envelope

13-1-2

Floor Loading

. . . . 13-1-3

ESSENTIAL DATA
Fuel Quantities

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1-5

AIRCRAFT LOADING
Load Distribution and Trim Sheet

13-2-1

Specimen Load & Trim Sheet .

13-2-2

Fuel Conversion Chart

. . . . 13-2-5

CHAPTER 13 - CONTENTS
Page 1/2
Feb 15/90

BRITISH AEROSFlllCE

JETSTREANI

SrniEs }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

CHAPTER 13

,/':,:,
'

~:

LOADING
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES
LIST OF CONTENTS
LIST OF
EFFECTIVE PAGES
13-1

1/2

Feb 15/90

1/2
1
2
3

May
Aug
May
May
Jul
Aug
Sep
Sep
Sep
Sep
Aug

13-2

5/6
1
2
3
4

5/6

15/91
1/88
1/88
15/91
15/89
15/90
15/89
15/89
15/89
15/89
1/88

CHAPTER 13 LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES


Page 1/2
May 15/91

BRIT1SH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SeRiEs }200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

CHAPTER

13

LOADING
l.

LIMITATIONS
1.1 Centre of Gravity
The centre of gravity, gear down, shall lie within the
lirnits of the diagrarn at Fi~. l.
Note: l.

2.

The effect of retracting the gear is to change the


CG of the aircraft by the equivalent of rninus 4550
lb.in (rninus 52.43 Kg.M) i.e. nose down rnovernent
The CG daturn referred to is defined as fuselage
station zero; this is 140 in (3556 rnrn)forward of
the rnanufacturers weighing daturn point, which is a
rnarked 'cowling type' screw on the bottorn surface of
the fuselage.

-o

l.3-1-1
Aug 1/88

3:
ni
i.:::
~

........

.....

CENTRE OF GRAVITY LIMITATIONS


LANDING GEAR EXTENDED

w
1
~

INCHES AFT OF DATUM

CXl
CXl

WEIGHT (kg)

WEIGHT (lb) 210


17000

7600
7400
7200

7000

6800

l:rj

:;d

trj

l:rj

6600

o
trj

6400

Gl

6200

<::

6000

~~

5800

1-'
\Q H

1:-i
H

3:
H
8
:J;>I
8
H

o
z
Ul

214

212

111111111 1111111111

..
...
..
15000 .
..

-----

UP

4800
4600
4400
4200
4000
3800

228

230

111111111

MAX. TAKE-OFFWEIGHT 162041b(7350kg)

1/

MAX. LANDING WEIGHT 156091b (7080kg)

17000

..................
....
.......

16000

3:

)>

z
e'TI

.... 15000

.......t:
....
..........

)>

~ ~I

....L.. 14000
L..
L..
L..
L..
L..
L..

DOWN

....
L..
L..

11
I

~ Cli~

;:

13000
WEIGHT(lb)

....
L..

12000

L..

3:~z
e
)>
)>~

.... 11000
~

,...

L..
....

.......

"'ti

)>

10000

:o
-t

L..
L..
L..

......
...
...
......

....

L..
L..

9000

L..

L..
L..

L..

111111111

1111

11

111

:..
L..

111111111

111111111

11111

11 TTT111111 111101111

11

lllmTll

8000

230
228
220
226
224
222
218
216
214
212
210
i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 T-1 1 1
METRES AFT OF DATUM 5.30
5.35
5.40
5.45
5.50
5.55
5.60
5.65
5.70
5.75
5.80
5.85
1

M.A.C. %

10

15

lfZOOOlZ

20

25

30

35

)In a4 u1 paiupd

40

(1)

z--~
C>
~

...........
..........
...

FORWARD
LIMIT

~hi
)>
-t"'
-::o (I;

:o

L..
L..
L..

.......
...

~~

:xJ

t:

AFTLIMIT

.
.

..
..
...
..
10000 .
.
..
..
.
9000 .
...
..
...
8000

226

GE~% ~EAR

12000

11000

224

222

11

..
.

5200

220

16000

14000

111111111 11111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111

MAX. TAXllNG RAMPWEIGHT 163141b(7400kg)

5600

5000

111111111

.
.-

13000

5400

218

216

HI0/119X

-'H

,,;

BRITISH AEROSFlllCE

JETSTREANI
SERES

}200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

1.2 Floor Loading


The floor loading limits imposed by structural
considerations are shown below. The total floor load
including the weight of seats, carpets, tables and
passengers shall not exceed the values shown.

...
..,.

:J

When approved luggage or freight compartments are


installed, the loading limitations displayed in or near
the compartment must be observed .

-5"'
e

-:

J!:

=et

STN 130

STN 223

STN 421

STN 363
1

~
-

1
STN 345

DISTRIBUTION DUCT

1
STN 381

STN 418 .6

Q111767X

-~
I

:.J

Are a l . Right of side aisle


75 lb/sq.ft
(so lb/ft run)

34 kg/sq.ft
( 36 kg/ft run)

366 kg/sq.metre
(119 kg/metre run)

Are a 2. Rear Baggage Bay (Right Side)


70 lb/sq.ft
(75 lb/ft run)

32 kg/sq. ft
(34 kg/ft run)

342 kg/sq.metre
(112 kg/metre run)

13-1-3

May 15/91

BRITISH AEROSPMCE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs 'J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

Are a 3. Lef t Side of Aisle


75 lb/sq.ft
(55 lb/ft run)

34 kg/sq.ft
(25 kg/ft run)

366 kg/sq.rnetre
(82 kg/rnetre run)

27 kg/sq.ft
(39 kg/ft run)

293 kg/sq.rnetre
(126 kg/rnetre run)

Are a 4. Centre Aisle


60 lb/sq.ft
(85 lb/ft run)

:;

Are a 5. Centre Aisle Re ar

;;
c..
::i

60 lb/sq.ft
(95 lb/ft run)

27 kg/sq.ft
(43 kg/ft run)

293 kg/sq.rn
(141 kg/rn run)

Are a 4.(0ver Distribution Duct) *


75 lb/sq ft
(40 lb/ft run)

34 kg/sq.ft
(19 kg/ft run)

366 kg/sq.rnetre
(60 kg/rnetre run)

1.3 Passenger loading and seating


Frorn aircraf t tipping considerations the entrance door rnust
be locked OPEN befare loading or unloading the aircraft.
Passengers are to rernain seated until advised; this is
particularly irnportant when the aircraft is operated with
the CG clase to the aft lirnit.

Note: Distribution Duct can be fitted to either Left ar

Right side.

13-1-4
Jul 15/89

;
"'e

;>::

BRTTISH AEROSFWCE

JETSTREAWI
SERES

}200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

2.

ESSENTIAL DATA
2.1 Fuel

Quantities

u.s.

U.K. GALLO NS
TANK

..
-5

:::>

.s
"s
.E

et

USABLE FUEL UNUSABLE FUEL USABLE FUEL UNUSABLE FUEL


lb

gal

lb

gal

203.0

1624

2.0

16

RIGHT 203.0

1624

2.0

TOTAL 406.0

3248

4.0

gal

LEFT

GALLO NS

lb

gal

243.8

1624

2.4

16

16

243.8

1624

2.4

16

32

487.6

3248

4.8

32

lb

Note: In the above table a fuel weight has been assumed of


8.00 lb/U.K. gal, or 6.66 lb/U.S. gal.
Note: In addition to the 32 lb/14.52 Kg of unusable fuel the
aircraft fuel system contains an additional 6 lb/2.72 Kg of
residual unusable undrainable fuel.

13-1-5/6
Aug

15/90

;~

BRIT1SH AEROJ/U"ACE

JETSTREAJ'W

SrniEs 'J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

3.

AIRCRAFT LOADING
Load Distribution and Triro Sheet
3.1

Fill in Table 1 (On reverse side of the Triro Sheet).


Find the "Operating Weight and Index Unit" as follows:Froro the roost current Weight & Balance Report, enter the
Aircraft Basic Weight and Index in the space provided.
Add crew, baggage pod, and additional equiproent as
applicable. Delete equiproent not required fer this flight
Add up the contents of Table 1 to establish the
"Operating Weight and Index Unit" taking account of signs

3.2

Enter the "Operating wei'ght and Index Unit" (froro


Table 1) on the Triro Sheet at Itero l.

3.3

Using the data supplied on the Triro Sheet, enter the


weights and indices fer Iteros 2 to 5. To deterroie the
index number f or the total passengers on board look down
the lef t side of the passenger index table to the number
of passengers seated on the aft section (Seat rows
4 to 7). Then roove to the right along that row to the
intersection with the column that represents the number
of people seated in the forward section (Seat rows 1 - 3)
The number at the intersection is the index number f or
the passenger load. .Calculate the total weight and index
.at Itero 6 and ensure that the aircraft Zero Fuel Weight
does not exceed the roaxiroum perroissible.

3.4

Enter Fuel Load required at Itero 7 and "Start up and Taxi


Fuel" at Itero 9. Then calculate Ramp and Take off
Weights (Iteros 8 and 10). Ensure that Take off Weight
(Itero 10) does not exceed either the roax perroitted
or the roax operational liroit for this flight (see AFM).

3.5

Calculate the fuel burn off at ~40 lb/hr and enter at


Itero 11. Deduct this froro Itero 10 to give Estiroated
Landing Weight. Enter this at Itero 12 and ensure it
does not exceed the roaxiroum perroissible.

3.6

To establish that the aircraft Centre of Gravity reroains


within liroits for this flight, drop a vertical line froro
the index scale at the Zero Fuel index (Itero 6). Mark
off points equivalent to the Take off, Landing, and Zero
Fuel Weights on the vertical line and ensure that all
three points lie within the unshaded area of the envelope

o
!'-....
l.{)

o
o

..N

Note: When "Last Minute Changes" occur, enter the changes in the
spaces provided then repeat 3.1 through 3.6. Standard weights may
be used for passengers and crew but where actual weights are
obviously above or below standard, actual weights roust be used.
13-2-1
Sep 15/89

BRIT~'AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERiES }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

JETSTREAM

LOAD OISTRIBUTION ANO TRIM SHEET

l.IOOEL 3201-0101

SERIES J200

19 SEA T CONFIGURA TJON


\ ~TA/'OIRO
COll'ARTlliNT
(llAX L.OAD8'IG&IGE
: 628 L.8}

GAIUiNT STOWAGIE'
(llAX LOAD

IOCl.l".\

H}

1 IDI IDI

LJllllllJ

IUI

IUI \

lllJ

1rn

IDOJlOJll

OllOlll

IJ

IDI ......_

AtrT SECTION

rORWARO SECTION

STAIDARD LAYOUT

J.

ENSURE THAT THE BASIC WEJGHT ANO INDEX USED CORRESPONOS


WITH THE CURRENT AIRCRAFT LAYOUT.

2.

TO OBTAIN THE JNDEX CHANGE FOR ADDING/DELET/NG ANY PIECE


OF EOUJPMENT
USE THE FOLLOWJNG FORMULA :

NOTE :

INDEX CHANGE

= w (

223 )

IJOOO
WHERE :

w =

. X

WEIGHT OF EOUIPMENT IN LB
ARJ.f IN INCHES

FROJ.t c;G.

-. -

DATUJ.f (

I r ADDED/-- I r DELETED

J.

FUSELAGE STN.O ).

J. SEAT LAYOUT AS KIT J446A.

TABLE

OPERA T!NG

WE!GHT

REPORT REF.
BASIC

WEIGHT

ADD : Z

.-

ANO INDEX UNIT

WEIGHT

.-

(LB}

o
o
N
V1

JNDEX

en

ISSUE
ANO INOEX

(SEE NOTE

1)

CREW +
~

JNSTALLA TION OF BAGGAGE. POD

.
.

V1
J
1

".5

o
8

.-

REMO VE :

1
OPRA T!NG

WEIGHT

ANO JNOX :

Df!:Lf!:T I r NOT APPLICABLE

J
G/11909

13-2-2
Sep 15/89

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

JETSTREAM

LOAD OISTRJBUTION ANO TRIM SHEET


1FUGHT

MOOEL 3201-0101

SERIES 3200

1 AJRCRAFT

TO

H.

CAPTAbrS NAME

RC9.

WEIGHT(t)
I

OOERATIH3

cnwr.

l'ASSEHGERS

~-Fr.EL .........

FLEL ( J2561a llAXJ

-!

11

IZ

--

'

5
5

'

B ''it:':1:ft6:~x. J
~~v~T~!-<P

g
I

o ~207,. MAT.J.
SEC~

11

f'LE1.

12 '1~!~. ~lf}!!T

WlGHT

!!10

+ 0.6

100

+ l .J
+ 1.9
+ Z.5

zoo

-250

+ J.Z

JCO

+ J.9
+ 4.!J
+ 5.1

400
4!!10

JO

628(1'AX.}

LAST ll1MJTE CHAHJES

1PASSEN!iE7'
&4Gl(MGE'

11ED<7S AFE ST....:WCVACru.L


llE'Dn'S ARE ST~ACruu.

+ CIEl.ETE

B
9

AS ~JE'

10

<:""'30-llAGGll'CD

WEIGHT

I>CJEX

l>CJEX

(~BI

'

20
40

+0.2
+0.J

100

+
+ 0.1

..,

+O.!J

l!!J()

+0.2

+0.7

zoo

+0.2

IOO(MAX,)

+0.9

250

+o.z

JCO

+O..J
+O..J

>

!!10

4 00

+ 0.4

4J.5(WA.X.)

+O.

+ 5.S

+ tl.4
+ 7.1
+ 7.7
+ S.I

,.
5

IUJI

l>CJEX

.,

VEIGHT

(L.IJ)

150

LA/IDING rtEIGHT

GARJENT STOWAGE

C"'60
~r:.t:JPARnENT

l>CJEX

GA/1HT STOWAGE'

llAGGAGC

WE/GHT(l/

PASSEN3ERS I
MJV-APR
170
M4Y-T
165

.3

'40

510

.130

498

4
6SD

aso

5
Sl!!fD

82'5

-- FCFOWAR:J

PASSEHJERS

7
5
s
5
o o -o.e-1.1-1.6-2.1-2.1 -J.Z -.J.7 -.f..2
1 +o.s 0.2 -o..J -o.s -1 . .J -1.s -Z.4 -Z.9 -J.!J
2+1.6+1.o+o.s o -o.s-1.1 -1:6 -z.z -2.7
.J +z.J +1.s +1. .J +0.1 +0.2 -o. .J -0.9 -J.4 -1.9
~ '+.J.t +2.6 +2.0 .,.,,, +1.0 +0.4 -0.1 -o.e -1.2
r s +J.g +.J..J +z.s +2 .J + 1.s + 1.z +0.7 +0.2
6 +4.7 +4.1 +l.6 +J..J +2.5 +2.0 +1.5 +0.9 +0.4
7 +~4 +4.9 +4.4 +.S.S +.3. .S +2.S +2.2 +1.7 +1.2
S +5.2 +5.7 +5.1 +4.S +4.1 +.J.5 +.J.O +2.5 +2.0
+.J.S +.J.J +2.7
"+1.s +1.z +a. 1 +e.z +5.ts +5.1 +4.4 +4.0 +.3.5

'

J.

-o.

-4.S
-4.0

-.J.2
-Z.5

- 1.7
-0.9
-0.1
+0.6

+1.4
+2.2
+.J.0

6
S
9
10
11
IZ
1$
14
15
16
17
IS
19
1020 1190 l.J60 1530 1700 1870 2040 ZZIO ZNJO 2550 Z720 ~ .J060 ~
9SD 1155 1.JZO 1485 1650 IBIS 1980 2145 Z.310 2415 ZfS40 2805 2P?O 31.35

ltCJES r 1. PASSE16ER 11D1CES 1-M~ ~ CAl..a.t.A ra:> US1H3 A PASSDl:iER 111/EIGHT CT 170 L.A

Z. lT JS CT P~ IW'atTNCE 11-MT PASSEH.ERS NE VJSUALL.Y ASSESSED 8Y TI-E AGENT CJ/01f PIL.OT TO eB.IE
AN nEN IEJGHT OISTRJaJTKN M!JOIJT EAOI SECTla'I D W11HIN EA.CH SECTKN
.J. SEA T RrMS 1 10 .J ARE CO\Sl.cERED 1>E FCRrlfAFCJ 5ECT1CN CF 1>E ~T, W4LE' IOil5 4 TO 7 ARE TI-E AFT !ECTltW

'-O
CX)
l.{")

STAICJARJ 8AGGo(GE "E'l941S

OTY.

lt'T,

OTY,

WT.

'~~
- -- 2 -4titZ
2El8

o
o

9IS
IZO

(L.~)

OTY,

...,

ZJ

55Z

Z4
25

5"5

J50
JlU

as

..,,,

Z7

2S

62
646
67Z

56

Z9

<SO

JO

IJ

JIZ

15

- -

,. =

"5

16

158

17

19Z

IS

9
10

Zl5

19

240

20

51

"'
..,.

zz

ZI

1 1 1

57

55

53
1 1

1 1 1

59
1

1 1 1 1 1

500

LOAOING CERTIFICA TE
1 HERE8Y CF;ttT/FY THA T THIS A/R<".ffAFT HAS SEEN L.CAOED,

INCLUOIN'5 L.Ail.C. s. IN ACCORDANCE r/TH CURREHT


CIPCRA.,.:.JG REGt4.ATJONS.
S/G'\/ATURE .

TE ............. .

TIME

CAPTAJNs ACCEPTANCE OF LOAOING


1 J.RE8Y CERTIF"r' THA T THIS AIRCRAFT HAS BEEN LOADE'O.
JNCLUDIHG L..lil.C. "S, IN ACCOROANCE W[TH CIJRRENT
OPERA TING RE'GlA..ATJ()NS.

SIGNA TIJRE .
DA TE..............

TIME.

15Y.

20Y.

Z5Y.

JO'/.

7. M.A.C.
G/1/908

13-2-3
Sep 15/89

BR7T7SH AEROSPMCE

JETSTREANI

SrniEs }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

..."'C
[

:;
:;

...:r
Cll

e;<:

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK

o
o
N
Vl
'-.1

...13-2-4
Sep 15/89

BRITTSH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SeRies }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

u.s.

U.K.

lb

GAL

WT

lb

U.K.

GAL WT

GAL

kg
WT

LITRES

kg
WT

2000
500

::l
Q)

.;

400

3200

400

.:
j
=et

400
2400
300

2400

300
1000

1000

300
1000
200

1600

1600

200
200

--

f'....,

o
o

100

800

800

100

100

( \J

H/0/120/x

FUEL

CONVERSION

CHART
13-2-5/6
Aug 1/88

BJIW77SH AERDSPACE

JETSTREANI
SERiES

'J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

CHAPTER 14.
LIST

FLIGHT
OF

PLANNING

CONTENTS

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES


INTRODUCTION
Fuel load .

14-1-1

Planning

14-1-1

Use of Planning Tables

14-1-3

SECTOR PLANNING TABLES


Holding fuel f lows

14-2-1

Diversion fuel time distance table


Sector Planning Table ISA-10, 100-500 nrns

Sector Planning Table ISA-10, 500-1000 nrns.


Sector Planning Table ISA, 100-500 nrns
Sector Planning Table ISA, 500-1000 nrns

..

Sector Planning Table ISA+lO,

r-co

-oo

Sector Planning Table ISA+20,

,..r-)

Sector Planning Table ISA+20,

14-2-2

14-2-4

14-2-6

.
.

. . .
500-1000 nrns. . . .
. . .
100-500 nrns .
. . .
500-1000 nrns

Sector Planning Table ISA+lO, 100-500 nrns

..
. .
..
..
..

14-2-8
14-2-10
14-2-12
14-2-14
14-2-16
14-2-18

CHAP.14 CONTENTS
Page 1
Aug 1/88

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREAWI
SERiES

}200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

CHAPTER 14.
LIST

FLIGHT

PLANNING

CONTENTS (cent)

OF

DETAILED PLANNING TABLES


Introduction

....

...

Climb table 97% RPM, ISA -10


Climb table 97% RPM, ISA

14-3-1

.......

Climb table 97% RPM, ISA +10


Climb table 97% RPM, ISA +20

. . .
.

....
....

High speed cru.:i,.se, ISA

. . . . .. ..

High speed cruise, ISA +10


High speed cruise, ISA +20
Long Range cruise, ISA -10

14-3-3
14-3-4

............
. . . . ....

High speed cruise, ISA -10

14-3-2

14-3-5
14-3-6
14-3-7.
14-3-8

. . ..
....
..............

14-3-9
14-3-10

Long Range cruise, ISA

14-3-11

Long Range cruise, ISA +10

14-3-12

Long Range cruise, ISA +20

14-3-13

Descent Performance

. . . .

...........

14-3-14

o
o

l .N
00

co

CHAP.14
Page 2
Aug 1/88

CONTENTS

BRITISH AEROS'PACE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs }200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

LIST

OF

CHAP. 14
LIST OF CONTENTS Page 1
Page 2
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

c.1
('\.j

14-1-1
14-1-2
14-1-3
14-1-4
14-2-1
14-2-2
14-2-3
14-2-4
14-2-5
14-2-6
14-2-7
14-2-8
14-2-9
14-2-10
14-2-11
14-2-12
14-2-13
14-2-14
14-2-15
14-2-16
14-2-17
14-2-18
14-2-19/20
14-3-1
14-3-2
14-3-3

EFFECTIVE
FLIGHT

PAGES

PLANNING

Aug 1/88
Aug 1/88
Jun 15/89
Aug
Nov
Aug
Feb
Jun
Apr
Apr
Aug
Oct
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
,Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Oct
Jun
Jun
Jun
Jun
Aug
Aug
Aug

1/88
15/89
1/88
15/89
15/89
15/89
15/89
1/88
15/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
15/88
15/89
15/89
15/89
15/89
1/88
1/88
1/88

14-3-4
14-3-5
14-3-6
14-3-7
14-3-8
14-3-9
14-3-10
14-3-11
14-3-12
14-3-13
14-3-14

Aug
Aug
Atig
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Oct
Aug
Aug
Aug

1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
15/88
1/88
1/88
1/88

C.>
(_)

CHAP.14

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES


Page 1/2
Jun 15/89

...

BRl77SH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SeRiEs }200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

FLIGHT
l.

PLANNING

INTRODUCTION
Fuel load requirements fer a given sector vary according to
the wishes of National Authorities.
Typically it is necessary to show that "sufficient fuel be on
board the aircraft to enable it to proceed to the destination
to divert to the nominated alternate airfield and hold fer
sorne predetermined time bef ore making an approach and landing
at the alternate".
.
To show compliance with the above, or sorne variation of it,
the operational performance information provided in this
chapter is split into sections as follows:1.1 Sector data, i.e. fuel and time for take-off to end of
descent overhead the destination.
1.2 Diversion data, i.e. fuel and time for overshoot to end of
descent overhead the alternate.
1.3 Reserve/Holding fuel.
1.4 Allowances for taxi and low level manoeuvring.
It should be noted that the f light planning inf ormation
presented is based on a maximum weight condition and minimum
bleed fer pressurisation. If operational restrictions are
such that weights below maximum are required or maximum bleed
is necessary the more detailed climb, cruise and descent data
given in the appendix to this section may be used to construct
the fuel plan.

-o

2.

PLANNING
2.1 Sector
Sector f uel and time is the fuel and time f or take-of f and
acceleration to climb speed, climb, cruise and descent to
the destination.
The tables on pages 14-2-4 to 14-2-19 show sector fuel and
time, as functions of distance and cruise flight level,
fer a range of temperatures. The ground distance table
printed opposite each fuel and time table is based on the
stated wind at cruise flight level and 70% of that wind in
the climb and descent.

14-1-1
Aug 1/88

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREAAll

SERiEs }200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

The take-off weight used to derive the tabulated figures


is either that for maximum payload or 16204 lb, whichever
is lower.
The flight technique assumed is:Clirnb at 160 kt to FL150 reducing linearly above FL150 at
3 kt per 1000 ft to 130 kt at FL250.
Cruise at Vmo or the maximum attainable cruise speed.
The recornrnended engine setting f or climb and cruise is 97%
RPM with minimum airbleed for pressurisation.
Descend at Vmo with 500 fpm cabin rate of descent.
2.2 Diversion
Diversion fuel and time is the fuel and time for a climb,
cruise and descent to an alternate.
The table on page 14-2-3 shows diversion fuel and time as
a function of distance and cruise flight level. Over the
short distances involved the temperature effect on fuel is
small, hence although the table is calculated at ISA it is
used for all temperatures.
The weight at start of diversion. is assumed to be 15609
lb.
The flight technique assumed is:The sarne as that for the sector except that.the cruise is
at the speed for long range and the target descent speed
is 180 kt.
2.3 Reserve/Holding
The tables on page 14-2-1 show the fuel required for 30,
45, and 120 minutes holding at 150 kt at varieus aircraft
weights and altitudes. The speed ef 150 kt is a reasonable
compromise between best speed fer min fuel burn and best
speed for handling under peor weather cenditions.
2.4 Allewances
Taxi fuel, including start up, is allewed at 6 lb per
minute. This rate is used fer beth pre and post flight
taxi.

14-1-2
Nov 15/88

o
o

_.,._ AIR0-1

JETSTREAAH

SERiES 'j200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING

MA~UAL

PART 1

(,.

Approach and landing fuel and times are included in the


tables. Fuel consumption is based on 12 lb per minute. A
straight in approach and landing is normally considered as
2 minutes and any additional procedure must be added to
this.
3.

USE OF PLANNING TABLES


3.1 Block Fuel and Time
Sector distance 354 nm, forecast 30 kt headwind component
at the available Flight Level 210 and temperature ISA +
lOC.
From left hand table (page 14-2-12) in 30 kt headwind
column find the distance 354 nm (equivalent still air
distance 400 nm). At the still air distance 400 nm on the
right hand table (page 14-2-1.3) read at the Flight Level
210 the fuel required and time:1107 lb

1 hr 46 min

Add to the f light fuel and time the allowances for pre
take-off taxi and post landing taxi, i.e. pre take-off 5
minutes and 30 lb a.nd post landing 5 minutes and 30lb.
This gives:Block fuel

1167 lb

and block time

1 hr 56 min.

3.2 Diversion Fuel and Time


Distance 110 nm, forecast 20 kt headwind component at
Flight Level 130.

c..>

From the left hand table (page 14-2-2) is 20 kt headwind


column find the distance llOnm (equivalent still air
distance 120 nm). At the still air distance 120 nm on the
right hand table (page 14-2-3) read at the Flight Level
the fuel required and time.
This gives:Diversion fuel 405 lb

and time 38 min.

14.-1-3
Aug 1/88

llRn1SN

~9CE

JETSTREAIW

SERiEs 1200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

,:~~~:;~
'\-.

'

3.3 Reserve/Holding Fuel

Reserve required 45 mins holding at Flight

Level 90.

The fuel required can be read directly from the table


(page 14-2-1) and at 14000 lb gives:-

Reserve fuel 383 lb for time 45 min.

The Flight Plan fuel and time is then the total of the above
plus any contingency required by Company and or National
Regulations.
Block Fuel
Diversion Fuel
Reserve Fuel

1167 lb
405 lb
383 lb

Contingency %

Total Fuel Load


Total Endurance

Time
Time
Time

1 hr 56 min
38 min
45 min

1955 + ? lb
3 hr 19 min

-oo
-

co
U"1

co

14-1-4

Feb 15/89

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI
SERES

l200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

Flight Level
Aircraft
Weight in
Pounds

30

50

70

90

110

130

150

170

228
233
239
245
252
258

224
229
236
242
249
257

341
350
358
367
377
388

336
344 .
353
362
374
385

Fuel f or 30 minutes - lb
11000
12000
13000
14000
15000
16000

263
267
271
276
281
286

254
259
263
268
273
278

247
251
256
261
266
272

241
246
251
256
262
267

236
241
246
251
258
264

232
237
242
248
254
262

Fuel f or 45 minutes - lb
11000
12000
13000
14000
15000
16000

394
398
407
414
421
428

381
388
395
401
409
417

370
377
384
392
400
407

362
368
377
383
392
400

354
362
369
377
386
395

347
355
362
371
381
392

Fuel f or 120 minutes - lb

11000
12000
13000
14000
15000
16000

1050
1066
1084
1104
1122
1142

1016
1034
1052
1070
1090
1112

986
1004
1024
1044
1066
1086

964
982
1004
1022
1046
1066

944
964
984
1004
1030
1054

926
946
966
990
1016
1044

910
932
954
978
1006
1034

896
916
942
966
996
1026

HOLDING FUEL AT 150 KT


ALL TEMPERATURES
14-2-1
Jun 15/89

BRITTSH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1


. , .... ~---~-~-~.
"''

GROUND DISTANCE (NM)


ISA
TAILWIND (KTS)
30
20
10

10

20

HEADWIND (KTS)
30
40
50

60

70

56

54

52

50

48

46

44

42

40

38

36

67

65

62

60

58

55

53

50

48

45

43

79

76

73

70

67

64

62

59

56

53

50

87

90

83

80

77

73

70

67

64

60

57

101

97

94

90

86

83

79

75

72

68

64

112

108

104

100

96

92

88

84

80

76

72

124

119

115

110

105

101

96

92

87

83

78

135

130

125

120

115

110

105

100

95

90

85

146

,141

135

130

125

119

114

108

103

98

92

157

152

146

140

134

128

123

117

111

105

99

169

163

156

150

144

137

131

125

119

112

106

180

173

167

160

153

147

140

133

126

120

113

191

184

177

170

163

156

149

141

134

127

120

203

195

188

180

172

165

157

150

142

134

127

214

206

198

190

182

174

166

158

150

142

134

225

217

208

200

192

183

175

166

158

149

141

237

228

219

210

201

192

183

174

165

156

148

248

239

229

220

211

201

192

183

173

164

154

...?~':\
::> _,

2.50

2 -~Q

..., ..., f\

. .j-...;

220

2:0

2Gl

191

181

171

161

271

261

250

240

230

219

209

199

189

178

168-

Apr 15/89

"'o..
:;:

,...

::r

e"'

;><:

o
o

'

GROUND DISTANCE NAUTICAL MILES


DIVERSION
14-2-2

::.o

BJIWThSH AEROSPACE

JETSTREAJW

SERiEs }200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

SECTOR TIME AND FUEL TABULATION (MIN FUEL)


FUEL - LB AND TIME - HR:MIN
ISA
SAR

NM

50
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
130
140
150
160

-oo
-

170
180
190

200
210
220
230
240

FLIGHT LEVEL
110
130

50

70

90

218
0:18
250
0:21
283
0:24
316
0:26
349
0:29

213
0:19
244
0:21
276
0:24
307
0:27
339
0:29

210
0:19
240
0:21
271
0:24
301
0:27
331
0:30

210
0:19
239
0:22
268
0:24
297
0:27
325
0:30

382
0:32
415
0:35
448
0:37
481
0:40
514
0:43

370
0:32
402
0:35
433
0:37
465
0:40
496
0:43

361
0:32
391
0:35
422
0:38
452
0:40
481
0:43

547
0:45
580
0:48
613
0:51
646
0:54
670
0:56

528
0:46
560
0:48
591
0:52
622
0:54
654
0:56
685
0:59
716
1: 2
747
1: 5
779
1: 7
810
1:10

711
0:59
744
1: 2
777
1: 4
809..,
1: I
842
1:10

>

150

170

190

210
0:19
238
0:22
266
0:25
294
0:27
321
0:30

238
0:22
265
0:25
292
0:27
318
0:30

266
0:25"
292
0:28
318
0:30

318
0:31

354
0:32
383
0:35
412
0:38
441
0:40
.470
0:43

349
0:33
377
0:35
405
0:38
432
0:41
460
0:43

345
0:33
372
0:35
399
0:38
425
0:41
452
0:43

343
0:33
369
0:36
395
0:38
421
0:41
447
0:43

343
0:33
368
0:36
393
0:39
418
0:41
443
0:44

344
0:34
368
0:36
392
0:39
416
0:41
441
0:44

512
0:46
543
0:48
573
0:51
603
0:54
633
0:57

499
0:46
528
0:48
557
0:51
586
0:54
615
0:57

488
0:46
516
0:49
544
0:51
572
0:54
599
0:57

479
0:46
506
0:49
532
0:51
559
0:54
586
0:57

472
0:46
498
0:49
524
0:51
550
0:54
576
0:57

468
0:46
493
0:49
518
0:52
543
0:54
567
0:57

465
0:47
489
0:49
513
0:52
537
0:54
562
0:57

663
0:59
693
1: 2
723
1: 5
753
1: 7
783
1:10

644
0:59
672
1: 2
701
1: 5
730
1: 7
759
1:10

627
0:59
654
1: 2
682
1: 5
709
1: 7
737
1:10

612
0:59
639
1: 2
665
1: 4
691..,
1: I
718
1:10

601
0:59
627
1: 2
652
1: 4
678
1: 7
703
1:10

592
0:59
617
1: 2
641
1: 5
666
1: 7
690
1: 1-0

585
0:59
609
1: 2
633
1: 5
657
1: 7
680
1:10

210

DIVERSION FUEL & TIME TABULATION

14-2-3
Apr 15/89

"

GROUND DISTANCE NAUTICAL MILES


MINIMUM TIME ISA -10
100-500 NMS
14-2-4
Aug 1/88

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI
SERiES

J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1


SECTOR TIME AND FUEL TABULATION (MIN TIME)
FUEL - LB AND TIME - HR:MIN
ISA - 10

FLIGHT LEVEL

SAR

NM

110

130

150

170

190

210

230

250

100

386
0:27
453
0:31
519
0:36
586
0:40
652
0:44

376
0:27
440
0:32
503
0:36
567
0:40
630
0:45

368
0:28
429
0:32
490
0:37
550
0:41
611
0:45

362
0:28
419
0:33
477
0:37
534
0:42
591
0:46

361
0:29
415
0:33
469
0:38
524
0:42
578
0:47

360
0:29
411
0:34
463
0:38
515
0:43
566
0:47

412
0:35
461
0:39
510
0:44
559
0:48

459
0:40
506
0:45
553
0:49

719
0:49
785
0:53
852
0:57
919
1: 2
985
1: 6

694
0:49
758
0:53
821
0:58
885
1. "'..,
949
1: 6

672
0:50
733
0:54
793
0:58
854
1: 3
915
1: 7

649
0:50
706
0:55
764
0:59
821
1: 3
878
1: 8

632
0:51
687
0:56
741
1: o
796
1: 4
850
1: 9

618
0:52
669
0:56
721
1: 1
773
1: 5
824
1:10

608
0:53
657
0:57
707
1: 2
756
1: 7
805
1:11

600
0:54
647
0:59
694
1: 3
741
1: 8
788
1:13

1052
1:10
1118
1:15
1185
1:19
1251
1:23
1317
1:27

1012
1:11
1076
1:15
1140
1:19
1203
1:24
1266
1:28

976
1:11
1036
1:16
1097
1:20
1157
1:24
1217
1:29

936
1:12
993
1:17
1051
1:21
1108
1:25
1165
1:30

905
1:13
959
1:18
1014
1:22
1068
1:27
1123
1:31

876
1:14
928
1:19
980
1:23
1031
1:28
1083
1:32

854
1:16
904
1:20
953
1:25
1002
1:30
1052
1:34

836
1:18
883
1:22
930
1:27
977
1:32
1025
1:36

1383
1:32
1450
1:36
1516
1:40
1582
1:45
1648
1:49

1329
1:32
1393
1:36
1456
1:41
1519
1:45
1582
1:49

1278
1:33
1338
1:37
1398
1:42
1459
1:46
1519
1:50

1222
1:34
1279
1:38
1337
1:43
1394
1:47
1451
1:51

1176
1:35
1230
1:40
1284
1:44
1338
1:49
l.392
1:53

1135
1:37
1186
1:41
1237
1:46
1288
1:50
1339
1:55

1101
1:39
1150
1:43
1198
1:48
1247
1:53
1296
1:57

1072
1:41
1120
1:46
1166
1:51
1212
1:55
1259
2: o

120
140
160
180
200
220
240
260
280
300
320
340
360
380

-o
o
-

400
420

440
460
. 480

SECTOR TIME & FUEL TABULATION


ISA -10
14-2-5
Oct 15/88

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERies }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

GROUND DISTANCE (NM)


ISA TAILWIND

(KTS)

10

HEADWIND

(KTS)

30

20

10

10

20

. 30

40

50

60

70

554

536

518

500

482

464

446

428

410

392

374

576

557

539

520

501

483

464

445

426

408

389

598

579

559

540

521

501

482

462

443

423

404

621

600

580

560

540

520

499

479

459

4~a

419

:r

..

~J

::r

14-2-6

Aug 1/88

;i<:

643

622

601

580

559

538

517

496

475

454

434

665

643

622

600

578

557

535

513

492

470

448

687

665

642

620

598

575

553

530

508

486

463

709

686

663

640

617

594

571

548

524

501

478

732

708

684

660

636

612

588

565

541

517

493

754

729

705

680

655

631

606

582

557

533

508

776

751

725

700

675

649

624

599

573

548

523

798

772

746

720

694

668

642

616

590

564

538

820

794

767

740

713

686

660

633

606

579

553

843

815

788

760

732

705

677

650

622

595

567

865

837

808

780

752

723

695

667

638

610

582

887

858

829

800

771

742

713

684

655

626

597

'\D

910

880

850

820

790

760

730

700

671

641

611

'

932

901

871

840

809

779

748

717

687

656

626

954

923

891

860

829

797

766

734

703

671

640

977

944

912

880

848

816

783

751

719

687

654

GROUND DISTANCE NAUTICAL MILES


MINIMUM TIME ISA -10
500-1000 NMS

VJ

BRrTISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI
SERiES

J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

..

SECTOR TIME AND FUEL TABULATION (MIN TIME)


FUEL - LB AND TIME - HR:MIN
ISA - 10
SAR
NM

500
520
540
560
580
600
620
640
660
680
700
720
740
760
780

800
820

840
860
880

FLIGHT

LEIJEL

110

130

150

170

190

210

230

250

1715
1:53
1781
1:58
1847
2: 2
1913
2: 6
1979
2:10

1645
1:54
1708
1:58
1771
2: 2
1834
2: 7
1897
2:11

1579
1:54
1639
1:59
1700
2: 3
1760
2: 7
1820
2:12

1508
1:56
1564
2: o
1621
2: 4
1678
2 a
1735
2:13

1446
1:57
1500
2: 2
1554
2: 6
1607
2:10
1661
2:15

1390
1:59
1441
2: 4
1492
2: 8
1543
2:12
1594
2:17

1344
2: 2
1393
2: 6
1441
2:11
1490
2:15
1538
2:20

1305
2: 5
1351
2: 9
1397
2:14
1443
2:18
1489
2:23

2045
2:15
2111
2:19
2177
2:23
2243
2:28
2309
2:32

1960
2:15
2023
2:19
2086
2:24
2149
2:28
2212
2:32

1880
2:16
1940
2:20
2000
2:24
2060
2:29
2120
2:33

1792
2:17
1849
2:22
1906
2:26
1962
2:30
2019
2:35

1715
2:19
1768
2:23
1822
2:28
1876
2:32
1929
2:37

1645
2:21
1696
2:26
1747
2:30
1797
2:34
1848
2:39

1586
2:24
1634
2:29
1683
2:33
1731
2:38
1779
2:42

1535
2:28
1581
2:32
1627
2:37
1673
2:41
1719
2:46

2375
2:36
2441
2:40
2507
2:45

2275
2:36
2338
2:41
2401
2:45
2463
2:49

2180
2:37
2240
2:41
2300
2:46
2360
2:50
2420
2:54

2076
2:39
2133
2:43
2189
2:47
2246
2:52
2303
2:56

1983
2:41
2036
2:45
2090
2:50
2143
2:54
2197
2:58

1899
2:43
1949
2:48
2000
2:52
2051
2:57
2101
3: 1

1827
2:47
1875
2:51
1923
2:55
1971
3: o
2019
3: 4

1764
2:51
1810
2:55
1856
3: o
1901
3: 4
1947
3: 9

2480
2:59

2359
3: o
2416
3: 5
2473
3: 9

2250
3: 3
2304
3: 7
2357
3:11
2411
3:16
2464
3:20

2152
3: 5
2202
3:10
2253
3:14
2303
3:18
2354
3:23

2067
3: 9
2115
3:13
2163
3:18
2211
3:22
2258
3:27

1992
3:13
2038
3:18
2083
3:22
2129
3:27
2174
3:32

SECTOR TIME & FUEL TABULATION


ISA -10
14-2-7
Aug 1/88

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1


GROUND DISTANCE (NM)
ISA

TAILWIND

14-2-8
Aug 1/88

(KTs)

HEADWIND

(KTS)

30

20

10

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

110

107

103

100

97

93

90

86

83

79

76

133

128

124

120

116

112

107

103

99

95

91

155

150

145

140

135

130

125

121

116

111

106

~
:s
...

:s...

177

171

166

160

154

149

143

138

132

127

121

199

193

186

180

174

167

161

155

148

142

136

221

214

207

200

193

186

179

172

164

157

150

244

236

228

220

212

204

196

189

181

173

165

266

257

249

240

231

223

214

205

197

188

179

288

279

269

260

251

241

232

222

213

203

194

311

300

290

280

270

260

249

239

229

219

209

333

322

311

300

289

278

267

256

245

234

223

355

343

332

320

308

297

285

273

261

250

238

378

365

353

340

327

315

302

290

277

265

252

400

387

373

360

347

333

320

307

294

280

267

422

408

394

380

366

352

338

324

310

296

282

445

430

415

400

385

370

355

341

326

311

296

467

451

436

420

404

389

373

358

342

326

311

489

473

456

440

424

407

391

374

358

342

325

511

494

477

460

443

426

409

391

374

357

340

534

516

498

480

462

444

426

408

390

372

355

=r
<D

"'

-o

GROUND DISTANCE NAUTICAL MILES


MINIMUM TIME ISA
100-500 NMS

BRl77SH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SeRies J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

; ?
'

SECTOR TIME AND FUEL TABULATION ( MIN TIME)


FUEL - LB AND TIME - HR:MIN
-ISA
FLIGHT LEVEL

SAR
NM

110

130

150

170

190

210

230

250

100

378
0:28
443
0:32
507
0:37
571
0:41
636
0:46

369
0:28
431
0:33
492
0:37
553
0:42
615
0:46

362
o":29
420
0:33
479
0:38
537
0:42
596
0:47

359
0:29
414
0:34
470
0:38
525
0:43
581
0:47

361
0:30
413
0:34
466
0:39
519
0:44
571
0:48

412
0:35
462
0:39
513
0:44
563
0:49

463
0:40
511
0:45
559
0:50

511
0:46
557
0:51

700
0:50
764
0:55
829
0:59
893
1: 4
958
1: 8

676
0:51
737
0:55
799
1: o
860
1: 4
922
1: 9

654
0:51
713
0:56
772
1: o
830
1: 5
889
1:10

636
0:52
692
0:57
748
1: 1
803
1: 6
859
1:10

624
Oi53
677
-0:57
730
1: 2
782
1: 7
835
1:11

613
0:54
663
0:58
713
1: 3
764
1: 8
814
1:12

607
0:55
655
0:59
703
1: 4
752
1: 9
800
1:14

603
0:56
649
1: 1
695
1: 6
742
1:11
788
1:16

1022
1:13
1087
1:17
1152
1:22
1216
1:26
1280
1:31

983
1:13
1045
1:18
1106
1:22
1167
1:27
1229
1:31

948
1:14
1006
1:19
1065
1:23
1124
1:28
1182
1:32

915
1:15
970
1:19
1026
1:24
1082
1:29
1137
1:33

888
1:16
941
1:21
994
1:25
1047
1:30
1100
1:35

864
1:17
915
1:22
965
1:27
1016
1:31
1066
1:36

848
1:19
896
1:24
945
1:29
993
1:33
1042
1:38

834
1:21
881
1:26
927
1:31
974
1:36
1020
1:41

1344
1:35
1408
1:40
1472
1:44
1536
1:49
1600
1:53

1290
1:36
1351
1:40
1412
1:45
1472
1:49
1533
1:54

1240
1:37
1298
1:41
1356
1:46
1414
1:50
1472
1:55

1193
1:38
1248
1:42
1303
1:47
1358
1:51
1413
1:56

1152
1:39
1205
1:44
1257
1:48
1309
1:53
1362
1:58

1117
1:41
1167
1:46
1216
1:50
1266
1:55
1316
2: o

1090
1:43
1139
1:48
1186
1:53
1233
1:58
1281
2: 2

1067
1:46
1114
1:51
1159
1:56
1205
2: 1
1250
2: 6

120
140
160
180
200
220
240
260
280
300
320
340
360

o
o

380
400
420
440
460
480

SECTOR TIME & FUEL TABULATION


ISA
14-2-9
Aug 1/88

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREAWI

SERies 'J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1


GROUND DISTANCE (NM)
lo

ISA

TAILWIND ( KTS)

HEADWIND (KTS)

30

20

10

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

556

537

519

500

481

463

444

425

407

388

369

578

559

539

520

501

481

462

442

423

403

384

601

580

560

540

520

500

479

459

439

419

398

623

602

581

560

539

518

497

476

455

434

413

645

624

602

580

558

536

515

493

471

449

428

668

645

623

600

577

555

532

510

487

465

442

690

667

643

620

597

573

550

527

504

480

457

712

688

664

-640

616

592

568

544

520

496

472

734

710

685

660

635

610

586

561

536

511

486

757

731

706

680

654

629

603

578

552

527

501

779

753

726

700

674

647

621

595

568

542

516

801

774

747

720

693

666

639

612

585

557

530

824

796

768

740

712

684

656

629

601

573

545

846

817

789

760

731

703

674

646

617

588

560

868

839

809

780

751

721

692

662

633

603

574

891

860

830

800

770

740

709

679

649

619

589

913

882

851

820

789

758

727

696

665

634

603

935

904

872

840

808

776

745

713

681

649

617

958

925

893

860

827

795

762

729

697

664

631

980

947

913

880

847

813

780

746

713

679

646

GROUND DISTANCE NAUTICAL MILES


MINIMUM TIME ISA
500-1000 NMS
14-2-10

Aug 1/88

~:r
...
!.

5
=r

...
"'e

-N

o
o

-o

<..N

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREA/111
SERES

}200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

SECTOR TIME AND FUEL TABULATION ( MIN TIME)


FUEL - LB AND TIME - HR:MIN
ISA
SAR
NM

500
520
540
560
580
600
620
640
660
680
700
720
740
760
780

o
o

800
820
840
860
880

FLIGHT LE'VEL

110

130

150

170

190

210

230

250

1663
1:58
1727
2: 2
1791
2: 7
1855
2:11
1919
2:16

1594
1:58
1655
2: 3
1716
2: 7
1777
2:12
1838
2:16

1530
1:59
1588
2: 4
1646
2: 8
1704
2:12
1762
2:17

1468
2: o
1523
2: 5
1578
2: 9
1633
2:14
1688
2:18

1414
2: 2
1466
2: 7
1518
2:11
1570
2:16
1622
2:20

1365
2: 4
1415
2: 9
1464
2:13
1514
2:18
1563
2:23

1328
2: 7
1375
2:12
1422
2:17
1469
2:21
1516
2:26

1295
2:11
1340
2:16
1385
2:20
1430
2:25
1475
2:30

1983
2:20
2046
2:25
2110
2:29
2174
2:33
2238
2:38

1898
2:21
1959
2:25
2020
2:30
2081
2:34
2141
2:38

1819
2:21
1877
2:26
1935
2:30
1992
2:35
2050
2:39

1743
2:23
1798
2:27
1853
2:32
1908
2:36
1963
2:41

1674
2:25
1726
2:29
1778
2:34
1830
2:39
1882
2:43

1612
2:27
1662
2:32
1711
2:37
1760
2:41
1809
2:46

1563
2:31
1610
2:36
1657
2:40
1704
2:45
1750
2:50

1520
2:35
1564
2:40
1609
2:45
1654
2:50
1698
2:54

2301
2:42
2365
2:47
2428
2:51
2492
2:56

2202
2:43
2263
2:47
2323
2:52
2384
2:56
2444
3: 1

2108
2:44
2165
2:48
2223
2:53
2281
2:57
2338
3: 1

2017
2:45
2072
2:50
2127
2:54
2182
2:59
2236
3: 3

1934
2:48
1985
2:52
2037
2:57
2089
3: 1
2141
3: 6

1858
2:50
1908
2:55
1957
3: o
2006
3: 4
2055
3: 9

1797
2:55
1844
2:59
1890
3: 4
1937
3: 9
1984
3:13

1743
2:59
1787
3: 4
1832
3: 9
1876
3:14
1920
3:18

2505
3: 5

2396
3: 6
2454
3:10
2511
3:15

2291
3: 8
2346
3:12
2400
3:17
2455
3:21
2509
3:26

2192
3:10
2244
3:15
2296
3:19
2347
3:24
2399
3:28

2104
3:13
2153
3:18
2201
3:23
2250
3:27
2299
3:32

2030
3:18
2076
3:23
2123
3:27
2169
3:32
2215
3:37

1964
3:23
2008
3:28
2053
3:33
2097
3:37
2141
3:42

SECTOR TIME & FUEL TABULATION


ISA
14-2-11
Aug 1/88

BINTISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERiES 'J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

'!('!::.,

GROUND DISTANCE (NM)


ISA+ 10
TAILWIND (KTS)

14-2-12
Aug 1/88

HEADWIND (KTS)

30

20

10

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

111

107

104

100

96

93

89

86

82

79

75

133

129

124

120

116

111

107

103

98

94

90

155

150

145

140

135

130

125

120

115

110

105

177

171

166

160

154

149

143

137

131

126

120

200

193

187

180

173

167

160

154

147

141

134

222

214

207

200

193

186

178

171

164

157

149

244

236

228

220

212

204

196

188

180

172

164

267

258

249

240

231

222

213

205

196

187

178

289

279

270

260

250

241

231

221

212

202

192

311

301

290

280

270

259

249

238

228

217

207

334

323

311

300

289

277

266

255

243

232

221

356

344

332

320

308

296

284

272

259

247

235

379

366

353

340

327

314

301

288

275

262

249

401

388

374

360

346

332

319

305

291

277

264

424

409

395

380

365

351

336

322

307

293

278

446

431

415

400

385

369

354

338

323

308

292

469

452

436

420

404

388

371

355

339

323

307

491

474

457

440

423

406

389

372

355

338

321

513

496

478

460

44Z

424

407

389

371

353

335

536

517

499

480

461

443

424

405

387

368

350

"'O

:;

[
:;

...

':T

Cll

"'

GROUND DISTANCE NAUTICAL MILES


ISA +10
100-500 NMS

o
o

--.

..i::::..

Vl

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREAA6
SERiES

'J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

\''

SECTOR TIME AND FUEL TABULATION (MIN TIME)


FUEL - LB AND TIME - HR:MIN
ISA + 10
SAR
NM

100
120

FLIGHT LEVEL
110

130

150

170

190

210

230

371
0:29
433
496
0:38
558
0:43
620
0:48

364
0:29
423
0:34
483
0:39
542
0:43
602
0:48

358
0:30
414
0:35
471
0:39
528
0:44
584
0:49

358
0:30
411
0:35
465
0:40
519
0:44
573
0:49

362
0:31
414
0:35
465
0:40
517
0:45
568
0:50

465
0:41
514
0:46
563
0:51

517
0:46
564
0:51

683
0:52
745
0:57
807
1: 2
870
1: 7
932
1:11

661
0:53
721
0:57
780
1 ")
840
1: 7
900
1:12

...

641
0:53
698
0:58
754
1: 3
81.1
1: 8
868
1:12

627
0:54
681
0:59
735
1: 4
789
1: 9
844
1:13

620
0:55
671
1: o
723
1: 5
774
1: 9
826
1:14

613
0:56
662
1: 1
711
1: 6
760
1:10
810
1:15

611
0:57
658
1: 2
705
1: 7
753
1:12
800
1:17

612
0:58
658
1: 3
704
1: 8
750
1:14
796
1:19

995
1:16
1057
1:21
1120
1:25
1182
1:30
1244
1:35

960
1:16
1019
1:21
1079
1:26
1139
1:31
1198
1:35

925
1:17
982
1"?
'-1039
1:27
1096
1:31
1153
1:36

898
1:18
952
1:23
1006
1:28
1061
1:33
1115
1:37

878
1:19
929
1:24
981
1:29
1033
1:34
1085
1:39

859
1:20
909
1:25
958
1:30
1008
1:36
1057
1:41

848
1:22
895
1:27
943
1:33
990
1:38
1038
1:43

841
1:24
888
1:30
934
1:35
980
1:41
1026
1:46

1306
1:40
1368
1:44
1430
1:49
1492
1:54
1553
1:513

1258
1:40
1317
1:45
1376
1:49
1435
1:54
1494
1:59

1209
1:41
1265
1:46
1321
1:50
1377
1:55
1433

1169
1:42
1223
1:47
1276
1:52
1330
1:56
1383
2: 1

1137
1:44
1188
1:49
1239
1:54
1290
1:58
1341
2: 3

1107
1:46
1156
1:51
1205
1:56
1253
2: o
1302
2: 5

1086
1:48
1134
1:53
1180
1:59
1227
2: 4
1273
2: 9

1072
1:52
1118
1:57
1163
2: 2
1207
2: 8
1252
2:13

0:3~

140
160
180
200
220
240
260
280
300
320
340
360
380

400
420
440
460
480

2:

250

SECTOR TIME & FUEL TABULATION


ISA +10
14-2-13
Aug 1/88

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREAWI

SERiEs J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

~ ~ ~.:.

GROUND DISTANCE (NM)


ISA +
TAILWIND (KTS)

10
HEADWIND (KTS)

30

20

10

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

558

539

519

500

481

461

442

422

403

383

364

581

560

540

520

500

480

459

439

419

399

378

603

582

561

540

519

498

477

456

435

414

393

626

604

582

560

538

516

494

473

451

429

407

648

625

603

580

557

535

512

489

467

444

421

670

647

623

600

577

553

530

506

483

459

436

693

669

644

620

596

571

547

523

499

474

450

715

690

665

640

615

590

565

540

515

490

464

738

712

686

660

634

608

582

557

531

505

479

760

733

707

680

653

627

600

573

547

520

493

782

755

727

700

673

645

618

590

563

535

508

805

777

748

720

692

663

635

607

579

550

522

827

798

769

740

711

682

653

624

595

566

537

850

820

790

760

730

700

670

641

611

581

551

872

841

811

780

749

719

688

657

627

596

565

895

863

832

800

768

737

705

674

642

611

579

917

885

852

820

788

755

723

691

658

626

594

940

906

873

840

807

774

740

707

674.

641

607

962

928

894

860

826

792

758

724

690

656

622

985

950

915

880

845

810

775

740

705

670

635

:;

....
!.

:;
....
':!'
<!>

GROUND DISTANCE NAUTICAL MILES


ISA +10
500-1000 NMS
14-2-14
Aug 1/88

"'

-oo
N

........i

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERiES J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

SECTOR TIME AND FUEL TABULATION (MIN TIME)


FUEL - !..J3 AND TL~ - HR :MIN
ISA + 10

FLIGHT LEVEL

SAR
NM

500
520
540
560
580
600
620
640
660
680
700
720

o
o
t.n

o
o
N

740
760
780
800
820
840
860
880

130

150

170

190

210

230

250

1552
1615
2: 3
2: 3
1611
1677
2: 8
2: 8
1670
1739
2:12
2:13
1729
1800
2:17
2:17
1862 . 1788
2:22
2:22

1489
2: 4
1545
2: 9
1601
2:14
1657
2:18
1713
2:23

1436
2: 6
1490
2:11
1543
2:15
1596
2:20
1650
2:25

1391
2: 8
1442
2:13
1493
2:18
1544
2:22
1594
2:27

1350
2:10
1399
2:15
1447
2:20
1496
2:25
1544
2:30

1320
2:14
1366
2:19
1412
2:24
1458
2:29
1504
2:34

1297
2:18
1341
2:24
1386
2:29
1430
2:34
1474
2:39

.1924
2:26
1985
2:31
2047
2:36
2108
2:40
2170
2:45

1847
2:27
1905
2:31
1964
2:36
2023
2:41
. 2081
2:45

1768
2:28
1824
2:32
1880
2:37
1935
2:42
1991
2:46

1703
2:30
1756
2:34
1809
2:39
1862
2:44
1915
2:48

1645
2:32
1696
2:37
1746
2:42
1797
2:46
1847
2:51

1592
2:35
1640
2:40
1688
2:44
1737
2:49
1785
2:54

1550
2... -(l
1596
2:44
1642
2:49
1688
2:54
1734
2:59

1518
2:44
1562
2:50
1606
2:55
1650
3: o
1694
3: 5

2231
2:49
2293
2:54
2354
2:59
2416
3: 3
2477
3: 8

2140
2:50
2199
2:55
2257
2:59
2316
3: 4
2374
3: 8

2047
2:51
2102
2:55
2158
3: o
2213
3: 5
2269
3: 9

1969
2:53
2022
2:58
2075
3: ...
2127
3: 7
2180
3:12

1898
2:56
1948
3: 1
1999
3: 5
2049
3:10
2099
3:15

1833
2:59
1881
3: 4
1929
3: 9
1977
3:14
2024
3:18

1780
3: 4
1826
3: 9
1872
3:14
1917
3:19
1963
3:24

1738
3:10
1782
3:15
1825
3:21
1869
3:26
1912
3:31

2433
3:13
2491
3:18

2324
3:14
2380
3:19
2436.
3:23
2491
3:28

2233
3:16
2286
3:21
2339
3:26
2392
3:31
2445
3:35

2150
3:20
2206
3:24
2250
3:29
2301
3:34
2351
3:39

2072
3:23
2120
3:28
2168
3:33
2216
3:38
2263
3:43

2009
3:29
2054
3:34
2100
3:39
2145
3:43
2190
3:48

1956
3:36
1999
3:41
2042
3:46
2086
3:51
2129
3:56

110

')

.,;.,,,

SECTOR TIME & FUEL TABULATION


ISA +10
14-2-15
Oct 15/88

BRITISH

AERO~E

JETSTREAWI

SERiEs 'J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

GROUND DISTANCE NAUTICAL MILES


ISA +20
100-500 NMS
14-2-16

Jun 15/89

BRIT'5H AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERies }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

SECTOR TIME ANO FUEL TABULATION CMIN TIME>


FUEL - LB ANO TIME - HR:MIN
ISA + 20
SAR
NM
100
120
140
e:

160
180
200
220
240
260
280
300
320
340

'

360

N
N

380

o
o

400

420
440
460
480

FLIGHT LEVEL
110

130

150

170

190

210

364
0:30
423
0:35
483
0:40
543
0:45
603
0:50

358
0:30
415
0:35
473
0:40
530
0:45
587
0:50

356
0:31
411
0:36
465
0:41
520
0:46
575
0:51

359
0:31
411
0:36
463
0:41
515
0:46
567
0:51

417
0:36
467
0:41
517
0:47
566
0:52

520
0:47
567
0:52

662
0:55
72C
1: o
781
1: 4
840
1: 9
900
1: 14

644
0:55
700
1: o
757
1: 5
814
1:10
870
1:15

629
0:56
683

737
1: 5
791
1: 10
845
1: 15

619
0:56
671
1: 1
722
1: 6
774
1: 11
826
1:16

616
0:57
665
1: 2
714
1: 7
763
1: 12
813
1: 17

959
1: 19
1018
1: 24
1077
1: 29
1137
1: 34
1196
1: 39

927
1:19
983
1: 24
1040
1 :29
10%
1: 34
1153
1 :39

899
1: 20
953
1: 25
1007
1: 30
1061
1: 35
1115
1: 39

877
1 :21
929
1: 26
980
1: 31
1032
1: 36
1083
1: 41

1255
1: 44
1314
1: 49
1373
1: 54
1432
1: 58
1492
2: 3

1209
1: 44
1266
1: 49
1322
1: 54
1379
1: 58
1435
2: 3

1169
1: 44
1223
1: 49
1276
1: 54
1330
1: 59
1384
2: 4

1135
1: 46
1186
1: 50
1237
1: 55
1289
2: o
1340
2: 5

1:

230

250

614
0:57
661
1: 2
709
1: 8
756
1:13
803
1:18

624
0:58
669
1: 3
715
1: 9
761
1:14
806
1:19

729
1: 7
775
1: 7
818
1: 8

862
1: 22
911
1: 27
960
1: 32
1009
1 :37
1058
1: 42

850
1: 23
897
1: 28
943
1: 33
990
1: 39
1037
1: 44

851
1 :25
896
1:30
941
1 :35
987
1: 41
1032
1: 46

862
1: 26
906
1: 32
950
1: 38
994
1: 43
1038
1: 49

1107
1: 47
1156
1: 52
1204
1 :57
1253
2: 2
1302
2: 7

1084
1: 49
1130
1: 54
1177
1: 59
1224
2: 4
1270
2: 9

10.77
1: 51
1121
1: 57
1166
2: 2
1211
2: 7
1256
2:13

1081
1: 55
1125

2:

'

1169
2: 6
1212
2:11
1256
2: 17

SECTOR TIME & FUEL TABULATION


ISA +20
14-2-17

Jun 15/89

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1
<'""~~~

GROUND DISTANCE <NM)


ISA +
TAILWIND <KTS>

...

;',';

20

HEADWIND <KTS>

30

20

10

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

560

540

520

500

480

460

440

420

400

380

360

582

562

541

520

499

478

458

437

416

395

374

605

583

562

540

518

497

475

453

432

410

389

::;

627

605

582

560

538

515

493

470

448

425

403

'"a.
5

650

627

603

580

557

5-....
.::,..;,

510

487

463

440

417

;.
'e"

?'

672

648

624

600

576

552

528

503

479

455

431

695

670

645

620

595

570

545

520

495

470

445

717

692

666

640

614

588

563

537

511

485

459

740

713

687

660

633

607

580

553 -- 527

500

473

762

735

707

680

653

625

598

570

543

515

488

785

757

728

700

672

643

615

587

'559

530

502

808

778

749

720

691

662

632

603

574

545

516

830

800

770

740

710

680

650

620

590

560

530

852

822

791

760

729

698

668

637

606

575

544

875

843

812

780

748

717

685

653

622

590

558

605

573

N
N
"'-1

897

865

832

800

768

735

703

670

638

920

887

853

820

787

753

720

687

653

620

587

943

908

874

840

806

772

737

703

669

635

601

965

930

895

860

825

790

755

720

685

650

615

988

9fi2

916

880

844

808

772

736

700

664

628

GROUND DISTANCE NAU~ICAL MILES


ISA +20
500-1000 NMS
14-2-18

Jun 15/89

o
o
~

EYNT'5H AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERies l200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

SECTOR TIME AND FUEL TABULATION <MIN TIME>


FUEL - LB AND TIME- HR:MIN
ISA + 20
SAR
NM
500
520
540
e:

560
580
600
620
640
660
680
700
720

CD
"1""
N
N

o
o
N

740
760

130

150

1551
2: 8
1610
2:13
1669
2:18
1728
2:23
1787
2:28

1492
2: 8
1548
2:13
1604
2:18
1661
2:23
1717
2:28

1438
2: 9
1492
2:14
1545
2: 18
1599
2:23
1653
2:28

1391
2:10
1443
2: 15
1494
2:20
1545
2:25
1596
2:30

1773
1830
2:37
1886
2:42
1942
2:47
1998
2:52

1706
2:33
1760
2:38
1814
2:43
1867
2:47
1921
2:52

1594
1647
2:35
2:37
1698
1643
2:40
2:42
1750
1691
2:45
2:47
1740
1801
2:49
2:52
1852 -- 1788
2:57
2:54

2140
2:57
2199
3: 2
2257

2054
2:57
2111
3: 2
2167

1974
2:57
2028
3: 2
2082

3: 6

3: 6

3:

2316

2223
3:11
2279
3:16

2135
3:12
2188
3:16

1902
2:59
1953
3: 4
2004
3: 9
2055
3:14
2106
3:19

1836
3: 2
1885
3: 7
1933
3:12
1981
3: 17
2030
3:22

2335
3:21
2391
3:26
2447
3:31
2503
3:35

2242
3:21
2295
3:26
2349
3:31
2402
3:36
2455
3:41

2157
3:24
2208
3:28
2258
3:33
2309
3:38
2360
3:43

2078
3:27
2126
3:32
2174
3:36
2222
3:41
2271
3:46

1846
2:33
1904
2:37
1963
2:42
2022
2:47
2081
2:52

3: 11

780
800
820
840
860
880

FLIGHT LEVEL
170
190

110

2375
3: 16
2434
3:21
2492
3:26

2:32

1351
2:12
1400
2:17
1448
2:22
1497
2:27
1546
2:32

210

230

250

1317

1502
2:35

1301
2:18
1345
2:23
1390
2:29
1434
2:34
1479
2:39

1299
2??
1342
2:28
1385
2:34
1429
2:39
1472
2:45

1549
2:40
1595
2:45
1641
2:50
1687
2:55
1733
3: o

1523
2:44
1568
2:50
1612
2:55
1656
3: o
1700
3: 5

1515
2:50
1557
2:56
1600
3: 1
1643
3: 6
1685

1779

1871
3:15
1917
3:20
1963
3:25

1744
3:10
1788
3:16
1832
3:21
1876
3:26
1920
3:31

2009
3:30
2055
3:35
2101
3:40
2147
3:45
2192
3:50

1964
3:36
2008
3:41
2051
3:47
2095
3:52
2138.
3:57

2: 14

1363
2:20
1410
2:25
1456
2:30

3: 5

1825
3: 10

3: 12

1728
3: 17

1770
3:23
1813
3:28
1855
3:34

1897
-3: 39

1939
3:44
1981
3:50
2023
3:55
2065
4: o
2107
4: 6

SECTOR TIME & FUEL TABULATION


ISA + 20
14-2-19/20
Jun 15/89

BIWTTSH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERiES }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

INTRODUCTION

..

The section which follows contains detailed clirnb,cruise, and


descent data. The format was chosen to aid the manual
construction of detailed flight plans and to supply a database
for flight planning programmes.
The figures relate to a Jetstream
Baggage Pod.

series 3201 fitted with a

---o
o

14-3-1
Aug 1/88

EIRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1


CLIHB
-FLT V TORQUE
START OF CLIMB WEIGHT AT SEA L8JEL (LB)
LVL ( KT,S) rn)
( IAS)
11000 11500 12000 12500 13000 13500 14000 14500 15000 15500 16000
15

so

160

160

98.7

96.l

8
1.1
0.4

8
1.2
o.s

9
1.3
o.s

9
1.3
o.s

9
1.4
o.s

10
1.5
0.6

10
1.5
0.6

11
1.6
0.6

l. 7

0.6

12
1.8
0.7

12
1.9
0.7

26
4.0
1.5

27
4.2
1.6

29
4.4
1.7

30
4.7
1.8

32
4.9
1.8

33
5.2
1.9

35
5.4
2.0

37
s.7
2.1

38
6.0
2.2

40
6.3
2.3

42.
6.6
2.4

11

100

160

86.0

53
8.9
3.2

56
9.4
3.4

59
10.0
3.6

62
10.5
3.8

65
11.l
4.0

68
11.7
4.2

72
12.3
4.4

76
12.9
4.6

87
79
83
13.6 14.2 14.9
5,1
5.3
4.8

120

160

82.4

64
11.4
4.0

68
12.0
4.2

72
12.7
4.S

76
13.4
4.7

80
14.l
5.0

84
14.9
5.2

88
15.7
S.5

93
16.S
s.a

97 102
107
17.4 18.3 19.2
6.1
6.4
6.7

140

160

79.0

76
14.1
4.9

81
14.9
5.2

as
15.8
5.4

90
95
16.7 17.6
5.a
6.1

100
18.6
6.4

105
19.6
6.7

111
20 .6
7.1

116
21.8
7.4

122 129
22.9 24.1
7.8
8.2

150

160

77.2

87
97
82
92
15.6 16.5 17.5 18.5
5.3
5.7
6.0
6.3

103
19.S
6.7

108
20.6
7.0

114
21.8
7.4

120
22.9
7.8

126
24.2
8.2

133 140
25.5 26.a
8.6
9.1

160

157

74.8

8a
17.1
5.a

94
18.1
6.1

99
19.2
6.5

104
20.3
6.9

110
21.5
7.2

116
22.7
7.6

122
23.9
a.1

129
25.2
a.s

136
26.6
8.9

143
28.1
9.4

180

151

70.0

100
20.3
6.8

106
21.S
7.2

113
22.a
7.6

119
24.1
a.o

126
25.6
8.5

133
27.0
9.0

140
28.6
9.5

148
30.2
10.0

156
31.9
10.6

165
174
33.7 35.7
11.2 11.a

200

145

65.2

113
23.7
7.8

119
25.2
8.3

127
26.7
a.a

134
28.4
9.4

142
30.1
9.9

lSO
159
31.9 33.a
10.S '11.1

168
35.8
11. 7

177 188 198


37.9 40.2 42.6
12.4 13.2 14.0

220

139

60. 7

125
27.S
9.0

133
29.2
9.6

141
lSO
31.1 33.1
10.2 10.8

159
168
35.1 37.3
11.5 12.2

178
189
39.7 42.2
12.9 13.7

201
213
44.a 47.7
14.6 15.S

226
50.9
16.5

139
31.6
10.3

147
33.7
11.0

157
36.0
11.7

167
38.3
12.S

177
40.9
13.3

1aa
43.6
14.2

200
46.S
15.1

213
49.6
16.1

242
227
53.1 56.8
17.2 la.4

258
61.0
19.7

145
33.9
11.1

155
36.2
11.8

165
38.7
12.6

175
41.3
13.4

187
44.1
14.3

199
47.1
15.3

212
50.4
16.3

226
54.0
17.5

241
57.9
18.7

277
67.2
21.7

240

250

133

130

56.3

54.0

FUEL
DISTPNCE
TIME

(LB)

ISA-10 C
FL().I SELECTOR
POSITICN S
9~'. RP11

(!'-ti)

(HIN)

CLIMB 97% RPM


ISA -10
FLOW SELECTOR POSN 5
14-3-2
Aug 1/88

258
62.3
20.1

151
29.6
9.9

:;
;
Q.
:;
....
':3'

"'

..e

~-

.N

o
o

.,1::::.
.,1::::.

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI
SERiES

..

1200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

CLIHB

..
START OF CLIHB WEIGHT AT SEA LEVEL (LB)
FLT V TORQUE
LVL (KTS) (~)
( IAS)
11000 11500 12000 12500 13000 13500 14000 14500 15000 15500 16000
15

160

so 160

0.6

12
1.8
0.7

12
1.9
0.7

13
2.0
0.7

13
2.0
o.a

36
5.8
2.1

38
6.2
2.2

39
6.5
2.4

41
6.8
2.S

43
7.1
2.6

45
7.5

64
67
71
75
57
61
10.4 11.0 11.6 12.2 12.9 13.6
4.5
4.8
4.1
4.3
3.6 3.a

79
14.3

s.o

83
15.l
S.3

96
a7
92
15.9 16.7 17.6
6.1
S.5 s.0

96.l

90 .3

::::>

8
1.2
0.5

9
1.3
0.5

9
1.4
0.5

10
1.5
0.6

10
1.5
0.6

11
1.6
0.6

l. 7

28
4.5
1.6

29
4.7
l. 7

31
5.0
1.8

32
5.3
1.9

34
5.6
2.0

11

2~7

-=
.:
j

100

160

80 .5

e:

't:
~

120

160

77.3

70
74
78
13.3 14.l 14.9
4.6
4.8
5.1

a3
15.7
5.4

a7
16.6
5.7

92
17.5
6.0

97
18.5
6.3

102
19.5
6.7

1oa
20.5
7.0

113
21.6
7.4

119
22.S
7.B

140

160

74.1

a4
94
89
16.6 17.6 18.6
6.3
5.6 5.9

99
19.7
6.6

105
20.9
7.0

110
22.1
7.4

116
23.3
7.8

123
24.6
8.3

130
26.0
8.7

137
27.4
9.2

144
29.0
9.7

1~0

160

72.5

91
96
18.4 19.5
6.2
6.5

102
20 .7
6.9

107
22.0
7.3

114
23.2
7.7

120
24.6
8.2

127
26. 0
a.6

134
27.S
9.1

141
29.0
9.6

149
30.7
10.2

157
32.4
10.7

160

157

70.3

97
20.3
6.7

103
21.S
7.1

109
22.8
7.5

116
24.2
a.o

122
25.6
8.4

129
27.l
a.9

137
28.7
9.4

144
30.4
10.0

153
32.1
10.6

161
170
34.0 36.0
11.2 11.8

180

151

65.8

111
24.l
7.9

118
25.6
a.4

125
27.2
a.9

132
28.9
9.4

140
30 .7
10.0

149
32.S
10.6

157
34.S
11.2

167
36.6
11.9

176 187
198
38.8 41.2 43.8
12.6 13.3 14.l

200

145

61.4

--

125
28.3
9.1

133
30.2
9.7

141
32.1
10.4

150
34.l
11.0

159
36.3
11.7

169
179
38.6 '41.l
12.4 13.2

190
43.7
14.0

202
46.5
14.9

215
228
49.6 52.9
15.9 16.9

220

139

57.2

o
o

140
149
158
32.9 35.2 37.5
10.6 11.3 12.0

168
179
40.0 42.7
12.8 13.6

191
45.5
14.5

203
48.6
15.S

216
51.9
16.5

230
55.6
17.7

246
59.6
la.9

263
64.0
20 .3

240

133

52.9

155
165
38.1 40.8
12.2 13.0

176
43.7
13.9

188
201
46.7 so.o
14.9 15.9

214
53.6
17.0

229
245
57.6 61.9
18.3 19.6

263
66.7
21.1

283
72.2
22.8

306
78.4
24.8

250

130

so.a

163
41.0
13.l

186
47.1
15.0

199
50.5
16.0

244
62.8
19.9

282
73.6
23.2

25.3.l

305

332
87.7
27.6

IJ')

""2'"

FUEL
OISTANCE
TlHE

174
43.9
14.0

213
228
54.2 58.3
17.2 18.S

262
67.9
21.5

(LB)

ISA

nf

FL~

SELECTOR
POSITION 5

(HIN)

97'!. RPH

CLIMB 97% RPM


ISA
FLOW SELECTOR POSN 5
14-3-3

Aug 1/88

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SeRies }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

.t,'>'f'::. "'

CLIHB

.\

FLT V TORQUE
START OF CLIMB ~EIGHT AT SEA LEVEL (LB)
LVL CKTS) (%)
( IAS)
11000 11500 12000 12500 13000 13500 14000 14500 15000 15500 16000
15

160

a7.7

9
1.5
0.6

10
1.6
0.6

10
1.7
0.6

1.8
0.6

11
1.9
0.7

12
2.0
0.7

12
2.1
o.a

13
2.2
o.a

14
2.3
o.a

14
2.4
0.9

15
2.5
0.9

34
6.1
2.2

36
6.4
2.3

3a
6.a
2.4

40
7.2
2.6

42
7.5
2.7

45
7.9
2.8

47
a.4
3.0

49
a.a
3.1

52
9.2
3.3

11

50

160

83.1

31
5.4
2.0

33
5.a
2.1

100

160

75.7

64
12.5
4.3

68
13.3
4.6

76
72
14.0 14.9
4.a 5.1

a4
a9
94
15.7 16.6 17.5 1a.5
5.4
6.0
6.3
5.7

99
19.5
6.7

104
20.6
7.0

110
21. 7
7.4

78
16.0
5.4

83
17.0
5.7

a8
la.o
6.1

93
19.1
6.4

98
20.2
6.8

104
21.4
7.2

110
22.6
7.6

116
23.9

123
25.3
8.5

129
26.7
8.9

137
28.3
9.S

120

160

72.6

a.o

140

160

69.5

94
20.1
6.6

99
21.3
7.1

105
22.6
7.5

112
24.0
7.9

118
25.5
8.4

125
27.0
8.9

132
28.6
9.4

140
30.3
10.0

148 157 166


32.1 34.0 36.1
10.6 11.2 11.a

150

160

67.9

102
22.3
7.3

108
23.7
7.a

115

25.2
8.2

121
26.8
8.7

129
28.4
9.3

136 144
30.2 32.0
9.8 10.4

153
33.9
u .o

162
36.0
11.7

172
la2
3a,2 40.6
12.4 13.2

109
24.6

a.o

116
26.2
8.5

124
27.a
9.0

131
29.6
9.6

139
31.4
10.1

14a 156
33.4 35.5
10.a 11.4

166
37.7
12.1

176
40.0
12.9

187 199
42.6 45.3
13.7 14.6

160

157

65.9

1ao

151

61.7

125
29.4
9.4

133
31.4
10.0

142 151
33.4 35.6
10.7 11.3

160
37.9
12.1

170
40.3
12.8

181
43.0
13.7

193
45.a
14.5

205
219 233
4a.9 52.2 55.8
15.5 16.5 17.7

200

145

57.6

142
34.7
u.o

151
161
172
37.0 39.6 42.3
11.7 12.5 13.3

1a3
45.l
14.2

195 2oa
222
48.2 51 .6 55.2
15.2 16.2 17.3

272
237
254
59.2 63.5 68.4
18.6 19.9 21.4

220

139

53.6

159
40.5
12.7

170
194
181
43.4 46.5 49.a
13.6 14.6 15.6

207
222
53.4 57.4
16.7 17.9

237
61.7
19.2

255
66.4
20.7

274
71.7
22.3

295 319
77.7 84.5
24.2 26.3

240

133

49.6

177
47.l:
14.7

190
203
so. 7 54.S
15.8 17.0

218
58.7
18~3

234
63.3
19.7

252
68.4
21.3

272
74.1
23.0

294
80.6
25.0

319
88.1
27.3

34a
382
96.8 107.4
29.9 33.2

200
54.8
17.1

232
63.8
19.8

250
69.l
21.5

269
292
317
75.0 81. 7 89.5
23.3 25.3 27.7

...

:;
':!'

"'e

j;

-oo
N

250

130

47.6

187

so.a
15.9

FUEL
01 STANCE
TIME

215
59.l
18.4

(LB)

ISA+lO C
FLCl-1 SELECTOR
POSITICJ.I 5

(t-41)

(HIN)

CLIMB 97% RPM


ISA + 10
FLOW SELECTOR POSN 5
14-3-4
Aug 1/88

347
426
382
98.7 109.9 124.1
30.5 33.9 38.3

97"1. RPM

-A

'

BRITTSH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SeRiEs J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1
~

CLIHB
V TORQUE
START OF CLIHB WEIGHT AT SEA LEVEL (LS)
FLT
LVL (KTS) (~)
( IAS)
11000 11500 12000 12500 13000 13500 14000 14500 15000 15500 16000
160

79.7

10
1.8
0.7

11
2.0
0.7

11
2.1
o.a

12
2.2
o.a

13
2.3
o.a

13
2.4
0.9

14
2.6
0.9

lS
2.7
1.0

so 160

75.3

35
6.7
2.4

37
7.1
2.S

39
7.6
2.7

42
a.o
2.8

44
a.S
3.0

46
8.9
3.1

49
9.4
3.3

S2
10.0
3.5

SS
61
SS
10.5 11.1 11.a
4.1
3.7
3.9

100

160

69.4

73
7a
88
83
lS.6 16.6 17.6 18.7
5.9
6.3
5.3 S.6

93
19.8
6.7

98
21.0
7.1

104
22.3
7.S

110
23.6
7.9

117
25.0
8.4

124
26.5
8.9

131
28.2
9.4

120

160

67.0

90
20.0
6.6

96
21.3
7.0

102
22.7
7.5

108
24.1
7.9

115
25.6
8.4

122
27.2
9.0

129
28.9
9.S

137
145 155
30. 7 32.6 34.7
10.1 10.7 11.4

164
36.9
12.1

140

160

64.8

108
25.2
8.1

115
26.8
8.7

122
28.6
9.2

130
30 .4
9.8

138
32.4
10.s

147
34.5
11.1

157
36.7
11.0

167
39.1
12.6

177 189
41.7 44.S
13.4 14.3

201
47.5
15.3

150

160

63.7

117
28.0
9.0

12S 133
29.9 31.9
9.6 10.2

142
34.0
10.9

151
36.2
11.6

161
38.6
12.3

171
41.2
13.l

182
43.9
14.0

208
195
46.9 50.1
14.9 16.0

222
53.7
17 .1

160

157

61.8

127
30.9
9.8

164
135 144 153
33.0 3S.2 37.6 40.l
10.5 11.2 11.9 12.7

174
42.8
13.5

186
45.7
14.4

198
48.9
15.4

243
227
212
52.3 56.0 60.2
16.5 17.7 19.0

180

151

57.9

145
37.0
11.6

155 166
39.6 42.3
12.4 13.2

177
45.3
14.2

189
48.5
15.1

202
52.0
16.2

217
55.7
17.4

232
59.8
18.6

249
64.4
20.0

268
69.4
21.5

200

14S

53.9

165
43.7
13.6

177 189
46.9 50.4
14.5 15.6

203
54.1
16.7

217
58.2
18.0

233
251
62.6 '67.5
19.3 20.8

270
72.9
22.4

291
79.0
24.3

315 343
85.9 93.9
26.4 28.8

,.,....,,,,

220

139

50.1

--

186 199
51.3 55.3
15.8 17.0

214
59.6
18.3

231
64.3
19.7

248
69.5
21.3

268
75.3
23.0

314
89.2
27.2

415
343
376
97.8 108.0 120.3
29.8 32.8 36.5

240

133

46.3

208
224
242
60.0 65.0 70.4
1a.4 19.9 21.5

262
76.6
23.4

284
a3.4
25.4

463
309
338
371
412
91;3 100.5 111.4 124.8 142.l
27.8 30.5 33.8 37.8 43.0

250

130

44.4

220
65.0
19.9

280
a3.8
25.5

461
305
334
368
409
91.9 101.3 112.7 126.7 145.0
2a.o 30 .8 34.2 38.4 43.8

lS

..

:::>

.:

ie

:
CL

"'1'"

O
Q

FUEL

CLB)

DIST~CE

(t-11)

TIME

CHIN)

238
70 .6
21.5

258
76.8
23.4

290
81.8
25.0

17
3.0
1.1

16
2.8
1.0

1a
3.2
1.1

288
75.0
23.3

ISA+20 C
FLQ.I SELECTOR
POSITI~ 5
97"1. RPH

CLIMB 97% RPM


ISA + 20
FLOW SELECTOR POSN 5
14-3-5

Aug 1/88

BRIT7SH AEROSPACE

JETSTREAllll

SeRies }200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

("~:

..,,,

HIGH SPEED CRUISE


FLT
LVL

WEIGHT (LB)
11500 12000 12500 13000 13500 14000 14500 15000 15500 16000

15

247
251
480
88.2

247
251
481
88.5

247
251
483
88'.9

248
251
484
89.3

248
251
485
89.7

248
251
487
90.1

248
251
488
90.5

248
251
490
91.0

249
251
492
91.4

249
251
493
91.9

50

248
264
482
93.2

248
264
483
93.6

248
264
484
94.0

248
264
486
94.4

248
264
487
94.8

248
264
489
95 ..3

248
264
491
95.7

249
264
492
96.2

249
264
494
96.7

249
264
496
97.2

100

242
278
465
93.6

242

241
276
465
93.4

21

465
93.5

242
277
465
93.5

465
93.4

241
275
464
93.3

240
274
464
93.3

240
274
464
93.2

239
273
464
93.1

239
272
464
93.1

229
279
424
85.5

229
278
424
85.4

229
278
423
85.3

228
277
423
85.3

22S
276
423
85.2

<27

275
423
85.1

226
275
423
85.1

226
274
422
85.0

225
273
422
84.9

224
272
422
84.8

150

226
279
413
83.4

226
279
413
83.3

225
278
412
83.2

225
277
412
83.2

224
276
412
83.1

223
275
412
83.0

223
274
412
82.9

222
273
411
82.9

221
272
411
82.8

221
271
411
8?.7

160

222
222
279. 278
400
400
80.7 80.6

221
277
399
80.6

221
276
399
80.5

220
275
399
80.4

219
274
399
80 .3

219
273
399
80.3

217
218
272. 271
398
398
80.2 80.1

216
270
399

so.o

180

214
277
375
75.7

214
276
375
75.6

213
275
375
75.5

212
274
374
75.4

212
273
374
75.3

211
272
374
75.2

210
271
373
75.2

209
270
373
75.1

208268
373
75.0

207
267
373
74.9

200

207
275
351
70.6

206
274
350
70.5

205
273
350
70.4

204
272
350
70.3

203
271
349
70.2

202
269
349
70.1

201
268
349
70.0

200
267
348
69.9

199
265
348
69.8

.198
263
348
69.7

220

198
273
328
65.8

198
272
328
65.7

197
271
328
65.6

196
269
327
65.5

195
268
327
65.4

193
266
327
65.3

192
265
326
65.1

191
263
326
65.0

189
261
325
64.9

188
259
325
64.7

190
271
306
61.0

189
269
306
60.9

188
267
306
60.8

187
266
305
60.7

185
264
305
60 .6

184
262
304
60 .4

183
260
304
60.3

181
257
303
60.1

179
255
303
60.0

177
252
302
59.8

186
269
295
58.7

185
267
295
58.5

183
265
295
58.4

182
264
294
58.3

181
261
294
58.2

179
259
293
58.0

177
257
293
57.9

175
254
292
57.7

173
251
291
57.5

171
248
291
57.3

140

240

250

277

INDICATED AIRSPEED
TRUE AIRSPEED
FUEL FLOW
TOROUE

14-3-6

Aug 1/88

2i6

(KTS)
(KTS)
(L8/HR/ENGINE)
(~)

HIGH SPEED CRUISE


ISA -10
FLOW SELECTOR POSN 5

:?
:;

[
:;

...

':T

CI>

"'

"

o
o

..s::::..

(X)

ISA-10 C
FLOW SELECTOR
POSITION 5
97~~ RPM

BRIT/SN AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI
SERiES

}200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1


/

'

HIGH SPEED CRUISE


WEIGHT (LB)

FLT
LVL

11500 12000 12500 13000 13500 14000 14500 15000 15500 16000
15

247
256
486
90.3

247
256
487
90.7

247
256
489
91.1

248
256
490
91.5

248
256
491
91.9

248
256
493
92.3

248
256
495
92.8

248
256
496
93.2

249
256
498
93.7

249
256
500
94.2

50

248
269
489
95.8

248
269
490
96.2

248
269
492
96.7

248
269
493
97.1

248
269
493
97.0

247
268
493
97.0

247
268
493
96.9

246
267
493
96.9

246
266
492
96.8

246
266
492
96.8

100

234
273
440
87.1

233

272
440
87.0

233
272
440
87.0

232
271
439
86.9

232
270
439
86.9

231
269
439
86.8

231
269
439
86.7

230
268
439
86.7

229
267
438
86.6

229
266
438
86.5

140

221
274
399
79.4

220
273
399
79.3

220
272
399
79.3

219
271
399
79.2

219
271
399
79.1

218
270
399
79.1

217
269
398
79.0

216
267
398
78.9

216
266
398
78.8

215
265
398
78.8

150

218
274
389
77.4

217
273
389
77.4

216
272
389
77.3

216
271
389
77.2

215
271
388
77.2

214
269
388
77.1

214
268
388
77.0

213
267
388
76.9

212
266
387
76.8

211
265
387
76.8

160

214
274
378
75.1

213
273
377
75.0

213
272
377
75.0

212
271
377
74.9

211
270
377
74.8

211
269
376
74.8

210
267
376
74.7

209
266
376
74.6

208
265
376
74.5

207
264
375
74.4

180

206
272
354
70.4

206
271
354
70.3

205
270
354
70.2

204
269
353
70.2

203
268
353
70.1

202
267
353
70.0

201
265
353
69.9

200
264
352
69.8

199
262
352
69.7

198
260
352
69.6

200

199
271
332
65.8

198
269
331
65.8

197
268
331
65.7

196
267
331
65.6

195
265
331
65.5

194
264
330
65.4

193
262
330
65.3

191
260
330
65.2

190
258
329
65.0

188
.256
329
64.9

220

191
268
310
61.3

190
267
310
61.3

189
265
310
61.2

187
264
309
61.1

186
262
309
61.0

185
260
309
60.9

183
258
308
60.7

182
256
308
60.6

180
253
307
60.5

178
250
307
60.3

240

182
265
289
57.0

181
264
289
56.9

180
262
288
56.8

178
260
288
56.7

177
257
288
56.5

175
255
287
56.4

173
252
287
56.2

171
249
286
56.0

169
246
286
55.9

166
242
285
55.6

250

178
177
264
262
279
278
54.9 54.8

175
259
278
54.6

174
257
278
54.5

.172
255
277
54.3

170
252
277
54.2

168
249
276
54.0

165
245
275
53.8

162
241
275
53.5

160
237
274
53.3

::::>
<11

.;

.:
j
e:

.::
~

'

-
~

e
-..
N

INDICATED AIRSPEED
TRUE AIRSPEED
FUEL FLm~
TOROUE

(KTS)
( KTS)
(LB/HR/ENGINE)
(

~,,)

ISA
FLOW SELECTOR
POSITION 5
97~'. RPM

HIGH SPEED CRUISE 97% RPM


ISA
FLOW SELECTOR POSN 5

14-3-7
Aug 1/88

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREA/111

SERiEs J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

FLT
L'.JL

\'

HIGH SPEED CRUISE


WEIGHT (LB)
11500 12000 12500 13000 13500 14000 14500 15000 15500 16000
15

247
260
494
92.6

247
260
495
93.0

247
260
496
93.2

247
259
496
93.1

247
259
496
93.1

247
259
. 495
93.1

246
258
495
93.0

246
258
495
93.0

246
257
495
93.0

245
256
495
92.9

50

238
263
461
87.9

237
262
461
87.8

237
262
461
87.8

237
261
460
87.8

236
261
460
87.8

236
260
460
87.7

235
260
460
87.7

235
259
460
87.6

234
258
460
87.6

234
258
460
87.6

100

224
267
414
80.5

224
266
414
80.4

223
265
414
80.4

223
264
414
80.3

222
264
414
80.3

222
263
414
80.2

221
262
413
80.1

220
261
413
80.1

219
260
413
80 .o

219
259
413
79.9

140

213
269
378
73.9

212
268
378
73.8

212
267
377
73.8

211
266
377
73.7

210
265
377
73.6

209
264
377
73.6

208
263
377
73.5

207
261
376
73.4

206
260
376
73.3

205
259
376
73.2

150

210
269
368
72.0

209
268
367
71.9

208
267
367
71.9

208
266
367
71.8

207
265
367
71. 7

206
264
367
71.6

204
205
262
261
366
366
71.5 . 71.4

203
259
366
71.3

201
258
365
71.2

160

206
268
356.
69.7

205
267
356
69.6

:t04
266
356
69.6

204
265
356
69.5

203
264
355
69.4

202
262
355
69.3

201
261
355
69.2

1"99
259
355
69.1

198
258
354
68.9

197
256
354
68.8

180

198
266
335
65.2

197
265
334
65.2

196
264
334
65.1

195
263
334
65.0

194
261
333
64.9

193
259
333
64.8

192
258
333
64.7

190
256
332
64.5

189
254
332
64.4

187
252
332
64.3

200

190
265
314
61.1

189
263
314
61.0

188
262
313
60.9

187
260
313
60.8

186
258
313
60.7

184
256
312
60.5

183
254
312
60 .4

181
252
311
60.3

180
249
311
60.1

178
247
311
60.0

220

182
262
293
56.8

181
260
293
56.8

180
258
293
56.7

178
256
293
56.6

177
254
292
56.5

175
251
292
56.3

173
249
292
56.2

171
246
291
56.1

170
244
291
56.0

167
241
290
55.8

174
258
273
52.6

172
256
273
52.5

171
254
272
52.4

169
251
272
52.2

167
248
271
52.1

165
245
271
51.9

163
242
270
51.8

160
239
270
51.6

158
235
269
51.4

155
231
268
51.2

169
256
263
50.5

167
253
262
50.3

166
250
262
50.2

164
247
261

161
244
261
49.8

159
241
260
49.7

157
238
259
49.5

154
234
259
49.3

151
229
258
49.1

147
223
257
48.8

240

250

INDICATED AIRSPEED
TRUE AIRSPEED
FUEL FLOW
TORQUE

so.o

(KTS)
(KTS)
( LB/HR/ENG I NE)
O',)

HIGH SPEED CRUISE 97% RPM


ISA +10
FLOW SELECTOR POSN 5

14-3-8
Aug 1/88

ISA+lO C
FLOW SELECTOR
POSITION 5
97~~ RPM

:;
;
c.
:;

...-='"e

;;o;

{,

o
o

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI
SERES

J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1


HIGH SPEED CRUISE
WEIGHT (LB)

FLT
LVL

11500 12000 12500 13000 13500 14000 14500 15000 15500 16000
15

237
254
465
84.4

237
253
465
84.3

237
253
465
84.3

236
252
465
84.3

236
252
465
84.2

236
251
.465
84.2

235
250
465
84.2

235
250
465
84.1

234
249
464
84.1

234
248
464
84.0

50

228
256
431
79.5

227
255
431
79.5

227
255
431
79.5

227
254
431
79.4

226
254
431
79.4

226
253
431
79.3

225
252
431
79.3

224
251
431
79.2

224
251
430
79.2

223
250
430
79.1

100

214
259
385
72.5

213
258
385
72.5

213
257
385
72.4

212
257
385
72.4

212
256
385
72.4

211
255
385
72.3

210
254
384
72.3

210
253
384
72.2

209
252
384
72.2

208
251
384
72.1

140

204
262
353
67.9

203
261
353
67.8

202
260
353
67.8

201
259
353
67.7

201
258
353
67.6

200
257
353
67.6

199
255
352
67.5

198
254
352
67.5

197
352
67.4

196
251
352
67.3

150

201
263
345
66.5

200
262
345
66.5

199
260
344
66.4

199
259
344
66.4

198
258
344
66.3

197
257
344
66.2

196
255
344
66.2

195
254
344
66 1

194
253
343
66.0

192
251
343
65.9

160

198
262
335
64.7

197
261
335
64.7

196
260
335
64.6

195
259
335
64.6

194
257
a35
64.5

193
256
335
64.4

192
254
334
64.3

191
253
334
64.2

189
251
334
64.l

188
250
334
64.0

180

190
261
315
60.7

189
259
315
60.6

188
258
315
60.5

187
256
314
60.4

186
255
314
60 .3

184
253
314
60 .2

183
251
314
60.2

182
249
313
60.0

180
247
313
59.9

179
245
313
59.8

200

182
258
295
56.5

181
256
294
56.5

180
255
294
56.3

178
253
294
56.3

177
251
293
56.2

176
249
293
56.1

174
247
293
56.0

172
244
293
55.8

170
242
292
55.7

168
239
292
55.6

220

174
255
276
52.8

173
253
276
52.7

171
251
275
52.6

170
249
275
52.4

168
247
275
52.3

166
244
274
52.2

164
241
274
52.0

162
238
273
51.9

159
234
273
51.7

156
230
272
51.4

240

165
250
255
48.4

163
247
255
48.3

161
245
255
48.2

160
242
255
48.1

157
239
254
48.0

155
236
254
47.8

152
231
253
47.6

149
227
253
47.4

145
221
252
47.l

140
214
251
46.8

250

160
247
246
46.4

158
244
246
46.3

156
242
245
46.2

154
238
245
46.l

152
235
244
45.9

149
230
244
45.7

145
225
243
45.5

141
219
242
45.2

135
210
241
44.8

::::>

-5

.!:
"O

;:
CL

....N
"'2'"

.......

o
o
.......
N

INDICATED AIRSPEED
TRUE AIRSPEED
FUEL FLOW
TORQUE

2~3

(KTS)
(KTS)
( LB/HR/ENGINE)

ISA+20 C
FLOW SELECTOR
POSITION 5

( ~~)

97~{_ ~PM

HIGH SPEED CRUISE 97% RPM


ISA +20
FLOW SELECTOR POSN 5
14-3-9
Aug 1/88

BIWT7SH AEROSFWCE

JETSTREANI

SERiES 1200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

.. -

LONG RANGE CRIJISE


WEIGHT (LB)

FLT
L'.JL

11'500 12000 12500 13000 13500 14000 14500 15000 15500 16000
15

206
209
365
54.2

208
210
369
55.3

209
211
373
56.6

210
212
376
57.7

212
214
382
59.4

213
215
386
60.6

215
217
391
62.1

216
218
395
63.4

216
218
398
64.3

217
219
401
65.2

50

199
212
339
51.9

201
214
344
53.5

203
215
349
55.0

203
216
352
55.8

204
216
355
56.7

204
217
357
57.4

204
217
359
58.0

205
217
362
58.8

206
218
367
60.1

207
220
372
61.6

100

186
212
298
46.6

186
213
301
47.3

187
214
305
48.7

188
215
310
49.9

189
216
314
51.1

190
218
318
52.4

191
218
322
53.4

192
219
326
54.5

193
220
330
55.7

194
222
336
57.4

140

178
216
275
44.3

178
216
278
45.3

179
217
282
46.. 3

179
218
285
47.3

180
219
290
48.7

182
221
296
50.3

183
222
299
51.4

183
222
303
52.5

184
223
307
53.6

184
224
312
54.9

150

176
217
270
43.9

176
217
273
44.8

177
218
276
45.8

177
218
279
46.7

178
220
284
48.1

180
222
290
49.8

181
223
294
51.0

181
223
298
52.1

182
224
303
53.3

182
225
307
54.5

160

173
217
264
43.2

174
218
267
44.2

174
218
270
45.0

174
219
274
46.0

176
22
279
47.6

177
222
285
49.1

178
223
289
50.5

1'"'
'
225
294
51.9

180
225
299
53.1

180
226
303
54.3

180

169
218
253
42.0

169
219
258
43.2

170
220
261
44.3

170
221
265
45.3

171
222
269
46.6

173
224
276
48.6

175
226
282
50.2

175
227
287
51.4

176
228
291
52.7

177
229
296
54.1

200

164
220
244
41.2

165
220
247
42.2

165
221
251
43.3

166
222
255
44.5

167
223
260
45.7

169
225
266
47.6

170
228
273
49.4

171
229
279
51.0

172
230
284
52.4

173
231
289
53.8

220

161
223
237
40.9

161
223
241
41.8

162
224
245
43.1

163
225
250
44.4

163
225
254
45.4

164
227
259
47.0

166
229
267
49.0

168
231
273
50 .7

168
232
279
52.2

170
234
286
54.1

157
225
230
40.2

158
225
234
41.4

158
226
239
42.6

158
226
242
43.6

159
247
45.0

161
230
254
46.9

163
233
262
49.1

164
234
268
50.6

165
236
275
52.6

167
238
282
54.4

155
225
226
39.9

156
227
231
41.3

156
227
235
42.5

157
228
240
43.6

157
229
24:i
45.0

159
231
252
46.8

161
234
260
49.2

163
237
268
51.3

167
242
278
54.0

169
245
287
56.4

:;

...

:;
....~
el>

240

250

INDICATED AIRSPEED
TRUE AIRSPEED
FUEL FLOW
TORQUE

227

(KTS)
(KTS)
( LB/HR/ENGINE)
( ~~)

LONG RANGE CRUISE 97% RPM


ISA -10
FLOW SELECTOR POSN 5
14-3-10

Aug 1/88

ISA-10 C
FLOW SELECTOR
POSITION 5
97~~ RPM

;;><:

o
o

...e::.

N
N

B~TISH

AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SeRies }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1


--+,]\

LONG RANGE CRUISE


WEIGHT (LB)

FLT
LVL

11500 12000 12500 13000 13500 14000 14500 15000 15500 16000
15

200
206
352
51.4

201
206
355
52.l

201
207
358
53.0

203
209
363
54.6

204
210
367
55.8

206
211
"372
57.2

207
213
376
58.6

209
215
383
60.5

210
216
387
61. 7

212
217
392
63.1

50

194
210
327
49.6

194
210
330
50.3

195
211
333
51.3

197
213
339
53.l

199
215
345
54.8

201
218
352
57.0

203
219
358
58.6

203
220
361
59.4

204
220
363
60.3

205
221
367
61.3

100

184
214
296
46.8

184
215
299
47.5

186
216
303
48.9

187
218
308
50.3

188
219
312
51.5

189
220
316
52.5

190
222
322
54.3

191
223
327
55.6

192
223
330
56.6

193
224
334
57.7

140

176
218
273
44.5

176
218
276
45.3

177
219
280
46.3

178
220
284
47.6

179
222
289
49.1

180
223
294
50.5

181
224
299
51. 7

181
225
303
52.8

182
225
307
53.9

183
226
312
55.3

150

173
218
267
43.8

174
219
270
44.7

174
220
274
45.7

175
220
278
46.9

177
222
284
48.5

178
224
289

so.o

179
225
294
51.3

179
226
298
52.5

180
226
302
53.6

181
227
307
55.0

160

171
218
261
43.0

171
2.19
265
44.0

172
220
269
45.l

173
221
273
46.2

175
224
280
48.3

1.76
225
285
49.8

177
227
290
51.2

178
227
294
52.3

178
228
299
53.7

179
229
304
54.9

180

166
220
251
41.9

167
220
255
43.0

167
221
258
43.9

168
222
263
45.2

170
224
269
47.0

171
226
275
48.6

173
228
281
50 .5

174
229
286
51.8

174
230
291
53.l

175
231
296
54.4

200

163
222
242
41.3

163
223
246
42.3

164
223
250
43.5

164
224
254
44.5

165
225
259
45.9

166
227
265
47.7

168
230
273
49.7

169
231
278
51.2

170
232
283
52.5

170
232
288
53.9

220

159
224
235
40.9

160
225
239
42.0

160
226
244
43.2

161
226
248
44.3

161
227
252
45.5

164
231
261
47.9

165
233
268
49.7

166
234
274
51.3

167
235
280
52.9

167
236
285
54.3

240

156
227
229
40.6

156
228
233
41.6

157
228
238
42.9

157
229
242
44.0

158
230
247
45.4

160
233
255
47.7

162
236
263
49.7

163
238
270
51. 7

164
239
277
53.5

250

154
228
225
40.3

154
229
230
41.6

155
229
234
42.7

155
230
239
44.0

156
231
244
45.3

158
235
253
47.8

160
238
261

162
240
269
52.l

:::>

.,

.:
~

.:
it

o
L.{)

...--

o
o

...-N

INDICATED AIRSPEED
TRUE AIRSPEED
FUEL FLOW
TORQUE

so.o

(KTS)
(KTS)
( LB/HR/ENGINE)
(

~;

.,

LIMITED TO
MAX CRUISE
SPEED IN
THIS AREA
ISA
FLOW SELECTOR
POSITION 5
97~ RPM

LONG RANGE CRUISE 97% RPM


ISA
FLOW SELECTOR POSN 5
14-3-11
Oct 15/88

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREAA#

SERiEs J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

-'Jr_,,

. \~

"

LOMG RANGE CRUISE


WEIGHT (LB)

FLT
LVL

11500 12000 12500 13000 13500 14000 14500 15000 15500 16000
15

191
200
336
47.2

191
200
339
47.9

193
202
343
49.3

195
205
350
51.3

196
206
354
52.5

199
208
360
54.4

200
210
365
55.9

202
211
371
57.5

204
213
377
59.2

206
215
383
61.1

50

188
208
319
47.5

189
208
321
48.4

190
209
325
49.4

190
210
328
50.4

192
212
334
52.0

195
215
341
54.3

196
217
347
55.8

199
220
355
58.2

202
223
364
60.8

203
224
368
61.9

100

184
219
297
48.0

184
219
300
48.8

185
220
304
49.8

186
221
308
51.0

187
222
311
52.0

187
222
315
53.0

188
223
319
54.2

188
224
323
55.3

190
226
329
56.9

191
226
333
58.1

140

173
219
270
44.3

174
220
274
45.4

175
222
280
47.1

177
223
285
48.4

178
226
291
50 .1

179
226
295
51.3

179
227
299
52.5

180
228
304
53.6

180
228
308
54.7

181
229
312
55.8

150

170
219
264
43.5

171
221
269
44.8

172
222
273
46.0

174
224
279
47.7

175
226
284
49.2

177
227
290
50.7

177
228
294
51.9

178
229
298
53.1

178
229
302
54.2

178
230
307
55.4

160

169
220
260
43.2

169
221
264
44.3

170
222
267
45.3

171
224
273
46.9

173
226
279
48.5

174
228
285
50.2

175
229
289
51.5

176
229
294
52.7

176
230
299
53.9

176
231
303
55.2

180

164
222
250
42.2

165
223
254
43.3

165
223
258
44.3

167
225
263
45.9

168
227
269
47.4

170
229
276
49.3

171
230
281
50.8

171
231
286
52.2

172
232
291
53.5

172
233
296
54.7

200

161
225
242
41.7

161
225
246
42.8

162
226
250
43.9

162
226
254
45.0

163
228
260
46.5

165
231
267
48.5

167
233
274
50.4

167
234
279
51.8

168
234
283
52.9

169
235
290
54.6

220

157
227
236
41.3

158
228
240
42.5

158
228
244
43.6

159
229
249
44.8

160
231
254
46.4

162
234
262
48.4

163
235
269
50.3

164
236
275
51.7

164
237
280
53.1

166
239
287
55.1

153
229
229
40.8

154
230
233
42.0

154
231
238
43.3

155
231
242
44.4

156
233
248
46.0

157
235
256
48.0

159
238
263

240

250

152
231
226
40.7

152
231
230
41.8

152
231
234
42.8

INDICATED AIRSPEED
TRUE AIRSPEED
FUEL FLOW
TORQUE

153
233
240
44.4

155
235
247
46.2

156
237
254
48.2

Aug 1/88

[
:;

.....e

:l"

,..

-o

so.o

LIMITED TO MAX
CRUISE SPEED
IN THIS AREA

(KTS)
(KTS)
( L8/HR/ENGINE)
( ~~)

LONG RANGE CRUISE 97% RPM


ISA +10
FLOW SELECTOR POSN 5
14-3-12

:p
:;

ISA+lO C
FLow SELECTOR
POSITION 5
97~ RPM

N
~

BRIT7SH AEROSFIACE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs 1200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1
\'~~

LONG RANGE CRUISE

FLT
LVL

~~EI

GHT (LB)

11500 12000 12500 13000 13500. 14000 14500 15000 15500 16000

.
-s

::i

15

189
201
333
46.9

189
202
335
47.5

190
202
339
48.5

190
203
341
49.4

191
203
344
50.2

192
204
348
51.4

192
204
351
52.2

195
208
359
54.5

198
210
366
56.6

200
213
374
58.8

50

180
202
306
44.2

183
205
312
46.1

183
205
314
46.6

185
208
321
48.8

188
211
327
50.6

190
213
335
52.7

192
215
340
54.2

194
218
348

198
223
359
59.6

200
224
365
61.3

178
216
288
45.7

180
218
295
47.7

183
222
303
50.0

185
224
309
51. 7

185
225
312
52.6

186
225
316
53.6

186
226
320
54.6

187
226

187

323
55.5

327
56.7

189
228
332
58.2

171
221
268
44.3

172
221
272
45.4

173
223
278
46.9

175
284
48.7

176
227
288
49.9

177
228
293
51.3

177
228
297
52.4

178
229
301
53.5

178
229
305
54.5

178
229
309
55.5

150

169
221
262
43.7

170
222
267
45.0

171
224
272
46.5

172
226
277
47.9

174
228
283
49.5

175
229
288
50.8

175
229
292
52.'0

175
230
296
53.1

176
230
300
54.1

176
231
305
55.3

160

167
223
259
43.7

168
224
263
44.7

169
225
268
45.9

170
226
273
47.4

171
228
278
49.0

173
230
284
50.4

173
231
289
51.8

174. 174
231
232
293
298
53.0 54.2

174
302
55.3

180

164
225
251
42.9

164
226
255
43.9

164
226
258
44.9

165
227
263
46.2

167
230
270
48.1

168
232
276
49.8

169
233
282
51.4

170
234
287
52.8

170
234
291
53.9

172
236
298
55.9

200

160
227
242
42.2

160
228
246
43.2

160
228
249
44.0

161
229
254
45.3

162
231
261
47.2

164
234
269
49.3

165
235
275
51.0

167
238
282
53.0

168
239
288
54.5

220

156
229
236
41.7

157
230
240
42.9

157
231
245
44.1

158
233
251
45.8

160
235
258
47.7

161
236
264
49.2

163
240
272
51.5

240

153
232
229
41.2

153
233
235
42.7

154
234
240
44.0

156
237
247
46.1

250

150
232
226
40.9

152
235
232
42.6

153
236
238
44.l

100

.:
-e

't:

140

lJ)

N
~
-e--"

o
1='""

226

IMDICATED AIRSPEED
TRUE AIRSPEED
FUEL FLm~
TORQUE

56.5

227

~32

LIMITED TO MAX CRUISE


SPEEC. IN THIS AREA

(KTS)
(KTS)
( LB/HR/ENGINE)
( ~~)

ISA+20 C
SELECTOR
POSITION 5
97~~ RPM

FLO~~

LONG RANGE CRUISE 97% RPM


ISA +20
FLOW SELECTOR POSN 5
14-3-13
Aug 1/88

BRT77SH AERDSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERiES J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1


1
\'

NORMAL DESCENT AT VMO


Altitude Ft
1500
5000
10000
12000
14000
15000
16000
18000
20000
22000
24000
25000

Fuel

Lb

Distance

3
10
17
19
21
23
40
73
97
118
135
143

NM

Time Min
0.4
l. 3
2.6
2.9
3.4
3.7
4.7
7.1
9.3
11.3
13.2
14.2

2
5
11
13
16
17
22
33
43
54
63
68

Max Cabin Rate of Descent 500 f t/min

LONG RANGE DESCENT - 180 KT


Altitude Ft
1500
5000
10000
12000
14000
15000
16000
18000
20000
22000
24000
25000

Fuel
7
20
36
42
47
48
51
56
60
65
71
77

Lb

Distance
2
8
14
23
27
28
31
34
38
43
45
51

DESCENT PERFORMANCE
14-3-14
Aug 1/88

NM

Time Min
1.0
3.0
5.7
6.8
7.8
8.3
9.0
10.1
11. o
12.0
13.3
14.2

o
o

BIWTISN AEROSFMCE

JETSTREAllll
SERiES

J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

CHAPTER
LIST

15.
OF

PERFORMANCE
CONTENTS

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES


15-1-1

CERTIFICATED PERFORMANCE
:l<:'.

TAKE-OFF

:J

-5"'
e:

Conf iguration

15-2-1

Requirement

15-2-1

Pre-computed take off data

15-2-3

Procedure f or the use of take-off data tabulations

15-2-5

Example of take-of f data sheet

15-2-6

Take-of f scheduled torque setting table

15-2-7

Take-off speeds to FAA requirements (HP 4.16)

15-2-9

All engine climb speed

15-2-10

Take-off WAT limitations, Dry

15-2-11

L()

Take-off WAT limitations, APR

15-2-12

C>
C>

Reduced power take-of f

!'../)
!")

co

...............

15-2-13

EN-ROUTE
Conf iguration .

15-3-1

Requirements

15-3-1

Flying for best altitude, single engine .

15-3-2

Flying for best range, single engine

15-3-2

Single engine climb speeds to FAA requirements

15-3-3

Tabulations, flying for best altitude .

15-3-4

Tabulations, flying for best range

15-3-6
CHAP.15

CONTENTS
Page 1
Aug_15/96

--A~-

JETSTREANI

SERiES }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

CHAPTER
LIST

OF

15.

PERFOBMANCE

CONTENTS (cent)

LANDING
15-4-1

Conf igurations .

...........

Requirements

15-4-2

Pre-computed Landing Data


Flapless Landings

15-4-1

. . . . . .

.....

Airframe De-Icing Failure

15-4-3
. 15-4-3

Landing Speeds to FAA requirements (HP 4.16)

15-4-4

Distance Limits to FAA Requirements(HP 4.16)


(Sea level to 3500 ft) - 35 Flap

15-4-5

Distance Limits to FAA Requirements(HP 4.16)


(4000 ft to 10,000 ft) - 35 Flap
Effects of Runway Slope and Wind - 35

F~p

Distance Limits to FAA Requirements(HP 4.16)


(Sea Level to 3500 ft)
-20 Flap

......

15-4-6

15-4-7
. 15-4-8

Distance Limits to FAA Requirements(HP 4.16) . 15-4-9


(3500 ft to 10,000 ft)
-20 Flap
Effects of Runway Slope and Wind - 20 Flap

15-4-10

Landing WAT Table (Dry)

15-4-11

Example of Landing Performance Calculation

15-4-13

Example of Landing Performance Tabulation

15-4-14

o
U1

CHAP.15
Page 2
Dec 15/93

CONTENTS

CX>

BNITTSH AENOSPACE

JETSTREANI

SrniEs 1200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

CHAPTER
LIST

OF

15.

PERFORMANCE

CONTENTS (cont)

OPERATION FROM CONTAMINATED ANO SLIPPERY RUNWAYS

'
'
N

Contaminated Runways .

15-5-1

Slippery Runways

15-5-2

Contamination

15-5-2

Operating Restrictions .

15-5-3

Ground Manoeuvring and Taxying .

15-5-4

Take-Off From Contaminated or Slippery Runways .

15-5-4

Landing on Contaminated or Slippery Runways

15-5-5

Take-Off Performance on Contaminated Runways .

15-5-5

Calculation of Limiting Take-Off Weight

15-5-5

Take-Of f Performance on Slippery Runways .

15-5-6

Landing Performance on Contaminated Runways

15-5-6

Landing

Perf~rmance

on Slippery Runways

15-5-7

L)

o
o

Equivalent Water Depth for Contaminated Runways

15-5-8

Take-Off - Contaminated Runways


Take-Off Distance, Both Engines Operating

15-5-9

--

CHAP.15

CONTENTS
Page 3/4
Dec 15/93

..

l!!IRl77SH AEROSl'MCE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs }200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

CHAPTER 15
PERFORMANCE
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

LIST OF CONTENTS
::<'.
::i

EFFECTIVE PAGES
15-1
15-2

-5"'
e

"O

2l

=
.t

Green
Green
15-3

'
ro

ro
o

L.)

15-4

15-5

1
2
3/4
1/2
1/2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
11
12
12
1
2
3
4
5
6
7/8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
1

Aug 15/96 15-5


Dec 15/93
Dec 15/93
Jan 15/97
Apr 15/89
Dec 1/88
Feb 15/89
Feb 15/89
Dec 1/88
Feb 15/89
Oct 15/88
Nov 15/89
Dec 1/88
Sep 15/89
May 15/90
Feb 15/90
Aug 15/90
Aug 15/90
Feb 15/89
Jan 15/97
Jan 15/97
Jan 15/97
Jan 15/97
Jan 15/97
Jan 15/97
Jan 15/97
Nov 15/89
Apr 15/89
Nov 15/89
Nov 1/88
Dec 1/88
Dec 1/88
Dec 1/88
Dec 1/88
Dec 1/88
Dec 1/88
Feb 15/90
Dec 1/88
Dec 1/88
Apr 15/89
Nov 1/91

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9/10

Nov 1/91
Mar 15/93
Nov 1/91
Nov 1/91
Dec 15/93
Dec 15/93
Nov 1/91
Nov 1/91

CHAPTER 15 LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES


Page 1/2
Jan 15/97

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREA~
SERES

}200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

l.

CERTIFICATED PERFORMANCE
The performance information used to show compliance with
Federal Aviation Regulations Part 135 has been derived in
accordance with the Airworthiness Standards of FAR 23
(Comrnuter Category).
This chapter contains all the performance data required to
despatch the aircraf t taking into account certif icated
performance standards and operating rules. In addition it
contains data for performance monitoring and the effects of
f ailure after despatch.
All speeds ref erred to in this chapter are indicated
airspeeds. The following is a list of speeds referred to and
their formal definitions.
Vl -Take-off decision speed, the speed to be used as a
reference, in the event of an engine or other failure at
take-of f in deciding whether to continue or abandon the
take-off.
VR

-Rotation speed, the target speed at which the pilot


initiates a change in the attitude of the aircraft.with
the intention of leaving the ground.

V2 -Take-off safety speed, the initial clirnb out speed, one


engine inoperative. The best gradient of clirnb speed VX
is equal to V2.
VY

I")

o
o
N
o

-Single engine En Route clirnb speed.

Vref-Landing speed over the threshold with both engines


operating
Vref S.E.-Landing speed over the threshold with one engine
inoperative

15-1-1/2
Apr 15/89

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

2.

TAKE-OFF (PART 135 Commuter)


2.1 Configuration
Failure of the right hand engine has the most adverse
effect on handling and performance, the performance data
is therefore based on failure of that engine with
recognition of the failure at Vl.

**

o
o
N

2.1.1

Take-off Distance
Airbleeds off.**
RPM levers at FLIGHT (100%).
POWER levers advanced to give the scheduled
take-off torque. (15-2-7 or 8)
Flaps at 10.
Landing gear down until airborne.
Anti skid and Reverse available.
Oil Cooler f laps SHUT
APR armed if specif ied

2.1.2

Take-off Climb
As above but:Landing Gear retracting during the f irst and
retracted during second segment and final climb.
Speed V2 in the first and second segments, and
single engine en route climb speed in the final
segment.
One engine inoperative and its propeller at NTS
for f irst and second segments and feathered for
final segment.

The cabin and f light deck airbleeds are always off for
take-off. If engine anti-icing is used then due allowance
must be made in the take-off performance limitations.

2.2 Requirement
2.2.1 The take-off field lengths required vary with
airfield pressure altitude, ambient temperature,
gross weight,and runway slope, the use of engine
anti-icing, and take-off speeds. Gradients of climb
vary with airfield pressure altitude, ambient
temperature and gross weight.
In all cases compliance with the following must be
shown when establishing take off performance:-

15-2-1
Dec 1/88

BRITISH AERDSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

The take-off distance available must be equal to, or


greater than, the take-off distance required (TOD).
The take-off run available must be equal to, or
greater than, the,take-off run required (TOR). The
available runway length plus stopway must be equal
to, or greater than the accelerate-stop distance
required ( ASD) .
2.2.2 A minimum gross gradient of climb is required in each
segment of the take-off flight path. This gives the
limit referred to as the Weight, Altitude and
Temperature limit (WAT).
Obstacle clearance at take-of f must be demonstrated
using the net take-off f light path. The net flight
path, based on the gross flight path reduced by 0.8%
gradient, must clear vertically by at least 35 ft
all obstacles in the take-off area. The net flight
path is described by segments as follows:lst Segment - Starts at 35 ft above the take-off surface and ends
when the gear is retracted, it is flown at V2.
2nd Segment - Starts when the landing gear is retracted
at either 400 or 1500 ft AAL.
Alternate 1 is 400 ft, Alternate 2 is 1500 ft. This will
specif ied in pre-computed take off data.
3d Segment

and ends
be

- Is a horizontal acceleration f rom V2 to the en route


climb speed after which f laps are retracted. If APR
is being used it is then selected OFF.
MAXIMUM 1500 ft
MINIMUM 400 ft - - - -

ACCEL TO FLAP RETRACTION SPEED

..

LANDING
GEAR
RETRACTED
V2

. i--rno

T1.
REOUIREO _ _,..........r""'1-'1..- - - - - 2 n d SEGMENT

\
1st SEGMENT

15-2-2
Feb 15/89

.1

3rd SEGMENT

o
o

BRIT7SN AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERies }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

2.3 Precomputed Take-off Data


The calculation of Regulated Take-off Weight (RTOW) for any
runway, wind and temperature condition necessitates,
particularly if obstacle clearance is included, the use of many
Flight Manual charts and in consequence is complex.
Normally the RTOW will be precomputed f or regularly used
runways and the results published in tabular form as an
appendix to 15-2-4.
In the event of a requirement to use an airf ield not covered
by the precomputed tables, RTOW can be calculated using the
data in the aircraft Flight Manual.
The tabulation of take-off weights shows for a range of
temperatures and winds, the maximum take-off weight from the
runway defined on the tabulation sheet. This sheet will be
annotated 'DRY' or 'AUTOMATIC POWER RESERVE' to indicate
whether or not APR is specif ied.
The runway is defined by its name, elevation, slope, TOR
available, ASD available, TOD available and obstacles
considered.
The take-off data is computed, from the Flight Manual listed
at the top of the tabulation, using the scheduled runway
information. The tabulated RTOW is controlled by the most
limiting of:-

Maximum Structural Weight


Runway distances
Climb Gradient
Obstacle clearance
!'-..

w
Q

The following data is tabulated for a range of reported winds:

"
o
o

~99.8

Scheduled
Torque

RTOW & Identif ication


See Code above

15688 F
112, 115-

~Vl

V2

15-2-3
Feb 15/89

B~TISH

AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

J32AUB1 JETSTREAM SUPER 31 - JM3


PSE1C02 DATA SET

:~

B:J32AUB1.DAT

AUTOMATIC POWER RESERVE

***********************
DATA FROM NONESUCH AIRLINES INC.
+++ OPSVILLE +++

FLAPS 10 DEGS
TEMP
TORQUE

-lOKT

RUNWAY 29

WIND COMPONENT
SA
5KT

-5KT

lOKT

15KT

20KT

Mnimum temperature far use of APR at this altitude is 18 Deg C.


18.0 DEG C
%
97.1

15387 F
111,114

16005 F
113,116

16204 S
114,117

16204 S
114,117

16204 S
114,117

16204 S
114,117

16204 S
114,117

20.0 DEG C
%
96.0

15302 F
111,114

15892 F
113,116

16204 S
114,117

16204 S
114,117

16204 S
114,117

16204 S
114,117

16204 S
114,117

22. O DEG C

15078 F
111,114

15761 F
112,115

16135 W 16135 W 16135 W 16135 W 16135 W


114,117 114,117 114,117 114,117 114,117

14837 F
111,114

15614 F
112,115

16003 W 16003 W 16003 W 16003 W 16003 W


113,116 113,116 113,116 113,llD 113,116

14603 F
111,114

15477 F
111,114

15853 W 15853 W 15853 W 15853 W 15853 W


113,116 113,116 113,116 113,116 113,116

14375 F
111,114

15345 F - 15684 W 15684 W 15684 W 15684 W 15684 W


111,114 112,115 112,115 112,115 112,115 112,115

14151 F
111,114

15165 F
111,114

15515 W 15515 W 15515 W 15515 W 15515 W


111,114 111,114 111,114 111,114 111,114

13905 F
111,114

14909 F
111,114

15322 W 15322 W 15322 W 15322 W 15322 W


111,114 111,114 111,114 111,114 111,114

13632 F
111,114

14621 F
111,114

15128 W 15128 W 15128 W 15128 W 15128 W


111,114 111,114 111,114 111,114 111,114

94.9
24.0 DEG C
%

93.6
26.0 DEG C
%

92.4
28.0 DEG C
%

91. 3

30.0 DEG C
%

90.1
32.0. DEG C
%

88.8
34.0 DEG C
%

87.3
TORA = 6000 FT
ELEVATION = 2000

ASDA
FT

6000 FT
TODA
SLOPE = O %

6000 FT

RTOW LB

NO OBSTACLES CONSIDERED
10 NOV 88

EXAMPLE
15-2-4

Dec 1/88

OF COMPUTER PRINTOUT
TAKE-OFF DATA

o
o

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SeRiEs }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

2.4 Procedure for the use of TAKE OFF DATA tabulations


2.4.1 Check the validity of the airfield data quoted on the
tabulations. Check 'DRY' or 'AUTOMATIC POWER RESERVE'
take-off.
2.4.2 Determine the least favourable wind component employing
the range of forecast wind conditions expected at the
time of take-off. The wind components on the tabulations
include f actors hence the reported wind is used to
determine the component.
2.4.3 At the forecast wind component and temperature read the
RTOW and the associated speeds.
2.4.4 The take-off scheduled torque setting is presented as a
function of. ambient temperature.
The use of engine anti-icing reduces the permissible weight,
the reduced weight can be obtained by reading the table with
ambient temperatures increased by 5 degrees centigrade.
If the Actual Take-off Weight (ATOW) is below the RTOW the
speeds are obtained from the Take-off Safety Speed table.
A take-off data sheet similar to the one shown overleaf is
normally used.
Note: Vl and VR are generally the same speed but there are
exceptions. Always check the TAKE OFF DATA printout for the
airf ield concerned.

o
o
N

15-2-5
Feb 15/89

- T I S H AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERiES 1200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

.,_,,.,,,A

DESTINATION

051....:a"

JETSTREAJW
Callsign

FLAP 10

Station

ATOW

OAT ..
Press. Alt ..........

..

.AIRFIELD:
RUNWAY:

..............

lv1/VR .......... 1
lv2 ............... 1

Aunwav .

Accn/Turn

Wind Comp.,

Vy

OAT:

...................

PLAN NEO
ZFW

ATOW .

w...........

u
E

...........

Fuel Remaining

R
E FLAP...........

Landing Wt.

ACCEL HT:

ACTUAL

--------- --------.

FLAP -----------------------

Vref. ...........

lvref

lv2

1
H/13/233-1

o
o

en

'

EXAMPLE
15-2-6
Oct 15/88

OF

TAKE-OFF

DATA

SHEET

.-:! /CO :2(/C


Printed in the U K

--~

"

JM32/43/Iss2

[/)

::X:
t:l

e:
t-t

[Ij

t:l
1-<:

~~

1()

e:

[Ij

t-3

[/)

[Ij [Ij

.
u

p.

t-3

t-t

[Ij

......
o
o

[/)

::X:

l'd

3000

3500

4000

4500

6000

6500

7000

7500

8000

8500

9000

9500 10000

100.0
99.1
100.0 98.0
100.0 98.9 97.0
99.8 97.8 95.9

99.l
98.1
97.l
96.1
95.l
94.0

97.2
96.2
95.2
94.2
93.2
92.2

95.3
94.3
93.3
92.3
91.4
90.4

93.4
92.3
91.5
90.5
89.6
88.6

91. 5
90.6
89.7
88.7
87.8
86.8

89.7
88.7
87.8
86.9
86.0
85.l

87.9
86.9
86.1
85.2
84.3
83.4

86.l
85.2
84.3
83.4
82.6
81. 7

85.8
84.9
83.9
82.9
81.9

84.1
83. 2
82.2
81. 3
80.3

82.4
81. 5
80.5
79.6
78.7

80.7
79.8
78.9
78.0
77.1

5000

5500

100.0
99.5
100.0 98.3
ITPE331-12 ENGINE FLAT RATEO AT 1020 SHPI
100.0 99.1 97.2
99.9 97.6 96.0

98.6
97.5
96.4
95.3
94.2

96.7
95.6
94.5
93. 4
92.4

94.8
93.8
92.7
91.6
90.5

93.0
91.9
90.9
89.8
88.8

91.1
90.1
89.1
88.1
8?.0

89.3
88.3
86.3
85.3

87.6
86.6
85.6
84.6
83.6

2
4
6
8
10

87.~

100.0
99.4
100.0 98.2
100.0 98.9 97.0
99.5 97.6 95.7

98.7
97.5
96.3
95.1
93.9

96.8
95.6
94.4
93. 3
92.1

94.9
93.8
92.6
91. 5
90.3

93.1
92.0
90.8
89.7
88.6

91.3
90.2
89.1
88.0
86.8

89.5
88.4
87.3
86.2
85.1

87.7
86.7
85.6
84.5
83.5

86.0
85.0
83.9
82.9
81.8

84.3
83.3
82.3
81. 2
80.2

82.6
81. 6
80.7
79.6
78.6

81.0
80.0
79.0
78.0
77.1

79.3
78.4
77.4
76.5
75.5

77. 7
76.8
75.9
74.9
74.0

76.2
75.2
74.3
73.4
72.4

92.7
91.5
90.4
89.3
88.2

90.9
89.7
88.6
87.6
86.5

89.2
88.0
86.9
85.9
84.9

87.4
86.3
85.2
84.2
83.3

85.7
84.6
83.6
82.6
81.6

84.1
83. o
81.9
80.9
80.0

82.4
81. 3
80.3
79.4
78.4

80.8
79.7
78.7
77.8
76.9

79.2
78.2
77.2
76.2
75.2

77.6
76.6
75.6
74.7
73. 7

76.0
75.0
74.l
73.2
72.3

74.5
73.4
72.6
71. 7
70.8

72.9
72.0
71.l
70.3
69.4

71.5
70.5
69.6
68.9
68.0

92.4
91. l
90.0
88.9
87.6

90.6
89.5
88.2
87.1
86.0

88.8
87.6
86.6
85.4
84.3

87.2
86.0
84.9
83.8
82.7

85.4
84.5
83. 3
82.2
81. 2

83.8
82.7
81. 7
80.7
79.6

82.1
81.1
8Q.l
79.1
78.0

80.5
79.5
78.5
77.5
76.5

78.9
77.9
77.0
76.0
75.0

77.4
76.4
75.5
74.5
73.6

75.9
75.0
73.9
73.0
72.0

74.4
73.5
72.5
71.6
70.6

72.9
72.L
71.1
70.2
69.3

71.4
70.5
69.7
68.8
67.9

70.0
69.2
68.3
67.3
66.S

68.6
67.7
66.9
66.0
65.2

67.2
66.3
65.4
64.6
63.8

G')"'.

82.9
81.6
80.3
78.8
77.S

81. 5
80.1
78.7
77.4
75.9

79.8
78.5
77.1
75.9
74.4

78.3
77 .1
75.6
74.4
72.9

76.8
75.5
74.l
72.9
71.S

75.3
73.9
72.7
71.5
70.1

73.8
72.5
71. 4
70.1
68.7

72.3
71.1
69.9
68.7

70.9
69.7
68.S
67.2

68.2
67.0
65.8

66.8
65.6

65.4
64.3

64.l

62.8

l>o

es.o

84.6
83.2
81.8
80.3
79.0

69.S
68.4
67.2

83.6
82.l

86.2
84.8
83.5
81.9
80.5

80.6
78.9
77.5
76.2

79.0
77.S
76.0
74.8

77.4
76.0
74.5

76.0
74.5
73.1

74.5
73.l

73.l
71. 7

71. 7

70.2

1500

2000

2500

22 99.6
24 98.4
26 97.l
28 . 95.9
30 94.6

97.8
96.5
95.3
94.1
92.9

95.9
94.6
93.5
92.3
91.l

94.1
92.9
91. 7
90.5
89.5

93.0
91.6
90.0
88.4
87.0

91. 3
89.9
88.3
86.7
85.3

89.6
88.2
86.6
85.2
83.7

87.9
86.5

85.3
83.7
82.l
80.7
79.3
77.9

83.7
82.2
80.5
79.2
77.8

82.l
80.6
79.0
77. 7
76.4

32
34

36
38
40
42
44
46
48
50
52
54

500

1000

ex>

\O

-..J

U1

NOTES : l.
2.

2 ~"\,;.'

3:~~

zo
e
)>

"'tJ

:o

...
-i

3500

)> Cl'l!li~
-f
m

....

THIS AREA IS GREATER


THAN ISA +37 C
3000

~ ::JI

)>

4000

4500

5000

5500

PRESSURE ALTITUDE

.......

~ ~~I

94.5
93.3
92.l
91.0
89.9

z.'
......

"TI

)>

96.4
95.1
93.9
92.8
91. 7

6000

6500

7000

7500

8000

8500

- ft

U1
1
N
1

98.2
97.0
95.7
94.6
93. 5

<:
......

3:

)>

100.0
12
100.0 98.8
14
99.5 97.6
16
100.0 98.3 96.4
18
20 100.0 99.0 97.1 95.3

~
H'"ll ~
Z'"ll
Gl
ffi

2500

IN THIS AREA

t:l

2000

TORQUE IS 100\

-8
-6
-4
-2

[Ij

t-3

1500

-20
-18
-16
-14
-12
-10

(')

1000

500

THE POWER LEVERS MUST BE ADVANCED TO GIVE THE TABULATED VALUE OF TORQUE. IF THESE VALUES ARE NOT
ACHIEVED WITH THE POWER LEVERS FULLY ADVANCED THEN THE TAKE-OFF MUST BE REJECTED.
IF ENGINE ANTI-ICING IS USED, INCREASE THE AMBIENT TEMPERATURE BY +5C TO OBTAIN TOROUE VALUE .

9000

9500 10000

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SeRies J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK

15-2-8
Dec 1/88

EIRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREAWI

SERiEs }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1


!i.'

FIELD
PRE SS
ALT.

TEMPERATURE DEGREES C

o < o

1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
6000
7000
8000
9000
10000

<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<

8
-2

16
5
-5

WT
LB

U)

o
o

16204
16120
15840
15570
15300
15020
14760
14500
14230
13970
13720
13470
13220
12970
12720
11000

23
12
2
-7

30
19
9
-1
-9

37
26
16
6
-3
-12

44
33
23
13
4
-5
-14

51 52
40 47 50
30 37 44 48 48
20 27 33 40 46
10 17 23 30 37
1
7 14 20 27
-8 -1
5 11 18
-16 -10 -4
2
8
-18 -12 -6
o
-21 -16 -10
-24 -19

116
116
115
114
113
112
111
110
109
108
108
108
108
108
108
108

116
116
115
114
113
112
111
110
109
108
107
107
107
107
107
107

V2 - KNOTS
116
116
115
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114

116 116
116 116
115'115
114 114
113 113
113 112
113 112
113 112
113 112
113 112
113 112
113 112
113 112
113 112
113 112
113 112

116
116
115
114
113
112
111
111
111
111
111
111
111
111
111
111

116
116
115
114
113
112
111
111
111
110
110
110
110
110
110
110

116
116
115
114
113
112
111
110
110
109
109
109
109
109
109
109

116
116
115
114
113
112
111
110
109
108
107
106
106
106
106
106

116
116
115
114
113
112
111
110
109
108
107
106
105
105
105
105

116
116
115
114
113
112
111
110
109
108
107
106
105
104
104
104

116
116
115
114
113
112
111
110
109
108
107
106
105
104
103
103

USA, CAN

Explanation: Enter the table at the airfield pressure altitude


Read across to the ambient temperature
Drop a reference down until level with weight
Read off V2
VR = V2 minus 3 kt
V2 is also the speed f or Best Angle of Climb
rn-..rrp __ l"'lpp
JETSTREAM
SPEEDS
TO FA.A REQUIRE:MENTS (HP4.l6)
.:.. ...

........

-.i.. .....

15-2-9
Sep 15/89

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREAIW

SrniEs }200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

JETSTREAM 3200 TO FLIGHT MANUAL HP 4.16


ALL ENGINES BEST RATE OF CLIMB SPEED
WEIGHT
LB
16204
16000
15500
15000
14500
14000
13500
13000
12500
12000

CLIMB SPEED
KT
139
138
136
134
131
129
127
125
123
121

RECOMMENDED ALL ENGINES CLIMB SPEED


OPTIMISED FOR NORMAL OPERATIONS
160 KT TO 15,000 FT TREN REDUCING BY
V

3 KT PER THOUSAND FEET UP TO MAX


PERMITTED ALTITUDE

Note: For single engine climb speeds, see page 15-3-3.

ALL ENGINES CLIMB SPEEDS


15-2-10
May 15/90

---.......

B-TISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREA/111

SERiES }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

f.

FLAPS 10 DEGS
DRY
CLIMB WEIGHT LIMIT - WAT - POUNDS
AIRFIELD ALTITUDE - FT

TEMP
C
SL

o
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
52

5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40

1000

1500

2000

2500

3000

3500

16204
16200
15860
15480
15060
14560
14030
13570

16204
16130
15870
15580
15200
14780
14280
13775
13305

16160
16100
15950
15640
15300
14920
14500
14000
13520
13040

16050
15950
15690
15350
15020
14635
14215
13740
13260
12770

Max Take Off Weight


16204 in this area

16180
15720
15170
14620
14120
13930

16204
15900
15435
14885
14360
13860

16204
16035
15625
15150
14600
14100
13600

16204
16155
15760
15340
14855
14315
13835

Above ISA+37C in this area


AIRFIELD ALTITUDE - FT

TEMP
C

-15
-10
- 5

500

4000

5000

6000

7000

8000

9000

10000

16180
16080
16000
15930
15735
15430
15075
14740
14350
13930
13480
13000

15960
15850
15770
15525
15240
14890
14530
14160
13800
13380
12960
12475

15730
15570
15310
15020
14730
14350
13970
13620
13245
12845
12420
11940

15380
15110
14820
14500
14180
13800
13430
13080
12720
12330
11880

14890
14630
14310
13975
13625
13250
12890
12530
12200
11820
11350

14410
14125
13790
13440
13075
12700
12350
12000
11650
11250

13930
13600
13250
12890
12520
12160
11825
11460
11100
10675

Above ISA+37C in this are a

TAKE OFF WAT LIMITATIONS (DRY)


TO FAA REQUIREMENTS (HP 4.16)
15-2-11
Feb 15/90

BRITl5'# AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SrniEs }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

FLAPS 10 DEGS
AUTOMATIC POWER RESERVE
CLIMB WEIGHT LIMIT - WAT - POUNDS
AIRFIELD ALTITUDE - FT

TEMP
C
SL

o
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
52

500

1000

1500

2000

2500

3000

3500

16050
15720
15322
14932
14460
13951
13492

16033
15790
15422
15029
14647
14188
13683
13256

Torque is already limited to 100%


in .this area

. 16204
16204 16100
16204 15935 15620
15675 15388 15100
15150 14855 14560
14410

16204
15808
15326
14812
14287

16204
15937
15515
15032
14523
14114

16204
16038
15628
15224
14742
14236
13748

Above ISA+37C in this area


AIRFIELD ALTITUDE - FT

TEMP
C
4000
-20
-15
-10
- 5

6000

7000

15669
15379
15015
14672
14351
13987
13634
13259
12849
12375

15290 14650
15518 14908 14320
15139 14572 14000
14770 14185 13625
14453 13871 13315
14127 13566 13010
13793 13252 12660
13428 12882 12350
13101 12565 12025
12731 12186 11650
12307 11740
Above ISA+37C

Torque is
100% in
this are a

5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40

5000

15840
15490
15131
14743
14364
13920
13422

15850
15596
15246
14906
14556
14183
13808
13382
12890

8000

9000

10000
14115
13820
13475
13140
12830
12500
12130
11850
11525
11140
in this a rea

TAKE OFF WAT LIMITATIONS (APR)


TO FAA REQUIREMENTS (HP 4.16)
15-2.:.12
Feb 15/89

o
o

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI
SERiES

J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1


::

.
FLAPS 10 DEGS
DRY
CLIMB WEIGHT LIMIT - WAT - POUNDS
AIRFIELD ALTITUDE - FT

TEMP
C
SL

o
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
52

5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40

1000

1500

2000

2500

3000

3500

16204
16020
15670
15295
14860
14380
13900
13400

16204
16204
16060
15750
15385
15010
14580
14110
13640
13135

16169
16110
15820
15470
15100
14720
14300
13830
13380
12870

Max Take Off Weight


16204 in this area

16204
15840
15270
14720
14200
14050

16204
16010
15540
14985
14460
13950

16204
16170
15725
15240
14700
14200
13700

16204
15875
15430
14950
14430
13930

16204
15960
15580
15140
14660
14160
13660

Above ISA+37C in this area


AIRFIELD ALTITUDE - FT

TEMP
C

-15
-10
- 5

500

4000

5000

6000

7000

8000

9000

10000

16204
16204
16120
16050
15860
15545
15195
14810
14440
14010
13550
13108

16060
15990
15890
15610
15340
15005
14635
14245
13885
13455
13030
12564

15860
15710
15440
15130
14830
14450
14070
13705
13340
12935
12510
12037

15485
15215
14925
14610
14275
13895
13530
13180
12800
12420
11990

15010
14725
14400
14090
13730
13340
13000
12640
12270
11910
11450

14530
14225
13895
13545
13165
12800
12450
12095
11735
11330

14050
13730
13390
13000
12600
12260
11900
11550
11200
10750

Above ISA+37C in this a rea

TAKE OFF WAT LIMITATIONS (DRY)


McCAULEY PROPELLERS
TO FAA REQUIREMENTS (HP 4.16)
EFFECTIVITY:
902 ONLY

15-2-11
Aug 15/90

l!NWTISH AEROs-cE

JETSTREAWI
SERiES

}200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

FLAPS 10 DEGS
AUTOMATIC POWER RESERVE
CLIMB WEIGHT LIMIT - WAT - POUNDS
AIRFIELD ALTITUDE - FT

TEMP
C
SL

o
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
52

500

1000

1500

2000

2500

3000

3500

16204
16175
16055
15720
15315
14860
14350
13860

16160
16080
16015
15765
15420
15025
14575
14070
13600

16104
16010
15930
15785
15490
15130
14745
14295
13805
13335

APR not available


in this area

16204
16204
16204
15810
15230
14710
14500

16204
16204
16204
16070
15515
14950
14435

16204
16204
16204
15750
15220
14670
14165

16204
16204
16204
15905
15450
14930
14395

16204
16204
16204
16015
15610
15155
14635
14125

Above ISA+37C in this area


AIRFIELD ALTITUDE - FT

TEMP
C
4000
-15
-10
- 5

5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
1

5000

APR not
available
15735
15970 15637
15855 15490
15760 15230
15510 14945
15220 14635
14850 14285
14470 13905
14020 13480
13540 12990

6000

7000

8000

9000

10000

15645
15530
15430
15225
14975
14705
14400
14075
13730
13355
12950
12460

15330
15200
14960
14740
14470
14170
13850
13535
13200
12835
12395

14960
14730
14490
14240
13940
13640
13330
12990
12680
12295
11860

14500
14290
14025
13730
13420
13110
12795
12460
12140
11750

14040
13850
13560
13225
12900
12580
12260
11925
11600
11200

Above ISA+37C in this a rea

TAKE OFF WAT LIMITATIONS (APR)


McCAULEY PROPELLERS
TO FAA REQUIREMENTS (HP 4.16)
15-2-12

EFFECTIVITY:

Aug 15/90

902 ONLY

BRl77SH AEROSFMCE

-JETSTREA/111

SERiEs J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1


',,

,.

3. EN-ROUTE
3.1 Configuration

Failure of the right hand engine has the most adverse effect
on handling and performance, the performance data is
therefore based on failure of that engine. The following
assumptions are made:Net Gradient: One engine inoperative.
RPM lever at FLIGHT (100%).
POWER lever advanced to give the
scheduled en-route torque (from Flight
Manual)
En-route climb speed (15-3-3)
FLOW selector at position 5
3.2 Requirements

The net ceiling attainable and drift down prof ile vary with
temperature, gross weight, and in the case of the profile,
wind component. The net gradient performance is based on
the gross gradient diminished by 1.1%.
Compliance with the following must be shown when
establishing en-route performance :The aircraft will, in the meteoro~ogical conditions expected
for the flight, in the event of any one power unit becoming
inoperative at any point on its route or any planned
diversion therefrom, be capable of clearing by a vertical
interval of at least 2,000 ft obstacles within 10 nautical
miles of the intended track, using the scheduled net
gradients.

On arrival at the destination or alternate airport the net


gradient shall be not less than zero at 1,500 ft above the
airport.

15-3-1

Jan_15/97

BRITISH AEROSl"JtaCE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

3.3 Flying for Best Altitude

To achieve best gross performance the RPM should be set to


100%.
The power lever should be advanced to Redline
torque or Redline EGT whichever comes first.
The aircraft
should then be f lown at the Single Engine En-Route Climb
speed (15-3-3) whilst it drifts down. The setting of the
AIR CONDITIONING FLOW selectors is quite critical in
achieving the best performance. The flow selector on the
side of the dead engine should be turned OFF. The flow
selector on the side of the live engine should only be
increased suff iciently to maintain cabin pressurisation.
The tables are based on a setting of 5. The aircraft will
eventually level off at this speed and power setting.
A simplif ied set of tables covering the parameters for
Best Altitude on one engine is given at pages 15-3-4 and
15-3-5.
3.4 Flying for Best Range

If altitude is not critical the following procedure should


be followed; this will give improved aircraft handling and
a small improvement in range.
The RPM should be set to 97%. The power lever should be
set as in para 3.3 above and the aircraft flown at 140 Kt
down to the stabilising altitude given in the tables
covering the parameters for Best Rang~ on one engine at
pages 15-3-6 and 15-3-7. The AIR CONDITIONING FLOW
selector should be set as described in para 3.3 above.
On completion of the driftdown, especially at the lighter
weights, it may be necessary to reduce power to keep the
airspeed below 140 Kt.
Note: If the stabilising altitude achieved by this
procedure does not give adequate terrain clearance
then revert to Flying For Best Altitude at para 3.3.

C>
C>
U1

c:o

'

())

15-3-2

Jan 15/97

BRITISH AEROSIWCE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

ALTITUDE ft

WEIGHT

10000

lb

AND

SL 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 ABOVE

"'
'co

LO

16204
16120
15880
15630
15380
15140
14890
14640
14400
14150
13900
13650
13400
13150
12900
12650
12400
12150
11900
11650
11400
11150
11000

123
123
122
121
120
119
118
117
116
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115

123
123
122
121
120
119
118
117
116
115
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114

123
123
122
121
120
119
118
117
116
115
114
113
113
113
113
113
113
113
113
113
113
113
113

123
123
122
121
120
119
118
117
116
115
114
113
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112
112

123
123
122
121
120
119
118
117
116
115
114
113
112
111
111
111
111
111
111
111
111
111
111

123 123
123 123
122 122
121 121
120 120
119 119
118 118
117 117
116 116
115 115
114 114
113 113
112 112
111 111
110 110
110 109
110 108
110 108
110 108
110 ;..108
110 108
110 108
110 108

123
123
122
121
120
119
118
117
116
115
114
113
112
111
110
109
108
107
107
107
107
107
107

123
123
122
121
120
119
118
117
116
115
114
113
112
111
110
109
108
107
106
106
106
106
106

123
123
122
121
120
119
118
117
116
115
114
113
112
111
110
109
108
107
106
105
105
105
105

123
123
122
121
120
119
118
117
116
115
114
113
112
111
110
109
108
107
106
105
104
104
104

ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE

o
N

JETSTREAM 3200 SINGLE ENGINE EN-ROUTE CLIMB SPEEDS


TO FAA REQUIREMENTS (HP 4.16)
15-3-3
Jan-15/97

BRITISI# AEROSFlllCE

JETSTREAllll

Srnies 1200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1


-:,.:

FLYING FOR BEST ALTITUDE, 1.1% NET GRADIENT


100% RPM

FLOW SELECTOR POSITION 5

SINGLE ENGINE DRIFTDOWN SPEED FOR BEST ALTITUD E


WEIGHT - lb
SPEED - Kt

11000

12000

13000

106*

107*

111*

* THESE SPEEDS ARE INCREASED BELOW

14000

15000

16000

115

119

123

8000 ft

(SEE 15-3-3)

l
DRIFTDOWN DISTANCES (n mile) AND FUEL BURN (lb)
Initial
Cruise F/L
250
240
220
200
180
160
140

WEIGHT AT ENGINE FAILURE

- lb

11000

12000

13000

14000

15000

16000

128
255
118
240
93
190
50
100

150
325
142
310
123
280
100
230
35
100

167
390
162
380
148
355
132
325
110
280
60
160

183
460
188
460
167
445
155
420
138
380
115
325
55
210

198
500
194
500
181
490
176
470
162
440
148
410
127
360

212
555
209
555
201
545
192
530
181
500
168
475
151
440

...

These Distance and Fuel figures are for ISA + lOC.


For each
degree C higher (or lower), add (or subtract) 80 lb to the actual
weight and use this value to read the table.

15-3-4

Jan 15/97

o
U1

ro
..........,
o

BRITISH

AERO~

JETSTREA/111

SERiEs J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

,,
FLYING FOR BEST ALTITUDE, 1.1% NET GRADIENT
100% RPM

FLOW SELECTOR POSITION 5

If engine anti-icing is used the altitude should be read at the


ambient temperature increased by 5C.
NET STABILISING PRESSURE ALTITUDE FOR TERRAIN CLEARANCE WEIGHT AT END OF DRIFTDOWN

TEMPERATURE C
RELATIVE OAT AT
TO ISA 12000 ft
-29
-24
-19
-14
- 9
- 4
1
6
11
16
21
26
28

-20
-15
-10
- 5

5
10
15
20
25
30
35
37

ft

- lb

11000

12000

13000

14000

15000

16000

21800
21100
20400
19700
18900
18200
17500
16700
15900
15000
14100
13100
12600

19700
19000
18300
17500
16800
16000
15300
14500
13500
12600
11700
10500
10100

17600
16900
16100
15400
14600
13800
13000
12100
11200
10200
9100
8000
6400

15500
14800
14000
13200
12400
11600
10700
9800
8800
7800
6600
5400
4700

13500
12800
12000
11200
10300
9400
8400
7400
6400
5400
4100

11500
10700
9900
9100
8100
7200
6200
5100
4100
2700

;...

l
SINGLE ENGINE CRUISE SPEED FOR BEST ALTITUDE - Kt

r---00
L.()

WEIGHT lb
SPEED Kt

11000
106*

12000
107*

13000
111*

14000
115

15000
119

16000
123

* These Speeds are increased below 8,000 ft (see 15-3-3)

SINGLE ENGINE ANM PER 100 lb OF FUEL


F/L
200
150
100
50

11000
51
46
42
38

12000
47
44
40
36

WEIGHT - lb
13000
14000
44
42
39
35

41
37
34

15000

16000

39
36
33

35
32

15-3-5
Jan_l5/97

BRITISHA~

JETSTREANI
SERiES

J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

FLYING FOR BEST RANGE, GROSS GRADIENT


97% RPM

FLOW SELECTOR POSITION 5

SINGLE ENGINE DRIFTDOWN SPEED FOR BEST RANGE


WEIGHT - lb
SPEED

- Kt

11000

12000

13000

14000

15000

16000

140

140

140

140

140

140

DRIFTDOWN DISTANCES (n mile) AND FUEL BURN (lb)


Initial
Cruise F/L
250
240
220
200
180
160
140

11000

WEIGHT AT ENGINE FAILURE POINT - lb


12000
13000
14000
15000
16000

212
380
207
373
193
354
175
329
151
288
97
190
No
Driftdown

229
429
223
422
211
406
196
383
176
350
144
293
35
74

243
477
238
471
227
457
213
436
196
407
171
364
128
280

257
529
252
523
241
509
228
490
214
466
194
430
164
374

;...

265
573
260
568
250
555
239
537
225
515
209
486
187
443

280 n mile
637 lb
275
632
265
619
255
605
243
584
228
559
210
524

These distance and fuel flow figures are for ISA + lOC, but
can be considered applicable to all temperatures.

15-3-6
Jan 15/97

o
o

lJ1

a:>
--.....J
N

BRITISH AEROSFWCE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs 1200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

FLYING FOR BEST RANGE, GROSS GRADIENT


97% RPM

FLOW SELECTOR POSITION 5

If engine anti-ice is used the altitude should be read at the


ambient temperature increased by 5C.
GROSS STABILISING PRESSURE ALTITUDE FOR BEST RANGE - f t
WEIGHT AT END OF DRIFTDOWN

TEMPERATURE C
RELATIVE OAT AT
TO ISA 12000 ft
-29
-24
-19
-14
- 9
- 4
1
6
11

-20
-15
-10
- 5

5
10
15
20

- lb

11000

12000

13000

14000

15000

16000

20400
19550
18700
17900
17000
16100
15200
14100
13000

19200
18400
17500
16700
15750
14800
13800
12700
11400

18000
17100
16300
15400
14400
13400
12400
11150
9700

16600
15800
14900
14000
12900
12000
10800
9500
8000

15300
14400
13500
12400
11300
10300
9200
7800
6100

14000
13000
12000
10900
9800
8600
7400
6000

SINGLE ENGINE CRUISE SPEED FOR BEST RANGE - Kt


WEIGHT lb
SPEED Kt

11000
140

12000
140

13000
140

14000
140

15000
140

16000
140

SINGLE ENGINE ANM PER 100 lb OF FUEL


F/L
200
150
100
50

11000
54
50
47
44

12000
51
49
46
43

WEIGHT - lb
13000
14000
49
47
44
41

46
44
42
40

15000
44
43
41
38

16000

42
40
38
36

15-3-7/8
Jan_15/97

-TTSH AEROSPACE

JETSTREAA6

SERiES }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1


...

/-~o-~:-

.::.

4.

LANDING (PART 135)


4.1 Configurations
The data provided is based on the following assumptions:4.1.1 Go around on two engines (Landing Climb)
Both engines operating.
Airbleeds off. **
RPM levers at FLIGHT (100%)
Power levers advanced to give scheduled
go-around torque
Flaps at 35
Landing gear down
Airspeed Vref (Landing Approach)

**

The cabin and f light deck airbleeds are always off


for landing. If engine anti-icing is used then due
allowance must be made in the two engine go around
performance limitations.

4.1.2 Go around on one engine (Approach Climb)


One engine operating at max take off power.
Go around Scheduled torque.
RPM levers at FLIGHT (100%)
Propeller of inoperative engine feathered.
Flaps 10
Landing gear up
Airspeed V2
{.1.3

~anding

Distance

Both engines operating.


Airbleeds off
Power to maintain a gradient of descent of 5% being
reduced to flight idle at the start of the f lare
and ground idle selected as soon as the aircraf t is
on the runway.
Flaps at 35 or 20
Landing gear down
Airspeed Vref do~n to start of flare (15-4-4).

15-4-1
-Nov 15/89

- T I S H AEROSPACE

JETSTREAA#

SeRies J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

4.2 Requirements
The landing f ield lengths required vary with airfield
pressure altitude, gross weight, wind and runway slope.
In all cases compliance with the following must be shown
when establishing landing performance:At the appropriate destination and landing airport the
landing distance required must be equal to, or less than,
the landing distance available on:4.2.1

The most favourable runway and in the rnost


favourable direction, in still air.

4.2.2

The rnost suitable runway considering the probable


wind velocity and direction.

Note: If the airplane would be prohibited from taking off


because it could not rneet para 4.2 above, it may be taken off
providing an alternate airport is selected that rneets both
requirements using the scheduled alternate landing distances.
A mnimum gross gradient of clirnb is required in the Landing
Clirnb configuration, this is shown as a WAT lirnitation on pages
15-4-11 and 15-4-12.
4.3 Precornputed Landing Data
Norrnally landing weights are cornputed far regularly.used
runways and the results published in tabular forro as an
Appendix to 15-4-14.
In the event of a requirement to land at an airfield not
covered by the precomputed tables, landing distances
required and WAT lirnits are shown at pages 15-4-5 to
15-4-12.
The tabulation of landing performance shows far each runway
considered and far the certif ication standard shown above
the tabulation :4.3.1 The temperature when the WAT weight is equal to the
Maxirnum Landi-ng Weight, MLW.

15-4-2
Apr 15/89

!'\..

e:
e
!'\...

e::

~AEROSPACE

JETSTREARH

SeRies }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

4.3.2 The distance lirnited weights for given reported


winds.
If the runway is so short that the weight is below
the Flight Manual range the rnessage OFMR is printed.
If at any wind the distance lirnited weight is greater
than the Maxirnurn Landing Weight then that weight is
printed and no more winds are listed.
Note: For single engined landings or for 20 flap
landings Vref rnust be increased by 4 kt.
4.4 Flapless Landings
4.4.1

For Flapless Landings (training or actual) use the


Landing Approach Speed for 35 Flap obtained frorn
15-4-4 increased by 15 knots.

4.4.2

For an ACTUAL Flapless Landing, the landing distance


obtained frorn the Destination Airfields table at
15-4-5 should be increased by 7%. far each 5 knot
increment of speed. In an actual Flapless Landing
the use of full reverse pitch and maxirnurn braking
is recommended.

4.4.3

Fer a TRAINING Flapless Landing, the landing


distance obtained from the Destination Airf ields
table at 15-4-5 should be increased by 10% for each
5 knot increment of speed. This figure is based on
the use of full revers~ pitch and moderate braking.

15-4-3
Nov 15/89

BRITTSH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

JETSTREAM 3200 TO FM HP 4.16


LANDING APPROACH SPEED
WEIGHT
POUNDS

SPEED
KNOTS

:;
;
c.

:;

...:;,.

15609
15520
15240
14970
14690
14420
14160
13910
13660
13400
13150
12900
12660
12420
12180
11930
11690
11450
11210

115
115
114
113
112
111
110
109
108
107
106
105
104
103
102
101
100
99
98

CT>

;;><;

~-~

o
(5".

{'.>

Note: For 20 flap landings increase Vref by 4 kt.

JETSTREAM 3200 LANDING SPEEDS


TO FAA REQUIREMENTS (HP 4.16)
35<> FLAP

Nov 1/88

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI
SERES

}200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1


JETSTREAM 3200 RLW TO FLIGHT MANUAL HP. 4.16 WITH 1020 SHP ENGINES.
STILL AIR & ZERO SLOPE

35 degs FLAP

************

LANDING DISTANCE REQUIRED - FEET - DESTINATION AIRFIELDS


PRESSURE ALTITUDE - FEET

WEIGHT
LB
15609
15360
15110
14860
14610
14360
14110
13860
13610
13360
13110
12860
12610
12360
12110
11860
11610

SL

500

1000

1500

2000

2500

3000

3500

4475
4420
4370
4320
4270
4220
4170
4120
4075
4025
3980
3935
3890
3845
3800
3755
3710

4520
4465
4410
4360
4310
4260
4210
4160
4110
4060
4015
3965
3920
3875
3830
3785
3745

4565
4510
4450
4400
4350
4295
4245
4195
4145
4100
4050
4000
3955
3910
3865
3820
3775

4610
4550
4495
4440
4385
4335
4285
4235
4185
4135
4085
4035
3990
3945
3895
3850
3810

4655
4595
4535
4480
4425
4375
4320
4270
4220
4170
4120
4070
4025
3975
3930
3885
3840

4695
4640
4580
4525
4470
4415
4360
4310
4260
4210
4160
4110
4060
4010
3965
3920
3875

4740
4680
4625
4565
4510
4455
4400
4350
4300
4245
4195
4145
4095
4050
4000
3950
3905

4785
4725
4670
4610
4555
4500
4445
4390
4335
4285
4235
4185
4135
4085
4035
3985
3940

LANDING DISTANCE REQUIRED - FEET - ALTERNATE AIRFIELDS


WEIGHT
LB

co
o

15509
15360
15110
14860
14610
14360
14110
13860
13610
13360
13110
12860
12610
12360
12110
11860
11610

PRESSURE ALTITUDE - FEET


SL

500

1000

1500

2000

2500

3000

3500

3825
3785
3740
3695
3655
3610
3570
3530
3490
3445
3405
3370
3330
3290
3255
3215
3180

3865
3820
3775
3730
3685
3645
3600
3560
3520
3480
3435
3395
3360
3320
3280
3245
3205

3905
3855
3810
3765
3720
3675
3635
3590
3550
3510
3465
3425
3385
3350
3310
3270
3235

3945
3895
3845
3800
3755
3710
3665
3625
3580
3540
3495
3455
3415
3375
3335
3300
3265

3980
3930
3880
3830
3785
3740
3700
3655
3610
3570
3525
3485
3445
3405
3365
3325
3290

4020
3970
3920
3870
3825
3780
3730
3690
3645
3600
3560
3515
3475
3435
3395
3355
3320

4055
4005
3955
3910
3860
3815
3765
3720
3680
3635
3590
3550
3505
3465
3425
3385
3345

4095
4045
3995
3945
3895
3850
3800
3755
3710
3665
3625
3580
3540
3495
3455
3415
3375

DISTANCE LIMITS TO FAA REQUIREMENTS


SEA LEVEL TO 3500 FT,35 FLAP
15-4-5
Dec 1/88

DISTANCE LIMITS TO FAA REQUIREMENTS


4,000 FT TO 10,000 FT,35 FLAP
15-4-6

Dec 1/88

BRlnsH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs l200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

EFFECTS OF RUNWAY SLOPE & WIND ON LANDING DISTANCE AVAILABLE


DISTANCE LIMITS TO FAR PART 135
'

WIND EQUIVALENT DISTANCE - FEET


TAILWIND -KT

HEADWIND -KT

15

10

SA

10

15

20

25

30

4500
4813
5125
5438
5750
6038
6325
6625
6925
7230

4167
4458
4750
5042
5333
5608
5883
6167
6450
6737

3833
4104
4375
4646
4917
5179
5442
5708
5975
6243

3500
3750
4000
4250
4500
4750
5000
5250
5500
5750

3408
3650
3893
4138
4383
4628
4873
5116
5358
5600

3315.
3550
3785
4026
4267
4507
4747
4982
5217
5450

3223
3450
3678
3914
4150
4385
4620
4848
5075
5300

3130
3350
3570
3802
4033
4263
4493
4713
4933
5150

3038
3250
3463
3690
3917
4142
4367
4579
4792
5000

2945
3150
J355
3578
3800
4020
4240
4445
4650
4850

RUNWAY SLOPE EQUIVALENT DISTANCE - FEET


DOWNHILL - PERCENT

o
N
f'...._

o
o

UPHILL - PERCENT

2.0

1.5

l. o

0.5

ZERO

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

3160
3430
3700
3975
4250
4515
4780
5060
5340
5600
5860
6130
6400
6675
6950
7210

3118
3384
3650
3918
4185
4450
4715
4981
5248
5509
5770
6035
6300
6569
6838
7095

3075
3338
3600
3860
4120
4385
4650
4903
5155
5418
5680
5940
6200
6463
6725
6980

3038
3294
3550
3805
4060
4318
4575
4826
5078
5334
5590
5845
6100
6356
6613
6865

3000
3250
3500
3750
4000
4250
4500
4750
5000
5250
5500
5750
6000
6250
6500
6750

2963
3206
3450
3694
3938
4183
4428
4674
4920
5166
5413
5659
5905
6150
6395
6640

2925
3163
3400
3638
3875
4115
4355
4598
4840
5083
5325
5568
5810
6050
6290
6530

2888
3123
3358
3591
3825
4058
4290
4529
4768
5005
5243
5480
5718
5951
6185
6428.

2850
3083
3315
3545
3775
4000
4225
4460
4695
4928
5160
5393
5625
5853
6080
6325

EFFECTS OF RUNWAY SLOPE AND WIND ON


LANDING DISTANCE AVAILABLE. 35FLAP
OPERATIONS DESTINATION AND ALTERNATE.

15-4-7
Dec 1/88

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREAIW

SERiEs }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1


JETSTREAM 3200 RLW TO FLIGHT MANUAL HP. 4.16 WITH 1020 SHP ENGINES.
STILL AIR & ZERO SLOPE

20 degs FLAP

************
LANDING DISTANCE REQUIRED - FEET - DESTINATION AIRFIELDS
PRESSURE ALTITUDE - FEET

WEIGHT
LB
15609
15360
15110
14860
14610
14360
14110
13860
13610
13360
13110
12860
12610
12360
12110
11860
11610

SL

500

1000

1500

2000

2500

3000

3500

4775
4720
4665
4610
4555
4500
4445
4390
4335
4280
4225
4175
4125
4075
4025
3975
3925

4815
4765
4710
4655
4595
4540
4485
4430
4375
4320
4265
4215
4165
4115
4065
4010
3960

4860
4805
4750
4695
4640
4585
4525
4470
4415
4360
4305
4250
4200
4150
4100
4050
4000

4905
4850
4790
4735
4680
4625
4570
4515
4455
4400
4345
4290
4240
4190
4140
4085
4035

4950
4890
4835
4775
4720
4665
4610
4555
4500
4440
4385
4330
4280
4225
4175
4125
4075

5000
4940
4880
4825
4765
4710
4655
4595
4540
4480
4425
4370
4315
4265
4210
4160
4110

5055
4990
4930
4870
4810
4755
4695
4640
4580
4520
4465
4410
4355
4300
4250
4195
4145

5105
5040
4980
4915
4855
4800
4740
4680
4620
4560
4505
4450
4395
4340
4285
4235
4180

...-a

"'c..

....5
:;,-

"'e

7\

LANDING DISTANCE REQUIRED - FEET - ALTERNATE AIRFIELDS


WEIGHT
LB
156'09
15360
15110
14860
14610
14360
14110
13860
13610
13360
13110
12860
12610
12360
12110
11860
11610

PRESSURE ALTITUDE - FEET


SL

500

1000

1500

2000

2500

3000

3500

4070
4025
3980
3935
3885
3840
3790
3745
3700
3655
3610
3565
3525
3485
3440
3400
3355

4110
4060
4015
3970
3920
3875
3825
3780
3735
3690
3645
3600
3555
3515
3470
3430
3390

4150
4100
4050
4005
3955
3910
3865
3815
3770
3725
3675
3630
3590
3545
3505
3460
3420

4190
4140
4085
4040
3990
3945
3900
3850
3805
3755
3710
3665
3620
3580
3535
3495
3450

4230
4175
4125
4075
4025
3980
3935
3885
3840
3790
3740
3695
3655
3610
3565
3525
3480

4275
4220
4170
4115
4065
4015
3970
3920
3870
3825
3775
3730
3685
3640
3600
3555
3510

4325
4265
4210
4160
4105
4055
4005
3955
3905
3860
3810
3765
.3720
3675
3630
3585
3540

4370
4315
4255
4200
4145
4095
4040
3990
3940
3890
3845
3795
3750
3705
3660
3615
3570

DISTANCE LIMITS TO FAA REQUIREMENTS


SEA LEVEL TO 3500 FT,20 FLAP

15-4-8
Dec 1,/88

o
o

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SeRies }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1


JETSTREAM 3200 RLW TO FLIGHT MANUAL HP. 4.16 WITH 1020 SHP ENGINES.
STILL AIR & ZERO SLOPE

20 degs FLAP

************
LANDING DISTANCE REQUIRED - FEET - DESTINATION AIRFIELDS
WEIGHT
LB
15609
15360
15110
14860
14610
14360
14110
13860
13610
13360
13110
12860
12610
12360
12110
11860
11610

PRESSURE ALTITUDE - FEET


4000

5000

6000

7000

8000

9000

10000

5160
5095
5025
4965
4900
4840
4780
4720
4660
4605
4545
4485
4430
4375
4320
4270
4215

5265
5200
5130
5065
5000
4940
4875
4815
4755
4695
4635
4575
4520
4460
4405
4350
4295

5375
5305
5235
5165
5100
5035
4970
4910
4845
4785
4725
4665
4605
4545
4485
4425
4370

5495
5425
5355
5285
5220
5150
5080
5015
4950
4890
4825
4765
4700
4640
4575
4515
4460

5620
5550
5480
5405
5335
5260
5190
5120
5055
4990
4925
4860
4795
4730
4665
4605
4545

5825
5750
5680
5605
5530
5455
5380
5310
5240
5170
5100
5030
4960
4890
4825
4755
4695

6035
5955
5875
5800
5725
5650
5570
5495
5420
5345
5270
5195
5125
5050
4980
4910
4840

LANDING DISTANCE REQUIRED - FEET - ALTERNATE AIRFIELDS


WEIGHT
LB
N
N
!'-

o
o
N

15609
15360
15110
14860
14610
14360
14110
13860
13610
13360
13110
12860
12610
12360
12110
11860
11610

PRESSURE ALTITUDE - FEET


4000

5000

6000

7000

8000

9000

10000

4415
4360
4300
4240
4185
4130
4075
4025
3975
3925
3875
3830
3785
3735
3690
3645
3600

4515
4455
4390
4335
4275
4220
4165
4110
4055
4005
3955
3905
3855
3805
3760
3710
3665

4605
4545
4485
4425
4365
4310
4250
4195
4140
4080
4030
3980
3925
3875
3825
3780
3730

4710
4650
4590
4530
4470
4410
4345
4290
4230
4175
4i20
4060
4010
3955
3905
3855
3805

4815
4755
4695
4635
4570
4510
4445
4385
4325
4265
4210
4150
4090
4035
3980
3930
3880

4990
4925
4865
4800
4735
4675
4610
4550
4490
4425
4365
4300
4240
4180
4115
4055
4000

5165
5100
5035
4965
4905
4840
4775
4710
4645
4580
4520
4450
4385
4320
4255
4195
4130

DISTANCE LIMITS TO FAA REQUIREMENTS


4,000 FT TO 10,000 FT, 20 FLAP
15-4-9
Dec 1/88

BR,TISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERies J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1


.

EFFECTS OF RUNWAY SLOPE & WIND ON LANDING DISTANCE AVAILABLE


DISTANCE LIMITS TO FAR PART 135

WIND EQUIVALENT DISTANCE - FEET


TAILWIND -KT
15

10

4815
5118
5420
5730
6040
6323
6605
6903
7200
7500
7800

4460
4745
5030
5320
5610
5882
6153
6435
6717
7000
7283

HEADWIND -KT

5
4105
4373
4640
4910
5180
5441 .
5702
5968
6233
6500
6767

SA

10

15

20

25

30

3750
4000
4250
4500
4750
5000
5250
5500
5750
6000
6250

3647
3891
4136
4382
4628
4873
5117
5363
5608
5853
6098

3543
3783
4022
4264
4507
4745
4983
5225
5467
5707
5947

3440
3674
3908
4146
4385
4618
4850
5088
5325
5560
5795

3337
3565
3793
4028
4263
4490
4717
4950
5183
5413
5643

3233
3456
3679
3910
4142
4363
4583
4813
5042
5267
5492

3130
3348
3565
3793
4020
4235
4450
4675
4900
5120
5340

RUNWAY SLOPE EQUIVALENT DISTANCE - FEET


DOWNHILL - PERCENT
2.0
3155
3428
3700
3973
4245
4505
4765
5040
' 5315
5585.
5855
6115
6375
6648
6920
7190
7460
7740

-.

UPHILL - PERCENT

1.5

l. o

0.5

ZERO

0.5

l. o

1.5

2.0

3115
3383
3650
3915
4180
4439
4698
4965
5233
5498
5763
6023
6283
6546
6810
7075
7340
7618

3075
3338
3600
3858
4115
4373
4630
4890
5150
5410
5670
5930
6190
6445
6700
6960
7220
7495

3038
3294
3550
3804
4058
4311
4565
4820
5075
5330
5585
5840
6095
6348
6600
6855
7110
7373

3000
3250
3500
3750
4000
4250
4500
4750
5000
5250
5500
5750
6000
,,6250
6500
6750
7000
7250

2963
3208
3453
3700
3948
4190
4433
4679
4925
5171
5418
5663
5908
6154
6400
6644
6888
7138

2925
3165
3405
3650
3895
4130
4365
4608
4850
5093
5335
5575
5815
6058
6300
6538
6775
7025

2888
3126
3365
3606
3848
4078
4308
4544
4780
5021
5263
5498
5733
5969
6205
6440
6675
6913

2850
3088
3325
3563
3800
4025
4250
4480
4710
4950
5190
5420
5650
5880
6110
6343
6575
6800

EFFECTS OF RUNWAY SLOPE AND WIND ON


LANDING DISTANCE AVAILABLE. 20 FLAP
OPERATIONS DESTINATION AND ALTERNATE
15-4-10

Dec 1/88

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREAJff
SERES

J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1


.:

FLAPS 10 DEGS
DRY
CLIMB WEIGHT LIMIT - WAT - POUNDS
AIRFIELD ALTITUDE - FT

TEMP
C

SL

'

15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
52

500

1000

1500

2000

2500

3000

3500

Max Landing Weight


15609 in this a rea
15520 15230
15370 15090 14800
15460 15175 14880 14600 14320
15500 15225 14940 14660 14380 14100 13820
15250 14975 14700 14420 14145 13870 13595 13320
14740 14460 14180
14530
Above ISA+37C in this area
AIRFIELD ALTITUDE - FT

TEMP
C

4000
-20
-15
-10
-5

'

5000

6000

Max Landing Weight


15609 in this a rea

5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40

15350
14950
14500
14050
13550

15540
15150
14750
14360
13940
13490
13000

15340
14950
14550
14200
13810
13400
12950
12460

7000

8000' 9000

15525 15050
15250 14750
15450 14900 14350
15150 14550 14000
14750 14200 13605
14360 13800 13250
14000 13455 12880
13650 13100 12550
13275 12730 12165
12870 12350 11800
12410 11875
Above ISA+37C

10000
14500
14170
13830
13440
13050
12690
12300
12000
11610
11180
in this a rea

LANDING WAT LIMITATIONS (DRY)


TO FAA REQUIREMENTS (HP 4.16)
15-4-11
Feb 15/90

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREAJ'lll

SrniEs J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

...5
[
~

:;

..

;
e

7\

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK

15-4-12
Dec 1/88

'

BRITTSH AEROSPACE

JETSTREA~
SERiES }200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

4.4 Example of Landing Performance Calculation, 35 Flap


Landing Distance Available is known (4000 ft).
What is Landing Weight lirnited by Distance ?
Runway details: Slope downhill 0.5% , 5 kt headwind,
Elevation 1000 ft.
Frorn Page 15-4-7 obtain correct ELDA for wind.
Enter the upper table at 5 kt headwind and drop down to
interpolate for a figure of 4000 between 3893 and 4138.
Read across and interpolate for Still Air between 4000
and 4250. This gives an eqivalent value of 4109.
Enter the table at the
slope and drop down to
between 4060 and 4318.
slope between 4000 and

lower half of 15-4-7 at 0.5% downhill


interpolate for a figure of 4109
Read across and interpolate for zero
4250. This gives an ELDA of 4047.

Enter the Destination Airfields chart at 15-4-5 at 1000 ft


and ELDA (zero slope, still air) of 4047 ft.
Interpolate between 4000 and 4050. Read across to between
12860 and 13110 lb. This gives a rnax landing weight of
13095 lb.
Finally, if the ternperature is high, check the Landing
WAT Lirnit at 15-4-11.

-o
o
N

15-4-13
Dec 1/88

BRf'TISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs l200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

JETSTREAM 3200 RLW TO FLIGHT MANUAL HP. 4.16 WITH 1020 SHP ENGINES.
DATA FROM NONESUCH AIRLINES
WAT LIMITS WITH 1020 SHP ENGINE
DESTINATION AIRF~ELDS
DISTANCE LIMITS WITH 35 DEG FLAP

******
AIRFIELD

PRESS
ALT
FEET

OPSVILLE

DOGHOUSE
HIGHFIELD

SHORTFIELD

111

TEMP

WHEN
WAT=MLW.
DEG C
41.6

R/W

01

LANDING
DISTAN CE
AVAILABLE

R/W
SLOPE

FT

4500

-0.10

DISTANCE/KE
LIMITED
WEIGHT/TEMP
LB deg e

REPORTED
WIND
COMPONENT
KT

OFMR
11916
13702
15609

10 TAIL
5 TAIL
SA

222

40.9

22

5700

0.40

15609

15 TAIL

8000

-12.0

18

5800

0.20

12892
14453
15609

15 TAIL
10 TAIL
5 TAIL

42.2

11

4100

0.20

OFMR
OFMR
11942
13874
14439
15019
15607
15609

SA
5 HE.AD

r(
'i

5 TAIL
10 HEAD
15 HEAD
20 HE.AD

o
o
N
o
~

'

EXAMPLE OF LANDING PERFORMANCE TABULATION


15-4-14

Apr 15/89

EIR,TISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI
SERES

}200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

5.

OPERATION FROM CONTAMINATED AND SLIPPERY RUNWAYS


This section gives advisory information for operations from
runways contaminated by snow, slush or water and from slippery
runways.
Take-off from contaminated or slippery runways should be
avoided whenever possible; consideration should be given to
delaying the departure to await improved conditions. When a
delay is unacceptable, the data and recommendations in this
section should be used.
Where possible landing on a contaminated or slippery runway
should also be avoided, either by delaying the landing until
conditions have improved or by diversion to a suitable
alternate airfield.
Befare using this section, the crew should be familiar with
any general guidance on operations from contaminated or
slippery runways which may have been issued by the appropriate
Regulating Authority.
In conditions where snow, ice or frost may accumulate on the
airplane, it is important to ensure just befare take-off, that
there are no deposits adhering to the airplane surfaces.
Except where otherwise stated the limitations, procedures and
inf ormation contained in other sections of this manual are
unchanged.
5.1

Contaminated Runways

o
D
. /)

Flight trials have not been carried out to measure the


effects on airplane performance of runway contamination,
so the data in this section is calculated on the
following basis:
5.1.1 Allowance is made far the increased drag resistance
on the wheels caused by the contaminant and f or the
drag caused by spray striking the airframe and
landing gear.
5.1.2 No allowance is made far the effects of an engine
failure during take-off.
5.1.3 The runway surface is assumed to be hard; the
contaminant is assumed to be of unif orm depth and
density over the complete length of the ruway.

15-5-1
Nov

1/91

BRITTSH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SrniEs 'J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

All the related drag effects of runway contaminants


are fully factored in accordance with CAA guidelines.

S.2

Slippery Runways
Tests have not been carried out on runways with a low
braking friction (as caused by ice or other local
conditions) to assess either performance degradation or the
effect on controllability of the airplane.
The data in this section applies to take-off and landing
and has been calculated assuming a friction coeff icient of
o.os. The calculations assume the maximum use of all means
of retardation of the airplane. The data is applicable to
both two and one engine operating cases.

S.3

Contamination
A runway is considered contaminated when it is covered by
standing water, slush or snow to a depth exceeding 3mm.
The contaminants are def ined as follow:
5.3.1 Standing Water
standing water is caused by heavy rainfall and by
inadequate runway drainage.
The specific gravity of standing water is 1.00.
5.3.2 Slush
Slush is water saturated by snow, which splatters
when firmly stepped on.
The specific gravity of very wet slush is 0.80 to
1.00. It is principally water.
The specific gravity of slush is 0.50 to 0.80.
principally melting snow.

It is

S.3.3 Wet Snow

Wet snow is snow which will stick together and f orm a


snowball if compacted by hand.
The specific gravity of wet snow is 0.35 to

lS-S-2
Nov

1/91

o.so.

BRITISH AEROSPlllCE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs 'J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

5.3.4 Dry Snow

Dry Snow is snow which will not stay together if


compacted. It tends to blow in the wind.
The specific gravity of dry snow is 0.20 to 0.35.
The lower value corresponds to dry powder snow.
The depth of contaminant is unlikely to be constant along
the whole length of a runway. Provided that the
variation is not excessive, an estimate should be made of
of the mean depth of contaminant over the portian of
runway being used.
5.4

Operating Restrictions
5.4.1 The mean depth of a continuous layer of the

contaminant must not exceed the following values:


Water
Slush
Wet Snow
Dry Snow

8 millimetres
16 millimetres
23 millimetres
40 millimetres

The expected track of the airplane down the runway


should not comprise signif icant lengths where the
actual depth of contaminant is more than 40% deeper
than the mean depth.
Where a signif icant variation in contaminant depth
occurs, the calculation should be based on a depth
af contaminant greater than the mean depth.
5.4.2 Where a runway is contaminated to a depth in excess
of an "Equivalent Water Depth" of 9 mm, take-off

may not be carried out at a weight in excess of


15,500 lb (7030 kgs).
5.4.3 Take-off from, and landing on, a slippery runway
N

should not be carried out with a crosswind


component in excess of 15 knots.
5.4.4 Take-off from, and landing on, a contaminated

runway with any tailwind component should be


avoided.
5.4.5 Reduced power take-off is not permitted.
5.4.6 All normal power plant and braking systems must be

fully serviceable.

15-5-3

Mar 15/93

BINTISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERies }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

5.5

Ground Manoeuvring and Taxying


Contaminated surfaces are liable to be slippery so low
forward speeds, coupled with gentle manoeuvring, should be
adopted.
Appropriate combinations of nosewheel steering and
differential power should be used to execute turns.
Reverse thrust may be used to help bring the airplane to a
halt in particularly slippery conditions, although dry snow
blown f orward by reverse thrust may af f ect vision from the
flight deck.

....
::r

""e

5.6

;o;

Take-Off From Contaminated or Slippery Runways


It is recommended that the take-off is made from a rolling
start.
Power should be applied progressively and
symmetrically until scheduled torque is obtained.
Initially, the airplane should be steered using gentle
inputs to the nosewheel steering. Nosewheel steering
effectiveness may be increased by f orward pressure on the
control column.

{'

On contaminated runways, once rudder control becomes


effective, the nosewheel should be raised above the
contaminant to reduce drag and the rudder used to give
directional control.
All controls should be operated gently throughout the
take-off roll ~ large control inputs should be avoided.
Rotate the airplane at the normal VR and continue the
take-off and climb out using normal all-engine take-off
procedures.

o
o
l.N
ce

During take-off with a crosswind component, it is possible


that the engirtes may ingest small amounts of contaminant.
Engine performance will not be degraded by the ingestion of
contaminant but, as a precaution, CONTINUOUS ignition
should be selected for both engines before take-off.

"

CAUTION:

15-5-4
Nov

1/91

ABANDON THE TAKE-OFF IF, AT ANY TIME,


ACCELERATION APPEARS ABNORMALLY LOW, OR IF IT
PROVES DIFFICULT TO MAINTAIN THE AIRPLANE'S
HEADING.

_j::::.

BR'T'SH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SrniEs }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

If the take-off is abandoned, reverse thrust may be used


to slow the airplane down.
Care should be taken,
however, as the use of asymmetric reverse thrust on a
slippery runway could cause directional control problems.
5.7

Landing on Contaminated or Slippery Runways


The procedures f or landing on a contaminated or slippery
runway are exactly the same as fer a normal landing.
Once the airplane is firmly on the ground, full reverse
thrust should be selected on the operating engines.
Rudder, brakes and nosewheel steering should be used with
care.

5.8

Take-Off Performance on Contaminated Runways


The data presented in this section allows a limiting
Take-Of_f __ W_~Jght to be established for the runway length
available when the runway is contaminated.
The chart on page 15-5-8 converts the depth of
contaminant to an "Equivalent Water Depth". This
"Equivalent Water Depth" is then used in the chart on
page 15-5-9 to factor the Take-Off Distance Available
(TODA) to take account of the contaminant.
The factored TODA is then used to establish, from
section 7-4 of the Airplane Flight Manual (AFM), the
limiting Take-Off Weight, assuming Vl = VR and a dry
runway.

5.9

Calculation of Limiting Take-Off Weight


5.9.1 Enter the chart on page 15-5-8 with the actual
mean depth of the contaminant. Read across the
chart at this depth until the actual runway
conditions are met.
5.9.2 Move vertically to determine the Equivalent Water
Depth.
5.9.3 Enter the chart on page 15-5-9 with the Take-Off
Distance Available (TODA).
If the TODA does not
equal the TORA, TODA should first be corrected fer
maximum clearway (figure 7-4-1 in the AFM) before
entering the chart on page 15-5-9.
15-5-5

Nov

1/91

B-77SH AEROSPACE

JETSTREAIW

SERiES }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

5.9.5 Move to the Equivalent Take-Off Distance Available


(ETODA) scale to read the ETODA.
5.9.6 Use the ETODA in section 7-4 of the AFM to
determine the limiting take-off weight.
Note: The chart on page 15-5-8 allows variation in the
specific gravity (SG) of the contaminant. If it is not
possible to establish the SG satisfactorily, the lower
boundary of the appropriate contaminant segment should be
used.
5.9.7 Example
TODA
TORA
Contaminant
Contaminant Depth

8000 f eet
8000 feet
Wet snow turning to Slush
13 mm (0.51 in)

From Page 15-5-8, the Equivalent water Depth is


10 mm (0.39 in).
From Page 15-5~9, an Equivalent Water Depth of
10 mm (0.39 in) reduces the TODA of 8000 ft to
6000 ft.
The lower figure of 6000 ft is used, together with
the appropriate airfield pressure altitude, ambient
temperature, runway slope and wind to establish the
limiti-ng Take-Off Weight from section 7-4 of the AFM.
5.10

Dec 15/93

()

V\

To establish the limiting Take-Off Weight on a slippery


runway, reduce the actual Accelerate-stop Distance
Available (ASDA) by 50%.

Landing Performance on Contaminated Runways


The Landing Distance Required (LDR) when landing on a
contaminated runway is the Destination Airf ield LDR,
obtained from section 7-9 of the AFM. No further factor
is required. Alternate Airfield and unfactored distances
must not be used.

15-5-6

---Q

Take-Off Performance on Slippery Runways

Use the revised ASDA in section 7-4 in the AFM to obtain


the limiting Take-Off Weight and a revised Vl/VR, using
dry runway data.
5.11

BRl77SH AEROS-CE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs :>200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

5.12

Landing Performance on Slippery Runways


The Landing Distance Required (LDR) when landing on a
slippery runway is the Destination Airf ield LDR, obtained
from section 7-9 of the AFM, increased by 15%. Alternate
Airfield and unfactored distances must not be used.

15-5-7
Dec 15/93

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI
SERiEs

}200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

EQUIVALENT WATER DEPTH


FOR
CONTAMINATED RUNWAY

1.6

40

1.4

35

1.2

E 30

E1

.e

...z
1

1.0

0.8

e(

z
i
t!
z
o
o
u.

...a.

:e
w

"-.)

.4

10

o
o
0-J
(X)

"
00
0.2

10

11

12

EQUIVALENT DEPTH OF WATER -mm


EQUIVALENT WATER DEPTH FOR CONTAMINATED RUNWAYS
15-5-8

Nov

1/91

,.

21003869

. ,

Printed in the U K

TAKE-OFF - CONTAMINATED RUNWAYS


TAKE-OFF DISTANCE
BOTH ENGINES OPERATING

s:

o 1-3
t'lj )"

t'lj~

)>

trj

01

HO

(/) t'lj
1-3 t'lj

)"

ZI

()
trj ()

... o
z

tJ:1 1-3

~
>
~

trj )"

~
ce

1-3
trj

HO

ztrj

~
1-3
H

z(j)

1-'
U1

i<
(/)

_____,..._. .

5500

;_

'

\O

1-'

t.;:.

~ ~~

im

~~
(/) .,!:l
~ (l')rli~~d
:o

z ~-\.:.
l>o
s:~zo

tri:

G')ll!.

4500

)>

::i.:: 4000

'"O

!z

:o

)>

~ 3500
~

~ 3000

'

nu

llllMi..

)>

::.;:.r..:.; ..

2500 .J.;..+p!: ' '<!'!'1 '.(""


2500

3000

.;c.~ ~-rfr"fJ--.~+- . . I".


.......:..:;.4c:;..... . .

'"~-~H-4+~.:~r~lfl~,~f;.~-

U1

'1-'

: :

)>

-1""

1
\O

i~'_.fL_r_ l_lJL Li_ lL.u_.::

, ..._! L_'
l_ ___
] ; : ; : ; ; : 1;. : : ~ ... : 1
1 :

1
1-'

...L,......

i_,_,_,_,_
w 5000 tn:r

(/) e:
o~ ~
"d )"
trj

=J111:r:.m]E~~
+ -;-;1-._,. . .,_n ~J-:-t C.j- -~-

6000

z(j)

"TI

6500

a:

~~
:::X:H
z

3500

4000

4500
5000
5500
6000
6500
7000
7500
8000
8500
TAKE-OFF DISTANCE AVAILABLE ON CONTAMINATED RUNWAY -ft

9000

9500

10000

-1

....

, __ ,'

BRITISH AEROSIWCE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

CHAPTER 16.
LIST

FLIGHT

OF

GUIDE

CONTENTS

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES


NORMAL HANDLING
. . 16-1-1

Introduction
SRL Computer & TTL Controller

. 16-1-1

Torque indication .

16-1-2

Engine start up .

. 16-1-2

Taxying f orwards

16-1-3

Steering

. 16-1-3

Stopping

. 16-1-4

Taxying backwards
Take-of f

. .

. . . . .

. 16-1-4

. . . . . . . . .

. . 16-1-4

Engine Instrument Indications on Take-Off .

. 16-1-6

Take-off using Automatic Performance Reserve (APR) . . 16-1-7


Climb .

. 16-1-9

Steep Turns .

. 16-1-9

Approaches to the Stall and Recover1es

. 16-1-9

conditions for Practise Stalling

. 16-1-11
. .

. . 16-1-12

Descent
\.[)

lJJ
f")

o
o

16-1-12

Pattern

Final Approach

. . 16-1-13

Precision Approach

. . 16-1-13

. 16-1-13

Non-Precision Approach (two engines) . . . . . . . . . 16-1-14


Circling Approach (two engines)

. .

. .

Visual Training Circuit (two engines)

Landing .

. .

. . . . .

. . . .

. 16-1-14

. . . .
. . .

. 16-1-14
. .

Go Around . .
Taxying and Shutdown

. 16-1-15
. 16-1-16

. .

. . .

. .

Table l.Power Off Stalling Speeds .


Table 2.Power On Stalling Speeds
1

16-1-8

Flap & Gear trim changes

Cruise

. .

. . .

. . 16-1-16

. . . . . . 16-1-19
- 16-1-20

/'

CHAPTER 16. CONTENTS


Page 1
May _15/91

BRITISI# AEROS#WCE

JETSTREAJlll

SERiEs J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

CHAPTER 16.
LIST

OF

FLIGHT

GUIDE

CONTENTS (cent)

NORMAL HANDLING PROFILES


Normal Take-off

16-2-1

Visual Circuit (two engines)

16-2-2

ILS

16-2-3

Non-Precision Approach

16-2-4

ABNORMAL HANDLING
Operation with SRL Computer inoperative

16-3-1

Operation with TTL Controller inoperative

16-3-1

Erratic engine indications .

16-3-2

Abandoned Take-of f

. .

16-3-3

Engine Failure after V1

16-3-3

Engine Failure after V1 using Automatic


Performance Reserve .

16-3-4

Engine Failure en-route .

16-3-4

Double engine f ailure .

16-3-4

Emergency Descent . . . r

16-3-5

Field Approach Checks, single engine

16-3-6

Precision Approach & single engine landing

16-3-6

Engine failure on final approach

16-3-7

Single engine go-around . .

16-3-7

Non-precision Approach (single engine)

16-3-8

Circling Approach (single engine)

16-3-8

. .

Visual circuit (pattern) and landing


(single engine)

. . . . . . .

16-3-9

Landing with flaps retracted

16-3-9

Hydraulic system low pressure . .

16-3-9

Main Supply (Brakes) low pressure .

. 16-3-10

Wing de-icing system failure

. 16-3-10

Tailplane de-icing system failure . . . . . 16-3-10


Static pressure . . . . . . . . . . .
CHAPTER 16. CONTENTS
Page 2
Jun 15/96

. 16-3-10

o
U1

'

CD

U1

BRl77SH AE'ROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

CHAPTER 16. FLIGHT GUIDE


LIST OF CONTENTS (cont)
ABNORMAL HANDLING PROFILES
Engine Failure after Vl

16-4-1

Engine Failure in cruise

16-4-2

Visual circuit (single engine)

16-4-3

Emergency descent at high speed

16-4-4

Emergency descent at low speed


Flapless landing .

16-4-5

'.

16-4-6

CREW OPERATING PROCEDURES


Use of check list .

16-5-1

Pre-departure briefing

16-5-1

Both pilots duties during take-of f

16-5-2

Crew co-ordination during take-of f

16-5-3

Standard operating procedures f or

16-5-5

engine f ire or failure after Vl


Pilots duties in the cruise

16-5-6

Approach briefing

16-5-6

Pilots duties during approach

16-5-6

Crew co-ordination during landing

16-5-7

SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT
Operation in Icing Conditions

16-6-1

Flight Director .

16-6-3

Cabin Pressurisation

16-6-6

Oil Cooler Flaps

16-6-9

OPERATIONS IN ADVERSE WEATHER


Operation in Wind Shear/Microburst Activity .

. 16-7-1

CHAPTER 16. CONTENTS


Page 3/4
21006992
Feb 15/06

BR'77SNAEROSPACE

JETSTREANI
SEIES J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

CHAPTER 16
FLIGHT GUIDE
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES
LIST OF CONTENTS 1
2
3/4
LIST OF
1/2
EFFECTIVE PAGES
1
16-1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
1
16-2
2
3
4
1
16-3
2
3
4
5
6

7
8
9
10

May 15/91
Jun 15/96
Feb 15/06
Feb
May
May
May
May
May
May
May
May
May
May
May
May
May
May
May
Mar
May
May
May
May
Feb
Jul
Oct
Oct
Aug
Aug
Dec
Sep
Jan
Jun
Jun
Jun
Jun
Jun

15/06
15/91
15/91
15/91
15/91
15/91
15/91
15/91
15/91
15/91
15/91
15/91
15/91
15/91
15/91
15/91
15/95
15/91
15/91
15/91
15/91
15/89
15/89
15/88
15/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
15/89
1/92
15/96
15/96
15/96
15/96
15/96

16-4

16-5

16-6
Green

16-7

1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9/10
1
2
3
4

Aug
May
Jul
Aug
Aug
Jul
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Oct
Apr
Aug
May
Aug
Aug
May
May
Aug
Feb
Feb
Feb
Feb

1/88
15/90
15/89
1/88
1/88
15/89
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
15/88
15/89
1/88
15/90
1/88
1/88
15/90
1/88
1/88
15/06
15/06
15/06
15/06

CHAPTER 16 LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES


Page 1/2
21007008
Feb 15/06

BRITISH AER06'WCE

JETSTREANI
SERiES

}200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

CHAPTER
FLIGHT

16
GUIDE

NORMAL HANDLING
l.

INTRODUCTION
The JETSTREAM is pleasant to fly under all conditions, with
light controls and good response. This guide is produced as
a training aid f or pilots converting to the JETSTREAM and as
an aide-memoire for experienced JETSTREAM Crews.
The JETSTREAM 3200 series has been developed from the earlier
models and in handling differs only in minor detail.
The
setting for Land Flaps is 35 instead of 50 but the Lift Durnp
70 setting is retained. Some of the aircraft limiting speeds
and weights have changed; the engines are slightly more
powerful.

2.

SRL COMPUTER AND TTL CONTROLLER


The pilots monitoring of the normal engine operation is aided
by two systems, namely the SRL (Single Red Line) Cornputer and
the TTL (Torque & Temp. Limit) Controller.
The SRL Computer's basic function in flight is to take an EGT
signal from the engine exhaust and convert it into a
CONDITIONED ternperature for display. The actual lirniting
temperature is always represented by 650C on the EGT gauge,
regardless of conditions of airspeed, altitude, arnbient
temperature or engine RPM/bleed.
The TTL Controller effectively acts on the signal output frorn
the SRL Computer.
If, at any time, the displayed EGT is
greater than, or rapidly approaching 650C, the TTL
Controller will open the fuel bypass valve to reduce flow and
prevent EGT from exceeding the temperature lirnit.
The TTL Controller similarly limits fuel flow to avoid
exceeding the Torque limit.

16-1-1
May 15/91

BRITISH AEROSl'WCE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

3.

TORQUE INDICATION
The power output of the engines is measured in terms of Torque
and RPM.
POWER

TORQUE x RPM

Torque and RPM are both displayed as percentages.


The maximum permitted RPM and the maximum Torque must be
obtained from Chapter 6 Limitations.
The scheduled torque is the value that should be achieved for
take-off under the relevant conditions of airfield elevation and
ambient temperature. It may well be less than the maximum
torque. This figure should be obtained from Chapter 15
Performance.
4.

ENGINE START-UP
WARNING: WHENEVER A NEW PILOT ENTERS A FLIGHT DECK SEAT, THE
HEIGHT AND POSITION OF THE SEAT MUST BE ADJUSTED SO
AS TO GIVE A CLEAR VIEW BOTH OUTSIDE AND INSIDE, AND
FULL AND FREE MOVEMENT OF THE CONTROLS. THE RUDDER
PEDALS MUST BE ADJUSTED SO AS TO ENSURE THAT FULL
RUDDER CAN READILY BE APPLIED.
CAUTION: IF AT ANY TIME THE START HAS TO BE ABORTED THE
FEATHERING LEVER MUST BE PULLED AND THE STOP
BUTTON PRESSED.
Bef ore start-up set the power levers to the GROUND START
position.
For an AUTO start set the SRL computers to ON.
During AUTO
starts the EGT will normally be controlled at around 690C by
the SRL computer.
The start cycle is complete at 60%
accelerate and stabilise itself at
practise it will be found that the
gently rearwards once 60% has been
state of 72% RPM thus avoiding the

16-1-2
May 15/91

RPM and the engine will


76-80% RPM. With a little
power levers can be moved
passed to achieve a steady
noisy overswing of RPM.

.",_,'

o
e

BRIT7SH

AERO~E

JETSTREANI
SERiEs

}200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

5.

TAXYING FORWARD
CAUTION: CONTROL LOCKS SHOULD BE ENGAGED DURING TAXI WHEN
WINDSPEEDS ABOVE 20 KNOTS OR GUSTY CONDITIONS ARE
EXPECTED.
Before taxying, the seat and pedal adjustments should be
checked to allow unrestricted operation of all the controls.
Hydraulic systems and individual brake pressures should be
checked.
To taxi, the propeller start locks must be removed by moving
the power levers slightly into the reverse range until an
increase in Torque is observed.

e:

With TAXI selected on the RPM levers and brakes off, moving the
power levers forward, within the ground range, should move the
aircraft forward at all operating weights on reasonably level
ground. More taxi power, if needed, can be obtained by moving
one of the power levers forward of the ground range guard.
If the oil temperature rises towards the limit whilst taxying,
it should be controlled by opening the oil cooler flaps.
The
oil cooler flaps should normally be closed before take-off.
However, see page 16-6-9.
For downhill and/or downwind taxi, and for stopping, the power
levers may be moved rearwards into the reverse range provided
that there is no loose material or debris on the ground surf ace
that may cause propeller damage.
6.

STEERING

'...[)

o
.JJ
:")

The nosewheel steering control is adequate f or all normal


taxying.
The system is rate limited and some anticipation of
turns is required. The hand control should not be forced
against the end stop - this will not increase the rate of turn
and it may damage the control.
For tight turns a careful application of dif f erential braking
may be used to assist the turn.
Differential power may also be
used.
Obstructionclearance during turns is assured by
observation of wing-tip clearance; the tail of the aircraft
will always be inside the wing-tip clearance are.

16-1-3
May 15/91

BRITISHAE~E

JETSTREANI
SERES

}200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

on icy/slippery surfaces, the nosewheel steering angle and the


taxi speed should be kept to a minimum to avoid the need f or
harsh braking and possible skidding.
7. STOPPING
Zero thrust can be achieved by setting the power levers just
forward of the position that illuminates the C.A.P.

captions. With anticipation, zero thrust combined with gentle


braking will bring the aircraft smoothly to .a stop.
Note: Continuous braking during taxying should be avoided.
If there is a failure of the toe-brake system, the EMERGENCY/
PARK brake should be used to bring the aircraft to a stop.
The anti-skid system will not be operating in this case.
8. TAXYING BACKWARDS
When taxying backwards the RPM should be set to 75% befare the
power levers are moved into the reverse range.
Backwards taxying
should be carried out slowly and with extreme caution.
Feet
should be well clear of the toe brakes. Fer slowing and stopping,
forward thrust should be used. When turning, the nosewheel
steering handle should be kept to no more than half def lection to
avoid the nosewheel castoring.
If the nosewheel is allowed to
castor fully, directional control will be lost.
If this happens,
taxi forward until the nosewheel returns to the normal range.
9. TAKE-OFF
Note: Complete details of crew co-ordination during the take-off
run are described later in this chapter.
Fer normal take-off the use of 10 flap is required, with Vl and
V2 speeds relative to the take off weight, ambient temperature
and airfield elevation calculated from Chap 15. Take-off and
initial climbs are carried out with the RPM levers fully forward,
engines at scheduled torque.

16-1-4
May 15/91

BRITISH AEROS#'WCE

JETSTREANI
SERES

J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

As the RPM levers are moved fully forward in the runway checks,
the RPM's will rise to approximately 96%. As the power levers
are advanced for take-off, the RPM's will rise quickly to 100%.
Conf irm 100% RPM achieved. The power levers should then be
moved forward to achieve scheduled torque (see Chapter 15) ,but
must not be moved further f orward than the point at which the
EGT reaches the Redline limit.
Do not rely on the TTLs to
limit the EGT; they are there only as a safety precaution.

Rolling start take-offs are recommended where practical.


In
these circumstances scheduled torque must be reached within 10
secs of moving the power levers from Flight Idle. The take-off
distance, take-off run available and the accelerate/stop
distance, must exceed the normal take-off distance needed by at
least 200 ft (60 metres).
Directional control, initially, should be achieved using
nosewheel steering. The non-handling pilot should restrain the
control column. Change to directional control, by use of rudder
alone, should be reached at approximately 70 kt. At this point
the handling pilot should take full control.
Rotation should be started at VR to reach a pitch attitude of
8 to 10 nose up.
During take-off with an aft CG loading, the
aircraft is more responsive in pitch and sorne anticipation may
be needed to avoid over-rotation.
Conversely at forward C.G.s a firm pull will be needed to
rotate the aircraft to the take-off attitude.
Befare take-off
the elevator trim wheel should be adjusted within the green
indicator limits, to allow for the CG position. e.g. With the
CG at the aft limit the trim indicator should be at the forward
end of the green band.
Landing gear should be retracted when safely airborne.

16-1-5
May 15/91

-T7SH AEROSIWCE

JETSTREAIW

SeRies J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

10. ENGINE INSTRUMENT INDICATIONS ON TAKE OFF


As experience is gained on the Jetstream, pilots will quickly
become familiar with normal indications on take off.
For the
inexperienced pilots, the following text describes these
indications and the variations that can be expected in normal
operations.
With the aircraft lined up for take off and the RPM levers set
to FLIGHT, the RPM will indicate approximately 96%.
The power levers should be advanced smoothly to achieve at least
scheduled take off torque. While the power levers are being
advanced the engine RPM will overswing to approximately 102%.
Once the power levers are set the RPM should stabilize between
100 and 101%.
On a temperature limited take off with the power levers advanced
too far, Torque Roll Back will occur. Torque indication
increases faster than EGT and as the EGT approaches 650C the
TTL will cut back the fuel flow causing a slight and temporary
reduction in torque.
In these circumstances it is not unusual
for the EGT to exceed 650C briefly.
As the brakes are released and the aircraft accelerates down the
runway, raro air recovery in the engine intakes will cause a
progressive increase in torque as speed increases. The torque
increase could be as much as 4% and, once attained, the
increased level will be maintained. This is quite normal and
the power levers should not be adjusted.
Rolling take offs are quite commonly in use.
Sorne of the above
effects will combine depending upan whether it is a temperature
limited take off or not, and on the speed of moving the power
levers, and the acceleration rate along the ground.
Scheduled
torque must be achieved within 10 seconds of advancing the power
levers from the Flight Idle position.
If it is not achieved,
the take off should be abandoned.
If torque exceeds the
scheduled figure, the power levers should not be adjusted.

16-1-6
May 15/91

BRITISH AEROSPMCE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

11. TAKE-OFF USING AUTOMATIC POWER RESERVE (APR)

The APR system is used to increase the allowable take-of f


weight for particular ambient conditions.
Because APR
increases torque on the remaining engine only up to max torque
it is obviously no use if scheduled torque is already max
torque and the Flight Manual does not permit this.
However if
scheduled torque is less than max torque APR may be used.
Even
when the aircraft is not WAT limited there is sorne advantage in
using APR as it increases the safety margin in the event of
engine failure.
This is similar to using the whole of the
runway instead of taking off from an intersection which gives
minimum take-off run required.
Before take-off the POWER RES switch on the centre console
should be selected to ARM. The ARM white caption should come
on at the light cluster between the EGT gauges.
On a normal take-off the system is switched OFF at 500 feet and
the ARM caption should go out.
Power is then set to climb
power.
When the system is armed, an engine failure on take-off results
in the torque of the opposite engine automatically increasing
by at least 4% (but limited by max torque if reached) .
In this condition an L or R light will illuminate to show which
engine is receiving the extra fuel.
If the light does not
illuminate, this indicates a failure of the automatic sy~tem
and the light cluster should be pressed immediately. This acts
as an over-ride and will activate the APR on both engines.
Both L and R captions will illuminate and the power increase
will be applied to the live engine.
During APR operation, excess fuel is bypassed by the TTL
system. To ensure adequate bypass capability is available, it
is important that the power levers are not over-advanced when
setting the scheduled torque (Table 2).
APR is never used for landing or go-around.

16-1-7
May 15/91

BRITISH AEROSIMCE

JETSTREANI
SERES

}200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

12. CLIMB
CAUTION: IF THE AIRCRAFT IS OPERATED AT 100% RPM ANO RED
LINE EGT, FOR MAX CLIMB OR FORWARD SPEED, THE ENGINES
WILL RUN HOTTER GIVING LESS ENGINE LIFE.
The recommended climb power is 97% RPM and 650C EGT (Red Line)
within the maximum continuous torque limit of 100%.
The recommended climb speed is 160 kt IAS up to 15,000 ft.,
then reducing by 3 kt per 1000 ft to reach 130 kt by 25,000 ft.
The recommended en-route climb procedure requires that the power
levers be moved rearwards to bring the EGT below 600C befare
moving the RPM levers rearwards to 97% RPM. As the RPM levers
are moved back to 97% RPM a sudden increase in EGT
(approximately 40C) will be seen as they pass 98.5% RPM.
This
procedure ensures that the EGT does not rise above the Red Line
limit.
If this precaution is not taken and the EGT rises above
the Red Line a rapid fall in torque will happen as the TTL
bypasses fuel to lower the EGT back to the Red Line.
It is bad
operating procedure to allow this to happen and the sudden
change in engine and propeller noise may alarm passengers.
Use of the procedure above will result in EGT below 650C after
97% RPM has been set. The power levers should now be moved
forward ONLY to the point at which 650C EGT is JUST obtained.
Over reliance on the TTL limiters is not advisable.
Note: A decrease in torque and increase in EGT toward the 650C
limit will be observed during the climb, and the setting of the
power levers rnay need changing to maintain the required climb
power.
The fuel boost pumps should be set to ON far flight above 20,000
ft.
When this is planned befare take-off the pumps may rernain
on in the climb.

o
o

16-1-8
May 15/91

BRITISH AEROSFMCE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

13. FLAP AND GEAR TRIM CHANGES

The trim changes associated with raising and lowering the gear
are negligible.
Movement of the flaps down between O, 10 and 20 produces
quite small nose-up trim changes.
Movement of the flaps down between 20 and 35 produces a
slightly stronger nose-up trim change.
e

14. STEEP TURNS

Note: This is a training exercise only.


The aircraft is set up in level flight at 170 kt.
Approximately 50% torque on each engine will be required.
Make a co-ordinated entry into a 45 banked turn adding 5%
extra torque each side as the bank angle exceeds 30, to
prevent speed loss.
Initiate roll-out with 10 of heading to
go, reducing power as the bank angle passes 30.
15. APPROACHES TO THE STALL AND RECOVERIES

In level flight the stall warning is signalled at 8 to 12 knots


above the stall speed. The stick shakers and horns continue to
operate if speed is further reduced. With flaps up, light
airframe buffet accompanied by a gentle nose drop occurs at
about 2 knots above the stall speed; with flaps extended these
effects are absent.
The precise values of the stall warning and stall speeds vary
with the amount of engine power applied and the aircraft CG
position.
In general, lower speeds are achieved with higher
power and mid to aft CG position.
The stall is identified by a firm nose down pitching motion
following the operation of the stick pusher. Recovery
procedure is normal. Height loss following a stall is from
200-600 ft depending on configuration, power and rapidity of
taking recovery action.

16-1-9

May 15/91

BRITISH AEROSIVCE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

15.1

standard Recoveries with minimum height loss


Normal practice during training will be to effect
recovery at the first sign of an approaching stall (i.e.
the activation of the stick shakers and horn).
Recovery procedure is to apply full power and reduce the
angle of attack. The aim is to achieve a gradual speed
increase with zero height loss.
If flap is at 20 or 35, it should immediately be
selected to 10. Accelerate to 110 kt and transition
into a climb, using 8 nose-up pitch attitude.
Raise
the gear(if applicable). Accelerate to 120 kt and raise
the flaps.
No more than intermittent stick shaker operation should
occur during recovery.
The exercise will be flown in at least the following
configurations; power may be set as required but rnust not
exceed 30% torque.
Flaps
Flaps
Flaps
Flaps

15.2

up
10
20, gear down, 20 bank each way
35, gear down

Full Recovery
Practise recoveries from stick push operation will also
be included as candidates are required to dernonstrate
successful recovery from the stick push in the landing
conf iguration. Power levers rnust be at Flight Idle far
these practise stalls.

16-1-10
May 15/91

e::
e

BRfTISH

AERO~E

JETSTREANI

SERiEs J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1
/

: -." ;

~-----------------------------------------'-----~

' Tbis rev1s1on complies with British Civil Airworthiness Requirements, Section A
Cbapter A7-3.
JETSTREAM AIRCRAFT LIMITED
PRESTWICK AIRPORT,
AYRSHIRE, KA9 2RW,
SCOTLAND

Signed
Date
..2G r.vt:r qz
CAA Approval No: DAI/9386/92

Publication Ref No.SA.4-3100/MOM/58

TEMPORARY REVISION 16 - 2

Location: Insert in Chapter 16 with the page overleaf facing page


16-1-11.

Reason:

To introduce a warning and a new procedure to CONDITIONS


FOR PRACTISE STALLING.

Action:

Insert the inf ormation on page 2 of this TR into


CONDITIONS FOR PRACTISE STALLING immediately after the
heading.

.n
('

The introduction of data by revisions or amendments or temporary revisions or


amendments not certified in accordance with British Civil Airworthiness
Requirements, Chapter A7-3, will invalidate the initial certification on the title
page of the manual relative to the part revised. Revisions ar amendments or
temporary revisions or amendments embodied in this manual and certified by an
appropriate approved organisation, other than that applicable to the initial
certification, must be recorded on separate record sheets.

EFFECTIVIY:
902 ONLY

Page 1 of 2
Aug 26/93

~AERO!UWCE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1
....

WARNING:

AN ASSESSMENT OF FLIGHT IDLE TORQUE


CARRYING OUT ANY TRAINING INVOLVING
ENGINE FAILURE OR STALLING IF THERE
REPLACEMENT OR ADJUSTMENT WHICH MAY
FUEL FLOW.

MUST BE MADE BEFORE


SIMULATED SINGLE
HAS BEEN ANY
AFFECT THE FLIGHT IDLE

ASSESSMENT OF FLIGHT IDLE TORQUE


Flight idle torques rnust be checked during a dedicated flight test
or on a training f light before a stalling or simulated single engine
failure training exercise.
TEST PROCEDURE
ALTITUD E
FLAPS
LANDING GEAR
ENGINE RPM
AIRSPEED
FLOW SELECTORS
POWER LEVERS

3000-9000 ft

RETRACTE O
UP
100%

MAINTAIN 150 Kt
BOTH OFF
BOTH TO FLIGHT IDLE STOP

Recheck RPM 100% and adjust if necessary.


Record both engine torques when stabilised.
FLIGHT IDLE TORQUE RANGE
Befare a stalling or sirnulated single engine failure training
exercise, the flight idle torques must be within the following
ranges:
Altitude 3000-5000 ft,
Altitude 5001-9000 ft,

Flight idle torque 102%


Flight idle torque 92%

Difference between left and right f light idle torques rnust not
exceed 2%.
Note: A higher airspeed can be used but fer every 15 Kt increase in
airspeed increase flight idle torque by 1%.
EXAMPLE:
AIRSPEED
ALTITUD E
FLIGHT IDLE TORQUE RANGE

165 Kt
3000-5000 ft
112%

If the flight idle torque is not within the range, stalling or


simulated single engine failure training cannot be carried out.
Maintenance action and a reassessment are required.
If the flight idle torque is within the range, make the appropriate
entry in the Aircraft Technical Log.
Page 2 of 2
Aug 26/93

EFFECTIVITY:
902 ONLY

BRITTSH

AERO~E

JETSTREANI
SERES

}200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1


(

16. CONDITIONS FOR PRACTISE STALLING


Deliberate approaches to the stall for crew training, tests or
demonstration may be carried out subject to the following
conditions:16.1

The pre take-off stall warning and protection system


checks must have been completed satisfactorily. The
systems must not be inhibited.

16.2

The appropriate stall warning and stall speeds must be


determined from the tables.
1.6-1-17 gives stalling
speeds at forward CG with Flight Idle power. At aft CG
the speeds will be reduced by 3%.
16-1-18 gives the
corrections for 20% and 30% torque.

16.3

Height should be at least 8,000 ft above the terrain


and below 15,000 ft pressure altitude. The aircraft
must be clear of cloud and free of ice.

16.4

Both engines must be operating.

16.5

Both RPM levers should be fully forward giving 100% rpm.


The power levers should be set to give not more than 30%
torque.Both boost pumps should be ON. Engine torque
values should be within 2% of each other; it may be
necessary to adjust the air flow selectors to achieve
this.

16.6

Speed should be reduced at the rate of 1 kt/sec.

16.7

The manoeuvre is to be abandoned


recovery action must be taken if
malfunction of the stall warning
and in particular, if any of the
circumstances arise:-

e:

and immediate
there is evidence of a
or protection systems;
following

16.7.1 The stick push has not operated at 5 kt below the


appropriate stall speed.
16.7.2 The stick push has not operated at 5 kt below the
speed at which the first STALL IDENT light carne on.
16.7.3 The stick shaker has not operated 5 kt below the stall
warning speed determined from 16-1-19 and 16-1-20.

16-1-11
May 15/91

B-TISH AEROSFMCE

JETSTREANI
SERiEs

}200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

17. CRUISE
The high speed cruise technique is recommended f or normal
operation, at a setting of 97% rpm and 650C EGT.
If a long range cruise is required, 97% rpm should be set and
the torque adjusted to give the IAS target, taken from the
performance tables in Chapter 15.
It is recomrnended that the cabin altitude controller is set to
1000 ft above the cruise altitude, to prevent fluctuation in
cabin pressure.
18. DESCENT
Note:
During descent, especially after flight in low ambient
temperatures, it is common far the normal and emergency brake
accumulator pressure indications to rise. This rise in
pressures may give readings in excess of the 2000 psi required
in the approach checks. The over-pressure indications may
persist after landing. This is acceptable provided neither
normal nor emergency accumulator pressure exceeds 2400 psi.
The high speed descent technique, used for smooth flight
conditions only, requires 97% rpm and torque as required to
maintain VMO and a rate of descent of approximately 1500
ft/min.
Note:
During descent using the high speed technique an increa~e
in torque and decrease in EGT will be noted and the power levers
should be adjusted to avoid exceeding VMO.
For a long range descent, or when turbulent conditions are
expected, a speed of 180 knots should be maintained at 97% rpm
and power set to give a rate of descent of approximately 1500
ft/min.
With this technique, the descent distance in nautical
miles (n.miles) is approximately twice the altitude (in
thousands of feet).
e.g. Descent of 20,000 ft = 40 n.miles.
Note:
Far passenger comfort, it is recomrnended that the cabin
pressure RATE selector is set to MIN and the new cabin
altitude selected. Then slowly increase the rate to give a
maximum of 500 ft/min cabin rate of descent.

16-1-12
May 15/91

BRITISH AEROSPMCE

JETSTREANI

SeRies J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

19. PATTERN
For manoeuvring in the terminal area, it is recommended that
speed be reduced to 180 kt.
Holding should be carried out with flaps up, at 150 kt.
Holding in icing conditions is not advisable.
If it does
become necessary, however, it is recommended that the speed be
increased to a typical figure of 160 kt.

During the Approach Checks, Decision height, V2, Vref, and the
Acceleration Height should be calculated and displayed.
Note: Ensure pilots armrests are folded up and stowed before
starting an approach.

20. FINAL APPROACH


The safest and best landings result from being well established
on a stable approach.
If, in the judgement of either pilot,
this cannot be achieved and a successful landing is in doubt,
then a go-around should be initiated and another approach made.
21. PRECISION APPROACH
During instrument approaches, the initial procedure should be
flown at an IAS of 150 kt with 10 flap.
On intercepting the glideslope the gear should be selected down
and 20 flap selected. Typically, a torque setting of about 33%
will be enough to maintain a 3 glideslope. 35 flap should be
selected at the marker or 1000 ft AAL whichever comes first.
Speed should then be controlled at 130 kt; it should not be less
than 125 knots at 200 feet .

.n

,.....,

Below 200 ft, speed should be reduced to achieve the required


speed at threshold.

C)

16-1-13
May 15/91

BRl~AERO~E

JETSTREANI

SeRiEs 'J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

22. NON-PRECISION APPROACH (TWO ENGINES)


Outbound, reduce speed to 150 kt and select 10 flap.
Passing
the F.A.F. inbound, start the stopwatch,select gear down and 20
flap, and initiate descent to MDA, speed 140 kt.
When landing is assured, select 35 flap.
Below 200 ft reduce
speed to achieve the appropriate speed at the threshold.
23. CIRCLING APPROACH (TWO ENGINES)
The approach to the airport from final fix. should be flown with
20 flap, gear down, at 140 kt. After the field is in sight, the
aircraft must be flown so as to maintain visual reference with
the runway while manoeuvring to land.
Maintain circling altitude until approaching the final turn,
bringing the aircraft onto a normal glidepath for the final
stages of the approach. On base leg, 35 flap should be
selected, reducing IAS to 130 kt.
If the aircraft is high on
completion of the final turn, early selection of 35 flap may
help in achieving descent onto the glidepath.
care should be
taken that speed does not fall below 125 kt until the aircraft
is below 200 ft, when speed may be reduced.
Since circling approaches require the maximum of pilot attention
outside the aircraft during times of minimal visual cues, it is
of the utmost importance that the non-flying pilot should
closely monitor the flight instruments and frequently advise the
pilot of his airspeed and rate of descent.
Bank angles should
not exceed 30.
24. VISUAL TRAINING CIRCUIT (TWO ENGINES)
Complete the take-off as previously described and, after flap
retraction, reduce power to 70% torque.
Call for the After
Take-Off Check List. Level off at the appropriate altitude,
normally 1500 ft and reduce power to approximately 30%
torque to achieve a speed of 150 kt.
Select 10 flap abeam the upwind end of the runway.
Befare
turning onto base leg, select gear down, check three greens,
select 20 flap, and aim for 130 kt.
Call for the landing
check list.

16-1-14
May 15/91

i'._'

e
e

BRIT7SH AEROSFWCE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1


)".,

....

Adjust the base leg, as necessary, to turn finals at 600 ft on


the glidepath, rnaintaining 130 kt.
Select 35 flap at
approxirnately 500 ft.
Maintain the glidepath, airning for
125 kt rninirnurn at 200 ft, reducing speed thereafter to Vref.

Note: l. Landing is perrnitted using 20 flap. In this


conf iguration the pattern and procedure are as
described above except that the threshold speed rnust
be increased by 4 kt. Lift Durnp will not be available.
Do not select 35 Flap during the ground run.
25. LANDING

WARNING: l. DURING FLIGHT THE POWER LEVERS MUST NEVER BE MOVED


BELOW THE FLIGHT IDLE STOPS.
2. IF THE RPMs HAVE ACCIDENTALLY BEEN LEFT AT 97% ON
THE APPROACH THEY SHOULD NOT BE INCREASED BELOW
200 FT AGL. THE RPM LEVERS MUST BE MOVED FULLY
FORWARD TO 100% AFTER LANDING ANO BEFORE THE POWER
LEVERS ARE MOVED FROM FLIGHT IDLE TO GROUND IDLE.
Below 50 ft, the aircraft should be flared and the power levers
retarded to achieve flight idle at touchdown. After touchdown,
the nosewheel should be gently lowered to the run- way, the
power lever latches lifted and ground idle selected.
If reverse thrust is required, check that both IBETAI captions
are illurninated on the C.A.P.
Consideration rnust be given to the danger of propeller and
engine darnage frorn runway debris, particularly at low forward
speeds and full reverse power.
Ensure C.A.P.

captions

are extinguished before

calling for RPM levers to TAXI.


The aircraft should be kept straight initially by use of
rudder. (Effective down to IAS of approxirnately 60 knots).
Nosewheel steering should then be used and the brakes used to
achieve correct speed at the runway turnoff.

16-1-15
May 15/91

BRIT1SH AEROSl'MCE

JETSTREANI

SrniEs J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

After landing the power levers should be moved to ground idle


befare RPM is reduced to TAXI.
The speed should be down to fast
taxi before rnoving the RPM levers to TAXI.
In crosswind, or strong, gusty wind conditions, the required
threshold speed should be increased by one third of the wind
speed, up to the all engine threshold speed plus a rnaxirnurn of
15 kt.
The nosewheel should be lowered onto the ground as soon
as possible after touchdown.
This enables directional control
to be rnaintained using nosewheel steering and differential
braking if necessary.
During landing with an aft CG loading the aircraft is more
responsive in pitch and sorne anticipation rnay be required to
prevent overcontrolling.
26. GO AROUND
In the event of a go-around, advance the Power Levers until
either Redline torque or Redline EGT is achieved whichever
comes first. Irnrnediately select 10 flap and rotate to achieve
10 nose up attitude. Retract the landing gear when a positive
rate of clirnb has been established. When clirnbing away at
required speed, the flaps should be retracted.
27. TAXYING AND SHUTDOWN
Allow three minutes of cooldown time prior to stopping the
engines.
Provided reverse thrust is not used during the landing
and rninirnurn power used in taxying to the stand, start of the
three minute period rnay be taken as the time of landing.
On stopping the engines, the STOP switches should be held far as
long as practicable (at least 5 secs) to ensure complete purging
of fuel from the nozzles.
Operation of the purging systern gives
the characteristic brief RPM increase as the STOP switches are
pressed. As the RPM falls to 50%, rnove the power levers back to
the Reverse position. When the propeller has stopped turning,
the power levers should be returned to the GROUND START
position.

16-1-16
May 15/91

BRITISN AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SeRiEs }200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

If the engines are being started merely to taxi the aircraft on


the ground, or conduct engine runs, ensure that RPM is above
95% fer at least 10 secs, to charge the purging system prior to
shutdown.
Use of these procedures will help prevent nozzle coking.

During quick turnrounds, it is good practice to turn the


propellers by hand to avoid thermal bow in the engine shaft.
This occurs due to the accumulation of hot air in the upper
part of the casings, with cooler air below, resulting in
different rates of thermal expansion.. for the upper and lower
halves of the shaft. This condition is worse 20 to 30 minutes
after shutdown. If the engine is then started, the higher than
normal pressure on the internal seals can result in increased
wear on the seals and the shaft itself.
If a propeller will not rotate, DO NOT FORCE IT, but leave it
in the jammed position for a few minutes, then re-check.
To
avoid jamming, turn the props within 5 to 10 minutes after
shutdown, pulling through four or five revolutions for optimum
cooling.
Should it be necessary to restart an engine before the EGT has
fallen below 200C, use the MANUAL START procedure, turning
the rotary switch to IGNITE at 15% rpm.

n
,")

C)

16-1-17
May 15/91

BRl~AE~E

JETSTREANI

Srnies }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK

16-1-18
May 15/91

BRIT,SH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SeRies J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

WEIGHT - kg(x1000)

WEIGHT - kg(x1000)
5.0

5.5

6.0

6.5

5.5

5.0

7.0

6.0

7.0

6.5

....... FLAP.S.. BiJD.!

>

'

............ -- ... '-+ .... L. ; .... : ..............; ...... '.:12

120

... :........:.-....
~ ... .i.-. ............... -- ........ ....
.

.&~a..ur....... L ... L. ....L. - . .:......... ; ___ :...-.....:............ ~

110

3:

...... t .....L--:: 1....~ .... i

~---:--

..... -..,.--------en

...... ---:

"'

;;

en

"ti

~ 100

->
~

en

90

80

t--_.__,___ _..____...._....,___.__....___.__....____.____...._. __....................___..._....__.,..,...,,..._.+-_...._


1110 , 120
. 130 . : 1c:o
: 1s70 , 1s;o ,
,
,
11;o
12'0
13;0
...

.: ..... c.WEIGHI.,,Jb(x:tOOOJ-..... l ....

_.__.._ _..___.._
1c;o

15o

_..___.._-1
1s:o

.... l.WJ:IGHr - lt>(x 100()). - -

: ..:... ...... :.. .... :. ... ;

t:

'

----+-----:-----r----- .

.... f.1.Ms. 3~"...-----~--. __

>

100

;;

en
m

"ti

~ 90

.;;:

en

80

J;
V)
70

C)

c.:::>
11.0

-~

12.0

13.0

14.0

11.0

12.0

WEIGHT - lb(x1000)

13.0

;;

14.0

15.0

16.0

WEIGHT - lb(x1000)

POWER OFF STALLING SPEEDS


Table l.
16-1-19
May 15/91

BRrnSH AEROSl'WCE

JETSTREAA#
SERiEs

l200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

IAS correction to Stall Warning Speeds


Flap
Setting

20% Torque

30% Torque

20

-3

-4

35

-4

-6

Note: Power levers must be at Flight Idle for


practise stalls to the stick push.

POWER ON STALLING SPEEDS


Table 2.
16-1-20
May 15/91

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI
SERES

}200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

NOTES
1. IF REMAINING IN VISUAL CIRCUIT
LEAVE 100% RPM, SET 70% TORQUE
TO MAINTAIN 140 KT IN CLIMB.

2. CLIMB AT 160 KTTO 15000FT


THEREAFTER REDUCE CLIMB SPEED
BY 3 KT / 1OOOFT.

BEFORE TAKE - OFF


COMPLETE CHECKS
DETERMINE
*T/OTORQUE
*V1 /VR, V2
*Vy

POSITIVE RA TE
BRAKES ON MOMENTARILY
GEAR UP

I
V1 /VR
ROTA TE SMOOTH LY
T08-10NOSE UP

CLIMB SPEED
NOTE2

SOOFT / 130KT MIN


FLAPS UP
WATER METH OR APR OFF
FLOWSON
SELECT 97% RPM.
AFTER T/O CHECKS
NOTE 1

"'
co
L.{)

o
o
N

NORMAL TAKE OFF


Fig l.

16-2-1
Feb 15/89

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JE'TSTREAJW

SERiEs }200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

-~:?':'<~~,.._
'

l.-~.

eGEAR DOWN

e 20 FLAP
e LANDING CHECKS

150kt
APPROX 30% TORQUE
FLAP 10

MISSED APPROACH
SET RED-UNE TORQUE OR EGT
FLAPS 10
POSITIVE RA TE-GEAR UP
CONTINUE AS FOR NORMAL TAKE-OFF

VR

8-10 NOSE UP
POSITIVE RA TE
GEAR UP

SOOft
130kt
MINIMUM
FLAP UP

VISUAL CIRCUIT (TWO ENGINES)


Fig 2.
16-2-2
Jul 15/89

CIRCUIT HEIGHT
MAY BE VARIED
FORLOCAL
TRAINING
CONDITIONS

SET 70%
POWER FOR

140kts
CLIMB

B'"TISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREA~
SERES

'J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

PA TIERN POWER
2 ENGINES - APPROX 30% TORQUE
1 ENGINE - APPROX 60% TORQUE

DECISION HEIGHT

1
LAND

"

125kt Min.
REDUCE TO Vref

GEARDOWN
20 FLAP
LANDING CHECKS (140kt)

1
~

OR

GOAROUND
AS VISUAL
PATIERN

LOM ANO ABOVE 1000FT


35 FLAP (2 ENGINES ONLY)

-----

130kt

....-~~~~~~~~~~~~---.

NOTE- HIGH SPEED ILS (180kts AT LOM)


*SELECT FLT. IDLE POWER
*SELECT RPM TO FLIGHT (100% RPM)
* 170kt - FLAPS 1O
* 160kt - GEAR DOWN / FLAPS 20
* 150kt - FLAPS 35
*130kt-TORQUE TO MAINTAIN

LOM

-----

MM

o
o

ILS

APPROACH

Fig 3.
16-2-3

Oct 15/88

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREAAH

SERiEs 1200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

NOTE.
IF CARRYING OUT SINGLE ENGINEO
CLOUO-BREAK PROCEOURE ,CIRCLE TOLANO
WITH 10 FLAP ,SELECT GEAR OOWN ANO 20
FLAP WHEN TURNING ONTO BASE LEG

HOLDING PATIERN

,,.

150 kt
FLAPUP

!;

PROCEDURE TURN
OUTBOUNO
150kt
FLAP 10

;.

"

MISSED APPROACH POINT-GO AROUND

WHENON
INBOUND TRACK
DESCEND TO BE
ATMINIMUM
ALTITUDE AT F.A.F.
STARTTIMING
COMMENCE DESCENT TO MOA
GEAR OOWN 2 ENGINES
FLAP 20 ONLY
LANDING CHECKS
MAINTAIN 125kt MIN

TWOENGINES

SINGLE ENGINE

FULLPOWER
POWER TO RED-LINE
TORQUE OR EGT
RAISE NOSE (10 NU)
FLAP 10
POSITIVE RA TE - GEAR UP
ABOVE 130kt/ SOOft
FLAP UP
AFTER T/O CHECKS

FULLPOWER
POWER TO RED-LINE
TORQUE OR EGT
RAISE NOSE (10 NU)
CONFIRM FLAP 10
CONFIRM GEAR UP
MINIMUM IAS :: V2
AT SOOft:
ACCELERA TE TO 5.E. EN
ROUTE CLIMB SPEED
FLAPUP
AFTER T/O CHECKS

----

TWOENGINES
FLAP 35
REDUCE IAS TO V ref
(VATO)

:
.

SINGLE ENGINE
GEAR DOWN 20FLAP
REDUCE IAS TO Vref S.E.
(VAT 1)

-oc.
NON PRECISION APPROACH
Fig 4.
16-2-4
Oct 15/88

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SeRiEs }200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

FLIGHT
ABNORMAL

GUIDE

..

HANDLING

OPERATION WITH SRL COMPUTER INOPERATIVE


In flight, the principal advantage of a fully serviceable EGT
indication system is that it becomes immediately apparent to
the pilot when an engine is near, at, or exceeding 650C.
Furthermore, when commanded fuel flow (via a power lever
position) would result in an EGT higher than red line, the
SRL computer sends a signal to the TTL controller which opens
the fuel bypass valve to assist in maintaining limiting (red
line) EGT.
The EGT output from the SRL computer is monitored and if it
f ails, or is swi tched off, the amber

EJ

caption on the

c.A.P. illuminates. In this situation, the EGT gauge will


display COMPENSATED EGT. Tables are provided in the M.O.M.
(Abnormal Procedures) giving maximum permitted compensated
EGT fer various conditions of flight. It is important to
appreciate that this value of compensated EGT will be
considerably less than 650C, and with the SRL computer
inoperative the red line on the EGT gauge has no
significance.
The TTL controller will also receive COMPENSATED EGT and will
give no assistance in limiting the EGT.
With an SRL inoperative prior to flight, a manual start must
be carried out on the affected engine, and an EGT limit (SRL
OFF) must be computed prior to take-off. The TTL controller
should remain ON in the event of an SRL failure, so that the
Torque limiting function remains available.

2.

OPERATIONS WITH TTL CONTROLLER INOPERATIVE


If the TTL controller alone is unserviceable~ or switched
off, then the SRL computer should be left on so that the EGT
gauge continues to read CONDITIONED EGT. However, there will
be no Torque or EGT limiting and extra care will be required
to avoid exceeding red lines.

16-3-1
Aug 1/88

.-rlSH AEROSPACE

JETSTREA~

SERiEs J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1


""r-. ,V:,,
.,,

-;

3.

ERRATIC ENGINE INDICATIONS


3.1 Erratic Torque or EGT Indications
Fluctuating Torque and/or EGT indications can be the result
of a fault in the Torque/Temp Limiter (TTL system).
Fluctuations of 2% Torque are not abnormal in flight (4%
total amplitude).
In the event of erratic indications of Torque and/or EGT
the RPM levers should be moved fully forward. If this does
not cure the fault then the following procedures should be
followed:
3.1.1 Retard the POWER lever on the affected engine(s) until
there is a perceptible decrease in torque and EGT.
3.1.2 Switch OFF the PROPeller SYNCHROphase system.
3.1.3 Switch.OFF the TTL computer of the affected
engine(s).
3.1.4 Control the engine carefully to ensure that Torque
and Temperature limits. are not exceeded.
Note: The SRL system for EGT indication will not be affected
by this procedure.
If Torque fluctuations cease, continue the flight with the TTL
computer OFF, but exercise care to avoid exceeding the engine
limits.

-oo

If fluctuations of Torque indication continue, but are not


confirmed by aircraft response, or other engine indications,
continue with normal operation.
If real power fluctuations (confirmed by aircraft response and
other engine indications) continue, and certainly if these
Torque fluctuations exceed 7.5%, (15% total amplitude) apply
the procedure "In Flight Engine Shut Down".
3.2 Erratic RPM
Because f luctuations in RPM may be caused by a f aulty PROP
SYNCHRO system, it should be selected off. If the
fluctuations persist and exceed 7.5% RPM and are confirmed by
engine noise, the engine should be shut down.

16-3-2
Aug 1/88

-~AEROSilMCE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1
This rev1s1on complies with British Civil
Chapter A7-3.
JETSTREAM AIRCRAFT LIMITED
PRESTWICK AIRPORT,
AYRSHIRE, KA9 2RW,
SCOTLAND

Airworthin;;i;~i~::::on A
CAA Approval No: DAI/9386/92

e:

Publication Ref No.SA.4-3100/MOM/58

TEMPORARY REVISION 16 - 1

Location: Insert in Chapter 16 with the page overleaf facing page


16-3-3, and with page 3 of this TR facing GREEN page
6-3-3.
Reason:

To revise note and introduce warning.

Action:

Replace para 5. ENGINE FAILURE AFTER Vl with the para


on the page overleaf.

The introduction of data by revisions or amendments or temporary revisions or


amendments not certified in accordance with British Civil Airworthiness
Requirements, Chapter A7-3, will invalidate the initial certification on the title
page of the manual relative to the part revised. Revisions or amendments or
temporary revisions ar amendments embodied in this manual and certified by an
appropriate approved organisation, other than that applicable to the initial
certification, must be recorded on separate record sheets.

Page 1 of 3
Jan

8/93

BRr,,_AERO~

JETSTREANI

SERiEs J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

5.

ENGINE FAILURE AFTER Vl


If an engine failure occurs after Vl, the take-off should be
continued, accelerating to V2 for the climb.
The landing gear must be retracted as soon as the aircraft is
safely airborne.
Directional Control should be maintained by full use of
rudder.
Aileron may be used, if required, to maintain up to
5 bank towards the live engine.
Best performance is gained by accurate speed control and
gentle control movements to keep the correct attitude.
When established in a steady climb, positively identify the
failed engine and carry out the appropriate feathering drill.
At a height of 500 f eet above the runway and when obstacle
clearance is certain, the aircraft should be accelerated to
the required en-route climb speed and the flaps retracted.
If engine failure occurs above V2 the higher speed can be
maintained provided obstacle clearance can be achieved.
Note: During training, the training captain may simulate
engine failure on take-off by retarding a POWER lever direct to
10% torque which simulates the zero thrust condition. The POWER
lever must not be moved to or through FLIGHT IDLE during this
process because high asymmetric drag may be generated.

WARNING:

HANDLING DIFFICULTIES MAY OCCUR IF THE TORQUE OF THE


SIMULATED FAILED ENGINE IS ALLOWED TO REDUCE BELOW 10%:

Page 2 of 3
Jan

8/93

...

BIW77SNA~

JETSTREANI

SERiEs J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

5.

ENGINE FAILURE AFTER Vl


If an engine failure occurs after Vl, the take-off should be
continued, accelerating to V2 for the climb.
The landing gear must be retracted as soon as the aircraft is
safely airborne.
Directional Control should be maintained by full use of
rudder. Aileron may be used, if required, to maintain up to
5 bank towards the live engine.
Best performance is gained by accurate speed control and
gentle control movements to keep the correct attitude.
When established in a steady climb, positively identify the
failed engine and carry out the appropriate feathering drill.
At a height of 500 feet above the runway and when obstacle
clearance is certain, the aircraft should be accelerated to
the required en-route climb speed and the flaps retracted.
If engine failure occurs above V2 the higher speed can be
maintained provided obstacl e clearance can be achieved.
Note:
During training, the training captain may simulate
engine failure on take-off by retarding a POWER lever direct to
12% torque which simulates the zero thrust condition. The POWER
lever must not be moved to or through FLIGHT IDLE during this
process because high asymmetric drag may be generated.

WARNING:

HANDLING DIFFICULTIES MAY OCCUR IF THE TORQUE OF THE


SIMULATED FAILED ENGINE IS ALLOWED TO REDUCE BELOW 12% :

Page 3 of 3
Jan

8/93

EFFECTIVITY:
902 ONLY

BRrTISH AEROS#WCE

JETSTREANI
SERES

J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1


..

.i '

Tbis revision complies with British Civil Airworthiness Requirements, Section A


Cbapter A7-3.
JETSTREAM AIRCRAFT LIMITED
PRESTWICK AIRPORT,
AYRSHIRE, KA9 2RW,
SCOTLAND

_ ffJ:.
J~

Signed
Date
:2h J4Ui;- c:.71
CAA Approval No: DAl/9386/92

Publication Ref No.SA.4-3100/MOM/58

TEMPORARY REVISION 16 - 3

Location: Insert in Chapter 16 with the page overleaf facing page


16-3-3.
Reason:

To introduce a warning and an additional procedure


concerning SIMULATED SINGLE ENGINE FAILURE.

Action:

Insert the inf ormation on page 2 of this TR into


Chapter 16 immediately befare paragraph 5. ENGINE
FAILURE AFTER Vl.

The introduction of data by revisions or amendments or temporary revisions or


amendments not certified in accordance with British Civil Airworthiness
Requirements, Chapter A7-3, will invalidate the initial certification on the title
page of the manual relative to the part revised. Revisions or amendments or
temporary revisions or amendments embodied in this manual and certif ied by an
appropriate approved organisation, other than that applicable to the initial
certification, must be recorded on separate record sheets.

EFFECTIVITY:
902 ONLY

Page 1 of 2
Aug 26/93

BRln:sH AER'OS#WCE

JETSTREANI

SERiES J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

WARNING:

AN ASSESSMENT OF FLIGHT IDLE TORQUE


CARRYING OUT ANY TRAINING INVOLVING
ENGINE FAILURE OR STALLING IF THERE
REPLACEMENT OR ADJUSTMENT WHICH MAY
FUEL FLOW.

MUST BE MADE BEFORE


SIMULATED SINGLE
HAS BEEN ANY
AFFECT THE FLIGHT IDLE

ASSESSMENT OF FLIGHT IDLE TORQUE


Flight idle torques rnust be checked during a dedicated flight test
or on a training f light before a stalling or simulated single engine
failure training exercise.
TEST PROCEDURE
ALTITUD E
FLAPS
LANDING GEAR
ENGINE RPM
AIRSPEED
FLOW SELECTORS
POWER LEVERS

3000-9000 ft
RETRACTE O
UP
100%
MAINTAIN 150 Kt
BOTH OFF
BOTH TO FLIGHT IDLE STOP

Recheck RPM 100% and adjust if necessary.


Record both engine torques when stabilised.
FLIGHT IDLE TORQUE RANGE
Before a stalling or sirnulated single engine failure training
exercise, the flight idle torques rnust be within the following
ranges:
Altitude 3000-5000 ft,
Altitude 5001-9000 ft,

Flight idle torque 102%


Flight idle torque 92%

Difference between left and right f light idle torques must not
exceed 2%.
Note: A higher airspeed can be used but for every 15 Kt increase in
airspeed increase flight idle torque by 1%.
EXAMPLE:
AIRSPEED
ALTITUD E
FLIGHT IDLE TORQUE RANGE

165 Kt
3000-5000 ft
112%

If the flight idle torque is not within the range, stalling or


sirnulated single engine failure training cannot be carried out.
Maintenance action and a reassessment are required.
If the flight idle torque is within the range, rnake the appropriate
entry in the Aircraft Technical Lag.
Page 2 of 2
Aug 26/93

EFFECTIVITY
902 ONLY

BRITISH AEROSRllCE

JETSTREANI

SERiES }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

4.

ABANDONED TAKE-OFF
Up to 70 knots the take-off will be abandoned for any malfunction which may jeopardise the safety of the flight.
Between 70 knots and Vl, take-off will only be abandoned for
serious malfunction such as an engine failure or engine fire.
The recommended method is to move both power levers to ground
idle and use brakes as necessary. Reverse thrust should be
used as required and the aircraf t kept straight by using rudder
and nosewheel steering.
No drills should be started until the aircraft has stopped.
After a high speed, heavy weight aborted take-off, taxying
should be kept to a minimum as the wheels and tyres may be
hot.
The Emergency/Parking brake should remain off.

5.

ENGINE FAILURE AFTER Vl


If an engine failure occurs after Vl, the take-off should be
continued, accelerating to V2 for the climb.
The landing gear must be retracted as soon as the aircraf t is
safely airborne.
Directional Control should be maintained by full use of
rudder. Aileron may be used, if required, to maintain up to
5 bank towards the live engine.
Best performance is gained by accurate speed control and
gentle control movements to keep the correct attitude.
When established in a steady climb, positively identify the
failed engine and carry out the appropriate feathering drill.

At a height of 500 feet above the runway and when obstacle


clearance is certain, the aircraft should be accelerated to
the required en-route climb speed and the flaps retracted.
If engine failure occurs above V2 the higher speed can be
maintained provided obstacle clearance can be achieved.
Note: During training, the training captain may simulate
engine f ailure on take-off by retarding a power lever to 10%
torque which simulates the zero thrust condition.

16-3-3

Dec 1/88

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREAIW

SERiEs }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

6.

ENGINE FAILURE AFTER Vl USING APR


The take-of f procedure up to Acceleration Height requires no
change in engine handling technique from the previous paragraph.
Af ter Acceleration Height the aircraf t should be accelerated to
the en-route climb speed and the APR switch should be selected
OFF. The power lever on the live engine should then be adjusted
to give the en-route torque setting in Chapter 15. Flaps should
be fully retracted.

7.

ENGINE FAILURE EN-ROUTE


If maximum altitude is the main criterion, RPM lever should be
advanced to give 100% RPM, and the Power Lever of the live
engine advanced to achieve maximum available power. The Redline
EGT and Redline torque limits must not be exceeded. The
f eathering drills should then be completed and the airspeed
allowed to slowly reduce to the eh-route single engine climb
speed.
If range is the main criterion, the live engine should be set
to 97% RPM and flown in accordance with the single engine
cruise table in Chapter 15. For handling technique see page
16-4-2.
.
Note: The setting of the Air Conditioning Flow selector on the
live engine should be increased only suff icient to maintain
cabin altitude at a safe leve!. A good guide is to set it to
No.5 initially and then adjust as necessary.

8.

DOUBLE ENGINE FAILURE


A double engine failure is extremely unlikely to occur.
However, if it does happen it is particularly important that
the actions taken should be carefully considered.
Immediately switch OFF the LEFT WINDSHIELD heat to prevent the
aircraft batteries draining rapidly.
Befare attempting to relight, consider the possible causes.
Could an incorrect switch setting in the last few moments
have caused the engine f ailure? Is the aircraf t being f lown
in icing conditions without the engine de-icing on? Is the
aircraft short of fuel? These are sorne of the more likely
causes. Try to rectify the situation before attempting a
relight.

16-3-4

Sep 15/89

BRITISH AEROSFMCE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs 1200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

There is no limit to the number of attempts to relight but


each attempt reduces the possibility of success on subsequent
attempts as power is drained from the batteries.
Set up a glide at 130 kt with the propellers NTS'ing but not
feathered.
Follow the drill card.
If height is available,
continue the attempts to relight. Transmit a distress call.
If the first attempts to relight are unsuccessful all efforts
should be concentrated on achieving a safe landing.
Try to identify a suitable emergency landing area and turn
towards it whilst following the drills. Aim to pass over the
touchdown point into wind at 4,000 ft.
In a light wind select
10 flap and gear down.
Turn downwind. Aim to be downwind at
2,000 ft with the wing tip just overlapping the touchdown
point.
If the headwind component is stronger than 15 kt the
height downwind to be aimed for should be increased to 2,500
ft.
Maintain the turn in towards the touchdown point and when
absolutely certain of landing, the flaps may be lowered in
stages down to 35. If landing off an airfield, aim to land
at as low a forward airspeed as possible with 35 flap and
gear down.
Follow the drill card.
With the propellers NTS'ing, hydraulic power will be available
to lower or raise flaps and gear without handpumping.
This description of a power-of f emerqency landing works well
in good weather.
In poor weather circumstances the
probability of success is reduced but the pattern can be
adapted.
For example, with a cloud base lower than 4,000 ft,
the selection of gear and flaps can be delayed.

o
'..0

:::>

'<:;j

o
o
N

In all circumstances plan to land into wind with 35 flap and


gear down at as low a forward speed as possible.
9.

EMERGENCY DESCENT
The recommended technique is to set both power levers to
flight idle and descend at VMO with gear and flaps up.
If a slow speed descent is required, the flap limiting speed
may be maintained with 35 flap, landing gear down and flight
idle power set.
Crew and passenger oxygen should be used as required.

16-3-5

Jan .1/92

BRl7'S##A~

JETSTREANI

SeRiEs J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

10. FIELD APPROACH CHECKS - SINGLE ENGINED


During the Approach
accordance with the
actions required in
Decision height, V2
displayed.

Checks, which are carried out in


check list, the crew should brief on the
the event of a single engined go around.
and Vref S.E. should be calculated and

11. PRECISION APPROACH ANO SINGLE ENGINE LANDING


Manoeuvring in the terminal area may be carried out at an IAS
of 150 Kt. A 3 Glidepath is achieved with 20 flap, landing
gear down, using 50-60% torque on the live engine at a speed
of 130 Kt.
Below 200 ft, speed should be reduced to achieve the single
engine threshold speed at the threshold (Vref S.E.), and the
landing completed using 20 flap only.
Coarse retrimming of rudder and aileron may be applied in the
final stage of the approach to relieve control loads.
The aircraft should be landed with minimal hold off and the
nosewheels gently lowered as soon as the mainwheels have
contacted the runway. Both power levers should be moved into
the ground range and reverse thrust may be used from the live
engine as normal. Lift Dump will not be available .

...

Nosewheel steering is adequate to maintain directional control


during the groundroll.
Note:

'

Taxy on one engine is permissible.


With one engine failed it is NOT permitted to use
35 flap.

-oo
"'rA
6'

Vref (S.E.) is the same as Vref for 20 flap.


This is Vref 35 flap + 4 Kt.
For single engine approaches use the normal Vref f or
20 flap.

16-3-6
Jun 15/96

BRIT1SN AER'06FlllCE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

12. ENGINE FAILURE ON FINAL APPROACH


If an engine fails above 200 ft on final approach with flaps at
20, a go-around may be made or the approach may be continued
to land with 20 flap, ensuring Vref is correct for 20 flap.
If an engine fails above 200 ft on final approach with 35 flap
selected a go-around should be made and a single engine
approach made with 20 flap.
If an engine fails below 200 ft on final approach with either
20 or 35 flap selected the approach should be continued to
land.
13. SINGLE ENGINE GO-AROUND
CAUTION: SINGLE ENGINE GO-AROUNDS SHOULD NOT BE ATTEMPTED BELOW
200 FT AGL.
If a single engined go around is required, the power lever of
the live engine should be advanced until either Redline EGT or
Redline torque is achieved whichever comes f irst. The flaps
should be selected to 10 and the landing gear up without
delay. The pilot not flying should monitor the instruments to
ensure that torque and EGT are within limits, airspeed is not
less than V2, and altitude is safe.
The climb should be continued at a speed not less than the
approach speed. At heavy weights and high temperatures it may
be necessary to reduce speed to V2 for initial climb. When
above 500 ft AGL and obstacle clearance is certain, accelerate
to the single engine en-route climb speed and retract the
flaps.

co

'

L.{")

o
o

16-3-7
Jun-15/96

BRITISH AEROS MCE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

14. NON-PRECISION APPROACH (SINGLE ENGINE)


outbound, reduce speed to 150 Kt and select 10 flap.
Passing
the F.A.P. inbound, start the stopwatch and initiate descent to
MOA, aiming for 140 Kt.
If the descent is to continue directly from MOA, gear down and
20 flap should be selected.
If the final descent is delayed and the aircraft is to be flown
level, the selection of gear and 20 flap should be delayed
until landing is assured.
Below 200 ft, speed should be reduced to achieve the appropriate
speed at the threshold.
Use of 35 flap is not permitted.
15. CIRCLING APPROACH (SINGLE ENGINE)
The approach to the airport from the final approach f ix should
be flown with flaps at 10 and gear UP, at a speed of 140 Kt.
When landing is assured the gear should be selected DOWN,
followed by 20 flap.
Target speed 130 Kt IAS.
35 flap selection is NOT permitted during single engine
operation. Therefore if, after turning fial, the pilot
observes the aircraft to be above the glideslope, he should be
ready immediately to reduce power (perhaps substantially) in
arder to adjust descent. Minimum speed 125 Kt.
Clase monitoring of speed, altitude and descent prof ile by the
non-flying pilot is essential.
Below 200 ft, speed must be reduced to the appropriate speed
over the threshold, and the landing completed with 20 flap.
Lift Dump will not be available.

"'

o
U1

'

(X)

"'

16-3-8
Jun 15/96

~A~

JETSTREANI

SERiEs J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

16. VISUAL CIRCUIT (PATTERN) AND LANDING (SINGLE ENGINE)


The aircraft should be flown into the visual circuit with
Approach Checks completed. At the beginning of the downwind
leg the aircraft should be at 1500 ft or as near as the
prevailing conditions will permit. With approximately 60%
torque and 10 flap, the airspeed should be at 150 Kt.
Just bef ore turning onto Base Leg the gear should be selected
DOWN followed by 20 flap, settling into the descending turn at
130 Kt. Landing checks should be completed at this stage.
A 3 glidepath is achieved with 20 flap, landing gear down,
using 50-60% torque on the live engine, aiming for 130 Kt.
Handling and performance considerations do not permit the use
of 35 flap with one engine inoperative.
The normal landing
be maintained down
airspeed should be
threshold, and the

technique calls for not less than 125 Kt to


to 200 ft above threshold. Below 200 ft,
reduced to the appropriate speed over the
landing completed using 20 flap only.

17. LANDING WITH FLAPS RETRACTED


The approach should be made at a normal glidepath angle, with a
threshold speed equal to the all engine threshold speed plus 15
Kt.

--

After a short hold off, allow the aircraft to touch down and
gently lower the nosewheel immediately afterwards. Reverse
thrust and maximum wheel braking may be required to stop in the
available distance.
18. HYDRAULIC SYSTEM LOW PRESSURE
Check that the associated HYD LP cock captions on the roof
panel indicate open.
If abnormally low or lost pressure persists and normal
procedures are ineffective, use the emergency drill for gear or
flap emergency lowering.
N

16-3-9
Jun-15/96

BRITISH AEROSFMCE

JETSTREA/111

SERiEs }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

Avoid flight at or below stall warning (stick shaker) speed as


the stick pusher may be ineffective.
If, when on the ground, nosewheel steering is ineffective,
control the aircraft with differential braking.
Note:

MAIN SUPPLY (BRAKES) pressure indications may be


normal with Left and/or Right PUMP delivery pressure
low or lost.

19. MAIN SUPPLY (BRAKES) LOW PRESSURE

After touchdown, if brakes appear to be fading or ineffective


use full reverse thrust. Assist by using parking/emergency
handbrake as required.
If nosewheel steering is ineffective control the aircraft with
differential propeller thrust.
Note:

May be accompanied by abnormally low or lost Left and/


or Right PUMP delivery pressure.

20. WING DE-ICING SYSTEM FAILURE

In the event of wing de-icing failure further flight in icing


conditions should be avoided and, if necessary, an early landing
made.
The flap angle fer landing should be limited to 20.
21. TAILPLANE DE-ICING SYSTEM FAILURE

In the event of tailplane de-icing failure, or suspected ice on


the tailplane, care should be taken when lowering the flaps
(ensure adequate height and immediate retraction of the flaps in
the event of a sudden trim change).
The flap angle fer landing should be limited to 20.
22. STATIC PRESSURE

If the indications of the left Airspeed and Altitude instruments


become suspect, due to ice build-up on the static vents, the
static changeover cock should be operated.
The left flight instruments will then receive static pressure
from the alternative static source which is protected from
icing.

16-3-10

Jun 15/96

oN

(Jl

'
co
~

BR,TISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI
SERES

'J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

rEG1E 'FA1wRE' - - - - - ,
1KEEP STRAIGHT WITH RUDDER 1
1AND UP TO 5 OF BANK TOWARDS 1
BEFORE TAKE OFF

-1~ ~~N:_w~Et!. ~~~E- .J

5 MINUTE POINT

COMPLETE CHECKS
DETERMINE
*T/OTORQUE
*V1/VR,V2
*Vy

COMPLETE
ENGINE
FAILURE
CHECKS

e SAFEL Y AIRBORNE - GEAR UP


e MAINTAIN V2 MIN.
e IDENTIFY FAILED ENGINE
e CARRY OUT FAILURE I FIRE DRILL

SET APR OFF IF IN USE


SET MAX. CONTINOUS POWER

SOOFT A.G.L.

V,JVR

V2
ROTA TE SMOOTHL Y
TO 8 -1 O PITCH

INCREASE SPEED
TO EN ROUTE CLIMB
SPEED S.E.
FLAPS UP

COMPLETE
AFTER
TAKE-OFF
CHECKS

IF IN USE
WATER METH. OFF
PWRAUGON

()!J

o
o
o

ENGINE

FAILURE AFTER
Fig. 5

Vl
16-4-1
Aug 1/88

BR'T'~

AEROSPACE

JETSTREAIW

SERiEs }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

. :

FOR BEST AL TITUOE

FOR BEST RANGE

FEATHERING ORILLS
SET 100% RPM ON UVE ENGINE
POWER LEVER TO GIVE REO-UNE TORQUE OR
REO-UNE EGT WHICHEVER COMES FIRST
SET MIN AIR BLEEO - RE SET POWER LEVERS
e USE GENTLE CONTROL MOVEMENTS
ALLOW SPEEO TO REDUCE TO THE EN-ROUTE
SINGLE-ENGINE CUMB SPEEO
THEN DRIFT DOWN TO THE STABIUSING
HEIGHT (CHECK

FEATHERING DRILL
SET 97% RPM ON UVE ENGINE
POWER LEVER TO REO-UNE TORQUE OR EGT
SET MIN AIR BLEED - No.S INITIALLY
DESCEND AT 140 KTS TO STABILISING HEIGHT
(REFER TO M.O.M. - PERFORMANCE, FOR
STABILISING HEIGHT ANO TARGET SPEED)
e WHEN LEVEL SET POWER TO GIVE T ARGET SPEED

usn

NOTE:

NOTE:

WHEN CLEAR OF TERRAIN


FL Y FOR RANGE

IF GROUND CLEARANCE PROVES


TO BE INAOEQUATE THEN FL Y
FOR BEST ALTITUDE

ENGINE
16-4-2

May 15/90

FAILURE

IN CRUISING
Fig. 6

FLIGHT

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREAIW

Srnies }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

GEARDOWN
20 FLAP
e LANDING CHECKS

CIRCUIT HEIGHT MAY BE VARIED


FOR LOCAL TRAINING CONDITIONS

DISCONTINUED APPROACH
SET RED-LINE TORQUE OR EGT
FLAPS 10
GEAR UP

~:----__

. 1500;----.:::::: APPROACH
APPROX.60% TORQUE
CHECKS
FLAP 10
COMPLETE
150kt

CONTINUE AS FOR ENGINE


FAILURE ABOVE V2
125kt Min
VrefS.E.
(VAT 1)

/
NOTE

MAXIMUM FLAPS 20

TOUCHDOWN
j
)
)

LOWER NOSE WHEEL


BEWARE SWING IF REVERSE SELECTED
NO LIFT DUMP AVAILABLE

VISUAL

CIRCUIT

SINGLE

ENGINE

Fig. 7
16-4-3
Jul 15/89

BIWTIS>I AEROSPACE

JETST.REAWI

SeRies }200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

TURN THROUGH 90
INITIATE MAX RATE DESCENT

DON OXYGEN MASKS


REDUCE POWER TO FLT IDLE
MOVE RPM LEVERS FU LL Y FWD

EMERGENCY
DESCENT
DECISION

MAINTAIN VMO
(ABOUT 10 NOSE DOWN)

START DESCENT RECOVERY


1000ft ABOVE PLANNED

EMERGENCY

DESCENT

Fig. 8
16-4-4
Aug 1/88

~AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SeRiEs }200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

EMERGENCY
DESCENT
DECISION

eDON OXYGEN IF REQUIRED


REDUCE POWER TO FL T IDLE
eMOVE RPM LEVERS FULL Y FWO
MAINTAIN ALTITUDE

TURN THROUGH 90"


INITIATE DESCENT

AT 170 FLAP 10
AT 160 GEAR DOWN
FLAP20

MAINTAIN 150kt
APPROX 22 PITCH DOWN

START DESCENT RECOVERY


1OOOFT ABOVE
PLANNED LEVEL

FLAP 10
GEAR UP
THEN FLAPUP
POWER AS REQUIRED
DETERMINE COURSE OF ACTION

........

:o
::::>

::::>
::::>

EMERGENCY

DESCENT
Fig. 9

LOW

SPEED
16-4-5
Aug 1/88

EIRIT7_, AEROSPACE

JETSTREAIW

SERiEs J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

e 150 kt GEAR DOWN


e SET APPROX 25% TORQUE
COMPLETE LANOING CHECKS

---~_,,_~/

MISSED APPROACH
SET RED-UNE TORQUE OR EGT
POSITIVE RATE-GEAR UP
CONTINUE AS FOR NORMAL
TAKE-OFF

200 ft
135 kt

Vref+IS
(VATO + 15)

FLAP LE SS

LANDING (2 OR 1 ENGINE)
Fig. 10

16-4-6
Jul 15/89

B-T'5H AEROSPACE

JETSTREAAH

SERiEs l200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1


\

".

CREW
l.

OPERATING

PROCEDURES

USE OF CHECK LIST


Jetstream 32 operations by British Aerospace, Prestwick are
based on the use of the normal checklist provided f or all
pilots. A technique of "challenge and response" is employed.
Prior to taxi, the co-pilot challenges and the captain
responds and actions the items. Exceptions to this are where
an item is physically out of reach from the left seat.
During taxi, all checks are challenged, actioned and
responded to aloud by the co-pilot whenever possible,
enabling the captain to concentrate his attention outside the
aircraft. However, the captain should make every effort to
cross check these actions.
In flight, all checks are called for by the flying pilot
(PF). The pilot not flying (PNF) then reads through the
appropriate checklist items, carries out the actions and
calls the responses. He calls " ... checks complete" when
f inished.
After landing, the PF cancels reverse (if used), and calls
f or the RPM levers to be brought back to taxi once the aircraft
has been slowed to a fast taxi. After landing checks are
conducted in a similar manner to the taxi checks, leaving the
captain once again able to concentrate his attention outside.

2.

PRE DEPARTURE BRIEFING


PF briefs PNF. The brief should include at least the following:

o
N
r-r

-o
o

2.1 Which pilot is handling during take-off.


2.2 The runway in use, runway state and wind.
2.3 The initial track and cleared altitude (full SID as
appropriate).
2.4 The scheduled take-off torque and speeds to be used (Vl,
VR, V2).

2.5 A surnrnary of crew duties and actions in the event of


emergency (full brief for first flight of the day,
abbreviated as desired for subsequent flights).
An example is provided overleaf of a typical take-off brief.

16-5-1
Aug 1/88

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI
SERiES

}200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

"This will be my take-off on Runway (). The runway is dry,


wind calm. Track after take-off will be (), climbing to()
feet. Scheduled torque is (). Speeds are Vl/VR (), V2 ().
If you notice any malfunction prior to 70 kt, call STOP.
Between 70 kt and Vl we will only stop for an engine failure,
an engine fire, or a serious malfunction. I will bring the
power levers bck to ground idle, brake as required and we will
take further action af ter the aircraf t has been brought to a
stop. In the event of a malfunction after Vl, bring it to my
attention, but we will CONTINUE the take-off.
I will call
fer gear up when we are safely airborne, we will together
conf irm which engine has failed and perform the standard
shut-down drill. Passing 500 ft I will accelerate to (
and call fer flaps up. We will then make a () hand circuit
(pattern) to land."
3.

BOTH PILOTS DUTIES DURING TAKE-OFF


Both pilots to monitor flight and engine instruments as much
as practical during the take-off roll.
PNF must:
3.1 Trim power, conf irm 100% rpm.
3.2 Call "power set".
3.3 Call "airspeed alive".
3.4 Call "70 kt" - PF MUST respond.
3.5 Call "Vl/Rotate/V2".
3.6 Call "positive rate".
3.7 Call "500 ft".
Either pilot to call STOP for:3.8 Any malfunction below 70 kt which may jeopardise the safety
of the flight.
3.9 Engine fire, engine failure or serious failure between 70
kt and Vl.
PF will stop aircraft; - subsequent actions after aircraft has
stopped.
If the emergency occurs after V2, continue take-off. When
airborne retract gear, maintain control, identify failure.
PNF to take action on instruction and confirmation from PF,
subject to the Captains overriding authority.
Land back (visual, radar, or divert to alternate as necessary).
Possibility exists of overweight landing.

16-5-2
Aug 1/88

o
o

BRIT7SH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SeRies l200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

4.

CREW CO-ORDINATION DURING TAKE-OFF


4.1 Left Seat Take-off
Captain

Co-Pilot

Controls Toe Brakes


Sets Take-of f Power
within 10% of target

Restrains control colwnn


Conf irrns 100% rprn
Monitors gauges,
Trirns power

Releases Brakes
Controls NWS & Rudder
As aircraf t accelerates
Calls "AIRSPEED ALIVEn
Calls "70 KNOTS"
Calls "MY COLUMN"
Releases NWS & takes full
control

Releases control colwnn


Calls "YOUR COLUMN"

Rotates aircraft to
clirnb attitude

Calls "Vl, ROTATE, V2"


Calls "POSITIVE RATE"

When airborne applies


toe brakes brief ly
Calls "GEAR UP"

o
o

Retracts Gear/Checks
light indications
Calls "GEAR UP"

When IAS above 130 kt/500 ft


Calls "FLAPS UP AND
AFTER TAKE-OFF CHECKS"

Retracts f laps and


Calls "FLAPS UP"
Continues with After
Take-off Checklist.

16-5-3
Aug 1/88

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs 'J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

4.2 Right Seat Take-off


Capta in

Co-Pilot

Controls NWS
Conf irms 100% rpm
Monitors gauges/Trims power

Restrains control column


Controls Toe Brakes &
Rudder
Sets Take-off Power
within 10% target
Releases Brakes

As aircraf t accelerates
Calls "POWER SET"
Calls "AIRSPEED LIVE"
Calls "70 KNOTS"
Releases NWS
Calls "YOUR STEERING"

Calls "MY STEERING"

Calls "Vl, ROTATE, V2"

Rotates aircraft to
climb attitude

Retracts gear/Checks light


indications
Calls "GEAR UP"

When airborne applies


toe brakes brief ly
Calls "GEAR UP"

When IAS above 130 kt/500 ft


Retracts f laps
Calls "FLAPS UP"
Continues with Checklist.

Calls "FLAPS UP AND AFTER


TAKE-OFF CHECKLIST"

-oo
N

16-5-4

Aug 1/88

'

,,
~. . .

B#NT7SH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs l200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

5.

STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE FOR ENGINE FIRE


OR FAILURE AFTER Vl
Right hand engine f ailure has been assurned in the example
given below. Pilot Flying (PF) duties and calls are in the
left colurnn, Pilot Not Flying (PNF in the right).
P.F.

P.N.F.

Maintains control
Rotates at VR
When safely airborne
Calls "GEAR UP"

Cancels Firebell
Monitors performance
Select gear up
Conf irms up and locked

Climbs at V2

Checks full power on


live engine

The priority now is for PF to fly an accurate V2 climb.


Both pilots should take time to be absolutely certain which
engine has failed.
Calls "RIGHT ENGINE FAILED"

"CONFIRMED"

Calls "SHUT DOWN RIGHT


ENGINE"
"CONFIRMED"

"CLOSING RIGHT POWER LEVER"


Places hand on lever but
does not operate until PF
confirms correct.

"CONFIRMED"
"CONFIRMED"

"FEATHERING RIGHT ENGINE"


Places hand on f eather
lever but does not operate
until PF confirms correct.
Looks up to check LP cocks
closed - if not, closes
using LP cocks switch.
(Checks from PF before
operating switch).

(IF FIRE exists)


"CONFIRMED"

"FIRING SHOT 1 RIGHT"


Places hand on shot but
does not operate until PF
confirms correct.

"CONFIRMED"

Starts Stopwatch.
If f ire not out in 30 secs
fire SHOT 2 as above.

"IMMEDIATE ACTION CHECKLIST


COMPLETE".

16-5-5
Aug 1/88

BRITrsH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI
SERiES

J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

Continue the climb at V2. At 500 ft AGL, accelerate to the


single-engine en route climb speed and retract flaps.
Continue with the after take-off climb checklist and then
secure the f ailed engine by completing the shutdown
checklist.
6.

PILOT DUTIES IN THE CRUISE


The handling pilot will control the aircraft and the power
levers. Use of the checklist is detailed in Section l.
The non-handling pilot will complete the navigation log, make
all R/T transmissions, change frequencies and tune and
identify radio aids, calling " ... identified". Change altitude
in the altitude alert window (when fitted) and call "1000
ft to go" when approaching cleared altitude or flight level.

7.

APPROACH BRIEFING
Pref erably both pilots should possess a copy of the approach
chart and the ~rief should cover at least:
7.1 Comparison of the

ch~rt

dates.

7.2 MSA and airfield altitude.


7.3 Frequencies in use and setting of radio receivers.
7.4 Outbound tracks and altitudes.
7.5 Inbound tracks
check.

and

altitudes, including a glideslope

7.6 Missed approach point, decision height or MDA, and RVR


mnima.
7.7 Go-around procedure, including diversion if appropriate.
8.

PILOTS DUTIES DURING APPROACH


Pilots duties are as for the cruise with the following
additions. All approach aids will be identified by both
pilots. Whenever possible final approach aids (ILS,VOR ADF)
should be tuned on both receivers so that cross-monitoring of
signals is achieved.
The PF will brief the approach as detailed above. All
Jetstream operations by BAe Prestwick will be conducted using
QNH as the datum altimeter setting when below the transition
altitude/level.

16-5-6

Aug 1/88

o
o

BRl77SH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs }200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

The PNF will monitor the approach paying particular attention to


the course keeping and descent profile. Prior to the Decision
Height (DH) or Minimum Descent Altitude (MDA) standard altimeter
call-outs are to be given as follows:
"One thousand ft AGL"
"Five hundred ft above DH (or MDA)"
"Two hundred f t above DH"
"One hundred f t above DH"
At DH or MDA, if the runway (or lights) become visible, the PNF
must call "Light/Runway in sight" and give a relative bearing.
The PF will then call for 35 of flap if appropriate to the
aircraft configuration.
If the runway is not in sight on a precision approach, the PNF
must call "Decision Height, nothing seen, go around." On a
non-precision approach he must call "MDA, nothing seen, level off,
.... seconds or miles to go".
9.

CREW CO-ORDINATION DURING LANDING


9.1 Left Seat Landing
Captain

-oo
N

Co-Pilot

Handles aircraft and


power levers. Lands
aircraft and lowers nosewheel. Applies Reverse/Dump
and brakes.

Selects f laps when called

Calls "YOUR COLUMN"


Releases column takes
control of NWS.

Responds "MY COLUMN"


Restrains control column

Slows to taxi cancels reverse.


Calls "RPM LEVERS TO TAXI"

Retards RPM levers

When clear of runway


Calls "AFTER LANDING
CHECKS"
Taxis aircraf t

Completes Checklist

16-5-7

Aug 1/88

BRITTSH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs }200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

9.2 Right Seat Landing


Captain

Co-Pilot

Selects f laps when


called.

Handles aircraft and


power levers
Lands aircraft and lowers
nosewheel
Applies Reverse/Dump and
brakes gently
Calls "YOUR STEERING"

Calls "MY STEERING"


Controls NWS (left hand)
Responds "I HAVE CONTROL".
Takes control of both power
levers & brakes. Slows to
taxi. Cancels Reverse.
Calls "RPM LEVERS 'rO TAXI"

Calls "YOU HAVE CONTROL"

Retards RPM

levers~

When clear of the runway


Calls "AFTER LANDING
CHECKS".
Taxis aircraft

Completes Checklist

o
o
o

U1

16-5-8
Aug 1/88

BRIT1SH AEROSPACE

JETSTREA.1111

SERiEs 'J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

FLIGHT GUIDE
SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT
l.

OPERATION IN ICING CONDITIONS


WARNING:

l. EXTREME CARE SHOULD BE TAKEN DURING TAXI TO


PREVENT SKIDDING ON ICY SURFACES.
2. DO NOT TAKE OFF WHEN THERE ARE DEPOSITS OF SNOW,
ICE OR SLUSH ON THE AIRFRAME.

:::>

..
a
..
~

.&;

.::

CAUTION:

e:

;::

THE AIRFRAME DE-ICING SYSTEM SHOULD ALWAYS BE 'OFF'


FOR TAKE-OFF AND LANDING.

Q.

Icing conditions begin 1.1 When true Outside Air Temperaturee (OAT) on the ground
and fer take-off is +SC or below, (or when IOAT in flight
is +SC or below) and visible moisture is present in any
form, cloud, fog (with visibility of ene mile or less),
rain, snow, sleet or ice crystals in the atmosphere.
1.2 If there is surface snow, ice, standing water or slush
on ramps, taxiways or runways.
Icing conditions end when the above conditions no longer
prevail and the IOAT is above +lOC.
o . .

o
o
N

The engine and propeller anti-icing systems should be


selected ON fer take-off, landing and ground operations
whenever icing conditions prevail. The IGNITION switch
should be set to NORMAL fer all normal operations including
take-off in icing conditions.
Note: Adjustments to aircraft performance with engine
anti-ice ON are shown in the relevant performance graphs.
Normal take-off procedures should be followed, take-off power
being applied without undue delay in view of the increased
take-off distance required. If a marked lack of acceleration
is apparent during take-off, the take-off should be
abandoned.
After take-off, if performance considerations permit,
retraction of the landing gear should be delayed to allow the
slipstream to .remove any slush deposi ts.

16-6-1
Aug 1/88

EIRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

Before entering any in flight icing conditions, the following


systems should be selected ON and operating:
Both Engine and Propeller anti-ice.
Elevator Horn anti-ice (if fitted)
Windscreen heat
Stall vane/pitot heat
If ice is seen to form on the propeller spinners to a level where
it could break off, the IGNITION switches should be selected to
CONTINUOUS.
If icing conditions are entered before the system selections above
have been made, both engines should be selected to CONTINUOUS
ignition but only one to ANTI-ICE initially. A two minute period
of satisf actory running should be observed bef ore the second
engine is selected. This is to avoid possible ice ingestion and
simultaneous engine flame-out. With both engines running satisfactorily the ignition should be selected to NORMAL.
When clear of icing_conditions, the engine and propeller systems
should be selected OFF.
In icing conditions, periodic gentle exercising of the flying
controls rnust be carried out in all three axes to ensure that no
hinge f reezing has occurred.
Only when a significant ice build-up has been observed (typically
half an inch on the leading edges) should the airframe de-icing
boots be used. Operations should be lirnited to selective 5 second
MANUAL selections of WINGS and TAIL. This will prevent ice
formation bridging the ridges of the boots making thern ineffective
and producing greater drag rise than original ice. For this
reason, it is recommended that the use of Airframe de-ice in AUTO
mode and random use of MANUAL mode should be avoided in all but
severe icing conditions. If these conditions are entered,
immediate action should be taken to f ly the aircraft to an area or
level where less severe icing exists.
During landing, careful use of nosewheel steering, wheelbrakes and
reverse thrust is recommended to prevent skidding.
Note: When carrying out checks and starting on external power the

WINDSHIELD heat can be selected to WARM UP bef ore starting the


engines. This helps to reduce the time spent waiting for the warrn
up cycle to complete. In temperatures below minus lOC the
selector must remain at WARM UP for 15 minutes before selecting ON.
If it is warmer than minus lOC the waiting period is reduced to 5
minutes.

16-6-2

Oct 15/88

-o

U1
~

OJ

E1Rl71SH AEROSPACE

JETSTREAPW

SERiEs }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

Before entering any in flight icing conditions, the following


systems should be selected ON and operating:
Both Engine and Propeller anti-ice.
Elevator Horn anti-ice (if fitted)
Windscreen heat
Stall vane/pitot heat
If ice is seen to form on the propeller spinners to a level where
it could break off, the IGNITION switches should be selected to
CONTINUOUS.
If icing conditions are entered before the system selections above
have been made, both engines should be selected to CONTINUOUS
ignition but only one to ANTI-ICE initially. A two minute period
of satisf actory running should be observed bef ore the second
engine is selected. This is to avoid possible ice ingestion and
simultaneous engine flame-out. With both engines running satisfactorily the ignition should be selected to NORMAL.
When clear of ic1ng conditions, the engine and propeller systems
should be selected OFF.
In icing conditions, periodic gentle exercising of the flying
controls must be carried out in all three axes to ensure that no
hinge freezing has occurred.
Only when a significant ice build-up has been observed (typically
half an inch on the leading edges) should the airframe de-icing
boots be used. Operations should be limited to selective 5 second
MANUAL selections of WINGS and TAIL. This will prevent ice
formtion bridging the ridges of the boots making them ineffective
and producing greater drag rise than original ice. For this
reason, it is recommended that the use of Airframe de-ice in AUTO
mode and random use of MANUAL mode should be avoided in all but
severe icing conditions. If these conditions are entered,
immediate action should be taken to f ly the aircraf t to an area or
level where less severe icing exists.
During landing, careful use of nosewheel steering, wheelbrakes and
reverse thrust is recommended to prevent skidding.

16-6-2

Apr 15/89

EFFECTIVITY
841 - 1000

BRrTrsH AEROSPACE

JETSTREAIW

SERiEs }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

2.

FLIGHT DIRECTOR
The current standard fit comprises a Sperry Flight Director
System.
The flight director mode selector, mounted just below the
c.A.P. panel, provides mode control and indication for both
flight director and auto-pilot. All modes are selected by
push on/push off captions. When no mode {SBY) is selected,
the command bars on the attitude display indicator (ADI) are
retracted from view. Flight director commands may be
displayed by either a single cue (V bar) or separate vertical
and lateral cross pointers. A further mode annunciator is
located in direct field of view of the left pilot.
If the
FLIGHT SYSTEM TEST switch or the SBY button is pressed, all
the f ilaments of the selector and annunciator panels should
be lit. The flight director modes available are:
2.1 Heading Select (HDG)
This mode provides commands to the ADI lateral command cue
to acquire and maintain the heading displayed by the
heading cursor on the left side Horizontal Situation
Indicator (HSI). As a customer option, a transfer press
button switch may be provided. This transfers control to
the right hand side of the cockpit of the following
functions - HDG, NAV, APR, VOR APR, and BC.
2.2 VOR/Localizer (NAV)
Selecting NAV with the navigation receiver tuned to a VOR
or Localizer frequency results in illumination of the NAV
ARM caption. The desired radial or inbound course is
selected on the HSI course selector by the course knob.
When NAV is selected with the aircraft outside the edge of
the beam, the HDG mode is selected automatically. The
heading select cursor can be used to set the intercept
angle to the beam. When the capture point is reached, the
HDG mode drops out, the NAV mode goes from ARM to capture
(CAP), and the lateral flight director cue provides
commands to track the VOR or Localizer beam.

16-6-3

Aug 1/88

BRITISN AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SrniEs }200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

,
,. '...!":. _, ~

2.3 ILS Approach (APR)


Selecting APR with the navigation receiver tuned to a
Localizer frequency will result in both the APR ARM and NAV
ARM captions illuminating. This indicates that the Glidepath and Localizer modes respectively are armed. The HDG
mode caption will also illuminate and flight director
lateral commands will follow the heading cursor. The
heading select cursor should be used to set the intercept
angle to the Localizer. Glidepath capture, can occur ONLY
after Localizer capture. For Localizer-only approaches,
only the NAV function should be armed, as above.

....,,
5'
[

....

2.4 VOR Approach (VOR APR)

=r

Selecting VOR APR with the navigation receiver tuned to a


VOR frequency results in the VOR APR ARM and HDG captions
illuminating if the aircraft is outside the edge of the
beam. When the capture criteria are satisfied the VOR APR
CAP caption illuminates and the HDG and VOR APR ARM
captions extinguish. This mode operates in the same manner.
as the VOR/ Localizer (NAV) mode but with the gains
optimised for the VOR approach. The ADI lateral flight
director cue provides commands to track the selected VOR
radial through station passage to intercept the final
approach course.

;;><;

2.5 Back Course (BC)

Selecting BC with the navigation receiver tuned to a


Localizer frequency results in the BC ARM and HDG captions
illuminating if the aircraft is outside the edge of the
beam. The INBOUND FRONT course should be selected on the
HSI and beam capture operation is as described for the NAV
mode. Again, APR mode should NOT be selected as no Glidepath information will be available.
Note: The use of the BC facility for IFR approaches is not
permitted in the UK, as back courses are not flight
calibrated by the CAA.
2.6 Altitude Hold (ALT)

This rnode provides pitch comrnands on the ADI vertical


flight director cue to rnaintain the altitude at the time of
engagernent.

16-6-4

May 15/90

o
o
<_,,..
e

'
N

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERiES J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

2.7 Airspeed Hold (IAS)


The IAS mode is used to maintain a constant indicated
airspeed by controlling pitch attitude. IAS mode is
selected when the aircraft is at the required airspeed.
The vertical f light director cue commands attitude changes
to maintain the airspeed at the time of engagement.
2.8 Vertical Speed Hold (VS)
The VS mode is used to maintain a constant rate of climb
or descent by controlling pitch attitude. VS mode 'is
selected when the aircraf t is at the required vertical
speed. The vertical flight director cue commands attitude
changes to maintain the vertical speed at time of
engagement.

.,
.e
....
.:
:l

j
.:
et

2.9 Go-Around (GA)


This mode is selected by a press button on the LEFT engine
POWER lever. Selection of this mode following an
abandoned approach provides a fixed pitch-up attitude
command. This has been optimised for the single-engine
go-around case for the Jetstream. The lateral director
cue provided wings level command. The selection of
go-around cancels all other modes. Subsequently any
lateral mode may be selected with go-around and will
cancel the wings-level roll command. The GA caption is
illuminated on the ADI when this mode is in use.
2.10 -Use of the Touch Control Steering (TCS) Button

A TCS button is provided for each pilot. The function of


this facility is to enable adjustment of a vertical mode
without having to deselect/reselect the mode on the flight
director selector. Either Altitude Hold, Indicated Air
Speed or Vertical Speed mode may be adjusted with the
button pressed and held. The relevant mode is then reset
to the condition prevailing at the time of release of the
TCS button. Pressing the TCS button from the Go-Around
mode will clear the flight director cues from view.

16-6-5

Aug 1/88

BRIT'5H AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI
SERES

}200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

Recomrnended Mode Selections


The following selections are recomrnended for particular phases
of flight:

3.

TAKE-OFF
CLIMB

No modes selected
HDG + IAS

CRUISE

HDG + ALT (NAV may be used with steady VOR


signals)

DES CENT

HDG + VS

ILS APPROACH

NAV ARM + APR ARM Initially, with HDG + ALT


hold.

GO-AROUND

GA

CABIN PRESSURISATION
3.1 Setting the Controller
Both the cabin altimeter and cabin altitude selector are
datumed to'the standard pressure setting (1013 mb or 29.92
in Hg); that is, they assume the QNH is the standard
pressure setting.
Thus, to set the controller to 1,000 ft. above airfield
level, a correction must be applied on any day when the QNH
-differs from the standard value. When the QNH is below the
standard value, the correction must be added to 1,000 ft,
but subtracted when above the standard. The correction is
_approximately 30 ft per mb or 0.03 in Hg. However it is
much easier to use a table which lists QNH against altitude
to set on the controller. An example is shown in Figure l.
When the cabin altitude has settled to the value set on the
controller, this value should be shown on the cabin
altimeter. The correction can be large, therefore it is
important to apply it if passenger discomfort is to be
avoided.
Before changing the set cabin altitude, the rate selector
should be set to mnimum. The cabin altitude selector
should then be moved slowly to the required setting; the
rate selector is then moved slowly to achieve the required
rate. This technique ensures only small changes in cabi-n
altitude rate. The correct rate of control movement can be
gauged by monitoring the cabin rate indicator.

16-6-6

Aug 1/88

o
o
o

BRITISH AEROSFWCE

JETSTREANI

SrniEs 'J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

After take-off, the cabin controller should not be


adjusted until the flow selectors have been set and either
the set rate has been acquired or 1,000 ft AAL has been
achieved.
3.2 Setting the Flow Selectors

The discharge valve generally moves slowly. Thus it is


important to monitor the cabin rate indicator when
changing the setting of the flow selectors. This is
especially important when introducing the air after
take-off as the discharge valve may be fully closed.
Best fuel economy results when the flow selectors are set
to just hold the set cabin altitude. However, higher
settings may be required to give adequate airflow for
heating or cooling.
On the descent, the cabin altitude should stabilise at
1,000 ft above airfield level before the aircraft achieves
this altitude. Once the aircraft reaches this altitude,
the cabin rate of descent will be the same as the aircraft
rate of descent. At this point the flow selectors should
be slowly turned to off. The selectors should be off for
landing or go-around.
3.3 Cabin Altitude for Take-Off and Landing

Using these tables, the cabin differential pressure will


be zero at 1,000 ft above airfield level.
Note: It is most important that the FLOW selectors should be
turned fully off whenever full power may be required ie. on
take off or landing.
In the worst case a Flow setting of 10
may cause a loss of torque of 8%.

16-6-7

May 15/90

BRITTSH AEROSPACE

JETSTREAAll

SrniEs '200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

ADDTO

ADDTO

QNH

AIRFIELD

QNH

AIRFIELD

INS.HG.

ELEVATION

MBS.

ELEVATION

28.0
28.4
28.8
29.2
29.4
29.5
29.6
29.7
29.8
29.9
30.0
30.1
30.2
30.4
30.6
30.8
31.0

2800
2400
2100
1700
1500
1400
1300
1200
1100
1000
900
800
700
600
400
200

950
960
970
980
985
990
995
1000
1005
1010
1015
1020
1025
1030
1040
1050

2800
2500
2200
1900
1800
1600
1500
1300
1200
1100
1000
800
700
600
300

Using these tables, the cabin differential pressure will be zero at 1,000
feet above airfield leve l.

CABIN
16-6-8
May 1/88

ALTITUDE

FOR LANDING
Fig. 1

& TAKE-OFF

~
~

"'c.

:;

....

:T

e"'

;>;:

BR'IT7SH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SeRiEs J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1
'

'.,lt+

',.,

"\

.,... '\

4.MANAGEMENT OF THE OIL COOLER FLAPS


4.1 On the ground the oil cooler flaps can be set to OPEN or SHUT
so as to control the oil temperature. The switch is on the
roof panel and the indicator lights are on the engine
instrument panel.
4.2 For take off the oil cooler f laps should normally be selected
i.::

.
.:
..
.:

:::>

-s

"ti

et

to SHUT and indicate closed (lights out). However if oil


temperature is near the redline they can be selected to
OPEN/AUTO SHUT. In this case the flaps will remain open
until rotation on take off when they will automatically close
as the aircraft becomes airborne. The oil cooler flaps
should normally remain closed in flight and the switch should
be returned to SHUT .
4.3 If an engine should f ail shortly after take off in a hot

climate it is possible that the oil temperature of the


live engine may rise towards the limit. In this circumstance
it is permissible to select the appropriate (LEFT or RIGHT)
oil cooler flap to OPEN after the aircraf t has reached
acceleration height, aircraft flaps have been retracted, .
and the aircraft is climbing at the en route single engine
climb speed. The maximum permitted IAS with oil cooler flap
open is 150 kt.

o
o
N

16-6-9/10

Aug 1/88

BRl77SHAEROSRllCE

JETSTREANI

SERiES J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

FLIGHT GUIDE
OPERATIONS IN ADVERSE WEATHER
OPERATION IN WIND SHEAR/MICROBURST ACTIVITY
l.

INTRODUCTION
1.1 GENERAL
Wind shear and rnicroburst activity are particularly
dangerous during the take-of f or approach phases of
flight.
It is therefore essential that flight crew are
aware of what is rneant by these terrns.
1.2 Wind Shear
Wind shear exists when rapid and signif icant changes to
the horizontal wind speed occur over srnall changes in
altitude.
1.3 Microburst
Microburst activity exists only as a result of
thunderstorrn activity.
It is a short period event which
creates very strong wind gusts, with large variations in
direction and speed, both horizontal and vertical.
It is
very hazardous.

2.

CONDITIONS
The geographical and rnetrological conditions that can cause
wind shear and rnicroburst activity include:
Thunderstorrn activity in the airfield vicinity is rnost
likely to produce wind shear and rnicroburst hazards to
aircraft.
However, these hazards can be caused in the
airfield vicinity by significant thunderstorrns up to 10 nrn
away.

16-7-1
21006994
Feb 15/06

BRl77SH AEROSFJllCE

JETSTREANI
SEIES

J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

Frontal activity in the vicinity of an airfield can


produce dangerous wind shear conditions. This is
particularly true of warm fronts. When a temperature
difference of lOC or more exists across the front, and
its speed is 30 kt or more, there is high potential for
wind shear at low level.
Temperature inversions may produce wind shear conditions.
Airfield location may be conducive to the development of
wind shear conditions.
For example, runways that are
near a coastline; are in mountain valleys; have severe
drop-off at one or both ends; or which are protected by
trees or buildings, have an increased potential for wind
shear.
3. ALERTS
The ~light crew may be alerted to the possibility of wind shear
by one or more of the following:
Pilots reports, whether received directly or through ATC,
will alert flight crews to anticipate wind shear.
Reports which give airspeed gain/loss are of the greatest
value.
Comparison of reportea surface wind velocity with the
wind being encountered on approach.
Visual evidence such as columns of rain falling from
cumulus clouds; blowing dust; rings of dust; dust devils;
trees blowing in several directions; any other blown
debris.
Low Level Wind Shear Alert Systems (LLWSAS) are installed
at sorne airfields.
LLWSAS gather information on wind
velocity and direction at several outlying points around
the airf ield.
This information is automatically compared
with a reference value, measured at a centre point on the
airfield. When a significant difference is sensed, an
alert will be transmitted to ATC, who will in turn, relay
the inf ormation to f light crews f or as long as the
conditions exists.

16-7-2
21006995
Feb 15/06

BRl77SH AEHOSPACE

JETSTREANI
SeRies J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

4.

TAKE-OFF CHECKS
If the flight crew is alerted to possible microburst activity in
any way, the take-off should be delayed.
If wind shear is suspected, consideration should be given to
delaying the take-off, or the use of an alternate runway. Any
take-off in these conditions, should be made using full scheduled
power.
If wind shear is recognized on take-of f before Vl is reached, the
take-off should be abandoned.
If it is recognized at, or after
Vl, the take-off is continued, but the flap setting and the
associated airspeed of V2 + 10 kt must be maintained until clear
of all obstacles. When the flight path is clear of all obstacles,
normal procedures should be followed.
If the aircraft is not climbing after take-off and ground
contact is possible, use the procedure: GROUND CONTACT IMMINENT
ACTIONS (para 6).

5.

APPROACH CHECKS
If the flight crew is alerted to possible microburst activity in
the vicinity, the landing should be delayed.
Enter a hold until
the condition has passed, or carry out a diversion to an
alternate airfield.
If strong wind shear is known, or suspected, to exist on the
final approach, consideration should be given to delaying the
approach.
The use of an alternate runway should also be
considered.
If the approach must be made in known, or suspected, wind shear
conditions, the approach speed should be increased by the
expected possible speed loss in wind shear, up to a maximum of
20 kt.
If the runway length is adequate, the control of large
speed changes can be improved by using 20 flap for the approach
and landing, instead of 35 flap.
Prompt power adjustments will
be required to counter all changes in sink rates and speeds as
the aircraft is affected by variable wind shear conditions. The
ILS display can assist in early detection of sink rate.
For
aircraft fitted with a GPWS, a "glideslope" or "sink rate" call
may be timely in gaining the pilots attention.

16-7-3
21006996
Feb 15/06

BRl77SN AEROSPJllCE

JETSTREANI
SERES

}200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

Under such conditions of approach instability, the aircraft may


cross the runway threshold at an airspeed higher than the
landing approach speed.
If the airspeed is higher than the
landing approach speed threshold speed then the scheduled
landing distance required, will be increased by 7% for every
Skt increment.
If a go-around is initiated, full power (MTOP) must be applied
and the aircraft rotated to achieve and maintain V2+10kt.
V2+10kt and 10 flap should be maintained until well clear of
all possible obstacles, when normal go-around procedures should
be followed.
If the airspeed is above VREF + 15kt, a go-around
should be carried out unless the runway length available is
determined to be adequate for stopping.
6. GROUND CONTACT I:MMINENT
If at any point ground contact appears imminent:
POWER LEVERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SELECT MAX POWER
AIRCRAFT CONFIGURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAINTAIN
PITCH ATTITUDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INCREASE
AIRSPEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REDUCE TO THE ONSET OF STALL WARNING
ROLL ATTITUDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ROLL TO AND MAINTAIN WINGS LEVEL

16-7-4
21006999
Feb 15/06

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERies J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

CHAPTER 17.
LIST

NORMAL
OF

PROCEDURES

CONTENTS

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES


FLIGHT DECK PRELIMINARY CHECK .

. . . . . . 17-1-1

CABIN PRELIMINARY CHECK .

. 17-2-1

EXTERNAL CHECKS .

. 17-3-1

FLIGHT DECK PREPARATION

17-4-1

ENGINE START

. 17-5-1

AFTER START

17-6-1

TAXI

17-7-1

RUNWAY

17-8-1

AFTER TAKE-OFF

17-9-1

CRUISE

17-10-1

DESCENT . .

17-11-1

APPROACH

17-12-1

LANDING .

17-13-1

BAULKED LANDING

17-14-1

AFTER LANDING .

17-15-1

SHUT DOWN . .

17-16-1

SINGLE ENGINE TURN ROUND SHUT DOWN

17-17-1

SINGLE ENGINE TURN ROUND PRE START

17-18-1

CHAPTER 17.

CONTENTS
Page 1/2
Aug 1/88

BRITTSH AER05'WCE

JETSTREA/111

Srnies J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

CHAPTER 17

NORMAL PROCEDURES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

::>

.,

-5

LIST OF CONTENTS
LIST OF
EFFECTIVE PAGES
17-1

e:

-o
l!l

c.

17-2
17-3

17-4

1/2

Aug

1/2
1
2
3
4
1/2
1
2
3
4
5/6
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14

May
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
May
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug
Dec
Jul
Dec
Apr
Apr
Feb
May
Feb
Dec
May
Aug
May
Aug
May
Dec

15/91
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
15/91
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
15/89
15/89
15/89
15/89
15/89
1/88
15/89
1/88
1/88
1/88
15/90
15/90
15/91
1/88

15
16
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4

Apr
Apr
Aug
Aug
May
May
May
May
Jun
Dec
Dec
May

15/89
15/89
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
15/90
15/90
1/89
1/88
1/88
15/91

r--....

f'r")

o
o

17-5

17-6

1/88 17-6
17-7

17-8
17-9
17-10
17-11
17-12
17-13
17-14
17-15
17-16

17-17

5
6
1
2

May
Dec
Oct
May

15/91
15/89
15/88
15/91

3/4
1
2
3/4
1
2
1/2
1/2
1
2
1
2
1/2
1
2
1
2
3
4
1

Dec
Aug
Dec
Dec
Dec
Dec
Aug
May
Feb
Aug
May
Jun
Dec
Aug
May
Oct
May
Aug
May
May
May
May
May

1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
15/90
15/89
1/88
15/91
15/89
1/88
15/90
1/88
15/88
15/91
1/88
1/88
15/90
1/88
1/88
1/88

17-18

1
2

CHAPTER 17 LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES


Page 1/2
May 15/91

/. -::-.,

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI
SERiES

J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1


/, t

FLIGHT

NORMAL

PROCEDURES

DECK

PRELIMINARY

CHECK

FOR A TRANSIT TURN ROUND ONLY THOSE ITEMS ANNOTATED THUS * NEED BE
ACTIONED.
. . DOWN

*LANDING GEAR LEVER . .


Verify LANDING GEAR lever DOWN
engaged in gate.

and knob vertical and

*ICE & RAIN PROTECTION . . . . . . . . . .

ALL OFF

Verify AIRFRAME AUTO switch and MANUAL switch at OFF.


Verify LEFT and RIGHT PROPELLER switches at OFF to prevent
possible damage to propeller heating mats.
Verify LEFT and RIGHT ENGINE switches at OFF .
. Verify LEFT nd RIGHT WIPER switches at OFF to prevent dry
screen operation.
Verify LEFT and RIGHT WINDSHIELD switches at OFF to reduce
electrical loads.
Verify LEFT and RIGHT STALL VANE/PITOT switches at OFF to
prevent possible damage to pitot covers or personnel.
FIRE BOTTLE SELECTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CENTRE

o
o

Verify left and right FIRE BOTTLE selectors in centre


position to prevent the inadvertent discharge of the fire
bottles.
FLAP SELECTOR
Note:
down.

RETD

Due to decay in hydraulic pressure the flaps may creep

17-1-1

Aug 1/88

B-TISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERies J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

NORMAL
FLIGHT

DECK

PROCEDURES

PRELIMINARY

CHECK (cont)
OFF

*AVIONICS MASTER
Set AVIONICS MASTER MAIN and ESSENTIAL switches to OFF.

Note: The AVIONICS MASTER switches are set to OFF to reduce effect
of voltage drop on equiprnent when starting engines and to avoid
nuisance transrnissions frorn transponder and possible injury to
personnel by high energy transrnissions frorn the weather radar.
STROBE LIGHTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
. . . . . SET

*CIRCUIT .BREAKERS
Set all CIRCU.IT BREAKERS unless placarded.

Note: It is assurned that after the initial circuit breaker check


only one reset rnay be perforrned on any circuit breaker.
*BATTERY VOLTAGE . . . .

CHECK

Set the busbar VOLTS switch to BATT BUS. Observe the


battery voltage is greater than 23.5 volts. Return switch
to MAIN BUS.
*BATT MASTER . . . . . . . . . . .

OFF

Verify the BATT MASTER switch is at OFF to ensure that the


ground supply is not supplied to the aircraft electrical
systern until the supply voltage is checked.
ELT

. . . . . . . . . . . CONFIRM ARM
Confirrn ELT switch is at ARM.

17-1-2
Aug 1/88

Bl'WTISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREAWI
SERiES

}200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

NORMAL
FLIGHT

* ELECTRI CAL

DECK

PROCEDURES

PRELIMINARY

CHECK (cont)

POWER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON

Set PANEL MASTER ESSENTIAL and NON ESSENTIAL switches to ON.


Set the ELECTRICS MASTER switch to NORMAL.
IF ... using ground supply:Verify the ground supply is connected and on.
Set VOLTS switch to GROUND POWER.
Observe the ground power is 27 to 29 volts.
Set BATT MASTER switch to GND.
Observe

C.A.P.~

caption (amber) (2) on, C.A.P.

IBUS FAILlcaption off and general lighting up of panels.


Set VOLTS switch to MAIN BUS.
IF ... using interna! battery supply:Set BATT MASTER switch to INT.

~caption off
(red),~caption (red) and

Observe C.A.P.

BUS FAIL
AC MAIN

caption
caption

(amber) on.
Observe general lighting up on panels.

LANDING GEAR . . . . . .

3 GREENS

Observe LANDING GEAR indication displays 3 lights (green).


PARKING BRAKE/PRESSURE .

ON/700 psi MIN

Verify emergency/parking brake ON.


Observe EMERGENCY pressure on left hydraulic gauge greater
than 700 psi or chocks in position.

17-1-3
Aug 1/88

-TISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SeRiEs J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

NORMAL
FLIGHT

DECK

PROCEDURES

..

PRELIMINARY

CHECK (cont)

Note: If pressure is below 700 psi and there are no chocks


available, brake pressure can be applied by using the handpump with
the emergency selector at NORMAL.
Note: There is no indication of pressure being applied to the
wheel brake when using the emergency braking system. The EMERGENCY
pressure indicated on the gauge is emergency accumulator pressure
only.
*FLIGHT DECK AND CABIN LIGHTS . . . . . . AS REQUIRED
*EXTERNAL LIGHTS

. . . . . . AS REQUIRED

Set landing lights, taxi lights and navigation lights as


required consistent with available power supply.
DV WINDOWS/WINDSCREENS
EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT

CLEAN/UNDAMAGED
CHECKED

Verify flight deck fire extinguisher, portable oxygen and


smoke goggles are stowed.
FLIGHT DECK PRELIMINARY CHECKS

COMPLETED

--------------------------------------------------------~----------

END//

o
o

lN
~

17-1-4
Aug 1/88

BRITISH AER05'WCE

JETSTREANI
SERiES

}200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

NORMAL
CABIN
LIGHTING .

PROCEDURES

PRELIMINARY

CHECK
CHECK

Observe in the cabin that the lights and signs are on.

CABIN WINDOWS . . . . . . . .

. .

. .

. NO CRACKS

ESCAPE HATCHES . .

CLEAR/SECURE/HANDLES STOWED

Observe escape hatches are unobstructed and secure, with


handles in the locked position.
. .

*FUEL FILLER CAPS

. .

. FLUSH

If refuelling complete, observe fuel filler caps are flush


with wing skin.
CHECKED/STOWED

EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT .

Observe emergency equipment conf orms to company standard


and is correctly stowed.
*BAGGAGE AREA . . . . . .

SE CURE

. .

Verify baggage correctly stowed, and loaded in safe


condition fer flight.
MAIN DOOR . .
l'-fJ

-::o

.n

,")

o
o

. . . . . . .

. . . LOCKS/STRAP/STAYS

Observe no damage to door locks, strap and stays and door


locking inspection windows are clean .
EMERGENCY LIGHTS SWITCH (VESTIBULE)

NORMAL

Verify emergency lights switch is in the NORMAL position.


CABIN PRELIMINARY CHECKS . . .

. .

COMPLETED

------------------------------------------------------------------END//

17-2-1/2
May 15/91

Bl1"77SH AEROSPACE

JETSTREAIW
SERiES

}200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

NORMAL

PROCEDURES

EXTERNAL

CHECKS

Starting at the entrance door and moving clockwise around the


aircraft an inspection for damage and security of panels should
be made.
If operating in cold conditions ensure that all snow, ice and hoar
frost has been removed from fuselage, wings, ailerons, flaps and
tail area including elevators and rudder.
If de-icing spray has been used to remove ice and snow deposits
from aircraft, it is important to remember that re-icing can occur
and that the protection afforded by spray action is dependent on
elapsed time, temperature and de-icing agent used.
The following items should be included in the inspection:l.

Entrance door

Seals and steps undamaged.


Door stay locked in open position.

If door stay not locked in open position, assembly of


passengers in rear of cabin may cause the aircraft to tilt and the
fuselage tail to strike ground.

Note:

,..,,

,.......__

2.

Fuselage skin (LH)

Undamaged.

Windows (LH)

Clean and undamaged. Emergency


exit secure and flush.

4.

Hydraulic service panel

Secure.

5.

Wing top surf ace (LH)

Undamaged, all panels secure.

6.

Jet pipe (LH)

Cover removed. Check for


security/damage.

7.

Flaps (LH)

Undamaged, note position.

8.

Aileron (LH)

Undamaged, static wicks(4) secure.


Tab undamaged with no excessive
play.
Balance weight. secure.

9.

Navigation light (LH)

Undamaged/illuminated~

I'./")

o
o
N

17-3-1
Aug 1/88

B-TISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI
SERiES

}200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

:!'.;..

I~

'

<'
'

'

NORMAL

PROCEDURES

EXTERNAL

CHECKS (cont)

10. Fuel vent

Unobstructed.

11. Wing undersurface (LH)

Undarnaged, magnetic fuel


indicators (if fitted) and all
accss panels secure, with no
fuel leaks.

12. Water drain valves

Checked and secure.

13. Wing leading edge


(including de-icing boots)

Undarnaged, landing lamp clean


and undarnaged.
Stall protection system vane
undarnaged.

14. Power plant (LH)

Propeller undarnaged, blades on


start locks. Intake cover
removed.
Intake clear.
Check engine free to rotate.
All cowling panels secure.
Check engine oil level.
All vents and drain holes clear.

15. Main

Door undarnaged.
Ground lock removed.
Fire extinguisher bottle
pressures satisfactory (about
600 psi).
Fire bottle discharge discs
green.
Leg extension normal for weight.
Brake pipes undarnaged.
Check tyre for cuts, inflation
and condition.
Chocks in position.

landing gear (LH)

16. Cold air units

Inlet and

17. Underbelly panels

Secure.

17A.

Secure.

Baggage pod

17-3-2
Aug 1/88

outlet bungs removed.

o
o

'

BINT7SH AEROSPACE

JETSTREAAll

SERiES }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

NORMAL

PROCEDURES

EXTERNAL

o
o

CHECKS (cont)

18. Left front fuselage

Skin undamaged.
All access panels secure.
Antennae undamaged.
Battery vent clear.
Pitot head cover removed.
Outside air temperature sensor
undamaged.
Lef t and f ront windshields clean
and undamaged.

19. Nose wheel

Doors undamaged and flush.


Ground lock removed.
No leaks from steering jack.
Leg extension normal for weight.
Check tyres for cuts, inflation
and condition.
Taxi lamp clean and undamaged.
Squat switch clean and undamaged.

20. Nose cone

Secure, undamaged.

21. Right front fuselage

Right windshield clean and


undamaged.
Windshield wiper undamaged.
Pitot head cover removed.
Battery vent clear.
All access panels secure.
Antennae undamaged.
Skin undamaged.

22. Main landing gear (RH)

Door undamaged.
Ground lock removed.
Fire extinguisher bottle pressures
satisfactory(about 600psi)
Fire bottle discharge discs green.
Leg extension normal for weight.
Brake pipes undamaged.
Check tyre for cuts, inflation and
condition.
Chocks in position.

17-3-3

Aug 1/88

BIWT/SH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

NORMAL
EXTERNAL

PROCEDURES
CHECKS (cont)

23. Power plant (RH)

Propeller undamaged, blades on


start locks.
Intake cover removed.
Intake clear.
Check engine free to rotate.
All cowling panels secure.
Check engine oil level.
All vents and drain boles clear.

24. Wing leading edge (RH)


(including de-icing boot)

Undamaged, landing lamp clean and


undamaged.
Stall protection system vane
undamaged.

25. Wing undersurfaqe (RH)

Undamaged, magnetic fuel


indicators (if fitted) and all
access panels secure, ~ith no
fuel leaks.

26. Fuel vent

Unobstructed.

27. Water drain valves

Checked and secure.

28. Navigation light (RH)

Undamaged/illuminated.

29. Aileron (RH)

Undamaged. Static wicks (4)


secure.
Tab undamaged with no excessive
play.
Balance weight secure.

30. Flaps (RH)


31. Jet pipe

Undamaged, note position.


(RH)

Cover removed. Check for


security/damage.

32. Wing top surface (RH)

Undamaged, all panels secure.

33. Windows (RH)

Clean and undamaged. Emergency


exit secure and flush.

17-3-4
Aug 1/88

"'->

--

BRl77SH AEROS#WCE

JETSTREANI
SERiES

J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

NORMAL
EXTERNAL

PROCEDURES
CHECKS (cent)

34. Fuselage skin (RH)

Undarnaged. Check water drain


hole bungs installed.

35. Static vent

Bungs removed, vents (5) clear.

36. Deleted
37. Antennae on top and

Undarnaged.

lower fuselage surf aces


38. Lower anti-collision
beacon

Undarnaged.

39. Right horizontal

General inspection for darnage to


include de-icing boot, elevator
tab, static wicks (2) and access
panels are secure.

stabiliser

o
o

40. Vertical stabiliser

General inspection f or
include de-icing boot,
horn mat, rudder, tab,
wicks (2), antenna and
panels are secure.

41. Upper anti-collision


strobe and navigation
lights.

Undarnaged.

42. Left horizontal

General inspection f or darnage to


iriclude de-icing boot, elevator
horn mat, elevator, tab, static
wicks (2), and access panels
secure.

stabiliser

darnage to
elevator
static
access

43. Rear fuselage, left side

Skin undamaged.
Access panels secure.
ELT Antenna undarnaged.

44. Static vent

Bungs removed, vents (5) clear.

END//
17-3-5/6

Dec 1/88

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

NORMAL
FLIGHT

PROCEDURES

DECK

PREPARATION

ITEMS ANNOTATED THUS ## REQUIRE THE TEST AT FIRST FLIGHT OF THE


DAY ONLY.
CHECK

DOCUMENTATION . . . . . .
Check the contents of the document stowage agrees with
Company policy.

TEST/ON

OXYGEN (LEFT) . . .

Verify the left oxygen mask hose is connected to the


portable oxygen bottle and observe the oxygen bottle
pressure is approximately 1800 psi.
Rotate the bottle control valve to ON.
Verify the MASK MIC/TEL leads are connected to their
respective sockets and set the MIC/CO switch to MASK.
Verify the mask is correctly stowed, the N/100% switch is
at N and the PRESS TO TEST button is rotated away from
EMERGENCY.
Press the PRESS TO TEST button and observe, by sound on the
intercomm, that oxygen discharges from the mask.
Set MIC/CO switch to BOOM.
Observe f ixed system oxygen pressure indicates 1800 psi
(providing main de busbar is powered) unless using Conditional
Procedure for Dispatch with Partial Oxygen contents.
Verify PASSENGER OXYGEN mode selector at NORMAL .

Note: To prevent passenger oxygen mask deployment do not rotate


the mode selector through the OVERRIDE position.
Observe ARMED and SUPPLY indications show black.
IF ...... not showing black
Press the RESET

button.

17-4-1
Jul 15/89

BRITTSH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SrniEs }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

NORMAL
FLIGHT

DECK

PROCEDURES
PREPARATION (cont)

STATIC CHANGEOVER COCK

FREE/NORMAL

Verify static changeover cock is free


at NORMAL.

to rotate then set

DEVIATION CAROS

3/IN DATE

Observe three compass deviation cards are stowed and


legible.
*LEFT FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS .

CHECK

Observe the instruments on the left main panel are secure


and undamaged.
Note: The functional check of navigation and radio associated
instruments cannot be done until instruments are powered during the
engine after start checks.
CLOCK . .

SET

Verify clock set to correct time.


CHECK

*ENGINE INSTRUMENTS

Verify that the engine instruments are secure and undamaged.


Observe:

FUEL QTY LOW

17-4-2
Dec 15/89

RPM gauges read zero


EGT gauges read normal
FUEL PRESSURE reads zero
OIL PRESSURE reads zero
OIL TEMPERATURE reads normal
FUEL FLOW gauges reads normal
FUEL CONTENTS gauges agree with tank quantity
APR lights off
OIL COOLER FLAPS lights off
CROSSFEED caption normal
~EVEL

LIGHTS . . .

. . . .

. PRESS TO TEST

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs }200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

NORMAL
FLIGHT

DECK

PROCEDURES
PREPARATION (cont)
. TEST/RESET

FUEL USED INDICATORS


Select TEST on each Fuel Used Indicator in turn.
If satisfactory the numbers will indicate 8888.
Reset the indicators to zero.
.

RIGHT UPPER CENTRE PANEL

. .

. . . . . CHECK

Verify thatthe instruments at the top of the right upper


centre panel are secure and undamaged.
Observe OAT gauge reads arnbient temperature (if ground
supply is on)
IF NICAD BATTERIES FITTED
. ON

*BATT. O/TEMP ISOL SWITCHES .


Verify No.1 and No.2 BATT O/TEMP ISOL switches are at ON.
Note: If the switch is at OFF the associated battery is
disconnected from the busbar.

'

o
o
N
o
o

*BATT O/TEMP SYSTEM .

. .

. . . . . . . .

. . TEST

Press and hold TEST push button.


Observe No.1 and No.2 battery temperatures increase.
Observe No.1 and No.2 150 BATT lamps (red) on at 150F.
Release TEST push button bef ore the temperature reaches
170F.
Observe temperatures decrease and lamps off.
*NAV & RADIO PANEL . . . .

. . . . . .

. .

. .

. . . CHECK/VHFl ON

Verify navigation and radio equipment secure and undamaged.


Switch No.1 VHF on and set to required frequency.
At this
stage only No.1 VHF is powered therefore the insertion of
radio and navigation data and any pref light checking of
equipment must wait till after engine start.

17-4-3
Apr 15/89

BRl77SH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs }200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

NORMAL
FLIGHT

DECK

PROCEDURES
PREPARATION (cont)
CHECK

*RIGHT FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS .

Observe the instru.ments on the right main panel are secure


and undamaged.
*CLOCK . .

SET

Verify clock set to correct time.


*LEFT SKIRT PANEL . .

WARNINGS CHECK

Set and hold FIRE DETECTOR FAULT selector to LEFT.


Observe C.A.P.,DETECTI caption (amber) ON.
Release selector, observelDETECTI c.A.P. OFF.
Repeat with selector held at RIGHT.
Set and hold FIRE DETECTOR SYSTEM selector to LEFT.
Observe C.A.P.,FIREI caption (red) on, attention getter
light (red) flashing, centre console FIRE light (red) on
and f ire bell audio.
Press Attention Getter; observe bell stops ringing.
Release selector, observe lights and captions off.
Repeat with selector held at RIGHT.
Hold pitch control column neutral and release gust lock lever.
Advance both POWER levers to MAX.
Set and hold WARNING selector to GEAR.
Retard left POWER lever toward FLIGHT IDLE.
Observe warning horn sounds when lever just forward of
FLIGHT IDLE.
Advance lever to MAX and observe horn stops.
Release selector.
Repet far right POWER lever.
Hold pitch control column neutral, engage gust lock.
Set and hold WARNING selector to SMOKE.
Observe C.A.P.,SMOKEI and IPOD SMOKEI captions (red) on
and attention getter light (red) flashing. Release selector.
17-4-4

Apr 15/89

o
o
N

o
o

.,,,,...,, AID'l'Ol!ll"tll

JETSTREANI
SERES

J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

NORMAL
FLIGHT

PROCEDURES

DECK

PREPARATION (cent)

Set and hold WARNING selector to BETA.


Pull each Power lever rearwards in turn to START position.
Observe audio as each lever comes into BETA range.
Release selector.
Set and hold warning selector to O/SPEED.
Observe audio.
Release selector.
Hold pitch control column neutral, engage gust lock

*OIL CONT.AM . .

. . . . ..,. . . . .

CHECK

Filament - Press to Test.


Set and hold the OIL CONT.AM selector to LEFT.
Observe OIL CONT.AM light remains off.
Release selector.
Repeat check with OIL CONT.AM selector to RIGHT.
SET

FILAMENT DIM
Set FILAMENT DIM switch to DAY or NIGHT in anticipation
of flight conditions.
*LANDING GEAR

-o
o

DAY/NIGHT SET

Observe landing gear indicator displays 3 lights (green),


DAY NIGHT light intensity control set as appropriate and
LANDING GEAR lever at DOWN with knob vertical and engaged
in gate.

WING FLAPS INDICATOR

. . CHECK

Observe WING FLAPS indicator shows flap position agreeing


with selected position.

17-4-5

Feb 15/89

~A-

JETSTREAAI

S1ni1-. J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

NORMAL
FLIGHT
HYDRAULIC PRESSURES . .

PROCEDURES

DECK

PREPARATION (cent)

MAIN/EMERG 700 psi BRAKE/PUMP ZERO/CHOCKS

Observe on left gauge:EMERGENCY SUPPLY (BRAKES) pressure greater than 700 psi,
L and R BRAKES pressure zero.
Observe on right gauge:MAIN SUPPLY (BRAKES) pressure greater than 700 psi, L and
R PUMP pressure zero.
Note: If aircraft powered by internal batteries the L and R PUMP
pressure, MAIN SUPPLY (BRAKES) pressure and L and R BRAKES pressure
indications will nQt be active until first generator is on line.
Note:

If pressure not available wheels must be chocked.

CABIN ROC

. ZERO

CABIN ALT/DIFF PRESSURE GAUGE

CHECK

Observe DIFF PRESS pointer at zero and CABIN ALT pointer


agrees with airfield pressure altitude.
*CABIN PRESSURE CONTROL .

1000 FT AAL

Rotate RATE knob to align pointer with dot.


Rotate CABIN ALT knob to 1000 feet above airfield level.
*PRESSURE SWITCH . .

. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . ..

NORMAL

Verify PRESSURE switch at NORMAL to ensure that the safety


valve is shut.
*MANUAL CONTROL . .
Rotate pressurisation MANUAL CONTROL in both directions
.and leave fully clockwise. Do not force the selector to
the fully clockwise position.

17-4-6
May 1/88

PRESS

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREA./tll

SERiEs J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1
\'

NORMAL
FLIGHT

DECK

PROCEDURES
PREPARATION (cont)

DEMIST/FOOT SELECTOR
FAN SWITCH . .

. .

. . . AS REQUIRED
. AS REQUIRED

Note: If aircraft powered by internal batteries the recirculation


fan will not run until first generator is on line.
TEMPERATURE AUTO/MANUAL SELECTORS .
TEMPERATURE ROTARY SELECTOR . . .

. AUTO

MID POSITION

FLOW SELECTORS .

. OFF

POWER LEVERS . .

FULL AND FREE/GROUND START

Advance both POWER levers.


Observe movement halted before FLIGHT IDLE by gust lock
engagement.
Retard POWER levers.
Advance left POWER lever to MAX.
Retard lever towards REVERSE.
Observe movement halted at FLIGHT IDLE by latch.
Lift latch and retard throttle to REVERSE.
Advance lever to GROUND START position.
Observe no undue force required to move POWER lever.
Repeat for right power lever.
Set friction to required level.

o
o
N

RPM LEVERS .

. .

. .

FULL AND FREE/TAXI

Advance both RPM levers to FLIGHT and return to TAXI.


Observe no undue force required.
Set friction to required level.
*GUST LOCKS .

ENGAGED

Verify GUST LOCKS lever fully upward in the locked


position.

17-4-7
Feb 15/89

-77SN AEROS MCE

JETSTREANI

SERiES J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

NORMAL
FLIGHT
FIRE BOTTLE SELECTORS .

DECK

PROCEDURES
PREPARATION (cent)

......

. OFF

Verify FIRE BOTTLE selectors in centre off position.


Observe FIRE lights off.
POWER RES SWITCH .

OFF

Confirm switch OFF and all captions extinguished


UNFEATHER SELECTOR
FEATHER LEVERS . .

OFF

. . . . .. . . .. . .

TEST/DOWN

Verify FEATHER LEVERS are fully down.


##IF

.~

.... first flight of the day:Observe LEFT and RIGHT HYD and FUEL LP COCKS
indicators show OPEN.
Turn and pull FEATHER levers to engage detent
and observe LEFT and RIGHT HYD and FUEL LP COCKS
indicators show SHUT.
Push stop and feather levers fully down and
observe LEFT and RIGHT HYD and FUEL LP COCKS
indicators show OPEN.

17-4-8

Dec 1/88

BRIT/SH AEROSPACE

JETSTREA.1111
SERiES

}200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1


'

,-

NORMAL

PROCEDURES

FLIGHT 'DECK
TRIMS .

PREPARATION (cent)

FULL AND FREE/NEUTRAL

All trim movement should be free with no high spots or


friction.
Rotate elevator 'trim handwheel fully NOSE DOWN.
Observe ELEVATOR TRIM indicator pointer follows movement
in correct sense to full scale deflection.
Repeat fer fully NOSE UP and return elevator trim handwheel to neutral.
Rotate rudder trim handwheel fully RIGHT.
Observe RUDDER TRIM indicator pointer follows movement in
correct sense to full scale deflection.
Repeat fer fully LEFT and return rudder trim handwheel to
neutraI.
Rotate aileron trim handwheel right wing down.
Observe AILERON TRIM indicator pointer follows movement in
correct sense to full scale deflection.
Repeat fer left wing down and return aileron trim handwheel to neutral.
FLAPS SELECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

EMERG HYD SELECTOR . . . . . . . .

RETD
NORMAL

Open the EMERGENCY HYDRAULICS SELECTOR cover and observe


emergency hydraulic selector at NORMAL.
Clase and secure the cover.
HAND PUMP HANDLE
Verify.hand pump handle is stowed correctly on
left hand seat base.

STOWED
sid~

of

17-4-9

May 1/88

B-T'6H AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

NORMAL
FLIGHT

DECK

PROCEDURES
PREPARATION (cent)

AVIONICS MASTERS

OFF

EMERGENCY LIGHTS

TEST/ARM

Set EMERGENCY lights selector to ON.


Observe flight deck and cabin emergency lights on.
Set EMERGENCY light selector to ARM.
Observe C.A.P.f EMER LTS. 1 caption off, flight deck and
cabin emergency lights off. This confirms that the
emergency ligh~s switch at the rear of the cabin is at
NORMAL.
CABIN SIGNS .

ON

Set CABIN SIGNS to ON.


CABIN LIGHTS . . . . . . .

AS REQUIRED

Set FLOOD, DOOR and PASSENGER READING LIGHTS switches and


selectors to required position.
GENERATORS . . .
EXTERNAL LIGHTS .

OFF

. .. . . . . . . . .

OFF EXCEPT NAV AS REQUIRED

Verify BEACON and STROBE switches at OFF. If aircraft on


external power, test ICE OBSERVE and LAND/TAXI light then
set to OFF.
Set NAV lights as required.
BUS TIE RESET .

. .. . . . .

Observe BUS TIE RESET push button is in the extended


position.

17-4-10
Aug 1/88

. OUT

-T1SH AEROSI

JETSTREANI

SERiES J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

NORMAL
FLIGHT

PROCEDURES

DECK

PREPARATION (cent)
NORMAL

A.C. CONTROL .

. OFF

FUEL BOOST PUMPS .

SHUT

FUEL CROSSFEED

. TEST/ON

##STALL PROTECTION .

Set GUST LOCKS to OUT


Set and hold LEFT STALL PROTECTION switch to TEST.
Observe in front of each pilot the LH STALL lights (red)
are en, the stick shaker operates, the C.A.P.1 STALL 1
caption (amber) on and audio warning horn is working ..
Release the switch.
Repeat the test with RIGHT STALL PROTECTION switch.
Set both switches to ON.
Set GUST LOCKS to IN
Note: If the checks are being done en interna! batteries, the
stall Protection System cannot be properly tested. It should be
tested after both engines have been started and both generators
are en line.

*SRL COMPUTERS . . . . .

. . . .

ON

Set SRL COMPUTERS switches to ON. This is fer the AUTO


engine start procedure, should a MANUAL engine start be
required the SRL computers will be switched off then.
*TTL COMPUTERS .
AIR/GND SWITCHES .

.........

ON

. GND

Note:
If the AIR/GND switch is not at GND, starting the engine is
not possible en the ground.

SELECT & START SWITCHES .

OFF

Observe the SELECT and START switches are not depressed (lights
off).

17-4-11

May 15/90

-17SH AEl'l'OSJqfCE

JETSTREANI

SERiES J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

NORMAL
FLIGHT

DECK

STOP & FUEL ENRICH SWITCHES

PROCEDURES
PREPARATION (cont)

........

. . . . . OFF

Observe the STOP and FUEL ENRICH switches are not depressed
(lights off).
MANUAL START RTY SELECTOR$ NORMAL
TTL TEST SELECTORS

OFF

IGNITION SELECTORS

. NORMAL

OIL COOLER FLAPS SWITCHES

.............

SHUT

Verify LEFT and RIGHT OIL COOLER FLAPS switches at SHUT.


Observe OIL COOLER FLAPS light off.
Note: The oil cooler flap circuit is inoperative if aircraft
powered on internal batteries.
HYD SWITCHES .
##LP COCKS .

. . OPEN

............

TEST/OPEN

Observe HYD and FUEL indicators show OPEN, and LEFT and
RIGHT LP COCKS switches are at OPEN and guardad.
IF .... first flight of the day Observe HYD and FUEL indicators show OPEN
Set LEFT LP COCKS switches SHUT.
Observe HYD and FUEL indicators show SHUT.
Return switches to OPEN and check indicators show
OPEN.
Set Left hydraulic switch to HYD SHUT.
Observe HYD indicator shows SHUT.
Return switch to OPEN and check indicator shows OPEN.
Repeat for RIGHT LP COCKS and HYD switch.
STANDBY COMPASS . . . . . .

17-4-12
Aug 15/90

CHECK

, , , , , , _ A.mlNMlll IClF

JETSTREANI

5ERinJ200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

STOP SWITCHES

............

TEST/OFF

Press both engine STOP switches. Observe both switches


light up white.
Release switches . Observe switches spring out and
lights go off.
FUEL ENRICH SWITCHES

.....

OFF

Observe the FUEL ENRICH switches are not depressed


(lights off).

Page 1 of 2
Oct 30/91

SRIT/SN AEROSPACE
CDMMERCIAL AIRCRAFT
AIRLINES OIVISIDN
PRESTW'ICK

TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS
TRANSMITTAL

rhe material introduced in this Transmittal complies with BCAR's Chapter A7-3 / : "
rhe Technical accuracy of this material has been verified and is certif ied ~
Correct.
Signed:GM~
BRITISH AEROSPACE (COMMERCIAL AIRCRAFT) LTD,
~IRLINES
~YRSHIRE,

CAA DESIGN APPROVAL


No. DAI/1011/55

DIVISION, PRESTWICK AIRPORT,


KA9 2RW, SCOTLAND.

l#WTISH ~'IC:S'

JETSTREANI

SEAiEs J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

pyblication Ref No.SA.4-3100/MOM/51.52.53.54.55.57.58.59.60.


61.62.63.64

TBKPORARY REVISION 17 - 3

Location:

Insert in Chapter 17 with the text overleaf facing


page 17-4-12

Reason:

To comply with Alert Service Bulletin 80-A-JA 911045

Effective: Post Service Bulletin 80-A-JA 911045


Action:

Page 2 of 2

Oct 30/91

The procedure overleaf replaces the procedure


"STOP & FUEL ENRICH SWITCHES OFF"
on page 17-4-12

BRrTISH AER05'WCE

JETSTREANI

SeRiEs J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

NORMAL
FLIGHT

DECK

PROCEDURES
PREPARATION (cent)
CHECK/TEST

*C.A.P. PANEL

...
~

:::i

"'

CAUTION:

DO NOT OPERATE ANY OTHER CONTROL ON THE FLIGHT DECK


WHLST OPERATING THE C.A.P. PRESS TO TEST BUTTON.

IF ...... aircraft powered by internal batteries:-

-o

Observe the following C.A.P. captions -

.::
.t

RED

IDooRI

AMBER -

GEN 1

lrNVI
1

~ ~

!Bus FAILI

GEN 1 1BUS TIE OPEN 1

EJ EJ

IAc MAINI

1AIR OFF 11 EMER LTS 11FUEL11FUEL11 AIR OFF 1right1STALL1


The BUS TIE RESET button in the roof panel will also
be lit.
IF ...... aircraft powered by external power:Observe the following C.A.P. captions RED

1DOORI

AMBER -

IBATI
lsRLI

1OILI
IGENI

1OILI
IGENI

IBATI

lsRLI

IAIR OFFI

IEMER LTSI

FUELI

FUELI

IAIR OFFI

Press and hold TEST button.


Observe all red and amber lights on including spare positions,
attention getter lights (red) flashing and audio.
Press attention getter light.
Observe it cancels.
17-4-13

May 15/91

BRITISH AEROS#MCE

JETSTREANI

SrniEs J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

NORMAL
FLIGHT

PROCEDURES

DECK

PREPARATION (cent)

Observe the following lights are on:ROOF PANEL


LP cocks HYD OPEN
CLOSED
LP cocks FUEL OPEN
CLOSED
FUEL ENRICH
ENGINE STOP
ENGINE START
ENGINE SELECT

(2)
(2)
(2)
(2)
(1)

(2)
(2)
(2)

White
Red
White
Red
White
White
Red
Amber

:;

;
c.

"
;.
"'e
7\

SKIRT PANELS
POD DOOR
STALL VANE/PITOT
ICE PROTECTION ENGINE
ICE PROTECTION AIRFRAME

(1)
(2)
(2)
(2)

amber
amber
green
green

LEFT UPPER CENTRE PANEL


OIL COOLER FLAPS (yellow)
NORMAL (white)
X-FEED (green)

IGN (amber)
APR (white & green)

RIGHT SKIRT PANEL

. CHECK

Observe STALL VANE/PITOT lights (2) (amber) on.


Set FILAMENT DIM switch to DAY or NIGHT in anticipation of
flight conditions.
Verify EGT COMP TEST selector at OFF and DP/P TEST selector
at OFF.
WINDSHIELD ICE PROTECTION .

..... ......

. . .

Provided drills and start up are being carried out on


External Power, WINSHIELD ICE PROTECTION can be selected
to WARM UP. Start timing. Observe associated indicators
show White.

Note: The switch should be at WARM UP for a minmum of :5 minutes if OAT is minus lOC or warmer,
15 minutes if OAT is colder than minus lOC.
17-4-14
Dec 1/88

. CHECK

()

WJW~'&:CS

JETSTREANI

SERiES 1200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

ROOF PANEL
LP cocks HYD OPEN
CLOSED
LP cocks FUEL OPEN
CLOSED
FUEL ENRICH
ENGINE START
ENGINE SELECT

(2)
(2)
(2)
(2)

(1)
(2)

(2)

White
Red
White
Red
White
Red
Amber

Page 1 of 2
Oct 30/91

BRIT/SH AEROSPACE
COMMERCIAL AIRCRAFT
AIRLINES OIVISIDN
PRESTWICK

TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS
TRANSMITTAL

rhe material introduc~d in this Transmittal complies with BCAR's Chapter A7-J . .
rhe Technical accuracy of this material has been verified and is certified
:orrect.
BRITISH AEROSPACE (COMMERCIAL AIRCRAFT) LTD,
~IRLINES DIVISION,
PRESTWICK AIRPORT,
~YRSHIRE,
KA9 2RW, SCOTLAND.

WIW#A~

Signed:<SM..~
CAA DESIGN APPROVAL
No. OAI/1011/55

e:."

JETSTREANI
SERiES J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

pyblicatiOn Ref No.SA.4-3100/MQM/51.52.53.54.55,57.58.59.60,


61.62.63.64

TEMPORARY REVXSXON 17 - 4

Location:

Insert in Chapter 17 with the text overleaf facing


page 17-4-14

Reason:

To comply with Alert Service Bulletin 80-A-JA 911045

Effective: Post service Bulletin 80-A-JA 911045


Action:

Page 2 of 2
Oct 30/91

The list of lights under the heading ROOF PANEL on page


17-4-14 is replaced by the list overleaf.

'\

-T1SHAE~E

JETSTREAWI\
SERiES

J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1


1

NORMAL
FLIGHT ' DECK

:., ~

PROCEDURES
PREPARATION (cont)

Observe the following lights are on:ROOF PANEL

(2)
(2)
(2)
(2)

LP cocks HYD OPEN


CLOSED
LP cocks FUEL OPEN
CLOSED
FUEL ENRICH
ENGINE STOP
ENGINE START
ENGINE SELECT

(2)

White
Red
White
Red
White
White
Red
Amber

(1)
(2)
(2)
(2)

amber
amber
green
green

( 1)

(2)
(2)

..:;
"'O

[
5

ie

SKIRT PANELS
POD OOOR
STALL VANE/PITOT
ICE PROTECTION ENGINE
ICE PROTECTION AIRFRAME
LEFT UPPER CENTRE PANEL
OIL COOLER FLAPS (yellow)
NORMAL (white)
X-FEED (green)

IGN (amber)
APR (white & green)

............

RIGHT SKIRT PANEL

-o
CHECK

Observe STALL VANE/PITOT lights (2) (amber) on.


Set FILAMENT DIM switch to DAY or NIGHT in anticipation of
flight conditions.
Verify EGT COMP TEST selector at OFF and DP/P TEST selector
at OFF.
WINDSHIELD ICE PROTECTION

N
'-O
C>

co

OFF

..
'

17-4-14

EFFECTIVITY:

Pee 15/89

841 - 1000

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SeRies l200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

...
NORMAL
FLIGHT

DECK

PROCEDURES
PREPARATION (cent)

BAGGAGE COMPARTMENT KEY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STOWED


Check spare key for baggage compartrnent door is stowed,
operation with the baggage compartrnent door locked is
prohibited unless the spare key is in its stowage.
OXYGEN ( RI GHT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

TEST/ON

Verify the right oxygen mask hose is connected to the


portable oxygen bottle and observe the oxygen bottle
pressure is approximately 1800 psi.
Rotate the bottle control valve to ON.
Verify the MASK MIC/TEL leads are connected to their
respective sockets. Set MIC/CO switch to MASK.
Verify the mask is correctly stowed, the N/100% switch
at N and the PRESS TO TEST button is rotated away from
EMERGENCY.
Press the PRESS TO TEST button and observe, by sound en the
intercomm, that oxygen discharges from the mask.
Set MIC/CO switch to BOOM.
SEATS AND RUDDER PEDALS

ADJUST

WARNING: WHENEVER A NEW PILOT ENTERS A FLIGHT DECK SEAT, THE


HEIGHT AND POSITION OF THE SEAT MUST BE ADJUSTED SO AS
TO GIVE A CLEAR VIEW BOTH OUTSIDE AND INSIDE, At{D FULL
AND FREE MOVEMENT OF THE CONTROLS. THE RUDDER PEDALS
MUST BE ADJUSTED SO AS TO ENSURE THAT FULL RUDDER CAN
READILY BE APPLIED.

17-4-15
Apr 15/89

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERiES J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

DEPARTURE BRIEFING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

GIVEN

Brief crew on departure runway, procedure, weather, and


emergency actions. Calculate and display scheduled
torque.
FLIGHT DECK PREPARATION

END//

17-4-16
Apr 15/89

. .. . . . .. . . . . . .. .

COMPLETED

BIWnBN~E

JETSTREANI

SERiES J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1


Thi reviaion complie with Britiah Civil Airworthinesa Requireaents, Section A
Chapter A7-3.

JETSTREAM AIRCRAPT LIMITED


PRESTWICK AIRPORT,
AYRSBIRE, KA9 2RW,
SCOTLAND

Signad~

Date
{ ~ ~'3
CAA Approval No: DAl/9386/92

Publication Ref No.SA.4-3100/MOM/51,52,53,54,55,57,58,59,60,


62,63.

TEMPORARY REVISION 17 - 8

Location: Insert in Chapter 17 with the page overleaf facing


Page 17-5-1.
Reason:

To introduce a requirement for flight crew to close


and lock the main cabin door immediately before
starting engines.

Action:

Replace information on Page 17-5-1 with the


information overleaf.
Remove TR 17-5 and record cancellation in the Record
of Temporary Revisions.

The introduction of data by revisions or amendments or temporary revisions or


amendments not certified in accordance with British Civil Airworthiness
Requirements, Chapter A7-3, will invalidate the initial certification on the title
page of the manual relative to the part revised. Revisions or amend.ments or
temporary revisions or amendments embodied in this manual and certified by an
appropriate approved organisation, other than that applicable to the initial
certification, must be recorded on separate record sheets.

Page 1 of 2
Jun

7/93

~A~-

JETSTREANI

SERiEs J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1


,-;,'"

NORMAL

..

PROCEDURES

ENGINE

START

CAUTION: DO NOT PRESS THE CAP PRESS-TO-TEST BUTTON AFTER STARTING


THE ENGINES, EXCEPT WHEN INSTRUCTED IN THE SHUT DOWN
PROCEDURES.
IN SOME FAILURE MODES, OPERATING THE PRESS-TO-TEST BUTTON
MAY CAUSE AN ENGINE TO SHUT DOWN.
FLIGHT DECK PREPARATION .

. . . . COMPLETED

Conf irm FLIGHT DECK PREPARATION completed.


DOOR

CLOSE ANO LOCK FROM INSIDE

DOOR HANDLE

FULLY OUTBOARD

DOOR DRAWBOLT-LOCKED INDICATORS (5)

CONFIRM ALIGNED

DOOR HANDLE-LOCKED INDICATOR

. CONFIRM ALIGNED

C.A . P. DOOR CAPTION . . . . .

OFF

EMERGENCY/PARKING BRAKE . .

. ON 700 psi MIN/CHOCKS

Confirm emergency/parking brake is ON.


Observe that EMERGENCY pressure on left hydraulic gauge
is greater than 700 psi. If pressure not available wheels
must be chocked.
PROP START LOCKS

. . ENGAGED

Conf irm propeller blades held by start locks.


IF ...... not on start locks:Retard the POWER levers to REVERSE.
Set the UNFEATHER selector to L or R.
When the propeller blades stop moving, set
the UNFEATHER selector to OFF.
Advance the POWER levers to GROUND START.

'"')

CAUTION: PROLONGED USE OF THE UNFEATHER PUMP CAN RESULT IN THE


TRANSFER OF ALL OIL FROM THE TANK TO THE ENGINE SUMP.
RPM LEVERS

. . . FRICTION SET/TAXI

POWER LEVERS
START CLEARANCE . .

GROUND START
OBTAIN

Obtain start clearance from A.T.C.


BEACONS .
Set UPPER and LOWER BEACONS switches to ON.

Page 2 of 2
Jun

7/93

ON

BRIT7SH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SeRies J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

NORMAL

PROCEDURES

ENGINE

START
COMPLETED

FLIGHT DECK PREPARATION


Confirm FLIGHT DECK PREPARATION completed.
EMERGENCY/PARKING BRAKE

ON 700 psi MIN/CHOCKS

Confirm emergency/parking brake is ON.


Observe that EMERGENCY pressure on left hydraulic gauge
is greater than 700 psi. If pressure not available wheels
must be chocked.
. . . . ENGAGED

PROP START LOCKS . .


Confirm propeller blades held by start locks.
IF ...... not on start locks:-

Retara the POWER levers to REVERSE.


Set the UNFEATHER selector to L or R.
When the propeller blades stop moving, set
the UNFEATHER selector to OFF.
Advance the POWER levers to GROUND START.
CAUTION:

PROLONGED USE OF THE UNFEATHER PUMP CAN RESULT IN THE


TRANSFER OF ALL OIL PROM THE TANK TO THE ENGINE SUMP.

RPM LEVERS .

. . FRICTION SET/TAXI

POWER LEVERS

. . . . . GROUND START

START CLEARANCE . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . OBTAIN

Obtain start clearance from A.T.C.


BEACONS

. ON

Set UPPER and LOWER BEACONS switches to ON.

17-5-1
Aug 1/88

BRrTISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREAAll

SERiEs J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

e.

! -'

\ ..

NORMAL
ENGINE

PROCEDURES
START (cont)
ON

FUEL BOOST PUMPS

. LESS THAN 200C

EGT
Observe EGT gauge of engine being started.
IF ...... EGT greater than 200C:-

Allow engine to cool naturally or refer to MANUAL


ENGINE START procedure.
CAUTION:

A NORMAL ENGINE START MUST NOT BE ATTEMPTED IF THE ENGINE


RESIDUAL EGT IS GREATER THAN 200C.

CLEAR TO START . . .

CONFIRMED

Confirm with ground crew "clear to start".


Obtain from ground crew confirmation of chocks in position,
fire equipment immediately available, propeller and engine
area clear, gear locks removed, beacons on and door shut.
CAUTION:

ABANDON THE START IF:l.

RPM OR TORQUE RISE RAPIDLY ABOVE THE POWER LEVER OR


RPM LEVER SETTINGS.

2.

NO EGT INDICATION WITHIN 30 SECONDS OF INITIATING THE


START.

e::>
e::>

3.

THE ENGINE DOES NOT CONTINUE TO ACCELERATE THROUGH


18% TO 28% RPM.

4.

THE EGT APPROACHES 770C.

Note: Although the engine may be started with an indicated oil


temperature of minus 30C if using external power, it is
recommended that the oil in the engine be preheated to
approximately OC if the aircraft has been exposed to prolonged
conditions of severe cold.

17-5-2
Aug 1/88

--

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREA/111
SERES

'J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

NORMAL

PROCEDURES

ENGINE

START (cont)

START ENGINES
If the ground electrical supply is lost during the start or
if at any time during the start termination of the start
cycle is required:Turn and pull the feather lever. This ensures removal of
both fuel supply to the engine and electrical power to the
starter motor. Pressing the STOP switch will then unlatch
the start circuit.
If the start has been abandoned on the first engine, then the
other engine should be started. If external power cannot be
restored, the generator of the running engine should be
brought on line. Before attempting to restart the engine
which has been shut down, either a 3 minute cooling period
should be allowed, or a ventilation run carried out leading
into a MANUAL START from 15% RPM.
CAUTION:

BEFORE STARTING LEFT ENGINE ENSURE C.A.P., DOOR

AND

1 POD DOOR 1 CAPTIONS ARE NOT ILLUMINATED.


SELECT SWITCH

PRE SS

Observe switch lights up amber and stays latched in.


START SWITCH

. . PRESS

Observe switch lights up red and stays latched in.


RPM

10%
When RPM reaches 10% check EGT starts to rise.

Notes~

l. The engine will normally reach 10% in 5-10 seconds and


the EGT will start to rise 1-2 seconds later. The
initial acceleration depends upon electrical supplies,
ambient and engine oil temperature. The time to reach
10% RPM could well increase signif icantly under cold
conditions.
2. If the start is abandoned because of no light up, a
MANUAL START (SRL OFF) should be used.
17-5-3
May 1/88

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1


/.
\

NORMAL

PROCEDURES

ENGINE

RPM

START (cont)

. . . . . . . . . . ...

10% TO 30%

Check EGT. If RPM stops increasing or EGT approaches


770C abandon the start.
RPM

.................

. 60%

When RPM reaches 60% check START and SELECT switches


release and lights go out.
Check C.A.P.

BETA

caption on.

Check C.A.P.1 .STARTER

CAUTION:

IF C.A.P., STARTER

caption goes out.

REMAINS ON THEN -

FEATHER LEVER . . . .

. TURN & PULL

ELECTRICS MASTER SWITCH

. . EMERGENCY OFF

DO NOT ATTEMPT RESTART.


POWER LEVER . .

. GROUND IDLE

Move power iever gently rearwards to control RPM at 72%.

o
o
o

v.

CJ)

17-5-4
May 1/88

BR,TISH AEROSPMCE

JETSTREAJ'W

SrniEs }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

NORMAL
ENGINE

PROCEDURES
START (cont)

WHEN FIRST ENGINE STARTED (INTERNAL POWER)


LIVE GENERATOR . .

ON

BUS TIE RESET BUTTON

. PRESS

Note: If starting engines on interna! power, the generator of the


f irst engine should be selected ON and BUS TIE closed before
starting the second engine. The load should be less than 300A
within two minutes of switching ON. Before starting the second
engine allow the load to fall below 200A. During the subsequent
start the generator load can be expected to exceed 300 A.
OIL PRESSURE/TEMP; FUEL PRESSURE/FLOW .
Check within limits.
C.A.P.

EJ

CHECK

If oil pressure greater than 60 psi,

caption should be out.

Note: Under cold weather conditions the oil pressure may not
start to rise until RPM has stabilised at ground idle, and may
then transiently exceed 120 psi.
HYDRAULIC PUMP PRESSURE

. . . . .

. .

. 2000 psi

ENGINE INSTRUMENTS . . . . . . . . . . NORMAL


BETA CAPTION .

ON

Note: At high oil temperatures the Beta lights may not illuminate
until RPM levers are fully advanced.
DOOR CAPTION .
SECOND ENGINE .

. . .

. . .

. . . . . .

OFF

START

END//
17-5-5
May 15/90

B.lfNTISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREAIW

SERiEs }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1


\._. -

NORMAL
ENGINE

PROCEDURES
START (cont)

WHEN FIRST ENGINE STARTED (EXTERNAL POWER)


OIL PRESSURE/TEMP; FUEL PRESSURE/FLOW
Check within limits.
C.A.P.

. CHECK

If oil pressure greater than 60 psi,

caption should be out.

Note: Under cold weather conditions the oil pressure may not
start to rise until RPM has stabilised at ground idle, and may
then transiently exceed 120 psi.
HYDRAULIC PUMP PRESSURE
ENGINE INSTRUMENTS .

2000 psi

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . NORMAL

BETA CAPTION .

ON

Note: At high oil temperatures the Beta lights may not illuminate
until RPM levers are fully advanced.

.....................

DOOR CAPTION . .
SECOND ENGINE . . .

OFF

. . . . . . . . . . . . . START

-o
o
~

,;>

END//

17-5-6
May 15/90

:S

BRITrSH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SeRies }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

NORMAL

PROCEDURES

AFTER

START

AIRFLOW SELECTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS REQUIRED


GENERATORS . .

. . . .

. .

Each Generator load 2 minutes after switching


less than 300A.
BATT MASTER .

. .

EXTERNAL POWER .

. .

. . . .

. . .

. .

. . . .

. .

. BOTH ON

ON should be

. .

INT/GUARDED
. . REMOVED

. . . .

Note: If the external power is removed before the two previous


listed items, the Auto Relight system may be disarmed.
DC VOLTS .

. . ... .

. . . .

. .

. .

. . . .

. . CHECK

Set busbar voltage switch BATT BUS.


Observe voltage not less than 28v.
Set busbar voltage switch MAIN BUS.
Observe voltage not less than 28v.

UI
N

BOTH AVIONICS MASTERS .

. .

AC CONTROL SWITCH .

. NORMAL

. ON

##Pull ESSENTIAL INVERTER POWER C/B on DC ESSENTIAL BUS panel.

o
o

Confirm C.A.P.

C.A. P . 1 AC MAIN

and

1 AC ESS

are both on.

remains off.

Reset C/B and conf irm all three captions are off

17-6-1
Jun 1/89

~A~

JETSTREANI

SERiEs J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

NORMAL

PROCEDURES

AFTER

START (cont)

FUEL BOOST PUMPS/CROSSFEED . .

TEST

Set LEFT and RIGHT FUEL BOOST pump switches OFF.


Observe left and right FUEL pressures decrease.
Set LEFT FUEL BOOST pump switch ON.
Observe left FUEL pressure increases.
Set CROSSFEED switch OPEN.
Observe X FEED caption (green) on and right FUEL pressure
increases.
Set LEFT FUEL BOOST pump switch OFF.
Observe left and right FUEL pressures decrease.
Set RIGHT FUEL BOOST pump switch ON.
Observe left and right FUEL pressures increase.
Set CROSSFEED switch SHUT.
Observe NORMAL (white) caption on and left FUEL pressure
decreases.
Set LEFT FUEL BOOST pump switch ON.
Observe left FUEL pressure increases.
N

__.

BOTH AIR/GND SWITCHES .

. . .

. .

. . .

AIR

Note: The AIR/GND switches are set AIR in anticipation of an


engine start in the air being performed.

IGNITION

TEST/NORMAL

Set LEFT and RIGHT IGNITION switches to TEST.


Observe left and right IGN lights (amber) on.
Set LEFT and RIGHT IGNITION switches to NORMAL.
OIL COOLER FLAPS .

. .. . . . . . . .

..

. . . .

AS REQUIRED

Set oil cooler f laps as required to maintain normal engine


oil temperatures.

17-6-2
Dec 1/88

o
o
~

'V.J
..::..

BRITISH AEROSPWCE

JETSTREANI
SERES

}200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

NORMAL

PROCEDURES

AFTER

START (cent)

MAIN OXYGEN SYSTEM

. . . . . . . . . ON/PRESSURE

Verify CREW OXYGEN switch at ON.


Observe SYSTEM pressure 1800 psi.
AIRFRAME ICE PROTECTION . .

TEST/OFF

(Only if icing conditions are anticipated).


Set AIRFRAME MANUAL ICE PROTECTION switch to WINGS.
Observe WINGS (green) caption on and boots inflated.
Set switch to TAIL.
Observe TAIL (green) caption ON.
Release switch which should spring to OFF.
Observe TAIL and WING captions off and boots deflated.
Note: AIRFRAME MANUAL WINGS/TAIL switch should not be pressed
for longer than 6 seconds.
PROPELLER ICE PROTECTION . . . .

TEST

(Only if icing conditions are anticipated).


Set the LEFT and RIGHT PROPELLER ICE PROTECTION switches
to SHORT CYCLE.
Observe the load on the associated ammeter is within the
green band.
Repeat with LONG CYCLE selected.
Set the LEFT and RIGHT PROPELLER ICE PROTECTION switches
to OFF.

17-6-3

Dec 1/88

BRITISHA~E

JETSTREANI

SrniEs }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

NORMAL

PROCEDURES

AFTER

START (cont)

ENG/ELEV ICE PROTECTION . . .

. . .

. . . . . TEST

(Only if icing conditions are anticipated).


Set LEFT and RIGHT ENG/ELEV ICE PROTECTION selectors to
ANTI-ICE.
Observe left and right ENG captions (green) on and EGT rises
slightly.
Set LEFT and RIGHT ENG/ELEV ICE PROTECTION selectors to
OFF.
Observe left and right ICE PROTECTION lights off and EGT
falls.
ELEV caption remains off throughout this test.
CAUTION:

ENGINE/ELEVATOR ANTI-ICING MUST NOT BE SELECTED ON FOR


LONGER THAN 10 SECONDS WHEN OAT EXCEEDS +lOC

Note: The systems should be on at true outside air temperatures


+5C and below in icing conditions.
WINDSHIELD ICE PROTECTION .

CONFIRM WARM UP

If L & R WINDSHIELD ICE PROTECTION switches are not already


at WARM UP, then select them and start timing.
Observe associated magnetic indications show white.
Note: The switch must be at WARM UP for a minimum of:5 minutes if OAT is minus lOC or warmer
15 minutes if OAT is colder than minus lOC.
STALL VANE/PITOT ICE PROTECTION . .
HYDRAULICS . .
Observe MAIN, EMERG and PUMP pressures

AS REQUIRED
MAIN/EMERG 2000 150 psi

o
o

2000 150 psi.

V.!

FLAPS . . .
Confirm area around flaps clear of personnel and equipment.
Set FLAPS lever to 10.
Observe FLAPS indicator shows 10.

17-6-4

May 15/91

SET

LT:
O:
V1

. 1...

-TISNA~E

JETSTREAIW
SERiES

}200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

NORMAL

PROCEDURES

AFTER

START (cont)

ENG/ELEV ICE PROTECTION . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

TEST

(Only if icing conditions are anticipated).


Set LEFT and RIGHT ENG/ELEV ICE PROTECTION selectors to
ANTI-ICE.
Observe left and right ENG captions (green) on and EGT
rises slightly .
Set LEFT and RIGHT ENG/ELEV ICE PROTECTION selectors to
OFF .
Observe left and right ICE PROTECTION lights off and EGT
falls. ELEV caption remains off throughout this test.
CAUTION :

ENGINE/ELEVATOR ANTI-ICING MUST NOT BE SELECTED ON FOR


LONGER THAN 10 SECONDS WHEN OAT EXCEEDS +lO C

Note: The systems should be on at true outside air temperatures


+5C and below in icing conditions .
WINDSHIELD ICE PROTECTION . . . . .

ON

Set L & R WINDSHIELD ICE PROTECTION switches to ON.


Observe associated magnetic indicators show white.
STALL VANE/PITOT ICE PROTECTION . . . . .
HYDRAULICS . . .

AS REQUIREI:MAIN/EMERG 2000 150 psi

Observe MAIN, EMERG and PUMP pressures 2000 150 psi.


FLAPS .

SET

Confirm area around flaps clear of personnel and equipment.


Set FLAPS lever to 10.
Observe FLAPS indicator shows 10 .

17-6-4
May 15/91

EFFECTIVITY:
841-1000

.~.

BRIT7SH AER05'WCE

JETSTREANI

SERiES 'J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

NORMAL

PROCEDURES

AFTER

START (cont)
. ON

NAV AIDS & RADIO .


Set navigation and radio equipment to required frequencies
and identify.
:..::

::>

TRANSPONDER .

-E"'

. .

WX RADAR .

"O

it:

...

. .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . .
.

##COCKPIT VOICE RECORDER .

STBY
STBY

. . TEST

On first flight of day, press test button and hold in.


Check that test meter pointer def lects 4 times into
green sector. Release test button.
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS . .

. . . CHECK/NO FLAGS

Observe no failure flags visible on flight instruments.


Observe and compare indication of attitude indicators.
COMPARE

COMPASSES .
Compare No.1 and No.2 HSI/RMI compass information.
ALTIMETERS .

SET/COMPARE

DV WINDOWS .

CLOSED/SECURE

EXTERNAL LIGHTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . .

. .

. AS REQUIRED

17-6-5
May 15/91

BRl77SH

AERO~E

JETSTREA/111

SERiEs }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

NORMAL PROCEDURES
AFTER START (CONT)

PROP START LOCKS .

. . . . .

. . RELEASE

Retard both POWER levers slowly until noticeable torque


increase indicates withdrawal of start locks, then
advance both POWER levers to GROUND IDLE.
BRAKES .

. . .

. . . .

CHECK/1750 psi

Apply maximum pressure to both toe pedals.


Observe L and R BRAKES pressure not less than 1750 psi.
Release pressure on toe pedals.
Observe L and R BRAKES pressure at zero.
GROUND EQUIPMENT .

. .. . . . . ... .. .. . . . .

. . CLEAR

Request ground engineer to verify chocks removed,


electrical power supply removed and area around aircraft
clear.
C.A.P. & ELECTRICS . .

. . . CHECK

Before taxi verify that only the following C.A.P. captions


are illuminated 1 BETA 1

1 BETA 1

Generator output must be below 300 amps and load sharing


should normally be within 40 amps.
AFTER START CHECKS . . . . . . .
END//

17-6-6
Dec 15/89

. . COMPLETED

BR'T'SH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SrniEs J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

NORMAL

PROCEDURES

. . .

BRAKES

. . CHECK

Note: To prevent brake drag ensure feet are clear of the brake
pedals during taxying.

FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

CHECK

In turns in both directions check for sensible movement


of TURN & SLIPS, COMPASSES, RMis. Check Horizons erect
and RMI needles tracking.
FLAPS .

SET FOR T/O

Verify FLAPS at take-off setting correct.


TRIMS . . . .

. . .

SET

Verify aileron and rudder trim neutral.


Verify elevator trim in take-off range (green are) and
set for take-off.
SEATS/HARNESSES . . . . . .

. . .

. . SECURE

Verify SEATS are locked in position for take-off and SEAT


HARNESSES secure.
SRL COMPUTERS

TTL COMPUTERS

. . . ON
. . ON

o
o

PROP SYNCHRO .

. .

. .

. . . OFF

FUEL BOOST PUMPS .

. . . . . . ON/PRESSURE

('\

FUEL CROSSFEED .

. . SHUT/NORMAL

Verify FUEL CROSSFEED switch at SHUT.


Observe fuel crossfeed NORMAL caption (white) on.

17-7-1
Oct 15/88

BRITISH AEROSFMCE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

NORMAL

PROCEOURES
TAXI (cont)

FUEL CONTENTS . .

. .

. .

. .

. CHECK

Observe fuel contents meet flight requirements.


SPEEOS . .

CONFIRM

. . .

Confirm the take-off speeds established and displayed.


BRIEFING .

. . .

. .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . CONFIRM/UNOERSTOOO

Conf irm the take-off briefing given and understood. This


briefing should update the briefing before start-up.
PAX BRIEFING .

GIVEN

GUST LOCKS . . .

. RELEASE/FULLY DOWN

Provided that windspeed is less than 20 kt.


STALL VANE/PITOT HEATERS .

ON

STALL PROTECTION
FLYING CONTROLS .

VERIFY TESTEO ANO ON


.

. .

. .

. . . .

. . .

FULL ANO FREE

Operate elevators, aileron and rudder through full range of


movement.
Observe full range obtained with no undue force or friction.
WINDSHIELD ICE PROTECTION . . . .
If OAT MINUS lOC or warmer:NOT LESS THAN 5 MIN FROM WARM UP . . . . . .
If OAT colder than MINUS lOC:NOT LESS THAN 15 MIN FROM WARM UP . . . . .

.
. .

. .

. . ON/BLACK

At or after the required time, set the LEFT and RIGHT


WINDSHIELD ICE PROTECTION switches to ON.
Observe the associated magnetic indicators show black.

17-7-2
May 15/91

. . BLACK

ON/BLACK

o
o

-TISNAE~E

JETSTREAIW

SERiEs J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1
.... .

NORMAL

PROCEDURES
TAXI (cont)

FUEL CONTENTS .

., .

. CHECK

Observe fuel contents rneet fl i ght requirernents .


SPEEDS .

CONFIRM

Confirrn the take-off speeds established and displayed.


BRIEFING .

. .

. CONFIRM/UNDERSTOOD

Confirrn the take-off briefing given and understood. This


briefing should update the briefing before start-up.
GIVEN

PAX BRIEFING

. RELEASE/FULLY DOWN

GUST LOCKS . .
Provided that windspeed is less than 20 kt.

. . . . ... . . . . . . .

STALL VANE/PITOT HEATERS

VERIFY TESTEO AND ON

STALL PROTECTION
FLYING CONTROLS .

ON

FULL ANO FREZ

. .

Operate elevators, aileron and rudder through full range


of movernent.
Observe full range obtained with no undue force or friction.
WINDSHIELD ICE PROTECTION . .

. BLACK/WHITE

The magnetic indicators will norrnally be Black bef ore


take-off but in cold conditions may remain White.

17-7-2
May 15/91

EFFECTIVITY:
841-1000

~AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI
SERiES

}200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

##APR O/RIDE & EGT COMPENSATION . . . .


I f

. TEST

first flight of day with APR :-

Advance both power levers to obtain 2% to 3% above


GROUND IDLE rpm.
Observe APR ARM L and R lights are off.
Set POWER RES switch to ARMand observe APR ARM light
(white) is on.
Note both EGT temperatures.
Set and hold APR COMPEN TEST selector to L and R in turn
and observe at each selection that the associated EGT
drops by approximately 20%. Release the selector and
observe EGT returns to original value.
'
Note both torque values.

Press and release the APR O/RIDE light cluster.


Observe APR L and R lights (green) are on and the left and
right torque values increase.
Set POWER RES switch to OFF and observe APR ARM L and R
lights are off and both torques reduce to original value.

TAXI CHECKS . . . . .
CAUTION:

COMPLETED

ENSURE THAT NO SNOW OR ICE DEPOSITS HAVE ACCUMULATED ON


WING AND TAIL AREAS DURING PROLONGED TAXI OR HOLD IN
ICING CONDITIONS.

END//
N

17-7-3/4
Dec 1/88

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SeRies }200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

NORMAL

PROCEDURES
RUNWAY
WARNED

CABIN CREW/PAX .
Inforrn cabin crew and passengers take-off irnrninent.
:.::
::::>

.,
...

STROBE LIGHTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON

"N

LANDING LIGHTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS REQUIRED

.&:

.:

.:
et

OIL TEMPERATURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

WITHIN LIMITS

OIL COOLER FLAPS . . . . . . . . . .

AS REQUIRED

Verify LEFT and RIGHT OIL COOLER FLAPS switches at SHUT or


OPEN/AUTO SHUT.
Confirrn oil cooler flaps position by reference to
indicator lights.
Note: The oil cooler flaps rnust norrnally be closed in flight.

AIRFRAME ICE PROTECTION . . . . . .

OFF

Verify AUTO and MANUAL AIRFRAME ICE PROTECTION switches


at OFF.
Observe wing and tail ICE PROTECTION lights off.

TRANSPONDER

ON

Set the ATC TRANSPONDER to ON.

FLOW SELECTORS . . . .

. . . OFF

Rotate FLIGHT DECK and CABIN FLOW selectors to OFF.


Take-off is not perrnitted with Air Flows on to Flight Deck
or Cabin.

Note:

17-8-1
Aug 1/88

B#WTISHAE~E

JETSTREANI

Senies }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

NORMAL

PROCEDURES

RUNWAY ( cont)
RPM LEVERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULLY ADVANCED
Advance both RPM levers to the fully forward position.
Observe the RPM increase to between 96% and 97%; 100%
RPM will not be achieved until POWER levers are advanced.
##TORQUE/TEMP LIMITER . . . .

..........

TEST

IF .... first flight of the day :Advance both POWER levers to obtain 40% torque.
Hold LEFT and RIGHT TTL TEST selectors to TORQUE.
Observe left and right fuel flow indications reduce slightly.
Release selectors and observe fuel flows return to normal.
Hold LEFT and RIGHT TTL TEST selectors to TEMP.
Observe left and right fuel flow indications reduce slightly.
Release selectors and observe fuel flows return to normal.
APR

CHECK
IF ..... APR is to be armed :-

Verify RPM at 100%


Set POWER RES switch to ARM.
Observe APR ARM light (white) on.
Advance both POWER Levers to obtain 65% torque and observe
APR L and R lights are off.
Retard right POWER lever to obtain 45% torque.
Observe APR L light (green) is on and left torque value
increases.
Advance right POWER lever to obtain 65% torque.
Observe APR L light (green) off and left torque value reduces.
Retard left POWER lever to obtain 45% torque.
Observe APR R light (green) is on and right torque value
increases.
Advance left POWER lever to obtain 65% torque.
Observe APR R light (green) is off and right torque value
reduces.

17-8-2
Dec 1/88

-ee
~

'

-~ AEROS< MCE

JETSTREAllll

SrniEs J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

##TORQUE/TEMP LIMITER . . . .

CHECK

If ...... First flight of the dayAdvance both POWER levers to obtain 50% torque.
Hold LEFT and RIGHT TTL TEST selectors to TORQUE.
Observe left and right fuel flow indications reduce slightly.
Release selectors and observe fuel flows return to normal.
Hold LEFT and RIGHT TTL TEST selectors to TEMP.
Observe left and right fuel flow indications reduce slightly.
Release selectors and observe fuel flows return to normal.

Page 1 of 2
Mar 15/92

BRIT/SH AEROSPACE
CDMMERCIAL AIRCRAFT
AIRLINE'S OIVISIDN
PRESTW'ICK

TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS
TRANSMITTAL

The material introduced in this Transmi ttal complies wi th BCAR s Chapter A7-3 ',
The Technical accuracy of this material has been verified and is certif ied as
Correct.

BRITISH AEROSPACE (COMMERCIAL AIRCRAFT) LTD,


AIRLINES DIVISION, PRESTWICK AIRPORT,
AYRSHIRE, KA9 2RW, SCOTLAND.

Signed:GM.~
CAA DESIGN APPROVAL
No. DAI/1011/55

~Al!ROSMCIF'

JETSTREANI

SERiEs J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

Publication Ref No .SA .4 - 3100/MOM/52 ,5 3,55,57,58 ,61,

TEMPORARY REVISION 17 - 7

Location: Insert in Chapter 17 with the text overleaf facing page


17-8-2.
Reason:

To comply with Airplane Flight Manual HP4-16 Advance


Amendment Bulletin No.4.
Under conditions of low ambient temperature, the TTL test
may not be triggered with the POWER levers set to give 40%
torque. To ensure a positive indication of satisfactory
operation of the TTL computers, the POWER levers should be
set to give 50% torque.

Action:

The revised procedure overleaf replaces the existing


procedure:
"TORQUE/TEMP LIMITER . . . . . . . .
CHECK"

Page 2 of 2
Mar 15/92

BIW77S## AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI
SERiES

}200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

NORMAL PROCEDURES
RUNWAY (cent)

POWER/RPM .

. VERIFY

Advance the POWER levers to give the take-off torque


setting scheduled for the ambient conditions.
Yerify that the RPM indication is at least 100% but not
more than 100.5%.
Verify EGT does not exceed Redline limit.
C.A.P. CAPTIONS

OFF

Confirm all C.A.P. captions are off


RUNWAY CHECKS .

COMPLETED

END//

o
o
N

17-8-3/4

Dec 1/88

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs l200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1


.

{i/

NORMAL
AFTER

PROCEDURES
TAKE-OFF

GEAR . .

UP

When positive rate of climb is established apply pressure


to the pedals to stop wheelspin, then release.
Set LANDING GEAR lever to UP.
Observe landing gear position indicator lights go off at
end of retraction sequence.
Note: If the solenoid lock in the landing gear selector prevents
movement of the selector to the up position the override facility
should not be used unless it is vital to the safety of the flight
e.g. for an obstacle clearance.
AT 500 FT ABOVE AIRFIELD LEVEL
FLAPS . .

RETD

When en-route climb speed and safe altitude attained, set


FLAPS selector to RETD and observe WING FLAPS indicator
shows RETD at end of sequence.
POWER RES SWITCH.

. . . . . OFF

Set switch OFF and confirm captions extinguished


<:;;j""

N
~

o
o

FLOW SELECTORS

SET

Rotate FLIGHT DECK and CABIN FLOW selectors to provide


required heating, ventilation and pressurisation.
RPM LEVERS .

97%

Move power levers rearwards if necessary to give an EGT


not above 600C. Then move RPM levers rearwards to give
97% RPM. Reset power levers to 650C or 100% Torque,
whichever is reached first.

17-9-1
Dec 1/88

BRITISH AEROSFWCE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

NORMAL

PROCEDURES

AFTER, TAKE-OFF (cont)


. . . ON

PROP SYNCHRO
.

CABIN SIGNS . . . .

. . AS REQUIRED
..."O
[
:

Set FASTEN SEAT BELTS and NO SMOKING switches as required.

:;

....

FUEL BOOST PUMPS .

OFF

,.;:e

7'

Set FUEL BOOST switch to OFF, unless climbing to 20,000


ft or above.
OIL COOLER FLAPS

SHUT

Confirm OIL COOLER SWITCHES selected SHUT & indicate SHUT.


ALTIMETERS . . . .

COMPARE

Confirm oil cooler flap position by reference to indicator


lights.
CABIN ALTITUDE .

. .

. .

. . . . .

. . .

. .

. SET FOR CRUISE

Rotate the CABIN ALT knob to the desired cabin altitude


for the expected cruise level.
(AIRPLANE ALT AT MAX DIFF
to 1000 ft above cruise altitude).
Verify rate of change as required.
LANDING LIGHTS
AFTER TAKE-OFF CHECKS .

END//

17-9-2
Dec 1/88

o
o
OFF

. . . .

. .

. . . . .

. .

. COMPLETED

BRIT7SH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERiES }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

NORMAL

PROCEDURES

CLIMB/CRUISE
AT 18,000 FT ALTITUDE:ALTIMETERS .

. . RESET/COMPARE

At the MSA or transition altitude set both altimeters to


standard setting and compare.
AT 20,000 FT
FUEL BOOST PUMPS

. . .. ... . ..

ON

Verify LEFT and RIGHT BOOST pump switches on to meet the


requirement f or fuel boost pumps on at all times above
20,000 ft.

END//

-oo

17-10-1/2
Aug 1/88

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREAN;

SERiEs J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

NORMAL

PROCEDURES
DES CENT

CABIN PRESSURE CONTROL . . .

. .

1000 FT AAL

Rotate RATE knob to achieve desired cabin rate of change.


Rotate CABIN ALT knob to 1000 ft above airfield altitude.
ALTIMETERS .

DESTINATION/ALTERNATE WX . . .
DESCENT CHECKS

RES ET/COMPARE

. . . .
. . . .

. .

. .

. .

. CHECKED
COMPLETED

END//

j'I)

o
o

17-11-1/2

May 15/90

BRITISH AEROSl'WCE

JETSTREANI

SERiES }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

NORMAL

PROCEDURES

APPROACH
. . . . . . . CONFIRM

APPROACH BRIEFING .
Carry out approach and landing briefing.
display Decision height,Vref ,and V2.
Conf irrn briefing understood.

Calculate and

CHECKED

FUEL CONTENTS . . . . . .
Conf irrn fuel contents rneet the requirernents f or holding
and diversion to alternate.

. CONFIRM

SPEEDS . . . . . . .
Conf irrn approach and landing speeds established and
displayed.
CABIN SIGNS . .

. ON

Verify CABIN SIGNS signs selected ON.


CABIN CREW/P'AX .

o
o
C"-1

WARNED

Inforrn cabin crew and passengers that landing is irnrninent.


LANDING LIGHTS .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON

FUEL BOOST PUMPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

ON

FUEL CROSSFEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SHUT/NORMAL

17-12-1
Feb 15/89

BRITISH AEROSFWCE

JETSTREANI
SERiEs

l200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

NORMAL

PROCEDURES

APPROACH (cont)
HYDRAULIC PRESSURE . . .

. . . .

2000 150 psi

Observe MAIN SUPPLY (BRAKES) pressure 2000 150 psi.


Observe EMERG SUPPLY (BRAKES) pressure 2000 150 psi.
Observe L and R PUMP pressure 2000 psi.
PRESSURISATION .

. CHECK

Observe CABIN ALT control set for landing, cabin rate of


change satisfactory and differential pressure reducing.
NAV AIDS ANO RADIO

. CHECK

Set navigation and radio equipment to required frequencies


and identify.
Crosscheck with requirements of landing
briefing.
SEATS ANO HARNESS

SECURE

Verify both crew seats are locked in position for landing


with seat harnesses secure. Ensure armrests are folded up
and stowed. If the left pilots left armrest is not correctly
stowed up, difficulty will be experienced in handling the
nosewheel steering.
APPROACH CHECKS .

. . .

COMPLETE O

1'0

END//

17-12-2
May 15/91

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTRJEAN:t

SrniEs }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1


''
\

NORMAL

PROCEDURES
LANDING

FLAPS . .
CAUTION:
~

:::l

.,

BEFORE LOWERING THE FLAPS IN ICING CONDITIONS ESTABLISH


THAT NO ICE HAS BUILT UP ON TAIL. THIS COULD CAUSE AN
UNEXPECTED TRIM CHANGE.

-5
e

GEAR (BELOW 160 KT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DOWN/3 GREENS


. . 20 o

FLAPS . . .
BRAKES . . . . .

. .

. CHECK

. . . . .

Apply pressure to toe pedals and release.


Observe L and R BRAKES pressures indicate and exhaust.
Note: To prevent inadvertent application of brakes, keep toes
clear of brake pedals during landing.
EMERGENCY/PARKING BRAKE .
l"f')

. .

. .

. .

OFF

Verify the EMERGENCY/PARKING BRAKE lever is in the fully


down position.

'-O
N
N
CJ
CJ

PROP SYNCHRO .

. OFF

Set the PROP SYNCHRO switch to OFF.

RPM LEVERS . .
CAUTION:

IF THE RPM LEVERS ARE NOT AT THE


WITH AIRCRAFT ALTITUDE LESS THAN
RPM LEVERS. AFTER TOUCHDOWN THE
.FULLY ADVANCED BEFORE MOVING THE
GROUND IDLE.

WX RADAR
AIRFRAME ICE PROTECTION

. . . . . FLIGHT (100%)
FLIGHT POSITION (100%)
200 FEET DO NOT ADVANCE
RPM LEVERS SHOULD BE
POWER LEVERS BACK TO

STBY
. OFF

17-13-1
Jun 15/89

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs 1200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

NORMAL

PROCEDURES

LANDING (cont)
OFF

FLOW SELECTORS
FLAPS .

. .

LANDING CHECKS . . .

.
.

. .
. .

. . .
. .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. .

. . .

.
.

. SET FOR LANDING


. .

COMPLETED

END//

-oo

N
N

"

17-13-2
Jun 15/89

B"'f77Sl1 AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI
SERES

1200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

NORMAL

PROCEDURES

BAULKED

LANDING
. SET

POWER .
Advance the POWER levers to give the scheduled torques.

10

FLAPS . . .

UP

LANDING GEAR . . . . .
When positive rate of climb established, set LANDING GEAR
lever to UP.
Observe landing gear position indicator lights go off at
end of retraction sequence.
FLAPS .

RETD

When en route climb speed and safe altitude attained, set


FLAPS selector to RETD and observe WING FLAPS indicator
shows RETD at end of sequence.
RETURN TO AFTER TAKE-OFF DRILLS

END//

o
o
N

17-14-1/2
Dec 1/88

- T I S H AEROSFMCE

JETSTREA~

SERiES }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

NORMAL
AFTER

PROCEOURES
LANOING
.

POWER LEVERS

GROUNO IOLE
TAXI

RPM LEVERS

ENGAGE

GUST LOCKS
Set the flying controls to the neutral positions and
engage the GUST LOCKS.
BRAKE PRESSURE . .
A

2000 PSI

. .

Observe EMERG SUPPLY (BRAKES) pressure approx 2000 psi.


Observe MAIN SUPPLY (BRAKES) pressure approx 2000 psi.
RETO

FLAPS .

Set FLAPS selector to RETO.


Observe WING FLAPS indicator shows RETO at end of sequence.
STROBE LIGHTS .

. . . . . . .. .

OFF

LANO/TAXI LIGHTS

. AS REQUIREO

FUEL BOOST PUMPS

. OFF

STALL PROTECTION .

. . OFF

OIL COOLER FLAPS .

AS REQUIREO

Set OIL COOLER FLAPS to control oil temperature.


N

AVIONICS MASTER SWITCHES

. AS REQUIREO

17-15-1
Aug 15/90

- T l S N AEROSFMCE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

NORMAL
AFTER
TRIMS .

PROCEDURES
LANDING (cent)
NEUTRAL

Rotate Elevator, Rudder and Aileron trim handwheels to


neutral position.
STALL VANE/PITOT ICE PROTECTION

. OFF

Set LEFT and RIGHT STALL VANE/PITOT ICE PROTECTION


switches to OFF.
Observe left and right STALL VANE/PITOT ICE PROTECTION
lights (amber) on.
DV WINDOWS

. . . . . RELEASE/AS REQUIRED

Release catches of DV windows to relieve any residual cabin


pressure and set windows as required.
AFTER LANDING CHECKS

END//

..................

COMPLETE O

-o

f'1

-~

17-15-2

May 1/88

BR,TISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI
SERiES

}200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

NORMAL
SHUT

PROCEDURES
DOWN
.

EMERGENCY/PARKING BRAKE . .

. .

. . ON

TEST/OFF

Set PARKING BRAKE lever to ON.


Observe EMERG brake pressure above 700 psi.
OIL CONTAM

Press to test the f ilament.


Set and hold OIL CONTAM selector to LEFT, observe OIL
CONTAM caption remains off.
IF ...... the OIL CONTAM caption on - refer to Maintenance.
Release switch
Repeat test with OIL CONTAM selector at RIGHT.
AIRFRAME ICE PROTECTION .
PROPELLER ICE PROTECTION . .

rt1.f)
lj)

o
o

(\\

OFF
. . . . . .

. .

. .

. .

. . OFF

ENGINE ICE PROTECTION . . . . .

OFF

AUTO/MAN TEMPERATURE SELECTORS

OFF

WIPERS . .

PARK/OFF

WINDSHIELD ICE PROTECTION . . . . . . . .

. . .

OFF

RECIRC FAN
BOTH AVIONICS MASTERS .

OFF
. . . . . . . . . .

. .

. .

. .

. .

OFF

17-16-1

Oct 15/88

BINTISH AEROS-CE

JETSTREAIW

SERiEs 'J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

, ,

NORMAL
SHUT
LAND/LAND TAXI LIGHTS .

PROCEDURES
DOWN (cont)
OFF

. .

Verify LEFT LAND switch and RIGHT LAND/TAXI selector to


OFF.
OFF

GENERATORS
Set LEFT GEN and RIGHT GEN selectors to OFF.
Observe

e. A. P. ~ amber captions on.

IF ...... ground supply available Set BATT MASTER switch to OFF.


When ground supply is connected and on,
set VOLTS switch to GROUND POWER.
Observe the ground power is 27-29 volts.
Set BATT MASTER switch to GND.
AIR/GND SWITCHES

. .

. .

ENGINES

. .
.

. . GND
.

. STOP

A cooling time of 3 minutes including taxying should


elapse before engine shut down.
Press and hold the engine STOP switches for a full 5 seconds
to allow fer complete discharge of the engine purge system
accumulators.
Observe engines run down with a slight rise in RPM due to
the purge action.
PROPELLER START LOCKS

ENGAGE

Retard power levers to REVERSE when engine RPM approximately


50%. Advance power levers to GROUND START when prop stopped.

17-16-2
May 15/91

_ , . . , , . , AEl'Oallll ICllF

JETSTREANI
SERES

J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

c::J\I> 'l'E:S'l' J3tJ'l"I'():tf

I>RESS

I>ress c::J\I> TE:S'l' button and hold fer 5 seconds.


C>bserve engine shut down is not initiated.

I>age 1 of 2

Oct 30/91

BRIT/SN AEROSPACE
COMMERCIAL AIRCRAFT
AIRLINES DIVISION
P/!IESTW/CK

TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS
TRANSMITTAL

rhe material introduce.d in this Transmittal complies with BCAR's Chapter A?-3 .-'" ,,
rhe Technical accuracy of this material has been verified and is certified ,
:orrect.
Signed:<SN\.~
BRITISB AEROSPACE {COMMERCIAL AIRCRAFT) LTD,.
CAA DESIGN APPROVAL
~IRLINES DIVISION,
PRESTWICK AIRPORT,
No. DAI/1011/55
~YRSHIRE,
KA9 2RW, SCOTLAND

...,,_.._..c:E'
JETSTREANI

SERiES J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

Publication Ref

No.SA.4-3100/M0~/51.52.53.54.55.57.58.59.60.61.62.63

TEMPORARY REVISION 17 - 6

Location:

Insert in Chapter 17 with the text overleaf facinq


paqe 17-16-2

Reason:

To comply with Alert Service Bulletin 80-A-JA 911045

Effective: Pre Service Bulletin 80-A-JA 911045


Action:

Insert the procedure overleaf immediately bef ore the


procedure "GENERATORS
OFF"
on paqe 17-16-2

Paqe 2 of 2
Oct 30/91

BRl77$H AEROl!IPACE

JETSTREANI

SeRies J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1


f/,'

NORMAL
SHUT

PROCEDURES
DOWN (cent)
OFF

BEACONS . . . .
Set UPPER and LOWER BEACONS switches to OFF when
propellers are stationary.

. . OFF

NAV LIGHTS .

. . . . . IN POSITION

CHOCKS .

Request ground crew to conf irm aircraft wheel CHOCKS in


position.
EMERGENCY/PARKING BRAKE

AS REQUIRED

OXYGEN (LEFT & RIGHT) .

OFF

Rotate the oxygen control valves of both bottles to OFF.


Set the CREW OXYGEN master valve to OFF.
Rotate the Passenger Oxygen Controller clockwise through
FIRST AID to CLOSED.
CABIN SIGNS .

EMERGENCY LIGHTS
BATT MASTER . .

OFF

.......................
....................

CIRCUIT BREAKERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

OFF
OFF

PULL AS REQUIRED

17-16-3
Aug 1/88

llmnsHA~

JETSTREAWI

SERiES }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

NORMAL

PROCEDURES

SHUT

DOWN (cent)

EMERGENCY LIGHTS SWITCH (VESTIBULE)

NORMAL

On leaving the aircraft ensure that the EMERGENCY LIGHTS


SWITCH is set at NORMAL.
SHUT DOWN CHECKS .

COMPLETED

END//

o
o
o
.i:::.
o
..........

17-16-4
May 1/88

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREAAll

SrniEs j200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1


-:~-' :\ i~~ ,
)

NORMAL
SINGLE

ENGINE

PROCEDURES
TURN

ROUND

SHUT

DOWN

EMERGENCY/PARKING BRAKE . . .

. ON

Set PARKING BRAKE lever to ON.


Observe EMERG brake pressure approximately 2000 psi.
LAND/LAND TAXI LIGHTS . .

. . .

BOTH AVIONICS MASTERS . . .

OFF

LEFT PROPELLER ICE PROTECTION

. .

LEFT ENG/ELEV ICE PROTECTION .

. .

. . .

. .

. .

. . OFF

. OFF

FLIGHT DECK FLOW SELECTOR

OFF

WINDSHIELD ICE PROTECTION

OFF

LEFT AIR/GND SWITCH


LEFT GENERATOR .
LEFT ENGINE .
N

OFF

. . . . .

. .

. .

. .

.
.

. GROUND

. . OFF
. STOP

Press and hold the engine STOP switch for a full 5 seconds
to allow for complete discharge of the engine purge system
accumulator.
Observe engine runs down with a slight rise in RPM due to
the purge action.

17-17-1
May 15/90

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SrniEs 'J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

NORMAL
SINGLE

ENGINE

TURN

PROCEDURES
ROUND

SHUT

DOWN (cont)

LEFT PROPELLER START LOCKS . . . . . . . .

. . . . ENGAGE

Retard power lever to REVERSE when engine RPM approximately


50%. Advance POWER lever to GROUND START when prop
stopped.
RIGHT GENERATOR . .

. . . . . . . . .

LESS THAN 300 AMPS

Observe on the right generator ammeter that a load of 300


AMPS is not exceeded.
DOOR . . .

. . . . .

CABIN S IGNS . . . .
SHUT DOWN CHECKS . .

.
.

.
.

.
.

. . . . .

OPEN WHEN LEFT PROP STOPPED

. . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . .

.
. .

. . AS REQUIRED
.

. .

COMPLETED

END//

-o

+.
o
\o

17-17-2

May 1/88

-~ /JEROS#WCE

JETSTREANI
SERES

J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1


Tbia reviaion complies with British Civil Airwortbineaa Requireaenta, Section A
Chapter A7-3.

JETSTREAM AIRCRAP'T LINITED


PR!!STWICJt AIRPORT,
AYRSBIR!!, ll9 2RW,

SCOTLANI>

Sigued
Date
7~471
CAA Approval No: DAI/9386/92

Publication Ref No.SA.4-3100/MOM/51,52,53,54,55,57,58,59,60,


61,62,63,64,266,267,269,270.

TEMPORARY REVISION 17 - 9

Location: Insert in Chapter 17 with the page overleaf facing


Page 17-18-1.
Reason:

To introduce a requirement for f light crew to close


and lock the main cabin door immediately before
starting left engine.

Action:

Replace information on Page 17-18-1 with the


information overleaf.

The introduction of data by revisions or amendments or temporary revisions or


amendments not certified in accordance with British Civil Airworthiness
Requirements, Chapter A7-3, will invalidate the initial certification on the title
page of the manual relative to the part revised. Revisions or amendments or
temporary revisions or amendments embodied in this manual and certified by an
appropriate approved organisation, other than that applicable to the initial
certification, must be recorded on separate record sheets.

Page 1 of 2
Jun

7/93

-TISHA-.iw:l&'

JETSTREAllll

SERies J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

NORMAL
SINGLE

ENGINE

PROCEDURES
TURN

LOADING/UNLOADING . .

ROUND

PRE-START
.

. . .

. .

. . COMPLETED

Conf irm loading/unloading of passengers and baggage has been


completed.
DOOR

CLOSE AND LOCK FROM INSIDE

DOOR HANDLE

FULLY OUTBOARD

DOOR DRAWBOLT-LOCKED INDICATORS (5)

. CONFIRM ALIGNED

DOOR HANDLE-LOCKED INDICATOR

. CONFIRM ALIGNED

C.A.P. DOOR CAPTION .

. .

. OFF

LEFT PROP START LOCK

. ENGAGED

Confirm left propeller blades held by start locks.


LEFT POWER LEVER

GROUND START

LEFT RPM LEVER

TAXI

BEACONS .

ON

Verify UPPER and LOWER BEACONS switches at ON.


LEFT FUEL BOOST PUMP
LEFT SRL COMPUTER . .

Page 2 of 2
Jun

7/93

ON
.

ON

B-TISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SeRies J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

NORMAL
SINGLE

ENGINE

PROCEDURES
TURN

ROUND

PRE-START
COMPLETED

LOADING/UNLOADING .

Conf irm loading/unloading of passengers and baggage has


been completed.

.........

DOOR LIGHT .
Observe C.A.P.

DOOR

OFF

caption off to ensure cabin door

is closed and secure before starting the left engine.


LEFT PROP START LOCK .

. ENGAGED

Confirm left propeller blades held by start locks.

o
'o::::t

LEFT POWER LEVER

GROUND START

LEFT RPM LEVER .

TAXI

BEACONS .

ON

Verify UPPER and LOWER BEACONS switches at ON.

. .. .. . .. .. . . . ..

......

LEFT FUEL BOOST PUMP

LEFT SRL COMPUTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON

o
o

ON

17-18-1
May 1/88

~AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SeRiEs J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

NORMAL
SINGLE
EGT

ENGINE

PROCEDURES
TURN

ROUND

PRE-START (cent)

...........

. LESS THAN 200C

Observe EGT gauge of engine being started.


IF .. EGT greater than 200C Allow engine to cool naturally or refer to
MANUAL ENGINE START procedure.
CAUTION:

A NORMAL ENGINE START MUST NOT BE ATTEMPTED IF THE


ENGINE RESIDUAL EGT IS GREATER THAN 200C.

CLEAR TO START .
LEFT ENGINE
POWER LEVER

CONFIRMED

....................
.............

ENGINE INSTRUMENTS .

..........

. START

GROUND IDLE
NORMAL/BETA C.A.P. ON

GO TO AFTER START CHECKS

END//

o
o
o

17-18-2
May 1/88

BRITISNAl!TROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERiES 1200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

CHAPTER 18. DRILLS


LIST

OF

CONTENTS

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES


INTRODUCTION
NORMAL CHECKLIST.

18-1-1
. .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . 18-2-1

CHAPTER 18. CONTENTS


Page 1
21006887

Sep 15/02

BRITISHAERDSPAClr

JETSTREAllll
SERiES J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

-.

CHAPTER 18 - DRILLS
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES
DATE

PAGE

PAGE

CONTENTS

Sep 15/02

LEP

Sep 15/02

18-1

Sep 15/02

18-2

1/2

Aug
May
Apr
Oct
May

841-1000

Apr 15/89

800-840

7
8

May 15/91
May 15/91

841-1000

May
May
May
May
Dec
May

4
5

DATE

1/88
15/91
15/89
15/88
15/90

18-2
18-2
18-2
18-2

8
9
10
11
12

15/91
15/91
15/90
15/91
1/88
1/88

CHAPTER

18. LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES


Page 1

21006890

Sep 15/02

rl:')"-,,

~"'..,,_- ~.:;.,;"~,

.,

SRl'l7SH AEROS'PAC.lr

JETSTREANI

SERiES J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

CHAPTER 18
DRILLS
INTRODUCTION
Chapter 18 is a list of the Normal Drills necessary for saf e
flight and may be used as the basis for a checklist.
The use of Normal Drills is expanded and described, where
necessary, in Chapter 17, Normal Procedures. Abnormal and
Emergency Procedures, which give a detailed description of how to
apply the appropriate drills, are listed in Chapters 1 to 12 under
the relevant systems.
Conditional Procedures are described in Chapters 1 to 12, but are
not listed in Chapter 18.
Items marked ## are intended to be actioned on the f irst flight of
the day.
Items marked * are to be actioned on a transit turn round.
ALL drills should be actioned carefully and methodically by
challenge and response.
Memory items are boxed as below. They should be actioned from
mernory but conf irmed by normal use of the checklist when the
irnmediate urgency has been dealt with.

18-1-1
21006889

Sep 15/02

-TISHAE~E

JETSTREANI

SERiES l200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

DRILLS

..

NORMAL CHECKLIST
LIST OF CONTENTS
PAGE
FLIGHT DECK PRELIMINARY .
CABIN PRELIMINARY . . .
EXTERNAL . . . . . . .
FLIGHT DECK PREPARATION
ENGINE START . . . . . .
AFTER START . .
TAXI
RUNWAY
. . . .
AFTER TAKE OFF
DESCENT . .
APPROACH
LANDING . .
BAULKED LANDING
AFTER LANDING .
SHUTDOWN
SINGLE ENGINE SHUT DOWN .
SINGLE ENGINE TURN ROUND

. . . . .
. .

4
5

. . . . . .. .

6
6

7"

7
8
8
8
9

10
10

o
o
o
o

VI

18-2-1/2
Aug 1/88

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SrniEs }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

FLIGHT DECK PRELIMINARY CHECK


FOR A TRANSIT TURN ROUND ONLY THOSE ITEMS
ANNOTATED THUS * NEED TO BE ACTIONED
. . . . . . . . DOWN
*LANDING GEAR LEVER
*ICE & RAIN PROTECTION . . . . . . ALL OFF
FIRE BOTTLE SELECTORS . . . . . . . CENTRE
FLAP SELECTOR
. . . . . . . . . . RETD
*AVIONICS MASTERS . . .
. . . . . OFF
STROBE LIGHTS
. . . . . . . . . OFF
*CIRCUIT BREAKERS . . . . . . . . . . SET
*BATTERY VOLTAGE . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
*BATT MASTER
. . .
. . . . . . OFF
ELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONFIRM AT ARM
*ELECTRICAL POWER . . . . . ON
LANDING GEAR INDICATOR
. . . . 3 GREENS
PARKING BRAKE/PRESSURE
.ON/700 PSI MIN
OR CHOCKS
*FLIGHT DECK & CABIN LIGHTS . . AS REQUIRED
*EXTERNAL LIGHTS . . . . . . AS REQUIRED
DV WINDOWS/WINDSCREENS . CLEAN/UNDAMAGED
EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT . . . . . CHECKED
FLIGHT DECK PRELIMINARY CHECKS COMPLETED
CABIN PRELIMINARY CHECK
LIGHTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
CABIN WINDOWS . . . . . . . . NO CRACKS
ESCAPE HATCHES.CLEAR/SECURE/HANDLES STOWED
*FUEL FILLER CAPS . . . . . . . FLUSH
EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT . . . CHECKED/STOWED
*BAGGAGE AREA . . . . . . . . . . . . SECURE
MAIN DOOR . . . . . . LOCKS/STRAPS/STAYS
EMERGENCY LIGHTS SWITCH(VESTIBULE) . NORMAL
CABIN PRELIMINARY CHECKS . . . . COMPLETED

EXTERNAL CHECK TO BE COMPLETED.

18-2-3
May 15/91

EIRIT7SH AEROSFMCE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

FLIGHT DECK PREPARATION


ITEMS ANNOTATED THUS ## REQUIRE THE TEST
AT FIRST FLIGHT OF THE DAY ONLY
DOCUMENTATION . . . . . . .
. . . CHECK
OXYGEN (LEFT) . . . . . .
. . TEST/ON
STATIC CHANGEOVER COCK . . . FREE/NORMAL
DEVIATION CARDS . . . . . . . . 3/IN DATE
* LEFT FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS . . . . . . CHECK
* CLOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SET
* ENGINE INSTRUMENTS
. . .
. . . CHECK
FUEL LOW LEVEL LIGHTS .
PRESS TO TEST
. . . . TEST/RESET
FUEL USED INDICATORS
RIGHT UPPER CENTRE PANEL
. . . . CHECK
* BATT O/TEMP ISOL SWITCHES . . . . . . . ON
* BATT O/TEMP SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . TEST
* NAV & RADIO PANEL . . . . . CHECK/VHF 1 ON
* RIGHT FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
. . . . . CHECK
* CLOCK . . . . . .
. . . . . . SET
* LEFT SKIRT PANEL . . . . . WARNINGS CHECK
* OIL CONTAM . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
FILAMENT DIM
. . . . . . SET
* LANDING GEAR . . . . . . . DAY/NIGHT SET
WING FLAPS INDICATOR . . . . . . . CHECK
HYDRAULIC PRESSURES . .MAIN/EMERG 700 PSI
OR CHOCKS
BRAKE/PUMP ZERO
CABIN ROC . . . . . . . . . . . . ZERO
CABIN ALT/DIFF PRESSURE GAUGE . . . CHECK
* CABIN PRESSURE CONTROL . . . 1000 FT AAL
* PRESSURE SWITCH . . . . . . . . . .NORMAL
* MANUAL CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . PRESS
. . AS REQUIRED
DEMIST/FOOT SELECTOR
FAN SWITCH . . . . . . . . . AS REQUIRED
TEMP AUTO/MANUAL SELECTOR . . . . . AUTO
TEMP ROTARY SELECTOR
. .MID POSITION
FLOW SELECTORS
. . . . . . . . . OFF
POWER LEVERS . FULL AND FREE/GROUND START
RPM LEVERS . . . . . . FULL AND FREE/TAXI
*GUST LOCKS
. . . . . . . . . . . ENGAGED
FIRE BOTTLE SELECTORS
. . . . . . OFF
POWER RES SWITCH. . .
. . . . OFF

18-2-4
Apr 15/89

BRITISH AEROSPACE
':DMMERCIAL AIRCRAFT
AIRLINES OIVISIDN
PRESTWICK

TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS
TRANSMITTAL

'

~hf'
~hi

ter ial introduce.d in this Transmi ttal complies wi th BCAR' s Chapter A7-3.
, chnical accuracy of this material has been verified and is certif ied as
:orrect .
3RITISH AEROSPACE (COMMERCIAL AIRCRAFT) LTD,
Signed:GM..~
\IRLINES DIVISION, PRESTWICK AIRPORT,
CAA DESIGN APPROVAL
\YRSHIRE, KA9 2RW, SCOTLAND.
No . DAI/1011/ 55

,,_,,_., A.,.,,_ IJl.Clr

JETSTREANI

SERiES J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

pyblication Ref No.SA . 4-3100/ MQM/ 53.54.58

TEMPORARY REVZSION 18 - 5

Location:

Insert in Chapter 18 with the text overleaf facing


page 18-2-5

Reason:

To comply with Alert Service Bulletin 80-A-JA 911045

!"")

Effective: Post Service Bulletin 80-A-JA 911045

1")

Action:

00

Replace the FLIGHT DECK PREPARATION drills on page


18-2-5 with the drills overleaf

Page 1 of 3
Oct 30/91

- W ASftMI ICW'

JETSTREAIW

SERiEs J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

FLIGHT DECK PREPARATION


UNFEATHER SELECTOR . OFF
##FEATHER LEVERS
TEST/DOWN
TRIMS . . FULL ANO FREE/NEUTRAL
FLAPS SELECTOR
RETO
EMERG HYD SELECTOR NORMAL
HANO PUMP HANDLE . STOWED
AVIONICS MASTERS
OFF
EMERGENCY LIGHTS TEST/ARM
CABIN SIGNS
ON
CABIN LIGHTS
AS REQUIREO
GENERATORS
OFF
EXTERNAL LIGHTS OFF EXCEPT NAV AS REQ
BUS TIE RESET OUT
AC CONTROL
NORMAL
FUEL BOOST PUMPS
. OFF
FUEL CROSSFEEO

SHUT
##STALL PROTECTION .
TEST/ON
* SRL COMPUTERS
ON
* TTL COMPUTERS
ON
AIR/GND SWITCHES GNO
SELECT & START SWITCHES OFF
STOP SWITCHES TEST/OFF
FUEL ENRICH SWITCHES
OFF
MANUAL START RTY SELECTORS NORMAL
TTL TEST SELECTORS OFF
IGNITION
NORMAL
OIL COOLER FLAPS SWITCHES SHUT
HYD SWITCHES OPEN
##LP COCKS TEST/OPEN
STANOBY COMPASS
CHECK
* C.A.P. PANEL
CHECK/TEST
RIGHT SKIRT PANEL CHECK
WINOSHIELD ICE PROT WARM UP
(IF USING GROUNO POWER)
BAGGAGE COMPARTMENT KEY STOWEO
OXYGEN (RIGHT) TEST/ON
SEATS & RUDOER PEOALS
ADJUST
OEPARTURE BRIEFING

GIVEN
FLIGHT DECK PREPARATION COMPLETED

Page 2 of 3
Oct 30/91

EFFECTIVITY:
800-840

-~
JETSTREAlflll
SERES

J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1


, '

FLIGHT OECK PREPARATION

. ..
...
. . .
. ..
..
...
...
.
...
..
..
...

......
...
. . . ..
. . . .
. . .
......
.
. . .. . .
..
......
......
....
. . . . .. . .
. . . . . . .
. ..
.
. . .
...
...
...
. . .
.......
......
. .. . . .. .
. . .
....
...
.... ..
.
........
...
. . ..
...
........
.
......
.
.
......
......

UNFEATHER SELECTOR
OFF
TEST/ DOWN
## FEATHER LEVERS
FULL ANO FREE/NEUTRAL
TRIMS
RETO
FLAPS SELECTOR
EMERG HYO SELECTOR
NORMAL
.
STOWEO
HANO PUMP HANDLE
OFF
AVIONICS MASTERS
TEST/ARM
EMERGENCY LIGHTS
ON
CABIN SIGNS
AS REQUIREO
CABIN LIGHTS
OFF
GENERATORS
EXTERNAL LIGHTS
OFF EXCEPT NAV AS REQ
OUT
BUS TIE RESET
NORMAL
AC CONTROL
OFF
FUEL BOOST PUMPS
.
SHUT
FUEL CROSSFEED
TEST/ ON
##STALL PROTECTION
ON
SRL
COMPUTERS
* TTL COMPUTERS
ON
* AIR/GNO SWITCHES
GNO
SELECT & START SWITCHES
OFF
STOP SWITCHES
TEST/ OFF
FUEL ENRICH SWITCHES
OFF
MANUAL START RTY SELECTORS
NORMAL
Tl'L TEST SELECTORS .
OFF
IGNITION
.
NORMAL
OIL COOLER FLAPS SWITCHES
SHUT
HYD SWITCHES
OPEN
##LP COCKS
TEST/OPEN
STANDBY COMPASS
CHECK
PANEL
CHECK/TEST
* C.A.P .
RIGHT SKIRT PANEL
CHECK
WINOSHIELO ICE PROT
OFF
BAGGAGE COMPARTMENT KEY
STOWEO
OXYGEN (RIGHT)
TEST/ON
SEATS & RUODER PEOALS
ADJUST
OEPARTURE BRIEFING
GIVEN
FLIGHT OECK PREPARATION
COMPLETE O

.......
. .

.
.
. ...
. ..
...

. .
. .
. .
. .
..
. ..

...

. . . . .
. ..
. ...
..
...

Page 3 of 3
Oct 30/91

5'

&
5'

..e

:;.

,..

oo

LN
OJ
~

'

EFFECTIVITY:
841-1000

smTrSH AEROSPACE

JETSTREAJlll

SrniEs }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

FLIGHT DECK PREPARATION

~
c'l

o
o

(\)

UNFEATHER SELECTOR . . . . . . . OFF


##FEATHER LEVERS . . . . TEST/DOWN
TRIMS . . . . FULL AND FREE/NEUTRAL
FLAPS SELECTOR . . . . RETD
EMERG HYD SELECTOR . . . . NORMAL
HAND PUMP HANDLE
. STOWED
AVIONICS MASTERS
. . . OFF
EMERGENCY LIGHTS
. . TEST/ARM
CABIN SIGNS . . . . . . . . . . . ON
CABIN LIGHTS
. . AS REQUIRED
GENERATORS

. OFF
EXTERNAL LIGHTS
OFF EXCEPT NAV AS REQ
BUS TIE RESET . .
. . . . OUT
AC CONTROL . . . .
.NORMAL
FUEL BOOST PUMPS . . . .
. OFF
FUEL CROSSFEED . . . . . . . . . . SHUT
##STALL PROTECTION . . . . . . . . TEST/ON
* SRL COMPUTERS . .
. . . . ON
* TTL COMPUTERS . .
. . . . ON
AIR/GND SWITCHES . . .
GND
SELECT & START SWITCHES .
. . . . OFF
STOP & FUEL ENRICH SWITCHES . . . OFF
MANUAL START RTY SELECTORS . . NORMAL
TTL TEST SELECTORS . . .
OFF
IGNITION . . . .
.NORMAL
OIL COOLER FLAPS SWITCHES
. . SHUT
HYD SWITCHES
. .
. . . OPEN
##LP COCKS . . . .
. TEST/OPEN
STANDBY COMPASS . . .
. . . CHECK
* C.A.P. PANEL . . . . . .
.CHECK/TEST
RIGHT SKIRT PANEL . .
CHECK
WINDSHIELD ICE PROT
. . WARM UP
(IF USING GROUND POWER)
BAGGAGE COMPARTMENT KEY .
.STOWED
OXYGEN (RIGHT)
. . . TEST/ON
DEPARTURE BRIEFING
. . . . GIVEN
FLIGHT DECK PREPARATION . . . . COMPLETED

18-2-5
Oct 15/88

B-TISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREAJW

SrniES }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1


r~~0...._

,
: ,'

ENGINE START
FLIGHT DECK PREPARATION . . . . COMPLETED
EMERGENCY/PARKING BRAKE . . ON 700 PSI MIN/
CHOCKS
PROP START LOCKS
. . . . ENGAGED
RPM LEVERS . . . FRICTION SET/TAXI
POWER LEVERS
. GROUND START
START CLEARANCE . .
. OBTAIN
BEACONS . . . .
. ON
FUEL BOOST PUMPS.
. . . . ON
EGT . . . . LESS THAN 200 DEG C
CLEAR TO START . . . . CONFIRMED
START ENGINES
WHEN FIRST ENGINE STARTED (INTERNAL START)
POWER LEVER . . . . . . . . . GROUND IDLE
LIVE GENERATOR . . . . . . . . ON
BUS TIE RESET BUTTON . . . . PRESS
OIL PRESS/TEMP
. . . . . . . . CHECK
FUEL PRESS/FLOW . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
HYD PUMP PRESSURE . . . . . . .
2000 PSI
ENGINE INSTRUMENTS NORMAL/BETA CAPTION ON
DOOR CAPTION
. . .
OFF
SECOND ENGINE . . . . . . START
WHEN FIRST ENGINE STARTED (EXTERNAL START)
POWER LEVER . . . .
GROUND IDLE
OIL PRESS/TEMP . . . . . . . . CHECK
FUEL PRESS/FLOW . .
. . . . . . CHECK
HYD PUMP PRESSURE .
. . . . .
2000 PSI
ENGINE INSTRUMENTS . . NORMAL/BETA CAPTION ON
DOOR CAPTION
. .
. . . . . . OFF
SECOND ENGINE . . . . . . . . START

18-2-6

May 15/90

~~

JETSTREANI
SERiES

J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

ENGINE START
FLIGHT DECK PREPARATION . . COMPLETED
DOOR
. . CLOSE AND LOCK
DOOR
CONFIRM LOCKED
FROM INSIDE
EMERGENCY/PARKING BRAKE . ON 700 PSI MIN/
CHOCKS
PROP START LOCKS . . . ENGAGED
RPM LEVERS . . . FRICTION SET/TAXI
. . . GROUND START
POWER LEVERS
START CLEARANCE . . OBTAIN
BEACONS . . . . . . ON
FUEL BOOST PUMPS . . . . . . . ON
EGT . . . . . .
LESS THAN 200 DEG C
CONFIRMED
CLEAR TO START . .
START ENGINES
WHEN FIRST ENGINE STARTED (INTERNAL START)
POWER LEVER . . .
LIVE GENERATOR . . .
BUS TIE RESET BUTTON
OIL PRESS/TEMP
FUEL PRESS/FLOW .
HYD PUMP PRESSURE
ENGINE INSTRUMENTS .
BETA CAPTION . .
DOOR CAPTION . .
SECOND ENGINE . . .

GROUND IDLE
.
.
. .
. . . .
.
. .
. .
. . .
. .
.
. . .

ON

PRESS
. . CHECK
. CHECK
2000 PSI
. NORMAL
. ON
. . OFF
START

WHEN FIRST ENGINE STARTED (EXTERNAL START)


POWER LEVER . . .
OIL PRESS/TEMP . .
FUEL PRESS / FLOW . .
HYD PUMP PRESSURE .
ENGINE INSTRUMENTS
BETA CAPTION
.
DOOR CAPTION
.
SECOND ENGINE . . .

.
.
.

.
.

.
.
.

.
.

.
.
.

.
.

GROUND IDLE
.
CHECK
. . . . . CHECK
. 2000 PSI
.
. . NORMAL
. . . . ON
.
. . OFF
START

Page 2 of 2

Jun

7/93

~A-ICE'

JETSTREANI

SERiEs J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1


This revision coplies with Britisb Civil Airwortbiness Requirements, Section A
Cbapter A7-3.

JETSTREAM AIRCRAPT LIMITED


PRESTWICK AIRPORT,
AYRSBIRE, KA9 2RW,
SCOTLAND

~L

~~

Signed
../
/l
Date
"'TS
CAA Approval Ho: DAI/9386/92

Publication Ref No.SA.4-3100/MOM/51,52,53,54,55,57,58,59,60,61,


62,63,64,266,267,269.270.

TEMPORARY REVISION 18 - 7

Location:

Insert in Chapter 18 with the page overleaf facing Page


18-2-6.

Reason:

To introduce a requirement f or f light crew to close and


lock the main cabin door immediately bef ore starting
engines.

Action:

Replace ENGINE START drill on Page 18-2-6 with the drill


overleaf.

o
o
..!:::
'-["

v .
The introduction of data by revisions or amendments or temporary revisions or
amendments not certified in accordance with British Civil Airworthiness
Requirements, Chapter A7-3, will invalidate the initial certification on the title
page of the manual relative to the part revised. Revisions or amendments or
temporary revisions or amendments embodied in this manual and certified by an
appropriate approved organisation, other than that applicable to the initial
certification, must be recorded on separate record sheets.

Page 1 of 2
Jun

7/93

, ,

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREAPA

SERiEs }200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

FLIGHT DECK PREPARATION

o
N
o
o

UNFEATHER SELECTOR . . . . . . . OFF


##FEATHER LEVERS . . . . . . . . TEST/DOWN
TRIMS . . . . . . . FULL AND FREE/NEUTRAL
FLAPS SELECTOR
. . . .
RETD
EMERG HYD SELECTOR . . . .
. .NORMAL
HAND PUMP HANDLE . . .
. .STOWED
AVIONICS MASTERS
. . .
. . . OFF
EMERGENCY LIGHTS
. . . . . . TEST/ARM
CABIN SIGNS . .
. . . . . . . . ON
CABIN LIGHTS
. . .
. . . AS REQUIRED
GENERATORS
. . . . . . . . . . OFF
EXTERNAL LIGHTS
OFF EXCEPT NAV AS REQ
BUS TIE RESET .
. . . . . . OUT
AC CONTROL . .
. . . . . . .NORMAL
FUEL BOOST PUMPS
. . . . . . . . . . OFF
FUEL CROSSFEED
. . . . . . SHUT
##STALL PROTECTION . . .
. . . . TEST/ON
* SRL COMPUTERS . . . . . . . . . . . .ON
* TTL COMPUTERS . . . . . . . . .
. .ON
AIR/GND SWITCHES
. . .
. . . GND
SELECT & START SWITCHES . . . . . . . OFF
STOP & FUEL ENRICH SWITCHES
. . . OFF
MANUAL START RTY SELECTORS . . . .NORMAL
TTL TEST SELECTORS . . . . . . . . . OFF
IGNITION . . . . . . . . . . . .NORMAL
OIL COOLER FLAPS SWITCHES .
. . . SHUT
HYD SWITCHES
. . . . . . . . . .OPEN
##LP COCKS
. . . . .
. . TEST/OPEN
STANDBY COMPASS . . . .
. CHECK
* C.A.P. PANEL . . .
. . . . CHECK/TEST
. . CHECK
RIGHT SKIRT PANEL . . .
WINDSHIELD ICE PROT
. . OFF
BAGGAGE COMPARTMENT KEY . .
. .STOWED
OXYGEN (RIGHT)
. . . TEST/ON
SEATS & RUDDER PEDALS . . . . . . .ADJUST
DEPARTURE BRIEFING
. . GIVEN
FLIGHT DECK PREPARATION . . . . COMPLETED

EFFECTIVITY

18-2-5

841 - 1000

Apr 15/89

BRIT7SH AEROSFMCE

JETSTREANI
SERES

}200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

AFTER START

AIRFLOW SELECTORS .
. . AS REQUIRED
GENERATORS
. . .
BOTH ON LINE
BATT MASTER . . . .
. . . . INT/GUARDED
EXTERNAL POWER . . . . . . . . . . REMOVED
DC VOLTS . . . . .
. . . . . CHECK
AVIONICS MASTERS
. . . . . . BOTH ON
AC CONTROL SWITCH .
. . . .
NORMAL
##ESS INVERTER WARNING
. . .
TEST
. . .
. TEST/SHUT
FUEL CROSSFEED
FUEL BOOST PUMPS . . . . . . . . . TEST/ON
AIR/GND SWITCHES . . . . . .
. . . AIR
IGNITION . . . . . . . . . . . TEST/NORMAL
OIL COOLER FLAPS . . .
AS REQUIRED
MAIN OXYGEN SYSTEM
. . ON/PRESSURE
AIRFRAME ICE PROT (IF REQD) . . . TEST/OFF
PROPELLER ICE PROT (IF REQD)
TEST/SET
ENG/ELEV ICE PROT (IF REQD) .
TEST/SET
WINDSHIELD ICE PROT . . CONFIRM AT WARM UP
STALL VANE/PITOT ICE PROTECTION . . AS REQD
HYDRAULICS . . .
. MAIN/EMERG 2000 PSI
FLAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . SET FOR T/O
NAV AIDS & RADIO . . . . . . . . . . . ON
TRANSPONDER . . . . . . . . . . . . . STBY
WX RADAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STBY
# #CVR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TEST
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS . . . . CHECK/NO FLAGS
COMPASSES . . .
. . . . . . . . COMPARE
ALTIMETERS . . . . . . . . . . SET/COMPARE
DV WINDOWS
. . . . . . . CLOSED/SECURE
EXTERNAL LIGHTS . . .
. . . AS REQUIRED
PROP START LOCKS
. . . . . . RELEASE
BRAKES . . . . . .
CHECK/1750 PSI
GROUND EQUIPMENT . . . .
. . CLEAR
C.A.P. & ELECTRICS . . . . . . . . . CHECK
AFTER START CHECKS
. . . COMPLETED

EFFECTIVITY:
800 - 840

18-2-7
May 15/91

B-T1SH AEROS#WCE

JETSTREA/tll

SERiES }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

TAXI

BRAKES . . . . .
. . . . . . . CHECK
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
CHECK/NO FLAGS
FLAPS . . . . . . . . . CONFIRM SET FOR T/O
TRIMS . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . SET
SEATS/HARNESSES . . . . . . . . . . SECURE
SRL COMPUTERS . .
. . . . . . . ON
TTL COMPUTERS . .
. . . ON
PROP SYNCHRO . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
. . . CONFIRM ON
FUEL BOOST PUMPS
FUEL CROSSFEED . . . . . .
SHUT/NORMAL
FUEL CONTENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
SPEEDS . . .
. . .
. . CONFIRM
BRIEFING . . . . . . . CONFIRM/UNDERSTOOD
PAX BRIEFING . . .
. . . . . . . . GIVEN
GUST LOCKS . . . .
RELEASE/FULLY DOWN
STALL VANE/PITOT ICE PROT . . . . . . . ON
STALL PROTECTION . . . . CONFIRM TESTED/ON
FLYING CONTROLS . . . . . . . FULL AND FREE
WINDSHIELD ICE PROTECTION . . . . ON/BLACK
OAT ABOVE MINUS lOC
NOT LESS THAN 5 MINS FROM WARM UP
OAT BELOW MINUS lOC
NOT LESS THAN 15 MINS FROM WARM UP
##APR O/RIDE & EGT COMP
. . . . . TEST/OFF
TAXI CHECKS . . . . . . . . . . . COMPLETED
CAUTION:

ENSURE THAT NO SNOW OR ICE


DEPOSITS HAVE ACCUMULATED ON WING
AND TAIL AREAS DURING PROLONGED
TAXI OR HOLD IN ICING CONDITIONS.
RUNWAY

CABIN CREW/PAX . . .
. . . . . WARNED
STOBE LIGHTS
. . . . . . .
ON
LANDING LIGHTS
. . .
. AS REQUIRED
OIL TEMPERATURE . . . . . . . WITHIN LIMITS
OIL COOLER FLAPS
. . . OPEN/AUTO SHUT
AIRFRAME ICE PROTECTION . . . . . . . . OFF
TRANSPONDER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
FLOW SELECTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
RPM LEVERS . . . . . . . . FULLY ADVANCED
##TORQUE/TEMP LIMITER . . . . . . . . . TEST
APR IF BEING USED . . . . . . . . ON/CHECK
RPMS
. . . . . .
. CHECK 100% ACHIEVED
SCHEDULED TORQUES . . . . . CHECK ACHIEVED
C.A.P. CAPTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
RUNWAY CHECKS . .
. . . . . . COMPLETED
18-2-8
May 15/91

EFFECTIVITY:
800 - 840

BIWTISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SrniEs }200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

AFTER START

CX)

co

'

")

o
o

AIRFLOW SELECTORS . . . . . . . AS REQUIRED


GENERATORS
. . . . .
BOTH ON LINE
BATT MASTER . . .
. . .
. INT/GUARDED
EXTERNAL POWER . . . . . . . . . . REMOVED
DC VOLTS . . . . . . . .
. . . . CHECK
AVIONICS MASTERS . . .
. . . . BOTH ON
AC CONTROL SWITCH . . . . . . . . . NORMAL
##ESS INVERTER WARNING
. . . . TEST
FUEL CROSSFEED
. . . . . .
TEST/SHUT
FUEL BOOST PUMPS
. . .
. TEST/ON
AIR/GND SWITCHES . . .
. . . . . . AIR
IGNITION . . . . . . . . . . . TEST/NORMAL
OIL COOLER FLAPS
AS REQUIRED
MAIN OXYGEN SYSTEM
ON/PRESSURE
AIRFRAME ICE PROT (IF REQD) . . . TEST/OFF
PROPELLER ICE PROT (IF REQD)
TEST/SET
ENG/ELEV ICE PROT (IF REQD) .
TEST/SET
WINDSHIELD ICE PROT . . . . .
. . . ON
STALL VANE/PITOT ICE PROTECTION . . AS REQD
HYDRAULICS . . . . . . MAIN/EMERG 2000 PSI
FLAPS . . . . . . .
. . SET FOR T/O
NAV AIDS & RADIO . . . . . . . . . . . ON
TRANSPONDER . . . . . . . . . . . . . STBY
WX RADAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STBY
# #CVR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TEST
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
CHECK/NO FLAGS
COMPASSES . . . . . . . . . . . . . COMPARE
ALTIMETERS . . . .
. . SET/COMPARE
DV WINDOWS . . . . . . . . . CLOSED/SECURE
EXTERNAL LIGHTS . . . . . . . . AS REQUIRED
PROP START LOCKS . . .
. . . . RELEASE
BRAKES . . . . . . . . . . CHECK/1750 PSI
GROUND EQUIPMENT . . . .
. . . . CLEAR
C.A.P. & ELECTRICS
. . . . . . . CHECK
AFTER START CHECKS . . . . . . . COMPLETED

EFFECTIVITY:
841 - 1000

18-2-7
May 15/91

BRITISH AEROS#WCE

JETSTREANI
SERiEs

J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

TAXI

BRAKES . . . . .
. . . . . . . . CHECK
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
. . . CHECK/NO FLAGS
FLAPS . . . . . .
CONFIRM SET FOR T/O
TRIMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SET
. . . . . . SECURE
SEATS/HARNESSES . .
. . . . . . . . ON
SRL COMPUTERS . . .
TTL COMPUTERS .
. . .
. . . ON
PROP SYNCHRO
. . .
. . . OFF
. . . . . . CONFIRM ON
FUEL BOOST PUMPS
FUEL CROSSFEED
. . . SHUT/NORMAL
FUEL CONTENTS . . .
. . . . . . . CHECK
SPEEDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONFIRM
BRIEFING
. . .
CONFIRM/UNDERSTOOD
PAX BRIEFING . . .
. . . . . . . . GIVEN
GUST LOCKS . . . . . . RELEASE/FULLY DOWN
STALL VANE/PITOT ICE PROT . . . . . . . ON
STALL PROTECTION . . . . CONFIRM TESTED/ON
FLYING CONTROLS . . . . . . . FULL AND FREE
WINDSHIELD ICE PROTECTION . . . BLACK/WHITE
##APR O/RIDE & EGT COMP
. . . TEST/OFF
TAXI CHECKS . . . . .
. . . . COMPLETED
CAUTION:

ENSURE THAT NO SNOW OR ICE


DEPOSITS HAVE ACCUMULATED ON WING
AND TAIL AREAS DURING PROLONGED
TAXI OR HOLD IN ICING CONDITIONS.
RUNWAY

CABIN CREW/PAX
. . . . . WARNED
STO BE LIGHTS . . . . . . . .
.
ON
LANDING LIGHTS
. . . . AS REQUIRED
OIL TEMPERATURE
. . . . WITHIN LIMITS
OIL COOLER FLAPS
OPEN/AUTO SHUT
. . OFF
AIRFRAME ICE PROTECTION . . . .
TRANSPONDER . .
.
. ON
. . . .
. OFF
FLOW SELECTORS .
. . . .
. .
FULLY ADVANCED
RPM LEVERS
TEST
##TORQUE/TEMP LIMITER . . . . . . . .
. . . . ON/CHECK
APR IF BEING USED
RPMS . . . . . . . . . CHECK 100% ACHIEVED
SCHEDULED TORQUES
. . . CHECK ACHIEVED
. . . OFF
C.A.P. CAPTIONS . . . .
.
. . . . . . COMPLETED
RUNWAY CHECKS .

. . .
. .
.
. . .

18-2-8
May 15/91

. .
. .
. . . .
.

. .

EFFECTIVITY:
841 - 1000

f',J

o
e

V-

'
(X,

"

BR,TISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREAJW

SERiEs 1200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

AFTER TAKE OFF


GEAR.

. UP

AT 500 FT ABOVE AIRFIELD LEVEL:FLAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RETD


POWER RES SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
FLOW SELECTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . SET
RPM LEVERS . .
. . . .
. . . . . 97%
PROP SYNCHRO. . . . . . . . . . . . ON
CABIN SIGNS . . . . . . . . . AS REQUIRED
. . . . . OFF
FUEL BOOST PUMPS. . . .
OIL COOLER FLAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . SHUT
ALTIMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . COMPARED
CABIN ALTITUDE. . .
. . . SET FOR CRUISE
LANDING LIGHTS. . . . . . .
. . . OFF
AFTER TAKE OFF CHECKS .
. . COMPLETED
AT 18,000 FEET:ALTIMETERS . . .

.SET/COMPARED

AT 20,000 FEET
FUEL BOOST PUMPS.

ON

DES CENT
CABIN PRESSURE CONTROL. . . .
ALTIMETERS . . . . . .
DESTINATION/ALTERNATE WX.
DESCENT CHECKS . . . . . . .

. 1000 FT AAL
. . . COMPARED
. . . CHECKED
. COMPLETED

.J)
...!)
('/)

o
o

18-2-9
May 15/90

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1


;- ) '.,'
\' ', ,
1

''

'

APPROACH
APPROACH BRIEFING
. . . . . . . . GIVEN
FUEL CONTENTS . . . . . . . . . . . CHECKED
SPEEDS. . . . . .
. . . . . . . CONFIRM
CABIN SIGNS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
CABIN CREW/PAX. . .
. . . .
.WARNED
LANDING LIGHTS. .
. . . . . . . . . . ON
FUEL BOOST PUMPS. .
. . . . . . . . . ON
FUEL CROSSFEED. . . . . . . . . SHUT/NORMAL
HYDRAULIC PRESSURE.
. .2000 PSI
PRESSURISATION. . .
. . . CHECK
NAV AIDS & RADIO . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
SEATS & HARNESS . . . .
. . . . . SECURE
APPROACH CHECKS .
. . . COMPLETED
LANDING
FLAPS . .
. . . . . . . . . . 10 DEG
GEAR. .
. . . . . . . DOWN/3 GREENS
FLAPS . . . . . . . . . . . .
.20 DEG
BRAKES . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . CHECK
EMERGENCY/PARKING BRAKE . . . . . . . . OFF
PROP SYNCHRO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
RPM LEVERS. . . . . . .
. .FLIGHT(l00%)
WX RADAR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STBY
AIRFRAME ICE PROTECTION . . . . . . . . OFF
FLOW SELECTORS. . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
FLAPS . . . . . . . . . . . SET FOR LANDING
LANDING CHECKS . . . . . . . . . . COMPLETED
BAULKED LANDING
POWER .
FLAPS .
LANDING
FLAPS .

. . . .
. . . . . . . . SET
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 DEG
GEAR. .
. .
UP
. . . . . .
. . . .RETD

RETURN TO AFTER TAKE-OFF DRILL

N
l.N
..::,,.

18-2-10
Jul 15/89

BRITISH AEROSPACE
':DMMERCIAL AIRCRAFT
AIRLINES OIVISION
PRESTWICK

TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS
TRANSMITTAL

?h~" " terial introduc~d in this Transmittal complies with BCAR's Chapter A7-3.
?he
chnical accuracy of this material has been verified and is certif ied as
:orrect.
Signed:G>"A~
3RITISH AEROSPACE (COMMERCIAL AIRCRAFT) LTD,
iIRLINES DIVISION, PRESTWICK AIRPORT,
CAA DESIGN APPROVAL
No. DAI/1011/55
\YRSHIRE, KA9 2RW, SCOTLAND.

. , , , , _ A.fllPOS,.IC:E

JETSTREANI
SERiES

J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

pyblication Ref

No.S~.4-3100/MOM/51.52.53.55.57.58,59,61

TEMPORARY REVZSZON 18 - 6

Location:

Insert in Chapter 18 with the text overleaf f acing


page 18-2-11

Reason:

To comply with Alert Service Bulletin 80-A-JA 911045

Effective: Pre Service Bulletin 80-A-JA 911045


. n
=e)
1"')

Action:

Replace the SHUT DOWN drills on page 18-2-11 with the


drills overleaf

o
o
N

Page 1 of 2
Oct 30/91

Bl'NTISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

AFTER LANDING
POWER LEVERS. . . . . . .
. GROUND IDLE
RPM LEVERS. .
. . . . . . . . . . . TAXI
GUST LOCKS. .
. .ENGAGE
BRAKE PRESSURE. .
. . . . CHECK
FLAPS . . . . .
. . .
. . . . .RETD
STROBE LIGHTS .
. . . . . . . . . . OFF
LAND/TAXI LIGHTS.
. AS REQUIRED
. . . . . OFF
FUEL BOOST PUMPS. . . . .
STALL PROTECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
OIL COOLER FLAPS.
. AS REQUIRED
AVIONICS MASTER SW . . . . . . . AS REQUIRED
TRIMS . . . . . . . . . .
. . . NEUTRAL
STALL VANE/PITOT ICE PROTECTION . . . . OFF
DV WINDOWS . . . . . . . RELEASE/AS REQUIRED
AFTER LANDING CHECKS . . . . . . . COMPLETED
SHUT DOWN
EMERGENCY/PARKING BRAKE . . . ON/700 PSI MIN
OIL CONTAM. . . . . . . .
. . . TEST/OFF
AIRFRAME ICE PROTECTION .
. . .
. OFF
. . . OFF
PROPELLER ICE PROTECTION.
ENG/ELEV ICE PROTECTION .
. . . OFF
AUTO/MANUAL TEMP SELECTORS . . . . . . . OFF
.PARK/OFF
WIPERS. . . . . . . . . . . .
WINDSHIELD ICE PROTECTION . .
. . . OFF
RECIRC FAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
. OFF
AVIONICS MASTERS. . . . . . .
LAND/LAND TAXI LIGHTS .
. . . . . . OFF
. . . . . OFF
GENERATORS. . . . . .
AIR/GND SWITCHES. . . . . . .
. GND
ENGINES . . . . . . .
. . . . . STOP
PROPELL~R START LOCKS
. . . . ENGAGE
BEACONS . . . . .
. . . OFF
NAV LIGHTS. . . . . . . . . .
. . . OFF
. IN POSITION
CHOCKS. . . . . . . . .
EMERGENCY/PARKING BRAKE .
. AS REQUIRED
OXYGEN (LEFT & RIGHT) . . . .
. OFF
CABIN SIGNS . . .
. . . . . . . OFF
EMERGENCY LIGHTS. . . .
. . . . . OFF
BATT MASTER . . . . . . .
. . . . . OFF
CIRCUIT BREAKERS . . . . . . PULL AS REQUIRED
EMERGENCY LIGHTS SWITCH(VESTIBULE) . . NORMAL
SHUT DOWN CHECKS . . . . . . . . . COMPLETED

'

'

18-2-11
Dec 1/88

BRIT7SH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs 1200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

SINGLE ENGINE TURN ROUND


SHUT DOWN
EMERGENCY/PARKING BRAKE . .ON/700 PSI MIN
LAND TAXI LIGHTS . . . . . . . . . OFF
AVIONICS MASTERS . . . . . . . . . . OFF
LEFT PROPELLER ICE PROTECTION . . . . OFF
LEFT ENG/ELEV ICE PROTECTION . . . . . . OFF
FLIGHT DECK FLOW SELECTOR . . . . .
OFF
WINDSHIELD ICE PROTECTION
. . . . OFF
LEFT AIR/GND SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . GND
LEFT GENERATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
LEFT ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . STOP
LEFT PROPELLER START LOCKS . . . ENGAGE
RIGHT GENERATOR . . . . .LESS THAN 300 AMPS
DOOR. . . . . . .OPEN WHEN PROP STOPPED
CABIN SIGNS . . . . . . . . . . AS REQUIRED
SHUT DOWN CHECKS . . . . . . . COMPLETED
SINGLE ENGINE TURN ROUND
PRE-START
. . COMPLETED
LOADING/UNLOADING . . .
DOOR LIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
LEFT PROP START LOCK.
. . . ENGAGED
LEFT POWER LEVER . . . . GROUND START
LEFT RPM LEVER . . . . . . . . . . . . TAXI
BEACONS . . . . . . . . . .
. . ON
LEFT FUEL BOOST PUMP.
. .ON
LEFT SRL COMPUTER . . . .
. .ON
EGT . . . . . .
. . LESS THAN 2 OO DEG C
CLEAR TO START
. . . CONFIRMED
LEFT ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . START
POWER LEVER . . . . . . . . . . . GND IDLE
ENGIN? INSTRUMENTS
NORMAL/BETA ON
GO TO AFTER START CHECKS.

18-2-12
May 1/88

-nflHA~

JETSTREANI

SERiEs J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

f'# .

SINGLE ENGINE TURN ROUND


PRE-START
LOADING/UNLOADING . . . . .
COMPLETED
DOOR
. . . . CLOSE ANO LOCK
DOOR
. . . . . . . . CONFIRM LOCKED
FROM INSIDE
LEFT PROP START LOCK . . .
ENGAGED
LEFT POWER LEVER
. GROUND START
LEFT RPM LEVER . . TAXI
BEACONS . . . . .
. ON
LEFT FUEL BOOST PUMP . . . . ON
LEFT SRL COMPUTER . . . ON
EGT . . . . . .
LESS THAN 200 DEG C
CLEAR TO START . . . . . . CONFIRMED
LEFT ENGINE . .
. . . . . . . . START
POWER LEVER . . . . . . . . . . GND !OLE
ENGINE INSTRUMENTS . . . . NORMAL/BETA ON
,' \ j

GO TO AFTER START CHECKS.

Page 2 of 2

Jun

7/93

BIWTl$N

...._,...,ClF

JETSTREANI

SERiES J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

.--------------------------------------------...i~
Thi rev1s1on coaplie with Britih Civil Airworthine Requireaents, Section A
Chapter A7-3.
JETSTREAM AIRCRAPT LIMITED
PRESTWICK AIRPORT,
AYRSBIRE, KA9 2RW,
SCOTLAHD

Signed
~
l ..
q<J
7 ~
Date
CAA Approval No: DAI/9386/92

Publication Ref No.SA.4-3100/MOM/51,52,53,54,55,57,58,59,60,61,


62,63,64,266,267,269,270.

TEMPORARY REVISION 18 - 8

Location:

Insert in Chapter 18 with the page overleaf facing Page


18-2-12.

Reason:

To introduce a requirement for flight crew to close and


lock the main cabin door immediately before starting
left engine.

Action:

Replace SINGLE ENGINE TURN ROUND PRE-START drill with the


drill overleaf.

The introduction of data by revisions or amendments or temporary revisions or


amendments not certified in accordance with British Civil Airworthineee
Requiremente, Chapter A7-3, will invalidate the initial certification on the title
page of the manual relative to the part revised. Revisions or amendments or
temporary revisions or amendments embodied in this manual and certif ied by an
appropriate approved organisation, other than that applicable to the initial
certification, must be recorded on separate record sheets.

Page 1 of 2
Jun

7/93

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTRIEAi!JJ1Vi!
SERiEs

}200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

CHAPTER

19.

MINIMUM

EQUIPMENT

LIST

Before the aircraft may be f lown with equipment inoperative an


approved Minirnum Equipment List should be established with the
Federal Aviation Administration.
Copies of the appropriate Master Minimum Equipment List are
available on application to any FAA Flight Standards District
Off ice

r-.J

-,..,
C.J
::__;i
(.)
~--

CHAP 19. MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST


Page 1/2
Jul 15/89

,/''.~f~

c-c''

..

BRITTSH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI
SERiES

}200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

(; . ...

CHAPTER

20.

LIST

GROUND
OF

HANDLING

CONTENTS

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES


INTRODUCTION .

20-1-1

TOWING . . .

20-2-1

PARKING & MOORING

. . 20-3-1

ELECTRICS

. 20-4-1

FUEL . . . .

. 20-5-1

HYDRAULICS .

. 20-6-1

LANDING GEAR . .

. 20-7-1
. . 20-8-1

ENGINE OIL .

. 20-9-1

HOAR FROST

'
N
'
o
o

CHAPTER 20.

CONTENTS

Page 1/2
Dec 1/88

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

Srnies J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1


. -'f;

''

LIST

OF

CHAPTER
LIST OF CONTENTS

EFFECTIVE
GROUND

20.

PAGES
HANDLING

Dec 1/88

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES Dec 15/89


~

.,

::i

-s

.S

e:

.:
a.

I")

CJ'.
N

o
o

20-1-1
20-1-2
20-2-1
20-2-2
20-2-3
20-2-4
20-2-5/6
20-3-1
20-3-2
20-3-3
20-3-3 GREEN
20-3-4
20-3-5
20-3-6
20-3-7
20-3-8
20-4-1
20-4-2
20-4-3/4
20-5-1
20-5-2
20-5-3
20-5-4
20-5-5
20-5-6

May
May
May
May
May
May
Aug
Nov

May
May
Jul

May
May
May
May
May
Aug
Aug
Aug

May
Apr

May
May
Aug

May

1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
15/89
1/88.
1/88
15/89
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
15/89
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88

20-5-7/8
20-6-1
20-6-2
20-6-3/4
20-7-1/2
20-8-1/2
20-9-1
20-9-2
20-9-3
20-9-4
20-9-5/6

May 1/88
May 1/88
May 1/88
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug

May
May
May
Aug

1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88
1/88

CHAPTER 20.

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES


Page 1/2
Dec 15/89

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs }200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

CHAPTER
GROUND
1.

20

HANDLING

INTRODUCTION

This Chapter includes serv1c1ng inf ormation that may be


required by the Flight Crew when operating away f rom home
base. For more detailed information refer to the Jetstream
3200 Maintenance Manual.

20-1-1

May 1/88

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SeRiEs J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

28V OC GROUND
SUPPLY PLUG

VENTTANKWATER
DRAINVALVE

BRAKE ACCUMULATOR
SERVICING POINT

WING TANK WATER


DRAIN V AL VES

VENTTANK WATER
DRAINVALVE

..;._

FUEL TANK FILLER CAP

WATER METHANOL
ACCESS PANEL

FUEL TANK FILLER CAP

A/0/018

SERVICING
Fig. 1
20-1-2
May 1/88

POINTS

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SeRiEs J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

TOWING
l.

GENERAL
The aircraf t is towed or reversed using a towing arm
connected as shown in Fig. l. A steering arm can be used
during manual manoeuvring of the aircraft (Fig. 2).
The nosewheel can be rotated through 360 and, when at 90 to
the aircraft centre line, the aircraft can be turned within
the 52 feet (15.85m) wing span. Fer towing radii refer to
Fig. 3.
The recomrnended towing speed under normal conditions is 5
mile/hr . . (8 Km/Hr) and the maximum gradient must not exceed 1
in 6 ( 17%).
A competent person must be positioned on the flight deck to
operate the aircraft brakes. Comrnunication between tractor
driver and brake man must be established befare comrnencing
towing operations.
Navigation/strob lights must be switched on when moving the
aircraft at night.

2.

AIRCRAFT TOWING
2.1

Towing Limitations

'

Maximum towing loads applied to the nosewheel leg must


not exceed the following:-

Towing

o
o

CO

or pushing straight

4400 lbf (19.6

KN)

Towing with nosewheel at 45

2200 lbf

9.8

KN)

Towing or pushing straight,


ene tyre f lat

2640 lbf (11.7

KN)

Towing or pushing wi th nosewheel at 45, ene tyre f lat

1320 lbf

5.9

KN)

20-2-1
May 1/88

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

TROLLEY ASSEMBLY

EYE END

TOWING VEHICLE BAR

DETAILB

TURNBUTTON ASSEMBL Y

SHEAR PIN

DETAl~A

A/0/011

TOWING
Fig. 1
20-2-2
May 1/88

ARM

BRITISH AEROs-cE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs l200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

..

LANYARD PIN ASSEMBLY


FOR SECURING TO NOSE
WHEEL TOWING LUG

LANYARD PIN ASSEMBL Y FOR


SECURING ARM IN EXTENDED
ANO RETRACTED POSITION

HOLE FOR SECURING ARM


IN RETRACTED POSITION

Al01020

STEERING ARM
Fig. 2
20-2-3
May 1/88

l!IRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI
SERES

J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

RADll WITH NOSE WHEELS


AT 45',WHEN TOWING OR
STEERING

NOSE WHEEL RADll TOWING

RAOll WITH NOSE WHEELS


AT 90',WHEN MANUALL Y
MANOEUVERED

STEERING

o
o

..s::a

'N
WING TIP PATH,AIRCRAFT
BEING TOWED OR STEERED.
NOSE WHEELS AT 45'

TURNING CIRCLES

WING TIP PATH,AIRCRAFT


BEING MANUALL Y MANOEUVEREO,
NOSE WHEELS A T 90'

A/0/021

TURNING

CIRCLES

Fig. 3
20-2-4
May 1/88

BRn7SH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1


_:/,'. ~('(~
. '

2.2 Towing Aircraft


WARNING:

..

ENSURE THAT MAIN AND NOSE LANDING GEAR GROUND


LOCKS ARE FITTED PRIOR TO AIRCRAFT MOVEMENT.

Special Tools and Equipment

Towing Arm

Part No. 03748P401

Shear Pins

Part No. 03748P27

Qty 5

2.2.1

Attach the towing arm to the nose leg integral


fitting located above the upper torque link.

2.2.2

Connect the towing arm to the tractor.

2.2.3

Check that brake accumulator pressure is a


minimum 700 psi. If necessary, raise system
pressure with the handpump.

2.2.4

Station a competent brake operator on the


f light deck.

2.2.5

Position an observer at each wing tip and at


the rear of the aircraft.

2.2.6

Establish suitable communication between the


brake operator and the tractor driver.

2.2.7

If towing aircraft at night select BATT MASTER


switch to INT and navigation/strobe lights to ON.

2.2.8

Release brakes and tow aircraft steadily at a


speed not exceeding 5 mile/hr (8 Km/Hr).

2.2.9

On arrival at parking position, centralise the


nose landing gear and set the EMERGENCY/PARKING
brake to ON. If necessary, raise system pressure
using the handpump.

2.2.10 Position chocks front and rear of the main and


nose wheels.
2.2.11 Disconnect the towing arm.
2.2.12 Switch off the navigation/strobe lights (if used)
and BATT MASTER.

20-2-5/6
Aug 1/88

BRITTSH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI
SERES

J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

PARKING
l.

AND

MOORING

GENERAL
When parking or mooring the aircraft, position nose into wind
wherever possible and centralise the nosewheel.
Select the
parking brake to ON.
Fit ground locks as soon as possible after landing.
Remove
only for maintenance tasks and pre take-off engine start.
Covers and blanks are provided f or protection of external
components, intakes and openings.
Gust locks are provided to lock the control surf aces in the
neutral position.
Danger areas due to propeller wash, engine exhaust and
propeller noise are shown in Fig. l.

2.

AIRCRAFT PARKING (Fig. 2)


2.1

Check that indicated brake accumulator pressure of 700


psi shows on gauge (NLG Compartment, RH side). If
necessary, raise system pressure by handpump.

2.2

Fit ground locks (Fig. 3).

2.3

Move aileron, elevator and rudder controls to


approximately neutral. Set GUST LOCK operating lever
(pilots control console, RH side) to IN. Move pilots
control handwheel and rudder pedals until locks engaged.

2.4

Position aircraft nose into wind and centralise the


nosewheel.

2.5

Select PARKING/EMERGENCY brake to ON.

2.6

Position chocks front and rear of main and nose wheels.

2.7

Fit protective covers and blanks as required (Fig. 4).

())

20-3-1

-Nov 15/89

-77SH AEROSPACE

JETSTREAJW

SeRiES J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

45~45
ENGINE NOISE

2SOFT
(76.2M)

-o
N

o
o

'
U'1

A/0/022

DANGER
20-3-2
May 1/88

AREAS

Fig. 1

-Tr.IH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI
SERiES

J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1


PILOTS CONTROL
PEDESTAL

''-:{

,I;

HANOBRAKE HANOLE INCORPORATING


SQUEEZE RELEASE TRIGGER

GUSTLOCK
OPERATING LEVER

C/1102'

BRAKE ACCUMULATOR GAUGES

WHEEL BRAKE ACCUMULATORS


AIR/NITROGEN CHARGING VALVES
ANO AIR/NITROGEN PRESSURE GAUGE

A/01025

AIRCRAFT PARKING
Fig. 2
20-3-3
May 1/88

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SeRies 'J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

{~:;~~~~:;

..

WARNING PENNANT

LEFT ANO RIGHT


MAIN LANOING GEAR GROUNO LOCK

..!....
~

:;

:;

...

':['
Cll

~\

LOCKING PIN -

WARNING PENNANT

NOSE lANOONG GEAR GROUNO WC<

1
A/0/021
(
~

LANDING

GEAR

GROUND

Fig. 3
20-3-4
May 1/88

LOCKS

'

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI
SERiES

J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

WINDSHIELD COVER

STATIC VENT BUNG


(2 SETS)
PITOT HEAD COVER
(20FF)

MAIN WHEEL COVER


(20FF)

PROP.COVER

CAU INTAKE ANO


EXHAUST BUNG (2 OFF)

JET PIPE BLANK

ENGINE COVER

A/01023

PROTECTIVE

COVERS

AND

BLANKS

Fig. 4
20-3-5
May 1/88

BRITISH AEROSIWCE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs l200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

3.

COVERS AND BLANKS (Fig. 4)


It is recorcunended that pitot head covers, static vent bungs,
engine air intake blanks and jet pipe blanks are fitted when
the aircraft is parked. They should be removed only for
maintenance and when engines are to be run.
Other covers, if available, should be fitted in adverse
weather conditions or if the aircraft is to stand outside for
a prolonged period.
Protective covers and blanks are available as follows:3.1

Supplied with each aircraft.


Static Vent Bungs
Pitot Head Covers
Jet Pipe Blanks
Cold Air Unit (CAU) Intake and Exhaust Bungs

3.2

Supplied.as required by the aircraft manufacturer.


Engine Covers
Windshield Cover
Nose and Main Wheel Covers
Propeller covers

20-3-6

May 1/88

BR/TNYI AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI
SERES

1200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

4.

AIRCRAFT MORING
CAUTION:

l.

WHEN WIND SPEEDS IN EXCESS OF 65 KNOTS ARE


EXPECTED, THE AIRCRAFT MUST BE PLACED IN A
HANGAR.

2.

THE AIRCRAFT MUST NOT BE MOORED IN ICY OR


SLIPPERY SURFACES.

Mooring is not necessary in windspeeds up to 40 Knots {46


mile/hr, 74 Km/Hr) provided that:4.1

The aircraft is parked nose into wind.

4.2

Fuel tanks are full.

4.3

Gust locks

4.4

Nose and main wheels are chocked front and rear (see
Fig. 5).

4.5

Parking brake is set to ON.

4.6

All windows and doors are closed.

4.7

Ground locks are fitted.

4.8

Protective covers and blanks are fitted.

are engaged.

When wind speeds of between 40 knots and 65 knots (75 mile/hr,


120 Km/hr) are expected, in addition to the above conditions,
the aircraft must also be moored to a sound anchorage.

o
l:O
o
o
o

Secure f rom wing STN 145 and the main and nose landing gear
using 2 ia (50.8mm) circumference nylon rope (Fig. 5).

20-3-7
May 1/88

llRfTISH .11.11R05PACE

JETSTREA/111_
1200
SERlE5

MANUfACTURERSOPERATING MANUAi, PART 1

OETAILB

TYPICAL KNOT
(lWO HALF HITCHES)

O~OCKS

OETAILB
MAIN 1..EG MOORING

2 IN (52mm} LASHING
ROPE A T A\..L POINTS

DETAil A
NOSE LEG MOORING

A!RCRAFT MOOR!NG
Fig. 5
20-3-8
MaY 1/88

A/0/027

BRT77SH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

GROUND

HANDLING

ELECTRICS
l.

GENERAL
CAUTION:

AIRCRAFT BATTERIES SHOULD BE MOVED TO A WARMER


ENVIRONMENT IF IT IS INTENDED TO PARK THE AIRCRAFT,
FOR A PERIOD OF 12 HOURS OR MORE, AT TEMPERATURES
BELOW -25C.

A 28v de ground socket is located on the LH side of the nose


fuselage (Fig. 1).
Note: The ground power supply used for engine starting must
produce 28v de, at 1,000 amps minimum load, with negligible
voltage drop and overvoltage protection.
The following de voltage limitations apply:
2.

27-29v de.

BATTERIES
The aircraft batteries are located in the nose equipment bay.
Doors on either side of the upper section give access to the
bay.

3.

'

L l

ENERGISE AIRCRAFT DC BUSBARS


Batteries are not normally to be used for Maintenance Checks.
WARNING:

<....~

BEFORE ENERGISING AIRCRAFT DC BUSBARS ENSURE THAT THE


LANDING GEAR SELECTOR LEVER IS IN THE DOWN POSITION.

3.1 GENERAL
3.1.1

Ensure that flap selector position agrees with


actual flap position, making due allowance for
the flaps sagging.

3.1.2

Check that all consurner loads are switched OFF.

20-4-1
Aug 1/88

BRITISH AEROSF'ACE

JETSTREANI
SERiES

J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

..

DETAIL'A'

GENERATORCONTROLUNIT
ANO INVERTER RELA YS

..

CONTROLBOX

28vGROUNDSUPPLY PLUG

No1 INVERTER

MAIN EAP.TH PO!NT

N
ACCESS PANEL

...

DETAil 'A'
No2 INVERTER
B/11028X

ELECTRICAL
20-4-2
Aug 1/88

COMPONENTS
Fig. 1

LOCATION

o
o

LANDING GEAR DOOR

BRITTSH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI
SERiES

,,,.,;
r:

:~

"'. '-.).

,-,

J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

3. l. 3

Check that the BATT MASTER switch is set to OFF.

3.1.4

Ensure that the battery busbar circuit breaker is


closed.

3.1.5

Ensure that the MASTER ELECTRICS switch is set to


NORMAL.

..

3.2 Using Interna! Batteries


3.2.1

Complete the operations detailed in 3.1

3.2.2

Set the BATT MASTER switch to INT to energise the


essential busbar only.

3.2.3

Set the VOLTS switch to BATT BUS and check that


voltage is not less than 24v de.

3.3 Using External Power Supply


3.3.1

Complete the operations detailed in

3.3.2

Ensure Ground Power does not exceed 29V de. Then


connect the external power supplyto the aircraft
ground supply socket (Fig. 1).

3.3.3

Select VOLTS switch to GROUND POWER.

3.3.4

Check that supply voltage does not ex:ceed 29v de.

3.3.5

Select BATT MASTER switch to GND.

3.3.6

Select VOLTS switch to BATT BUS, check that voltmeter reading is greater than 24v de.

3.3.7

Select VOLTS switch to ~.AIN BUS, check that voltmeter reading agrees with supply voltage output
(normally 0.5 greater than the reading in para
3.3.4).

UI
I""')
I""')

--oo

--

3.1.

20-4-3/4
Aug 1/88

BRIT/SH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

Seaies }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

FUEL
1.

REFUELLING
1.1

Earth refuelling vehicle/hydrant or fuel container.

1.2

Remove rnoisture frorn vicinity of filler cap(s)


(Fig. 1).

1.3

Support fuelling nozzle to avoid damage to filling


orifice.

1.4

Move fuelling hose clear of leading edges to prevent


damage to de-icing boots.

1.5

Use recomrnended fuels only.

1.6

Energise aircraft de busbars (see Section 20-4-1).

1.7

Check contents in each tank to ascertain required fuel


load.

1.8

Drain sarnple frorn water drains and check for water


content and contamination (see paragraph 2).

1.9

Comply with company/airline fuelling precautions.

1.10 Remove filler cap(s) from tanks to be refuelled.


Connect refuelling hose bonding lead to bonding socket,
outboard of filler cap.
L.(')

o
L()

o
o

--

1.11 Refuel as required.


1.12 Check contents of each tank using flight deck gauges;
check fuel supplied to aircraft agrees with supply from
fuelling vehicle/hydrant or container(s).

20-5-1
May 1/88

-TISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SeRiEs 'J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1
{re. .1:>,~'. e
'

1.13

Fit and lock filler cap(s).

1.14

After fuel has settled (at least 20 min), drain a sample


from tank cell No.l water drain valve and check for water
content (see paragraph 2).

1.15

De-energise aircraft de busbars.

1.16

Disconnect earthing (if required).

'

UNLOCKED POSITION

LOCKED POSITION

LATCHES

.....

OUTBOARD~
-.......____

RIB STN 295

o
o
N
o
N
o
F/1/0341

FUEL

20-5-2
Apr 15/89

TANK FILLER
Fig. 1

CAP

BRl77SH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SeRies J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

FUEL (cent)
2.

WATER DRAIN CHECK


Water drain valves (Fig. 2) are located in each wing fuel tank
cell No.1, cell No.2, vent tank and adjacent t the crossfeed
cock.
Special tools and equipment
Fuel drain tool
(Fuel/vent tanks)
2.1

o
"""'

l.()

o
o
o

Part No.

0379088P401

Drain a sample from each fuel/vent tank drain valve as


follows:
2.1.1

Using the special drain tool, Part No.0379088P401,


insert the Phillips bit into the drain valve.
Push upwards (towards wing) and turn drain valve
through 90 either way.

2.1.2

Keeping pressure on drain tool allow fluid to flow


down drin tool and collect fluid-in a suitable
glass beaker.

2.1.3

Check fluid in beaker for water content and


continue to operate drain valve till such time as
water free fuel is obtained.

2.1.4

Turn drain valve through 90 in either direction


until drain valve drops and is flush with drain
valve casing.

Pre flight water drain check must be performed


af ter refuelling and where an aircraft has been static
for 24 hours after refuelling.

Note:

( \J

20-5-3
May 1/88

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

Senies J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

2.2

Drain a sample from crossfeed pipe drain valve as


follows:
2.2.1

Remove valve dust cap.

2.2.2

Using screwdriver, depress valve stem and hold


until drain container is full, then release valve
stem.

2.2.3

Fit valve cap.

Pre-flight water check of crossfeed pipe must be


performed if aircraft has been static for seven days.

Note:

'O'RING

LOCATION OF DRAIN VALVES


IN RIGHT WING-LEFT SIMILAR

o
o
o

U1

DRAIN VALVE EXTENDED FOR


'O' RING SEAL REPLACEMENT

WATER
20-5-4

May 1/88

DRAIN VALVES
Fig. 2

o
e.o

Fll/032

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI
SERES

}200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

2.3

Check Main Accumulator Pressure and Inflate


Open access panel and operate the pressure release
valve to exhaust main hydraulic system pressure.

2.3.2

Note ambient temperature and check that the


pressure gauge reading is I.A.W. temperature/
inflation readings in Table l.

2.3.3

To nflate, remove the dust cap, connect air/


nitrogen supply and replenish as required to
correct pressure.

2.3.4

Disconnect air/nitrogen supply and refit the dust


cap.

TEMPERATURE

INFLATION PRESSURE
psi

C
-26
-15

+15
+20
+30
+45
+60

o
L.(')

..

2.3.1

377
395
418
442
450
466
490
513

bar
21
22
23
25
25
26
27
28

25.99
27.24
28.82
30.48
32.03
32.13
33.70
35.37

1.45
1.52
1.59
1.65
1.72
1.79
1.86
1.93

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE/ACCUMULATOR
INFLATION PRESSURE
TABLE 1

o
'
o
o

20-6-3/4
Aug 1/88

BRl77SH AERDSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

HOAR

..

1.

FROST,

SNOW

AND

ICE

REMOVAL

GENERAL
WARNING: l. WEAR GOGGLES AND PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
2. STAND UPWIND WHEN APPLYING DE-ICING FLUID.
3. USE A SERVICING STAND WHENEVER POSSIBLE OR USE

SERVICING MATS AND WEAR SAFETY BELTS.

:.:

:;)

=
=

4. TAKE ALL OTHER SUITABLE PRECAUTIONS TO PREVENT

PERSONAL INJURY ON SLIPPERY SURFACES.

e:

't:

s.

CAUTION:

THE REMOVAL OF HOAR FROST, SNOW OR ICE BEFORE


AIRCRAFT DEPARTURE DOES NOT PREVENT FURTHER
ACCRETION PRIOR TO TAKE-OFF.

IF SURFACES ARE TO BE BRUSHED, EARTH THE AIRCRAFT.

After clearance of snow from surfaces, check that the


following are clear of snow/&lush:1.1 All air intakes
1.2 Control surface hinges

1.3 Gaps between wing trailing edge shroud and flaps and
ailerons
1.4 Gaps between horizontal stabiliser and elevators
1.5 Gaps between rudder and vertical stabiliser

1.6 Wheel brakes

-o

1.7 Static vents

1.8 Nosewheel doors

1.9 Pitot heads

1.10 Stall vanes

20-9-1

Aug 1/88

BRITISN AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERiES J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

2.

SPECIAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT


2.1

Power Operated De-icing Trolley


Of adeguate fluid capacity and capable of delivering
heated fluid through spray lances.

2.2

Ground Servicing Stands


To enable an operator to direct spray onto aerof oil
surfaces.

.:,

~
~

;[

3.

.."'

'" :

DE-ICING FLUIDS

;:/'

': e:

CAUTION:

l.

KILFROST G17 HOAR FROST REMOVER MUST NOT BE


HEATED.

2.

TO PREVENT OVERHEATING TRANSPARENT PANELS DO


NOT SPRAY EXCESSIVELY.

3.

TEMPERATURE OF FLUID APPLIED TO WNG SURFACES


MUST NOT EXCEED 80c (176F).

4.

3.1

i. "'

REDUCE TEMPERATURE OF FLUID TO 60C (140F) IF


SPRAY RATE PER LANCE EXCEEDS 10 UK GAL/MIN (12
US GAL/MIN, 45.5 LITRES/MIN).

For Temperatures Down to -30C (-22F)


Kilfrost DC-2A (DTD 900/4907)
Kilfrost G17 hoar frost remover (DTD 900/4031)

3.2

Fer Temperatures Below -30C


Kilfrost DC-2A (DTD 900/4907)
Kilfrost Arctic (DTD 900/4351)

3.3

For Windshield De-Icing

o
o

Ul

Kilfrost 63A (DTD 900/4050)


TKS aircraft de-icing fluid

20-9-2
May 1/89

'

B#NT1SH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SeRiEs J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

4.

REMOVE HOAR FROST


Before proceeding refer to the CAUTION in para 3.
4.1

Spray affected surfaces with a hot diluted solution of


approximately 50% de-icing fluid and 50% water. Below
-30C concentration of de-icing fluid should be increased
to 60%/40% or 70%/30%/.
If heated fluid is unavailable, use cold undiluted fluid.

4.2

5.

Under severe frost-forming conditions, after de-icing,


give a further light application of concentrated fluid to
ensure the maximum hold-over period.

REMOVE SLEET AND FREEZING RAIN


CAUTION:

AFTER SPRAYING, THOROUGHLY EXAMINE ALL SURFACES.


ICE FORMED BY FREEZING RAIN CAN BE DIFFICULT TO SEE
UNDER DE-ICING FLUID.

Before proceeding refer to the CAUTION in para 3.


Spray with undiluted de-icing fluid, hot if possible.
6.

REMOVE DRY SNOW


CAUTION:

HOT AIR BLASTS MUST NOT BE USED NEAR WINDOWS.


EXTREME CARE MUST BE TAKEN TO OVERHEATING OF PAINTED
SURFACES, RUBBER, GLASS, ACRYLIC OR GLASS FIBRE,
HYDRAULIC PIPE LINES, GREASED OR OILED SURFACES.

Refer to the CAUTION in para 1 before proceeding.


lf)

o
o
o

6.1

Remove the snow by either brushing or applying a cold air


blast. Take care not to trap snow in control surface
gaps and hinges.

6.2

If ambient temperature is above freezing, remove snow by


applying a hot air blast. Spray cleared surfaces with
diluted de-icing fluid.

20-9-3
May 1/88

BRl77SH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI
SERiES

}200

MANUFACTURE.AS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

7.

8.

REMOVE WET SNOW


7.1

Remove snow with rubber squeegees taking care that snow/


slush is not trapped in control surface gaps and hinges.

7.2

Clear any ice that has formed under the snow by spraying
with hot diluted de-icing fluid.

REMOVE FROZEN SNOW AND ICE FILMS


8.1

Clear loose snow thenapply a heavy spray of hot diluted


de-icing fluid (50% fluid, 50% water).

8.2

Brush the snow as the fluid is being applied to assist in


breaking up the deposit and retain the fluid on the
deposit.
When frozen deposits have been removed, give a final
light spray to keep surfaces clear for a further period.
If heated fluid is not available, use cold undiluted
fluid.

8.3

Refer to the CAUTION in paragraph 6 before proceeding.


If ambient temperature is above zero, use ducted hot air
blasts to disperse any ice. Brush off or mop up water
resulting from melted ice as soon as possible.

9.

WINDSHIELD DE-ICING
Lightly spray the windshield with de-icing fluid H63A.
smearing occurs wipe clear with a warm damp cloth.

10.

If

ANTI-ICING
If meteorological reports predict freezing rain or heavy hoar
frost deposits, an anti-icing spray of hot or cold concentrated Kilfrost DC-2A will give long term protection. If
precipitation is extremely heavy any deposits will have little
adhesion to the surfaces. They can be removed with a light
spray of hot diluted fluid.

20-9-4

May 1/88

,.....,..,
n..l_,

. ,..

o
o

~~::

'
u;'l

00

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREAIW
SERES

1200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

11.

REMOVE SALT OR CHEMICAL AGENTS


CAUTION:

DO NOT USE HIGH PRESSURE WATER, DAMAGE TO ELECTRICAL


EQUIPMENT AND LUBRICATED COMPONENTS MAY RESULT.

Special Tools and Equipment


Wetting Agent
Emulsion Cleaner

Teepol Comprex A

11.1 Dispersal Agent Removal


Where contamination has occurred on the aircraft
structure due to airfield snow or ice dispersal with salt
or chemical melting agents, proceed as follows:
11.1.1

Wash affected areas with clean water as soon as


possible. Add a wetting agent, if available, in
small quantities.

11.1.2

When time or conditions prevent removal of


contamination at out-stations, make a record in
the A!RCRAFT TECH LOG. Appropriate action can
then be taken en return to base. Routine
cleaning with an emulsion cleaner will generally
be found suff icient.

1.tl'
O"
'

C.l

20-9-5/6

Aug 1/88

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

Note: l. Particular attention must be given to cleanliness


under all conditions, especially when refuelling in
rain or snow and when refuelling f rom barrels or
containers.
2. If fuel fails to drain, the reason must be found.
3. Initially a sample may be cloudy due to aeration and

will clear in a short time.


A perfectly clear sample
must be checked and must be free from large quantities
of water, dirt, rust, sediment or particles in
suspension. However, a few drops of water may
normally be expected to appear at the bottom of each
sample.
3

DEFUELLING
For fuel load adjustment defuel as required from tank filler
caps using either a fuelling vehicle or hydrant suction.
Complete defuelling is achieved by using the tank drain valves
(located inside the underwing access panels) and water drain
valves in tank cells No.1 and 2.
Fuel should be drained directly into containers or by
connecting a fuelling vehicle or hydrant to the tank drain
valve and applying suction.
To defuel proceed as follows:
3 .1 As_certain fuel load required.

3.2 Comply with company/airline fuelling precautions.


3.3 Earth the aircraft, fuelling vehicle/hydrant or

containers.

3.4 Drain a sample from the water drain valves and check

for

water content.

20-5-5
Aug 1/88

BRITISH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI

SERiEs J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

3.5

Remove tank filler cap(s).

3.6

Remove underwing inboard access panels for access to the


tank drain valves and remove prot~ctive covers.

3.7

Connect outlets to fuelling vehicle/hydrant or containers


and set valve to OPEN.

3.8

Off-load fuel from each tank as required.

3.9

Drain residual fuel through the water drain valves,


paragraph 2.

Note: If the tanks are to be drained to unusable fuel level,


carry out operations 3.1 to 3.8, then add 1 ga+ (1.2 u.s. gal,
4.55 litres) of fuel to each tank.
3.10 Set fuel drain valve to SHUT and fit protective covers.
3.11 Refit underwing inboard access panels.
3.12 Fit and lock filler cap(s) .
. 3.13 Disconnect

e~rthing.

o
o
o

-o

U1

20-5-6
May 1/88

BRrT7SH AEROSPACE

JETSTREA~
SERiES
..

'J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

'f;.:

'..;- :.--

RETAINER

RING MAGNET

FUEL CONTENTS
U/WING INOICATORS
lb

kg

,.. o

J35

152

370

168

420

191

475

215

A
T

535

243

610

277

700

311

INDICATDR

1
N

o
1
e

... END

765

347

,.. o

155

Jll

o
1
e

A
T

o
R

,..

1
N

915

415

910

445

1045

474

STOWAGE

1115

506

LATCH

1170

531

1195

542
565

...

1245

1295

587

1345

610

1365

619

1435

651

1485

674

... END

1525

692

FULL

1624

717

SEALED TUBE

... END

... END

FLOA T MAGNET

---~~~
SECTION THROUGH WING

VISUAL CHECK VIA FILLER CAP


ALL FIGURES ARE PER WIHG
ANO FOR AVTUR ONLY

[oo!c:H~o!oo:Q]
DIAGRAM

VIEW FROM UNDERWING

MAGNETIC

FUEL

LEVEL

Fili030X

INDICATORS

Fig. 4
20-5-7/8
Aug 1/88

BRITISH AEROSF'ACE

JETSTREANI

SERiES J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

HYDRAULICS
l.

GENERAL
1.1

Data
Tank Capacity:

1.2

Specification
Hydraulic Fluid:

2.

u.s.
OM-15

MIL-H-5606

Check Reservoir Contents (Fig. 1)


2.1.1

Ensure landing gear is DOWN, flaps are UP and nose


wheel is CENTRAL.

2.1.2

Open access panel and operate pressure release


valve, on hydraulic service panel, to release main
hydraulic system pressure.

2.1.3

Operate wheel brakes to depressurise brakes NORMAL


accumulator. Check MAIN SUPPLY (BRAKES) pressure
gauge (on pilots lower centre panel) reads zero.

2.1.4

Operate handbrake to depressurise brakes EMERGENCY


accumulator. Check EMERG SUPPLY (BRAKES) pressure
gauge reads zero.

2.1.5

Check fluid level on reservoir sight glass in the


FULL sector. If below FULL replenish as in 2.2

l )

U.K.
DTD585,

SYSTEM SERVICING
2.1

o
o
o

2.6 UK gal (3.12 US gal, 11.82 litres)

2.2

Replenish Reservoir (Fig. 1)

2.2.1

Check reservoir contents as in 2.1.

20-6-1
May 1/88

BR#TISHAE~E

JETSTREANI
SERES

l200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

2.2.2

Unscrew reservoir filler cap two turns, to dissipate


residual air pressure, then remove. DO NOT remove
fluid strainer from filler neck.

2.2.3

Replenish with oil MIL-H-5606 to FULL level.

2.2.4

Check that filler cap seal is undamaged.

2.2.5

Refit and tighten filler cap.

TO CHECK HYDRAULIC TANK CONTENTS


& ACCUMULATOR PRESSURES OPERATE
PRESSURE RELEASE BUTION IN ACCOROANCE

~f~C::i:S::::t:;t::~~C::::::~~~~~WITH MAINTENANCE MANUAL

MAIN ACCUMULATOR
PRESSURE GAUGE

PRESSU RE RE LE ASE VAL VE......__

BUTTON-

HYDRAULIC FLUID LEVEL


SIGHTGLASS

-o

o
o

U1

A/01031

HYDRAULIC
20-6-2
May 1/88

SERVICE
Fig. 1

PANEL

BIWTISH AEROSPACE

dETSTREANI

SERiES J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

LANDING
l.

GEAR

TYRES

Use nitrogen only for inflation. Pressure loss rnust not


exceed 5% of inf lation pressure during a 24 hour period.
Dry air rnay be used if suitable inert gases are not
available. When dry air is used it rnust be recorded in the
aircraft Tech Log. At the earliest opportunity or within 25
flying hours, whichever is sooner, the tyre rnust be purged in
accordance with the Maintenance Manual.

Note:

After landing, tyre pressures will rise due to brake


heat transfer. If duration of stop does not allow time for air
in the tyre to cool, allowance must be rnade when checking the
tyre pressures.

Note:

Tyre pressures are given in the following table:-

Tyre

psi

Nosewheel

44 2

Mainwheels

86 2

-o
o

20-7-1/2

Aug 1/88

-77SH AEROSPACE

JETSTREANI
SERES

}200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

ENGINE
l.

OIL

GENERAL
1.1

Oil Tank Capacity


Refer to Page 6-1-6, Engine Essential Data

1.2

Approved engine oils

:::>
.e

...,

=j
e
a.

;::

Refer to Page 6-1-3, Engine Limitations


2.

SERVICE ENGINE OIL SYSTEM


2.1

Ensure propeller is on start locks.

2.2

Open filler cap access panel on engine panel ES. Remove


filler cap and check oil level on dipstick. Oil level
must be above ADD mark on the dipstick. If the oil level
is below the ADD mark proceed as follows:2.2.1

Handcrank the engine or, with ignition and fuel


off, motor the engine a minimum of TEN revolutions
of the propeller (to clear the casing of residual
oil).

2.2.2

Re-check the oil level and add recommended oil as


necessary.

2.3

Check filler cap seal is serviceable;

2.4

Close and secure filler cap access panel on engine.

Note:

refit filler cap.

This procedure applies to Left and Right engines.

20-8-1/2
Aug 1/88

t'

JETSTREAIW

SaiEs J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1


This revision cornplies with British Civil Airworthiness Requirernents, Secton A,
Chapter A7-3.
BRITISH AEROSPACE (OPERATIONS) LIMITED, TRADING AS:
~
/1
BRITISH AEROSPACE REGIONAL AIRCRAFT
Signed ~"'O\~~.
Date
~fe l/V'v:L.JC V'- 'c::\.04
PRESTWICK INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT,
CAA
Approval
No: DAI/1011/55
AYRSHIRE,
KA9 2RW,
SCOTLAND.

Publication Ref No. SA.4-3100/MOM/51,52,253,54,SS,257,257A,


SB,59,60,261,263,64,266,
267,268,269,270.

TEMPORARY REVXSXON 20-1


Location:

Insert this Temporary Revision in British Aerospace


Jetstream Series 3200, Manufacturers Operating Manual,
Part l, Chapter 20 immediately before page 20-9-1.

Reason:

To introduce additional advice for the use of de-icing/


anti-icing fluids.

Action:

Read this TR in place of paragraphs 3.1 to 3.3


inclusive, and paragraph 10, of chapter 20, section 9.

Effectivity: All aircraft

The introduction of data by revisions or amendrnents or temporary rev1s1ons or


amendrnents not certified in accordance with British Civil Airworthiness
Requirernents, Chapter A7-3, will invalidate the initial certification on the
title page of the manual relative to the part revised. Revisions or amendrnents
or ternporary revisions or amendrnents ernbodied in this manual and certified by an
appropriate approved organisation, other than that applicable to the initial
certification, rnust be recorded on separate record sheets.

Page 1 of 4
21006377
Mar 26/99

JETSTRE'AIW

SaiEs J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

APPROVED FLUID TYPES


There are three types of ground de-icing/anti-icing fluids
available, manufactured to the specifications drawn up by The
Society of Airmotive Engineers (SAE), The Association of
European Airlines (AEA) and The International Standards
Organisation (ISO).
Type I fluid, in accordance with ISO 11075, AMS 1424 (an
aerospace material specification produced by SAE) or AEA
Type I specifications. This fluid has good de-icing
properties, but provides only limited protection against re freezing.
Type II fluid, in accordance with ISO 11078, AMS 1428 or AEA
Type II specifications.
It has good de-icing properties and
is thickened to aid retention on airframe surfaces, thereby
providing anti-icing protection against re-freezing and
further contamination.
It is applied in concentrated or
diluted form.
Type IV fluid, in accordance with ISO 11078, AMS 1428 issue e
or AEA Type II specifications.
In general, Type IV fluids are
a development of Type II fluids.
They are more viscous than
previous de-icing fluids and were developed specifically to
provide longer holdover protection.
It is also applied
concentrated or in diluted form.
Note: De - icing fluid is normally heated to improve efficiency.

Applications of any fluids complying with these specifications


should be in accordance with the SAE, AEA or the respective
fluid manufacturer's instructions.
Such data will include
dilution rates and consequent protection periods.
CAUTION: DUE TO THE PROPERTIES OF TYPES II AND IV
ANTI - ICING FLUIDS, IT IS ESSENTIAL THAT,
APPLICATION OF DE-ICING / ANTI-ICING FLUID
ALL DEPOSITS OF PREVIOUSLY APPLIED FLUID

DE-ICING/
IF A SECOND
IS REQUIRED,
ARE REMOVED.

DE-ICING/ANTI-ICING RESIDUE MAY COLLECT IN CONTROL


SURFACE GAPS.
THIS RESIDUE MUST BE REMOVED BEFORE
ANY FURTHER APPLICATION OF DE-ICING/ANTI-ICING FLUID
IS MADE.

Page 2 of 4
21006378
Mar 26/99

JETSTREAllll

SaiEs J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1


. .... . ..
~

FLUID USE RESTRICTIONS


De-icing/anti-icing fluids in current use are not intended
for, and do not provide, ice protection during flight.
Type I
The freezing point of Type I fluid mixture used fer either ene
step de-icing or, as the second step in a two step operation,
shall be at least lOC below the arnbient temperature.
The freezing point of Type I fluid mixture used fer the f irst
step in a two step operation shall not be more than 3C above
the arnbient temperature.
Types I I & IV
Approved concentrations of Types II & IV fluid, used either
for one step de-icing/anti-icing, or as the second step in a
two step operation are provided by SAE, AEA, or in the fluid
manufacturers' instructions. Details of the lowest
temperatures at which the various concentrations may be
applied to aircraft surfaces are also provided.
Upper wing skin temperatures may, under certain circumstances,
be lower than the OAT. When this is suspected, e.g. when
large quantities of fuel remain from a previous sector,
consideration should be given to selecting a stronger mixture
than would be required by the existing OAT. This will ensure
that an adequate buffer is maintained between the freezing
point of the fluid used and the temperature of the upper wing
surface.

Page 3 of 4
21006379
Mar 26/99

..JETSTREAIW
,-~-

SaiBJ200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 1

HOLDOVER TIMES
The holdover time during which fluids give adequate protection
is dependent on ambient weather conditions, individual fluid
properties and the concentration used. The recommended
holdover times for different fluids (Type I, Type II and Type
IV) should be obtained from SAE, AEA, or the appropriate fluid
manufacturer's data.

Note: The holdover time will be shortened in heavy weather


conditions, or if the fuel in the aircraft tanks is at a
significantly lower temperature than ambient, i.e. more
than lOC lower.

High wind speed or jet blast may degrade the protective


de - icing/anti-icing fluid film.
Frequent visual examination of the aircraf t is necessary
in conditions of ice, frost, snow and freezing rain.
FLYING QUALITIES AFTER DE-ICING / ANTI-ICING APPLICATION
Type I flu i d has no discernible ef fect on handling or
performance.
Af ter application of Types II or IV f luid, control movement
remains normal, but control forces on rotation or take-off may
be higher than normal.
ICING CHECKS PRIOR TO TAKE-OFF
After de-icing/anti-icing the flight crew must ensure that the
correct procedures have been followed by the servicing crews,
and that the maximum duration of anti - icing protection
(holdover time) is known and rigidly observed. The flight
crew must also ensure that the aerodynamic surfaces are free
from contamination prior to commencing the take-off run.

.;

. '

.,

Page 4 of 4
21006380
Mar 26/99

BRl77SH AEROSFMCE

JETSTREAIW

SERiEs J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 2

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL 258 PART 2.


This manual is applicable to the following aircraft:
Constructor No.
819,
1 824,
900,
902,
903,
904

AIRCRAFT EFFECTIVITY
Page 1/2
Apr 15/06

COPY No ....... .

SA.4-3100/MOM/258

JETSTREAM
AIRCRAFT

LIMITED

A BRITISH AEROSPACE COMPANY

Jetstream Series 3200

Manufacturers
Operating Manual
Part 2
Model No. 3201
STATEMENT OF INITIAL CERTIFICATION
This manual complies with British Civil Airworthiness Requirements, Section A, Chapter A7-3.

CAA Approval No. DAI/9386/92


NOTE:
The above certification does not apply to revisions made after the date of initial
certification by other Approved Organisations. Revisions made by other Approved
Organisations must each be separately certified, and recorded on separate record sheets.

1993 BRITISH AEROSPACE PUBLIC LIMITED COMP ANY

All rights reserved


Produced by Jetstream Aircraft Limited,
Prestwick lnternational Airport, Ayrshire, KA9 2RW Scotland

~ll:#lllFI

. elll: 1.-, I

SERiES

J200

MANUfACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 2

RECORD OF REVISIONS

{!:<:/':":._
:<.,_i:.1 '

The incorporation of each Revision must be recorded below


IMPORTANT: The inclusion of an uncertified Revision will invalidate
the initial certification of this manual.
Rev Issue
No Date
l

2
3
4

21

~\\f~ \c\:r \<'\ r -1'\w ~'1 D. C' \ ('}\().h


\
!&'
1 Jlt}f) (). r11t j(((lJ1
1~p 4-IC\O

23

PI

:::rAN
i 111\}0..."}
~J!.P

,"6\q~

C:C..T

co

11

N
C>
C>
C>
N
N

12

..

/\'-..; l.:.\
\;::: i '-1 l

10

13
14

Rev Issue
No
Date

Date
Inserted

i::'c=\'l ~C\ E.. V--.o.~COJ.\ ~\ ?t \~9


.,.-~ vl~ ~1 \ \C\o
~o,O. f:

5 OC..'
\~\c\c
6

Inserted by

~ 4' (\,Q...
.~1.
-'I

\J , \
\ .\ \
1

.\> :,. V . f\PR\L 1\~ \


t

\ :''

~ -t.,..\q \1 f"Wt'\1 Hr

/..

(f\A--/

~tia-

,,,5 ,...,~.

(""'r"'"I

''~

24
25
26

29

~ --~~s./o.'\,e-

ao/sfci6

V 4ui~

11,11~6.

'30
31
32

<':;EP

oblo\ /o3

33

11 l e~ tofc:

34

A~"-

~{e(:,

s. ~R.C>ll..)\\Pr'l.
~ -~~'\51'\112-

28

~~lct1,. ~~\\A.~e ?,/4/tJtb


15/0?_

Date
Inserted

22

27
UA'2. 11/q.J
,

Atik~. ~@ 1q;\Cf.3

t61C\::Z.. ~ . Uc.it <v ..~~

5fq5

'-\7 :; h.F-11

Inserted by

15

35

16

36

17

37

18

38

19

39

20

40

RECORD OF REVISIONS
Page 1

AEROS"MCI

JETSTREANI

SeRies J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 2

Rev Issue
No Date

Inserted by

Date
Inserted

Rev Issue
Date

No

41

65

42

66

43

67

44

68

45

69

46

70

47

71

48

72

49

73

so
51

Inserted by

Date
Inserted

74

75

52

76

53

77

54

78

55

79

56

80

57

81

o
o
o

58

82

59

83

60

84

61

85

62

86

63

87

64

88

RECORD OF REVISIONS
Page 2

~A-MCI

JETSTREANI
SERiES

J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 2

RECORD OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS


.

:. ;.

The incorporation and subsequent cancellation of each Temporary


Revision must be recorded below.
IMPORTANT: The inclusion of an uncertified Temporary Revision will
invalidate the initial certification of this manual.
T Rev
No

Inserted by

Date
Inserted

Cancelled by
(Rev No)

'

Date
Cancelled

signature

o
N
N

o
o

o
N
N

RECORD OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS


Page 1

_,,,,.._,.,A~

JETSTREANI

SEaiEs }200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 2

T Rev
No

Inserted by

Date
Inserted

Cancelled by
- (Rev No)

Date
Cancelled

. ..

Signature

RECORD OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS


Page 2

BIW77SNAERO-..GE

JETSTREANI

SERiES J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 2

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES


CHAPTER
SECTION
SUBJECT
AIRCRAFT EFFECTIVITY

1/2

Apr 15/06

TITLE/CERTIFICATION PAGE

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

RECORD OF REVISIONS

1
2

RECORD OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS

1
2

SB/Mods

Aug 15/95

INTRODUCTION

1
2
3
4
5

Sep
Aug
Aug
Aug
Aug

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Aug 15/95

GLOSSARY

1
2
3

May 15/95
May 15/95
May 15/95
Dec 1/88

Apr 15/06

15/02
15/95
15/95
15/95
15/95

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES


Page 1
Printed in the U.K.

Apr 15/06

~-

JETSTREAIW

SERiEs J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 2
RECORD OF INCORPORATED SERVICE BULLETINS/MODIFICATIONS
Service Bulletins (SB) and Modif ications (Mods) embodied on the
aircraft at delivery are incorporated at initial issue of this
manual.
SB and Mods listed below have been incorporated by revisions as
indicated:
Service
Bulletin/
Modif ication

Issue No/Date

24-JA 890140
73-JA 891146
34-JK 2526A

24-A-JM 7708

Incorporated by: Revision


Date

May 4/89
Jan 10/90

Dec 15/89

May 22/90

Oct 15/90

Mod 8191

Apr

Sep 15/92

34-JK 2963

May 14/93

10

May 15/95

24-JM 7740
900941

1
1

Nov 28/90
Feb 18/92

11
11

Aug 15/95
Aug 15/95

124-JA

3/92

SB/Mods
Page 1
H01092

Printed in the U.K.

Aug 15/95

l!llW77BHAIRDSFJ//ICl!F

JETSTRE.AIW

SEaiES J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 2

,J
r'

'/

INTRODUCTION

l.

AUTHORITY
This manual is prepared in accordance with British Civil
Airworthiness Requirements (BCAR) , CHAPTER A7-3 and includes the
specified data for Federal Airworthiness Requirement (FAR) 135.
In addition, this manual conforms to the Civil Aviation
Authority (CAA) specification for Operations Manuals, CAP 450.
In the event of a conflict of information between the contents
of this manual and the approved Flight Manual, the Flight Manual
must be accepted as the overriding authority.

2.

CONTENTS
This manual provides information on the technical, handling and
performance characteristics of the Jetstream 3200 for use by the
Flight Crew.
The manual is divided into three parts:

3.

Part 1 -

Flying, contains limitations, conditional


procedures, abnormal procedures, emergency
procedures, loading, flight planning, performance,
flight guide, normal procedures and drills, minimum
equipment list and ground handling.

Part 2 -

Technical, contains a description of the function


and operation of the aircraft systems, airframe and
power plant.

Part 3 -

Emergency and Abnormal Drills.

MANUAL LAYOUT
For details of Part 1 manual layout, refer to the introduction
contained in Part 1 of the MOM.

INTRODUCTION
Page 1
1 J178

Printed in the U.K.

Sep 15/02

JllRJl7llSN~

JETSTREAIW

SEIES J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 2

Part 2 of the MOM is divided into chapters describing the


aircraft systems and equipment. Each chapter contains a
description and operation, schematic diagrams and control and
indication illustrations for the system.
4.

CONVENTIONS USED IN THE MOM


4.1

Warning and Indicator Lights


Warning and indicator lights take various forms on the
Jetstream aircraft. For clarity the lights are described in
the text as follows:
4.1.1

Central Annunciator Panel (CAP) captions are


identified by boxed letters with the colour of the
captions in parentheses. For example, the following
amber caption on the CAP.
HYD

4.2

4.1.2

A caption signifies a series of letters illuminated


from behind.

4.1.3

A light is a lamp without lettering on it.

Priority of Warnings
There are two colours used to indicate warnings and faults
on the aircraft:
RED warnings indicate serious faults or emergency conditions
and require decisions immediately.
AMBER warnings indicate less serious faults or less
important conditions and decisions are not usually required
immediately.

INTRODUCTION
Page 2
Aug 15/95

Printed in the U.K.

H01228

_,,_~

JETSTRE.Allll

SaiE5 J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 2
5.

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES


Inserted at the front of each chapter,preceding the contents
page, is a "List of Effective Pages" (LEP) listing all pages
contained within the chapter.
This enables the operator to establish that the manual is
complete and that all pages are to the correct revision
standard. The LEP's are revised and re-issued whenever the pages
of the relevant chapter are affected by a revision.
All pages of the manual are recorded on the LEP's, each page
identified by Chapter, Section and Page nurnber, followed by the
date of issue.
The page date on the LEP must be the same as the date on the
corresponding page of the manual:

CHAPTER-SECTION-PAGE

2-3-7
Aug 15/95
PAGE DATE
H002748A

6.

NORMAL REVISIONS
Revisions to the contents of this manual are issued when
necessary to keep the manual up-to-date. Each revision comprises
a number of revised pages accompanied by a Transmittal Letter.
The Transmittal Letter carries the authority for the revision
and contains the instructions for incorporation of the revision.
Each revision is numbered in sequence and shows the issue date
of the revision.
The incorporation of each revision must be recorded on the
Record of Revisions page. It is recornrnended that the Transmittal
Letters are retained in the manual to provide a brief revision
history.

INTRODUCTION
Page 3
H01229

Printed in the U.K.

Aug 15/95

BRnSH~

JETSTREAllll

SERiEs J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 2

Revised information incorporated in the manual is identif ied by


a black vertical line in the left hand margin of the page,
except where an existing page from another manual suite has been
used.
This is shown in the Highlight column of the Letter of
Transmittal.
NOTE:

7.

When this manual is used for training purposes each page


will be marked "FOR TRAINING PURPOSES ONLY" and revisions
will not be issued.

TEMPORARY REVISIONS
When it is necessary to incorporate information which is urgent
or of a temporary nature, a Temporary Revision (TR) is issued on
yellow paper. Transmittal information is contained within the
TR.
When a TR is incorporated or cancelled, the details must be
recorded on the Record of Temporary Revisions page.

8.

AIRCRAFT IDENTIFICATION
The inf ormation contained in this manual is applicable to the
Aircraft Constructors Numbers specif ied on the Aircraft
Effectivity page.

9.

AIRCRAFT EFFECTIVITY
Where technical differences, which affect the content of the
MOM, exist between aircraft in an operator's fleet, two methods
of presenting the differing information are employed.
If the difference is of a minar nature, effectivity statements
are used to indicate that certain paragraphs are specif ic only
to sorne of the aircraft in the fleet.
If the difference is of a
majar nature, full pages will'be made specific to certain
aircraft by the addition of an effectivity statement at the
bottom of the page. An effectivity statement comprises a
number, or range, of aircraft constructor's numbers.
Befare using any information on any page, consideration must be
given to any effectivity statements, to make sure the
information is relevant to the aircraft for which information is
being sought.
Pages which do not bear an effectivity statement are applicable
to all aircraft in the fleet.

INTRODUCTION
Page 4
Aug 15/95

Printed in the U.K.

H01230

BRn7BNAlfROl/1/FfM:!6

JETSTREANI

SERiEs J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 2


10.

RELATED PUBLICATIONS
The related publication to this manual is the:
Flight Manual
In addition to the Flight Manual there are the following support
publications for the Jetstream Series 3200 aircraft:
Weight and Balance Manual (WBM)
Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM)
Wiring Diagram Manual (WDM)
Component Maintenance Manual (CMM)
Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
Illustrated Parts Catalogue (IPC)
Maintenance Schedule (MS)
Illustrated Tool and Equipment Manual (ITEM)
Quick Engine Change Manual (QEC)
Non-Destructive Inspection Manual (NDI).

INTRODUCTION
Page 5
H01231

Printed in the U.K.

Aug 15/95

lllRl7WI~

JETSTREAllll

SmiES J200
MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PRELIMINARY PAGES
CHAPTER 1

Aircraf t General

CHAPTER 2

Airf rarne and Flying Controls

CHAPTER 3

Air Conditioning and Pressurization

CHAPTER 4

Ernergency Equiprnent and Oxygen

CHAPTER 5

. Electrical Systern

CHAPTER 6

Engines and Propellers

CHAPTER 7

. Fuel Systern

CHAPTER 8

Fire Protection

CHAPTER 9

Hydraulic Systern and Landing Gear

CHAPTER 10

Ice and Rain Protection

CHAPTER 11

Instrurnents and Flight Control Systern

CHAPTER 12

Cornrnunication and Recording

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page 1

H01466

Printed in the U.K.

Aug 15/95

-~

JETSTREAIW

SmiEs J200

MANUFACTURERS OPERATING MANUAL PART 2


ABBREYIATIONS AND DEFINITIONS
Abbreviations used in the text, have the following meanings:A, amp
AAL
ac
ACC
ADF
ADI
AGL
AMSL
APR
APR
ASI
ATC
AUW
BC
CAP
CAS
C/B

ces

CG
CLG
CVR
de
F

DME
DV
EAS
ECS
EDA/EMD

C\I
O>

,..
o

EDP
EGT
ELT
FAA
FAR
FDR
FL
FM
FSOV
ft
f t/min
f wd

Ampere
Above Aerodrome Level
Alternating current
Accumulator
Automatic Direction Finding (equipment)
Attitude Director Indicator
Above Ground Level
Above Mean Sea Level
Automatic Performance Reserve (Engine)
Approach (Flight director)
Airspeed Indicator
Air Traf f ic Control
All Up Weight
Back Course
Central Annunciator Panel
Calibrate